Adjust for monotone.

29 files changed, 25516 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/.cvsignore b/src/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70845e08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile.in
diff --git a/src/ChangeLog b/src/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ebdcc46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+2005-07-24  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* elfcmp.c: Implement comparing gaps between sections.
+
+2005-07-23  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* elflint.c: Include libeblP.h instead of libebl.h.
+	* nm.c: Likewise.
+	* readelf.c: Likewise.
+	* elfcmp.c: Likewise.
+
+	* elfcmp.c (main): Compare individual ELF header fields, excluding
+	e_shoff instead of the whole struct at once.
+	Use ebl_section_strip_p instead of SECTION_STRIP_P.
+	* strip.c: Use ebl_section_strip_p instead of SECTION_STRIP_P.
+
+2005-07-22  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* elfcmp.c (main): Take empty section into account when comparing
+	section content.
+
+	* elflint.c (check_dynamic): Check that d_tag value is >= 0 before
+	using it.
+
+2005-07-21  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* elfcmp.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.am (bin_PROGRAMS): Add elfcmp.
+	(elfcmp_LDADD): Define.
+
+	* elflint.c (check_rela): Check that copy relocations only reference
+	object symbols or symbols with unknown type.
+	(check_rel): Likewise.
+
+2005-06-08  Roland McGrath  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_ops): Add consts.
+
+2005-05-31  Roland McGrath  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_debug_abbrev_section): Don't bail after first CU's
+	abbreviations.  Print a header line before each CU section.
+
+	* readelf.c (print_debug_loc_section): Fix indentation for larger
+	address size.
+
+2005-05-30  Roland McGrath  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_debug_line_section): Print section offset of each
+	CU's table, so they are easy to find from seeing the stmt_list value.
+
+	* readelf.c (dwarf_attr_string): Add all attributes in <dwarf.h>.
+	(attr_callback): Grok DW_AT_ranges and print offset in hex.
+
+	* readelf.c (attr_callback): Add 2 to addrsize * 2 for %#0* format.
+	(print_debug_ranges_section, print_debug_loc_section): Likewise.
+
+	* readelf.c (print_ops): Take different args for indentation control.
+	(attr_callback): Caller updated.
+	Grok several more block-form attributes as being location expressions.
+	For those same attributes with udata forms, format output differently
+	for location list offset.
+	(print_debug_loc_section): Implement it for real.
+
+	* readelf.c (options): Mention ranges for --debug-dump.
+	(enum section_e): Add section_ranges.
+	(parse_opt): Grok "ranges" for -w/--debug-dump.
+	(print_debug_ranges_section): New function.
+	(print_debug): Handle .debug_ranges section.
+
+2005-05-30  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (handle_notes): At least x86-64 need not have the note
+	section values aligned to 8 bytes.
+
+2005-05-18  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (dwarf_tag_string): Add new tags.
+
+2005-05-08  Roland McGrath  <[email protected]>
+
+	* strip.c (handle_elf): Don't translate hash and versym data formats,
+	elf_getdata already did it for us.
+
+2005-05-07  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* Makefile.am (findtextrel_LDADD): Add $(libmudflap).
+	(addr2line_LDADD): Likewise.
+
+2005-05-03  Roland McGrath  <[email protected]>
+
+	* strip.c (handle_elf): Apply symbol table fixups to discarded
+	relocation sections when they are being saved in the debug file.
+
+	* strip.c (handle_elf): Pass EHDR->e_ident[EI_DATA] to gelf_xlatetom
+	and gelf_xlatetof, not the native byte order.
+
+	* strip.c (parse_opt): Give error if -f or -o is repeated.
+	(main): Exit if argp_parse returns nonzero.
+
+	* strip.c (debug_fname_embed): New variable.
+	(options, parse_opt): New option -F to set it.
+
+2005-05-07  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (parse_opt): Make any_control_option variable
+	local.  Simplify some tests.
+
+2005-05-03  Roland McGrath  <[email protected]>
+
+	* strip.c (crc32_file): Function removed (now in ../lib).
+
+2005-05-03  Roland McGrath  <[email protected]>
+
+	* elflint.c (is_debuginfo): New variable.
+	(options, parse_opt): New option --debuginfo/-d to set it.
+	(check_sections): If is_debuginfo, don't complain about SHT_NOBITS.
+	(check_note): If is_debuginfo, don't try to get note contents.
+
+2005-04-24  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_debug_abbrev_section): Don't print error when end of
+	section reached.
+
+2005-04-14  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (dwarf_encoding_string): New function.
+	(dwarf_inline_string): New function.
+	(dwarf_access_string): New function.
+	(dwarf_visibility_string): New function.
+	(dwarf_virtuality_string): New function.
+	(dwarf_identifier_case_string): New function.
+	(dwarf_calling_convention_string): New function.
+	(dwarf_ordering_string): New function.
+	(dwarf_discr_list_string): New function.
+	(attr_callback): Decode man more attribute values.
+
+2005-04-01  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* addr2line.c: Finish implementation of -f option.
+
+2005-03-29  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* addr2line.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.am (bin_PROGRAMS): Add addr2line.
+	Define addr2line_LDADD.
+
+	* findtextrel.c: Use new dwarf_addrdie function.
+
+	* findtextrel.c: Fix usage message and re-add accidentally removed
+	line.
+
+2005-03-28  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* findtextrel.c: New file.
+	* Makefile: Add rules to build findtextrel.
+
+2005-02-15  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* ldlex.l: Provide ECHO definition to avoid warning.
+
+	* elflint.c (check_program_header): Fix typo in RELRO test.
+
+	* Makefile.am (AM_CFLAGS): Add more warning options.
+	* elflint.c: Fix warnings introduced by the new warning options.
+	* i386_ld.c: Likewise.
+	* ld.c: Likewise.
+	* ld.h: Likewise.
+	* ldgeneric.c: Likewise.
+	* nm.c: Likewise.
+	* readelf.c: Likewise.
+	* sectionhash.c: Likewise.
+	* size.c: Likewise.
+	* string.c: Likewise.
+
+2005-02-05  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* Makefile.am: Check for text relocations in constructed DSOs.
+
+	* Makefile.am [MUDFLAP] (AM_CFLAGS): Add -fmudflap.  Link all apps
+	with -lmudflap.
+
+	* ldscript.y: Add as_needed handling.
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize AS_NEEDED token.
+	* ld.h (struct filename_list): Add as_needed flag.
+
+2005-02-04  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* elflint.c (check_symtab): Correctly determine size of GOT section.
+
+2005-01-19  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* ld.c: Remove unnecessary more_help function.  Print bug report
+	address using argp.
+	* strip.c: Likewise.
+	* size.c: Likewise.
+	* nm.c: Likewise.
+	* readelf.c: Likewise.
+	* elflint.c: Likewise.
+
+	* elflint.c (main): Don't check for parameter problems here.
+	(parse_opt): Do it here, where we get informed about some of them
+	anyway.
+
+	* readelf.c (main): Don't check for parameter problems here.
+	(parse_opt): Do it here, where we get informed about some of them
+	anyway.
+
+2005-01-11  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* strip.c: Update copyright year.
+	* readelf.c: Likewise.
+	* size.c: Likewise.
+	* nm.c: Likewise.
+	* ld.c: Likewise.
+	* elflint.c: Likewise.
+
+	* elflint.c (check_symtab): Don't warn about wrong size for
+	_DYNAMIC and __GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE__ for --gnu-ld.
+
+2004-10-05  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_phdr): In section mapping, also indicate
+	sections in read-only segments.
+
+2004-09-25  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c: Make compile with gcc 4.0.
+	* strip.c: Likewise.
+
+2004-08-16  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* strip.c (handle_elf): Rewrite dynamic memory handling to use of
+	allocate to work around gcc 3.4 bug.
+
+2004-01-25  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* ldlex.l (invalid_char): Better error message.
+
+2004-01-23  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c: Print SHT_GNU_LIBLIST sections.
+
+	* none_ld.c: New file.
+
+2004-01-21  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* Makefile.am: Enable building of machine specific linker.
+
+2004-01-20  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* Makefile.am: Support building with mudflap.
+
+	* i386_ld.c: Fix warnings gcc 3.4 spits out.
+	* ldgeneric.c: Likewise.
+	* ldscript.y: Likewise.
+	* readelf.c: Likewise.
+	* strip.c: Likewise.
+
+	* readelf.c (print_debug_line_section): Determine address size
+	correctly.
+
+2004-01-19  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_phdr): Show which sections are covered by the
+	PT_GNU_RELRO entry.
+
+	* elflint.c (check_program_header): Check PT_GNU_RELRO entry.
+
+	* readelf.c (print_debug_macinfo_section): Implement.
+
+2004-01-18  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_debug_line_section): Implement.
+
+2004-01-17  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* src/elflint.c: Use PACKAGE_NAME instead of PACKAGE.
+	* src/ld.c: Likewise.
+	* src/nm.c: Likewise.
+	* src/readelf.c: Likewise.
+	* src/size.c: Likewise.
+	* src/strip.c: Likewise.
+
+	* strip.c: Add a few more unlikely.  Reduce scope of some variables.
+
+	* Makefile.am: Support building with mudflap.
+
+2004-01-16  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_debug_info_section): Free dies memory.
+
+	* readelf.c: Print .debug_info section content.
+
+2004-01-13  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_shdr): Add support for SHF_ORDERED and SHF_EXCLUDE.
+
+2004-01-12  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (print_debug_aranges): Implement using libdw.
+
+2004-01-11  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* nm.c: Adjust for Dwarf_Files type and dwarf_lineno interface change.
+
+	* readelf.c: Use libdw instead of libdwarf.  Not all of the old
+	behavior is available yet.
+	* Makefile.am: Link readelf with libdw.  Remove libdwarf include path.
+
+2004-01-09  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* nm.c (get_local_names): Adjust call to dwarf_nextcu.
+
+	* nm.c: Implement getting information about local variables.
+
+2004-01-07  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* nm.c: Read also debug information for local symbols.
+
+2004-01-05  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* nm.c: Shuffle dwarf handling code around so the maximum column
+	width can be computed ahead of printing.  Avoid collection symbols
+	which are not printed anyway.
+
+	* nm.c: Rewrite dwarf handling to use libdw.
+	* Makefile.am (AM_CFLAGS): Add -std parameter.
+	(INCLUDES): Find header in libdw subdir.
+	(nm_LDADD): Replace libdwarf with libdw.
+
+	* elflint.c: Update copyright year.
+	* readelf.c: Likewise.
+	* size.c: Likewise.
+	* strip.c: Likewise.
+	* nm.c: Likewise.
+
+2003-12-31  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* strip.c (process_file): Close file before returning.
+
+2003-11-19  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (handle_dynamic): Make column for tag name wider.
+
+2003-09-29  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* readelf.c (handle_dynamic): Always terminate tag name with a space.
+
+2003-09-25  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* strip.c (process_file): Don't mmap the input file, we modify the
+	data structures and don't want the change end up on disk.
+
+2003-09-23  Jakub Jelinek  <[email protected]>
+
+	* unaligned.h (union u_2ubyte_unaligned,
+	union u_4ubyte_unaligned, union u_8ubyte_unaligned): Add
+	packed attribute.
+	(add_2ubyte_unaligned, add_4ubyte_unaligned,
+	add_8ubyte_unaligned): Avoid nesting bswap_NN macros.
+	Read/store value through _ptr->u instead of *_ptr.
+
+2003-09-22  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* size.c (show_sysv): Change type of maxlen to int.
+
+	* strip.c (handle_elf): Handle the 64-bit archs which is 64-bit
+	buckets.
+
+	* i386_ld.c: Many many fixes and extensions.
+	* ld.c: Likewise.
+	* ldgeneric.c: Likewise.
+
+2003-08-16  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* ldgeneric.c (check_definition): Don't add symbol on dso_list if
+	the reference is from another DSO.
+
+2003-08-15  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* ldgeneric.c (find_entry_point): It is no fatal error if no entry
+	point is found when creating a DSO.
+
+2003-08-14  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* ld.c (main): Always call FLAG_UNRESOLVED.
+	* ldgeneric.c (ld_generic_flag_unresolved): Only complain about
+	undefined symbols if not creating DSO or ld_state.nodefs is not set.
+
+2003-08-13  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Depend on libebl.a, not libebl.so.
+
+	* ld.c (main): Mark stream for linker script as locked by caller.
+	(read_version_script): Likewise.
+	* ldlex.c: Define fread and fwrite to _unlocked variant.
+
+	* i386_ld.c (elf_i386_finalize_plt): Replace #ifdefs with uses of
+	target_bswap_32.
+	* unaligned.h: Define target_bswap_16, target_bswap_32, and
+	target_bswap_64.
+	(store_2ubyte_unaligned, store_4ubyte_unaligned,
+	store_8ubyte_unaligned): Define using new macros.
+
+2003-08-12  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* i386_ld.c (elf_i386_finalize_plt): Use packed structs to access
+	possibly unaligned memory.  Support use of big endian machines.
+
+2003-08-11  Ulrich Drepper  <[email protected]>
+
+	* Moved to CVS archive.
diff --git a/src/Makefile.am b/src/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ccb6f96c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
+##
+## Copyright (C) 1996-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+##
+## This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+## modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+## published by the Open Source Initiative.
+##
+## You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+## with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+## License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+## by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+## 3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.
+##
+DEFS = -D_GNU_SOURCE -DHAVE_CONFIG_H $(YYDEBUG) \
+       -DSRCDIR=\"$(shell cd $(srcdir);pwd)\" -DOBJDIR=\"$(shell pwd)\"
+if MUDFLAP
+AM_CFLAGS = -Wall -Wshadow -Wunused -Wextra -std=gnu99 -fmudflap \
+	    $(native_ld_cflags) $(if $($(*F)_no_Wunused),,-Wunused) \
+	    $(if $($(*F)_no_Wformat),,-Wformat=2)
+else
+AM_CFLAGS = -Wall -Wshadow -std=gnu99 $(native_ld_cflags) \
+	    $(if $($(*F)_no_Werror),,-Werror) \
+	    $(if $($(*F)_no_Wunused),,-Wunused -Wextra) \
+	    $(if $($(*F)_no_Wformat),,-Wformat=2)
+endif
+if MUDFLAP
+libmudflap = -lmudflap
+endif
+INCLUDES = -I$(srcdir) -I$(srcdir)/../libelf -I$(srcdir)/../libebl -I$(srcdir)/../lib -I$(srcdir)/../libdw  -I..
+
+YACC = @YACC@ -d
+AM_YFLAGS = -pld
+AM_LFLAGS = -Pld -olex.yy.c
+## Uncomment to enable debugging of linker script parser
+##YYDEBUG = -DYYDEBUG=1
+
+native_ld = @native_ld@
+base_cpu = @base_cpu@
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = readelf nm size strip ld elflint findtextrel addr2line \
+	       elfcmp
+
+
+ld_dsos = libld_elf_i386_pic.a
+if NATIVE_LD
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libld_elf.a
+native_ld_cflags = -DBASE_ELF_NAME=elf_$(base_cpu)
+else
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libld_elf.a $(ld_dsos)
+noinst_PROGRAMS = $(ld_dsos:_pic.a=.so)
+endif
+
+textrel_check = if readelf -d $@ | fgrep -q TEXTREL; then exit 1; fi
+
+
+ld_SOURCES = ld.c ldgeneric.c ldlex.l ldscript.y symbolhash.c sectionhash.c \
+	     versionhash.c
+
+noinst_HEADERS = ld.h symbolhash.h sectionhash.h versionhash.h \
+		 ldscript.h xelf.h unaligned.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST = elf32-i386.script libld_elf_i386.map $(ld_modules)
+ld_modules = i386_ld.c
+
+if MUDFLAP
+libdw = ../libdw/libdw.a
+libelf = ../libelf/libelf.a
+else
+libdw = ../libdw/libdw.so
+libelf = ../libelf/libelf.so
+endif
+libebl = ../libebl/libebl.a
+libeu = ../lib/libeu.a
+
+nm_no_Wformat = yes
+size_no_Wformat = yes
+# XXX While the file is not finished, don't warn about this
+ldgeneric_no_Wunused = yes
+
+readelf_LDADD = $(libdw) $(libebl) $(libelf) $(libeu) $(libmudflap) -ldl
+nm_LDADD = $(libdw) $(libebl) $(libelf) $(libeu) $(libmudflap) -ldl
+size_LDADD = $(libelf) $(libeu) $(libmudflap)
+strip_LDADD = $(libebl) $(libelf) $(libeu) $(libmudflap) -ldl
+ld_LDADD = $(libebl) $(libelf) $(libeu) $(libmudflap) -ldl
+if NATIVE_LD
+ld_LDADD += libld_elf.a
+endif
+ld_LDFLAGS = -rdynamic
+elflint_LDADD  = $(libebl) $(libelf) $(libeu) $(libmudflap) -ldl
+findtextrel_LDADD = $(libdw) $(libelf) $(libmudflap)
+addr2line_LDADD = $(libdw) $(libelf) $(libmudflap)
+elfcmp_LDADD = $(libebl) $(libelf) $(libmudflap) -ldl
+
+ldlex.o: ldscript.c
+ldlex_no_Werror = yes
+ldscript.h: ldscript.c
+
+# Machine-specific linker code.
+libld_elf_a_SOURCES = $(base_cpu)_ld.c
+
+libld_elf_i386_pic_a_SOURCES =
+am_libld_elf_i386_pic_a_OBJECTS = i386_ld.os
+
+libld_elf_i386_so_SOURCES =
+libld_elf_i386.so: libld_elf_i386_pic.a libld_elf_i386.map
+	$(CC) -shared -o $@ -Wl,--whole-archive,$<,--no-whole-archive \
+	      $(libelf) $(libeu) \
+	      -Wl,--version-script,$(srcdir)/libld_elf_i386.map
+	$(textrel_check)
+
+
+%.os: %.c %.o
+	if $(filter-out -fmudflap,$(COMPILE)) -c -o $@ -fpic -DPIC -DSHARED \
+	  -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo" \
+	  `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<; \
+	then cat "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo" >> "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po"; \
+	     rm -f "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo"; \
+	else rm -f "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo"; exit 1; \
+	fi
+
+# Special rule to make it possible to define libld_elf_a_SOURCES as we do.
+# Otherwise make would complain.
+.deps/none_ld.Po: none_ld.os
+	-:
+
+
+installcheck-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS)
+	bad=0; pid=$$$$; list="$(bin_PROGRAMS)"; for p in $$list; do \
+	  case ' $(AM_INSTALLCHECK_STD_OPTIONS_EXEMPT) ' in \
+	   *" $$p "* | *" $(srcdir)/$$p "*) continue;; \
+	  esac; \
+	  f=`echo "$$p" | \
+	     sed 's,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \
+	  for opt in --help --version; do \
+	    if LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir) \
+	       $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f $$opt > c$${pid}_.out 2> c$${pid}_.err \
+	         && test -n "`cat c$${pid}_.out`" \
+	         && test -z "`cat c$${pid}_.err`"; then :; \
+	    else echo "$$f does not support $$opt" 1>&2; bad=1; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done; rm -f c$${pid}_.???; exit $$bad
+
+CLEANFILES = none_ld.os $(ld_modules:.c=.os)
diff --git a/src/addr2line.c b/src/addr2line.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60fcdf63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/addr2line.c
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/* Locate source files and line information for given addresses
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2005.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <gelf.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <libdw.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <mcheck.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdio_ext.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+
+/* Name and version of program.  */
+static void print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state);
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *, struct argp_state *) = print_version;
+
+/* Bug report address.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address = PACKAGE_BUGREPORT;
+
+
+/* Values for the parameters which have no short form.  */
+#define OPT_DEMANGLER 0x100
+
+/* Definitions of arguments for argp functions.  */
+static const struct argp_option options[] =
+{
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Input Selection:"), 0 },
+  { "exe", 'e', "FILE", 0, N_("Find addresses in FILE"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output Selection:"), 0 },
+  { "basenames", 's', NULL, 0, N_("Show only base names of source files"), 0 },
+  { "functions", 'f', NULL, 0, N_("Additional show function names"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Miscellaneous:"), 0 },
+  /* Unsupported options.  */
+  { "target", 'b', "ARG", OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+  { "demangle", 'C', "ARG", OPTION_HIDDEN | OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL, NULL, 0 },
+  { "demangler", OPT_DEMANGLER, "ARG", OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Short description of program.  */
+static const char doc[] = N_("\
+Locate source files and line information for ADDRs (in a.out by default).");
+
+/* Strings for arguments in help texts.  */
+static const char args_doc[] = N_("[ADDR...]");
+
+/* Prototype for option handler.  */
+static error_t parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* Data structure to communicate with argp functions.  */
+static struct argp argp =
+{
+  options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+
+
+/* Handle ADDR.  */
+static void handle_address (GElf_Addr addr, Elf *elf, Dwarf *dw);
+
+
+/* Name of the executable.  */
+static const char *executable = "a.out";
+
+/* True if only base names of files should be shown.  */
+static bool only_basenames;
+
+/* True if function names should be shown.  */
+static bool show_functions;
+
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  int remaining;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  /* Make memory leak detection possible.  */
+  mtrace ();
+
+  /* We use no threads here which can interfere with handling a stream.  */
+  (void) __fsetlocking (stdout, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+  /* Set locale.  */
+  (void) setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+  /* Make sure the message catalog can be found.  */
+  (void) bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+
+  /* Initialize the message catalog.  */
+  (void) textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  /* Parse and process arguments.  */
+  (void) argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, &remaining, NULL);
+
+  /* Tell the library which version we are expecting.  */
+  elf_version (EV_CURRENT);
+
+  /* Open the file.  */
+  int fd = open64 (executable, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    error (1, errno, gettext ("cannot open '%s'"), executable);
+
+  /* Create the ELF descriptor.  */
+  Elf *elf = elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_READ_MMAP, NULL);
+  if (elf == NULL)
+    {
+      close (fd);
+      error (1, 0, gettext ("cannot create ELF descriptor: %s"),
+	     elf_errmsg (-1));
+    }
+
+  /* Try to get a DWARF descriptor.  If it fails, we try to locate the
+     debuginfo file.  */
+  Dwarf *dw = dwarf_begin_elf (elf, DWARF_C_READ, NULL);
+  int fd2 = -1;
+  Elf *elf2 = NULL;
+  if (dw == NULL)
+    {
+      char *canon = canonicalize_file_name (executable);
+      GElf_Ehdr ehdr_mem;
+      GElf_Ehdr *ehdr = gelf_getehdr (elf, &ehdr_mem);
+
+      if (canon != NULL && ehdr != NULL)
+	{
+	  const char *debuginfo_dir;
+	  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32
+	      || ehdr->e_machine == EM_IA_64 || ehdr->e_machine == EM_ALPHA)
+	    debuginfo_dir = "/usr/lib/debug";
+	  else
+	    debuginfo_dir = "/usr/lib64/debug";
+
+	  char *difname = alloca (strlen (debuginfo_dir) + strlen (canon) + 1);
+	  strcpy (stpcpy (difname, debuginfo_dir), canon);
+	  fd2 = open64 (difname, O_RDONLY);
+	  if (fd2 != -1)
+	    dw = dwarf_begin_elf (elf2, DWARF_C_READ, NULL);
+	}
+
+      free (canon);
+    }
+
+  /* Now handle the addresses.  In case none are given on the command
+     line, read from stdin.  */
+  if (remaining == argc)
+    {
+      /* We use no threads here which can interfere with handling a stream.  */
+      (void) __fsetlocking (stdin, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+      char *buf = NULL;
+      size_t len = 0;
+      while (!feof_unlocked (stdin))
+	{
+	  if (getline (&buf, &len, stdin) < 0)
+	    break;
+
+	  char *endp;
+	  uintmax_t addr = strtoumax (buf, &endp, 0);
+	  if (endp != buf)
+	    handle_address (addr, elf2 ?: elf, dw);
+	  else
+	    result = 1;
+	}
+
+      free (buf);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      do
+	{
+	  char *endp;
+	  uintmax_t addr = strtoumax (argv[remaining], &endp, 0);
+	  if (endp != argv[remaining])
+	    handle_address (addr, elf2 ?: elf, dw);
+	  else
+	    result = 1;
+	}
+      while (++remaining < argc);
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the version information.  */
+static void
+print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "addr2line (%s) %s\n", PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION);
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("\
+Copyright (C) %s Red Hat, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+"), "2005");
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper");
+}
+
+
+/* Handle program arguments.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt (int key, char *arg,
+	   struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'b':
+    case 'C':
+    case OPT_DEMANGLER:
+      /* Ignored for compatibility.  */
+      break;
+
+    case 'e':
+      executable = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 's':
+      only_basenames = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'f':
+      show_functions = true;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+struct func_arg
+{
+  GElf_Addr addr;
+  const char *name;
+};
+
+
+static int
+match_func (Dwarf_Func *func, void *arg)
+{
+  struct func_arg *func_arg = (struct func_arg *) arg;
+  Dwarf_Addr addr;
+
+  if (dwarf_func_lowpc (func, &addr) == 0 && addr <= func_arg->addr
+      && dwarf_func_highpc (func, &addr) == 0 && func_arg->addr < addr)
+    {
+      func_arg->name = dwarf_func_name (func);
+      return DWARF_CB_ABORT;
+    }
+
+  return DWARF_CB_OK;
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+elf_getname (GElf_Addr addr, Elf *elf)
+{
+  /* The DWARF information is not available.  Use the ELF
+     symbol table.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  Elf_Scn *dynscn = NULL;
+
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+      if (shdr != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB)
+	    break;
+	  if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
+	    dynscn = scn;
+	}
+    }
+  if (scn == NULL)
+    scn = dynscn;
+
+  if (scn != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Look through the symbol table for a matching symbol.  */
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+      assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+      Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+      if (data != NULL)
+	for (int cnt = 1; cnt < (int) (shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize);
+	     ++cnt)
+	  {
+	    GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+	    GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsym (data, cnt, &sym_mem);
+	    if (sym != NULL
+		&& sym->st_value <= addr
+		&& addr < sym->st_value + sym->st_size)
+	      return elf_strptr (elf, shdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
+	  }
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_address (GElf_Addr addr, Elf *elf, Dwarf *dw)
+{
+  Dwarf_Die die_mem;
+  Dwarf_Die *die = dwarf_addrdie (dw, addr, &die_mem);
+
+  if (show_functions)
+    {
+      /* First determine the function name.  Use the DWARF information if
+	 possible.  */
+      struct func_arg arg;
+      arg.addr = addr;
+      arg.name = NULL;
+
+      if (dwarf_getfuncs (die, match_func, &arg, 0) <= 0)
+	arg.name = elf_getname (addr, elf);
+
+      puts (arg.name ?: "??");
+    }
+
+
+  Dwarf_Line *line;
+  const char *src;
+  if ((line = dwarf_getsrc_die (die, addr)) != NULL
+    && (src = dwarf_linesrc (line, NULL, NULL)) != NULL)
+    {
+      if (only_basenames)
+	src = basename (src);
+
+      int lineno;
+      if (dwarf_lineno (line, &lineno) != -1)
+	{
+	  int linecol;
+	  if (dwarf_linecol (line, &linecol) != -1 && linecol != 0)
+	    printf ("%s:%d:%d\n", src, lineno, linecol);
+	  else
+	    printf ("%s:%d\n", src, lineno);
+	}
+      else
+	printf ("%s:0\n", src);
+    }
+  else
+    puts ("??:0");
+}
diff --git a/src/elf32-i386.script b/src/elf32-i386.script
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d62333ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/elf32-i386.script
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+ENTRY(_start);
+
+SEARCH_DIR(/lib);
+SEARCH_DIR(/usr/lib);
+SEARCH_DIR(/usr/local/lib);
+SEARCH_DIR(/usr/i686-pc-linux-gnu/lib);
+
+INTERP(/lib/ld-linux.so.2);
+
+PAGESIZE(4k);
+
+SEGMENT [RX]
+{
+#ifdef SHARED
+  . = SIZEOF_HEADERS;
+#else
+  . = 0x08048000 + SIZEOF_HEADERS;
+#endif
+
+  .interp;
+  .hash;
+  .dynsym;
+  .dynstr;
+  .gnu.version;
+  .gnu.version_d;
+  .gnu.version_r;
+  .rel.dyn;
+  .rel.plt;
+  .init { KEEP (*(.init)) }
+  .plt;
+  .text
+  {
+    *(.text)
+    *(.text.*)
+    *(.stub)
+    *(.gnu.warning)
+    *(.gnu.linkonce.t.*)
+  }
+  .fini { KEEP (*(.fini)) }
+  PROVIDE (__etext = .);
+  PROVIDE (_etext = .);
+  PROVIDE (etext = .);
+  .rodata
+    {
+      *(.rodata)
+      *(.rodata.*)
+      *(.gnu.linkonce.r.*)
+    }
+  .rodata1;
+  . = ALIGN(32 / 8);
+  PROVIDE (__preinit_array_start = .);
+  .preinit_array
+    {
+      *(.preinit_array)
+    }
+  PROVIDE (__preinit_array_end = .);
+  PROVIDE (__init_array_start = .);
+  .init_array
+    {
+      *(.init_array)
+    }
+  PROVIDE (__init_array_end = .);
+  PROVIDE (__fini_array_start = .);
+  .fini_array
+    {
+      *(.fini_array)
+    }
+  PROVIDE (__fini_array_end = .);
+}
+
+SEGMENT [RW]
+{
+  .sdata2
+    {
+      *(.sdata2)
+      *(.sdata2.*)
+      *(.gnu.linkonce.s2.*)
+    }
+  .sbss2
+    {
+      *(.sbss2)
+      *(.sbss2.*)
+      *(.gnu.linkonce.sb2.*)
+    }
+  /* Adjust the address for the data segment.  We want to adjust up to
+     the same address within the page on the next page up.  */
+  . = ALIGN(PAGESIZE) + (. & (PAGESIZE - 1));
+  .data
+    {
+      *(.data)
+      *(.data.*)
+      *(.gnu.linkonce.d.*)
+    }
+  .data1;
+  .eh_frame
+    {
+      KEEP (*(.eh_frame))
+    }
+  .gcc_except_table;
+  .ctors
+    {
+      /* gcc uses crtbegin.o to find the start of
+         the constructors, so we make sure it is
+          first.  Because this is a wildcard, it
+         doesn't matter if the user does not
+         actually link against crtbegin.o; the
+         linker won't look for a file to match a
+         wildcard.  The wildcard also means that it
+         doesn't matter which directory crtbegin.o
+         is in.  */
+      KEEP (*crtbegin.o(.ctors))
+      /* We don't want to include the .ctor section from
+         from the crtend.o file until after the sorted ctors.
+         The .ctor section from the crtend file contains the
+         end of ctors marker and it must be last */
+      KEEP (*(EXCLUDE_FILE (*crtend.o ) .ctors))
+      KEEP (*(SORT(.ctors.*)))
+      KEEP (*(.ctors))
+    }
+  .dtors
+    {
+      KEEP (*crtbegin.o(.dtors))
+      KEEP (*(EXCLUDE_FILE (*crtend.o ) .dtors))
+      KEEP (*(SORT(.dtors.*)))
+      KEEP (*(.dtors))
+    }
+  .jcr;
+  .got
+    {
+      *(.got.plt)
+      *(.got)
+    }
+  .dynamic;
+  /* We want the small data sections together, so single-instruction offsets
+     can access them all, and initialized data all before uninitialized, so
+     we can shorten the on-disk segment size.  */
+  .sdata
+    {
+      *(.sdata)
+      *(.sdata.*)
+      *(.gnu.linkonce.s.*)
+    }
+  _edata = .;
+  PROVIDE (edata = .);
+  __bss_start = .;
+  .sbss
+    {
+      PROVIDE (__sbss_start = .);
+      PROVIDE (___sbss_start = .);
+      *(.dynsbss)
+      *(.sbss)
+      *(.sbss.*)
+      *(.gnu.linkonce.sb.*)
+      *(.scommon)
+      PROVIDE (__sbss_end = .);
+      PROVIDE (___sbss_end = .);
+    }
+  .bss
+    {
+      *(.dynbss)
+      *(.bss)
+      *(.bss.*)
+      *(.gnu.linkonce.b.*)
+      *(COMMON)
+      /* Align here to ensure that the .bss section occupies space up to
+	 _end.  Align after .bss to ensure correct alignment even if the
+	 .bss section disappears because there are no input sections.  */
+      . = ALIGN(32 / 8);
+    }
+  . = ALIGN(32 / 8);
+  _end = .;
+  PROVIDE (end = .);
+}
+
+SEGMENT []
+{
+  /* Stabs debugging sections.  */
+  .stab;
+  .stabstr;
+  .stab.excl;
+  .stab.exclstr;
+  .stab.index;
+  .stab.indexstr;
+  .comment;
+  /* DWARF debug sections.
+     Symbols in the DWARF debugging sections are relative to the beginning
+     of the section so we begin them at 0.  */
+  /* DWARF 1 */
+  .debug;
+  .line;
+  /* GNU DWARF 1 extensions */
+  .debug_srcinfo;
+  .debug_sfnames;
+  /* DWARF 1.1 and DWARF 2 */
+  .debug_aranges;
+  .debug_pubnames;
+  /* DWARF 2 */
+  .debug_info
+    {
+       *(.debug_info)
+       *(.gnu.linkonce.wi.*)
+    }
+  .debug_abbrev;
+  .debug_line;
+  .debug_frame;
+  .debug_str;
+  .debug_loc;
+  .debug_macinfo;
+  /* SGI/MIPS DWARF 2 extensions */
+  .debug_weaknames;
+  .debug_funcnames;
+  .debug_typenames;
+  .debug_varnames;
+  /* These must appear regardless of  .  */
+}
diff --git a/src/elfcmp.c b/src/elfcmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6bf7e749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/elfcmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,611 @@
+/* Compare relevant content of two ELF files.
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2005.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "../libelf/elf-knowledge.h"
+#include "../libebl/libeblP.h"
+
+
+/* Prototypes of local functions.  */
+static Elf *open_file (const char *fname, int *fdp, Ebl **eblp);
+static bool search_for_copy_reloc (Ebl *ebl, size_t scnndx, int symndx);
+static  int regioncompare (const void *p1, const void *p2);
+
+
+/* Name and version of program.  */
+static void print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state);
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *, struct argp_state *) = print_version;
+
+/* Bug report address.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address = PACKAGE_BUGREPORT;
+
+/* Values for the parameters which have no short form.  */
+#define OPT_GAPS 0x100
+
+/* Definitions of arguments for argp functions.  */
+static const struct argp_option options[] =
+{
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Control options:"), 0 },
+  { "gaps", OPT_GAPS, "ACTION", 0, N_("Control treatment of gaps in loadable segments [ignore|match] (default: ignore)"), 0 },
+  { "quiet", 'q', NULL, 0, N_("Output nothing; yield exit status only"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Miscellaneous:"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Short description of program.  */
+static const char doc[] = N_("\
+Compare relevant parts of two ELF files for equality.");
+
+/* Strings for arguments in help texts.  */
+static const char args_doc[] = N_("FILE1 FILE2");
+
+/* Prototype for option handler.  */
+static error_t parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* Data structure to communicate with argp functions.  */
+static struct argp argp =
+{
+  options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+
+
+/* How to treat gaps in loadable segments.  */
+static enum
+  {
+    gaps_ignore = 0,
+    gaps_match
+  }
+  gaps;
+
+/* Structure to hold information about used regions.  */
+struct region
+{
+  GElf_Addr from;
+  GElf_Addr to;
+  struct region *next;
+};
+
+/* Nonzero if only exit status is wanted.  */
+static bool quiet;
+
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  /* Set locale.  */
+  (void) setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+  /* Make sure the message catalog can be found.  */
+  (void) bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+
+  /* Initialize the message catalog.  */
+  (void) textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  /* Parse and process arguments.  */
+  int remaining;
+  (void) argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, &remaining, NULL);
+
+  /* We expect exactly two non-option parameters.  */
+  if (remaining + 2 != argc)
+    {
+      fputs (gettext ("Invalid number of parameters.\n"), stderr);
+      argp_help (&argp, stderr, ARGP_HELP_SEE, program_invocation_short_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  /* Comparing the files is done in two phases:
+     1. compare all sections.  Sections which are irrelevant (i.e., if
+        strip would remove them) are ignored.  Some section types are
+	handled special.
+     2. all parts of the loadable segments which are not parts of any
+        section is compared according to the rules of the --gaps option.
+  */
+  int result = 0;
+  elf_version (EV_CURRENT);
+
+  const char *const fname1 = argv[remaining];
+  int fd1;
+  Ebl *ebl1;
+  Elf *elf1 = open_file (fname1, &fd1, &ebl1);
+
+  const char *const fname2 = argv[remaining + 1];
+  int fd2;
+  Ebl *ebl2;
+  Elf *elf2 = open_file (fname2, &fd2, &ebl2);
+
+  GElf_Ehdr ehdr1_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *ehdr1 = gelf_getehdr (elf1, &ehdr1_mem);
+  if (ehdr1 == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot get ELF header of \"%s\": %s"),
+	   fname1, elf_errmsg (-1));
+  GElf_Ehdr ehdr2_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *ehdr2 = gelf_getehdr (elf2, &ehdr2_mem);
+  if (ehdr2 == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot get ELF header of \"%s\": %s"),
+	   fname2, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* Compare the ELF headers.  */
+  if (memcmp (ehdr1->e_ident, ehdr2->e_ident, EI_NIDENT) != 0
+      || ehdr1->e_type != ehdr2->e_type
+      || ehdr1->e_machine != ehdr2->e_machine
+      || ehdr1->e_version != ehdr2->e_version
+      || ehdr1->e_entry != ehdr2->e_entry
+      || ehdr1->e_phoff != ehdr2->e_phoff
+      || ehdr1->e_flags != ehdr2->e_flags
+      || ehdr1->e_ehsize != ehdr2->e_ehsize
+      || ehdr1->e_phentsize != ehdr2->e_phentsize
+      || ehdr1->e_phnum != ehdr2->e_phnum
+      || ehdr1->e_shentsize != ehdr2->e_shentsize
+      || ehdr1->e_shnum != ehdr2->e_shnum
+      || ehdr1->e_shstrndx != ehdr2->e_shstrndx)
+    {
+      if (! quiet)
+	error (0, 0, gettext ("%s %s diff: ELF header"), fname1, fname2);
+      result = 1;
+      goto out;
+    }
+
+  /* Iterate over all sections.  We expect the sections in the two
+     files to match exactly.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn1 = NULL;
+  Elf_Scn *scn2 = NULL;
+  struct region *regions = NULL;
+  size_t nregions = 0;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr shdr1_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr1;
+      const char *sname1 = NULL;
+      do
+	{
+	  scn1 = elf_nextscn (elf1, scn1);
+	  shdr1 = gelf_getshdr (scn1, &shdr1_mem);
+	  if (shdr1 != NULL)
+	    sname1 = elf_strptr (elf1, ehdr1->e_shstrndx, shdr1->sh_name);
+	}
+      while (scn1 != NULL
+	     && ebl_section_strip_p (ebl1, ehdr1, shdr1, sname1, true, false));
+
+      GElf_Shdr shdr2_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr2;
+      const char *sname2 = NULL;
+      do
+	{
+	  scn2 = elf_nextscn (elf2, scn2);
+	  shdr2 = gelf_getshdr (scn2, &shdr2_mem);
+	  if (shdr2 != NULL)
+	    sname2 = elf_strptr (elf2, ehdr2->e_shstrndx, shdr2->sh_name);
+	}
+      while (scn2 != NULL
+	     && ebl_section_strip_p (ebl2, ehdr2, shdr2, sname2, true, false));
+
+      if (scn1 == NULL || scn2 == NULL)
+	break;
+
+      if (gaps != gaps_ignore && (shdr1->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  struct region *newp = (struct region *) alloca (sizeof (*newp));
+	  newp->from = shdr1->sh_offset;
+	  newp->to = shdr1->sh_offset + shdr1->sh_size;
+	  newp->next = regions;
+	  regions = newp;
+
+	  ++nregions;
+	}
+
+      /* Compare the headers.  We allow the name to be at a different
+	 location.  */
+      if (strcmp (sname1, sname2) != 0)
+	{
+	header_mismatch:
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("%s %s differ: section header"),
+		 fname1, fname2);
+	  result = 1;
+	  goto out;
+	}
+
+      /* We ignore certain sections.  */
+      if (strcmp (sname1, ".gnu_debuglink") == 0
+	  || strcmp (sname1, ".gnu.prelink_undo") == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      if (shdr1->sh_type != shdr2->sh_type
+	  // XXX Any flags which should be ignored?
+	  || shdr1->sh_flags != shdr2->sh_flags
+	  || shdr1->sh_addr != shdr2->sh_addr
+	  || shdr1->sh_offset != shdr2->sh_offset
+	  || shdr1->sh_size != shdr2->sh_size
+	  || shdr1->sh_link != shdr2->sh_link
+	  || shdr1->sh_info != shdr2->sh_info
+	  || shdr1->sh_addralign != shdr2->sh_addralign
+	  || shdr1->sh_entsize != shdr2->sh_entsize)
+	goto header_mismatch;
+
+      Elf_Data *data1 = elf_getdata (scn1, NULL);
+      if (data1 == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot get content of section %zu in \"%s\": %s"),
+	       elf_ndxscn (scn1), fname1, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      Elf_Data *data2 = elf_getdata (scn2, NULL);
+      if (data2 == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot get content of section %zu in \"%s\": %s"),
+	       elf_ndxscn (scn2), fname2, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      switch (shdr1->sh_type)
+	{
+	case SHT_DYNSYM:
+	case SHT_SYMTAB:
+	  /* Iterate over the symbol table.  We ignore the st_size
+	     value of undefined symbols.  */
+	  for (int ndx = 0; ndx < (int) (shdr1->sh_size / shdr1->sh_entsize);
+	       ++ndx)
+	    {
+	      GElf_Sym sym1_mem;
+	      GElf_Sym *sym1 = gelf_getsym (data1, ndx, &sym1_mem);
+	      if (sym1 == NULL)
+		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		       gettext ("cannot get symbol in \"%s\": %s"),
+		       fname1, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	      GElf_Sym sym2_mem;
+	      GElf_Sym *sym2 = gelf_getsym (data2, ndx, &sym2_mem);
+	      if (sym2 == NULL)
+		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		       gettext ("cannot get symbol in \"%s\": %s"),
+		       fname2, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	      const char *name1 = elf_strptr (elf1, shdr1->sh_link,
+					      sym1->st_name);
+	      const char *name2 = elf_strptr (elf2, shdr2->sh_link,
+					      sym2->st_name);
+	      if (strcmp (name1, name2) != 0
+		  || sym1->st_value != sym2->st_value
+		  || (sym1->st_size != sym2->st_size
+		      && sym1->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF)
+		  || sym1->st_info != sym2->st_info
+		  || sym1->st_other != sym2->st_other
+		  || sym1->st_shndx != sym1->st_shndx)
+		{
+		  // XXX Do we want to allow reordered symbol tables?
+		  if (! quiet)
+		    error (0, 0, gettext ("%s %s differ: symbol table"),
+			   fname1, fname2);
+		  result = 1;
+		  goto out;
+		}
+
+	      if (sym1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF
+		  && sym1->st_size != sym2->st_size)
+		{
+		  /* The size of the symbol in the object defining it
+		     might have changed.  That is OK unless the symbol
+		     is used in a copy relocation.  Look over the
+		     sections in both files and determine which
+		     relocation section uses this symbol table
+		     section.  Then look through the relocations to
+		     see whether any copy relocation references this
+		     symbol.  */
+		  if (search_for_copy_reloc (ebl1, elf_ndxscn (scn1), ndx)
+		      || search_for_copy_reloc (ebl2, elf_ndxscn (scn2), ndx))
+		    {
+		      if (! quiet)
+			error (0, 0, gettext ("%s %s differ: symbol table"),
+			       fname1, fname2);
+		      result = 1;
+		      goto out;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  /* Compare the section content byte for byte.  */
+	  assert (shdr1->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
+		  || (data1->d_buf != NULL || data1->d_size == 0));
+	  assert (shdr2->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
+		  || (data2->d_buf != NULL || data1->d_size == 0));
+
+	  if (data1->d_size != data2->d_size
+	      || (shdr1->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
+		  && memcmp (data1->d_buf, data2->d_buf, data1->d_size) != 0))
+	    {
+	      if (! quiet)
+		error (0, 0, gettext ("%s %s differ: section content"),
+		       fname1, fname2);
+	      result = 1;
+	      goto out;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (scn1 != scn2)
+    {
+      if (! quiet)
+	error (0, 0,
+	       gettext ("%s %s differ: unequal amount of important sections"),
+	       fname1, fname2);
+      result = 1;
+      goto out;
+    }
+
+  /* We we look at gaps, create artificial ones for the parts of the
+     program which we are not in sections.  */
+  struct region ehdr_region;
+  struct region phdr_region;
+  if (gaps != gaps_ignore)
+    {
+      ehdr_region.from = 0;
+      ehdr_region.to = ehdr1->e_ehsize;
+      ehdr_region.next = &phdr_region;
+
+      phdr_region.from = ehdr1->e_phoff;
+      phdr_region.to = ehdr1->e_phoff + ehdr1->e_phnum * ehdr1->e_phentsize;
+      phdr_region.next = regions;
+
+      regions = &ehdr_region;
+      nregions += 2;
+    }
+
+  /* If we need to look at the gaps we need access to the file data.  */
+  char *raw1 = NULL;
+  size_t size1 = 0;
+  char *raw2 = NULL;
+  size_t size2 = 0;
+  struct region *regionsarr = alloca (nregions * sizeof (struct region));
+  if (gaps != gaps_ignore)
+    {
+      raw1 = elf_rawfile (elf1, &size1);
+      if (raw1 == NULL )
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot load data of \"%s\": %s"),
+	       fname1, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      raw2 = elf_rawfile (elf2, &size2);
+      if (raw2 == NULL )
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot load data of \"%s\": %s"),
+	       fname2, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      for (size_t cnt = 0; cnt < nregions; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  regionsarr[cnt] = *regions;
+	  regions = regions->next;
+	}
+
+      qsort (regionsarr, nregions, sizeof (regionsarr[0]), regioncompare);
+    }
+
+  /* Compare the program header tables.  */
+  for (int ndx = 0; ndx < ehdr1->e_phnum; ++ndx)
+    {
+      GElf_Phdr phdr1_mem;
+      GElf_Phdr *phdr1 = gelf_getphdr (elf1, ndx, &phdr1_mem);
+      if (ehdr1 == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot get program header entry %d of \"%s\": %s"),
+	       ndx, fname1, elf_errmsg (-1));
+      GElf_Phdr phdr2_mem;
+      GElf_Phdr *phdr2 = gelf_getphdr (elf2, ndx, &phdr2_mem);
+      if (ehdr2 == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot get program header entry %d of \"%s\": %s"),
+	       ndx, fname2, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      if (memcmp (phdr1, phdr2, sizeof (GElf_Phdr)) != 0)
+	{
+	  if (! quiet)
+	    error (0, 0, gettext ("%s %s differ: program header %d"),
+		   fname1, fname2, ndx);
+	  result = 1;
+	  goto out;
+	}
+
+      if (gaps != gaps_ignore && phdr1->p_type == PT_LOAD)
+	{
+	  size_t cnt = 0;
+	  while (cnt < nregions && regionsarr[cnt].to < phdr1->p_offset)
+	    ++cnt;
+
+	  GElf_Off last = phdr1->p_offset;
+	  GElf_Off end = phdr1->p_offset + phdr1->p_filesz;
+	  while (cnt < nregions && regionsarr[cnt].from < end)
+	    {
+	      if (last < regionsarr[cnt].from)
+		{
+		  /* Compare the [LAST,FROM) region.  */
+		  assert (gaps == gaps_match);
+		  if (memcmp (raw1 + last, raw2 + last,
+			      regionsarr[cnt].from - last) != 0)
+		    {
+		    gapmismatch:
+		      if (!quiet)
+			error (0, 0, gettext ("%s %s differ: gap"),
+			       fname1, fname2);
+		      result = 1;
+		      goto out;
+		    }
+
+		}
+	      last = regionsarr[cnt].to;
+	      ++cnt;
+	    }
+
+	  if (cnt == nregions && last < end)
+	    goto gapmismatch;
+	}
+    }
+
+ out:
+  elf_end (elf1);
+  elf_end (elf2);
+  close (fd1);
+  close (fd2);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the version information.  */
+static void
+print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "elfcmp (%s) %s\n", PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION);
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("\
+Copyright (C) %s Red Hat, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+"), "2005");
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper");
+}
+
+
+/* Handle program arguments.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt (int key, char *arg,
+	   struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'q':
+      quiet = true;
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_GAPS:
+      if (strcasecmp (arg, "ignore") == 0)
+	gaps = gaps_ignore;
+      else if (strcasecmp (arg, "match") == 0)
+	gaps = gaps_match;
+      else
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr,
+		   gettext ("Invalid value \"%s\" for --gaps parameter."),
+		   arg);
+	  argp_help (&argp, stderr, ARGP_HELP_SEE,
+		     program_invocation_short_name);
+	  exit (1);
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static Elf *
+open_file (const char *fname, int *fdp, Ebl **eblp)
+{
+  int fd = open (fname, O_RDONLY);
+  if (unlikely (fd == -1))
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("cannot open \"%s\""), fname);
+  Elf *elf = elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_READ_MMAP, NULL);
+  if (elf == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create ELF descriptor for \"%s\": %s"),
+	   fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+  Ebl *ebl = ebl_openbackend (elf);
+  if (ebl == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create EBL descriptor for \"%s\""), fname);
+
+  *fdp = fd;
+  *eblp = ebl;
+  return elf;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+search_for_copy_reloc (Ebl *ebl, size_t scnndx, int symndx)
+{
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+      if (shdr == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot get section header of section %zu: %s"),
+	       elf_ndxscn (scn), elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      if ((shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && shdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)
+	  || shdr->sh_link != scnndx)
+	continue;
+
+      Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+      if (data == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot get content of section %zu: %s"),
+	       elf_ndxscn (scn), elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
+	for (int ndx = 0; ndx < (int) (shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize);
+	     ++ndx)
+	  {
+	    GElf_Rel rel_mem;
+	    GElf_Rel *rel = gelf_getrel (data, ndx, &rel_mem);
+	    if (rel == NULL)
+	      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot get relocation: %s"),
+		     elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	    if ((int) GELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info) == symndx
+		&& ebl_copy_reloc_p (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)))
+	      return true;
+	  }
+      else
+	for (int ndx = 0; ndx < (int) (shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize);
+	     ++ndx)
+	  {
+	    GElf_Rela rela_mem;
+	    GElf_Rela *rela = gelf_getrela (data, ndx, &rela_mem);
+	    if (rela == NULL)
+	      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot get relocation: %s"),
+		     elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	    if ((int) GELF_R_SYM (rela->r_info) == symndx
+		&& ebl_copy_reloc_p (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)))
+	      return true;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+static  int
+regioncompare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+  const struct region *r1 = (const struct region *) p1;
+  const struct region *r2 = (const struct region *) p2;
+
+  if (r1->from < r2->from)
+    return -1;
+  return 1;
+}
diff --git a/src/elflint.c b/src/elflint.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03572377
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/elflint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2617 @@
+/* Pedantic checking of ELF files compliance with gABI/psABI spec.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#include <endian.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <gelf.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <elf-knowledge.h>
+#include <system.h>
+#include "../libebl/libeblP.h"
+
+
+/* Name and version of program.  */
+static void print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state);
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *, struct argp_state *) = print_version;
+
+/* Bug report address.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address = PACKAGE_BUGREPORT;
+
+#define ARGP_strict	300
+#define ARGP_gnuld	301
+
+/* Definitions of arguments for argp functions.  */
+static const struct argp_option options[] =
+{
+
+  { "strict", ARGP_strict, NULL, 0,
+    N_("Be extremely strict, flag level 2 features."), 0 },
+  { "quiet", 'q', NULL, 0, N_("Do not print anything if successful"), 0 },
+  { "debuginfo", 'd', NULL, 0, N_("Binary is a separate debuginfo file"), 0 },
+  { "gnu-ld", ARGP_gnuld, NULL, 0,
+    N_("Binary has been created with GNU ld and is therefore known to be \
+broken in certain ways"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Short description of program.  */
+static const char doc[] = N_("\
+Pedantic checking of ELF files compliance with gABI/psABI spec.");
+
+/* Strings for arguments in help texts.  */
+static const char args_doc[] = N_("FILE...");
+
+/* Prototype for option handler.  */
+static error_t parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* Data structure to communicate with argp functions.  */
+static struct argp argp =
+{
+  options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+
+
+/* Declarations of local functions.  */
+static void process_file (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix,
+			  const char *suffix, const char *fname, size_t size,
+			  bool only_one);
+static void process_elf_file (Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *suffix,
+			      const char *fname, size_t size, bool only_one);
+
+/* Report an error.  */
+#define ERROR(str, args...) \
+  do {									      \
+    printf (str, ##args);						      \
+    ++error_count;							      \
+  } while (0)
+static unsigned int error_count;
+
+/* True if we should perform very strict testing.  */
+static bool be_strict;
+
+/* True if no message is to be printed if the run is succesful.  */
+static bool be_quiet;
+
+/* True if binary is from strip -f, not a normal ELF file.  */
+static bool is_debuginfo;
+
+/* True if binary is assumed to be generated with GNU ld.  */
+static bool gnuld;
+
+/* Index of section header string table.  */
+static uint32_t shstrndx;
+
+/* Array to count references in section groups.  */
+static int *scnref;
+
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  /* Set locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+  /* Initialize the message catalog.  */
+  textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  /* Parse and process arguments.  */
+  int remaining;
+  argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, &remaining, NULL);
+
+  /* Before we start tell the ELF library which version we are using.  */
+  elf_version (EV_CURRENT);
+
+  /* Now process all the files given at the command line.  */
+  bool only_one = remaining + 1 == argc;
+  do
+    {
+      /* Open the file.  */
+      int fd = open (argv[remaining], O_RDONLY);
+      if (fd == -1)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot open input file"));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Create an `Elf' descriptor.  */
+      Elf *elf = elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_READ_MMAP, NULL);
+      if (elf == NULL)
+	ERROR (gettext ("cannot generate Elf descriptor: %s\n"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+      else
+	{
+	  unsigned int prev_error_count = error_count;
+	  struct stat64 st;
+
+	  if (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0)
+	    {
+	      printf ("cannot stat '%s': %m\n", argv[remaining]);
+	      close (fd);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  process_file (fd, elf, NULL, NULL, argv[remaining], st.st_size,
+			only_one);
+
+	  /* Now we can close the descriptor.  */
+	  if (elf_end (elf) != 0)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("error while closing Elf descriptor: %s\n"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  if (prev_error_count == error_count && !be_quiet)
+	    puts (gettext ("No errors"));
+	}
+
+      close (fd);
+    }
+  while (++remaining < argc);
+
+  return error_count != 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Handle program arguments.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt (int key, char *arg __attribute__ ((unused)),
+	   struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case ARGP_strict:
+      be_strict = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'q':
+      be_quiet = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'd':
+      is_debuginfo = true;
+
+    case ARGP_gnuld:
+      gnuld = true;
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS:
+      fputs (gettext ("Missing file name.\n"), stderr);
+      argp_help (&argp, stderr, ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR,
+		 program_invocation_short_name);
+      exit (1);
+
+    default:
+      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the version information.  */
+static void
+print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "elflint (%s) %s\n", PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION);
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("\
+Copyright (C) %s Red Hat, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+"), "2005");
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper");
+}
+
+
+/* Process one file.  */
+static void
+process_file (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *suffix,
+	      const char *fname, size_t size, bool only_one)
+{
+  /* We can handle two types of files: ELF files and archives.  */
+  Elf_Kind kind = elf_kind (elf);
+
+  switch (kind)
+    {
+    case ELF_K_ELF:
+      /* Yes!  It's an ELF file.  */
+      process_elf_file (elf, prefix, suffix, fname, size, only_one);
+      break;
+
+    case ELF_K_AR:
+      {
+	Elf *subelf;
+	Elf_Cmd cmd = ELF_C_READ_MMAP;
+	size_t prefix_len = prefix == NULL ? 0 : strlen (prefix);
+	size_t fname_len = strlen (fname) + 1;
+	char new_prefix[prefix_len + 1 + fname_len];
+	char new_suffix[(suffix == NULL ? 0 : strlen (suffix)) + 2];
+	char *cp = new_prefix;
+
+	/* Create the full name of the file.  */
+	if (prefix != NULL)
+	  {
+	    cp = mempcpy (cp, prefix, prefix_len);
+	    *cp++ = '(';
+	    strcpy (stpcpy (new_suffix, suffix), ")");
+	  }
+	else
+	  new_suffix[0] = '\0';
+	memcpy (cp, fname, fname_len);
+
+	/* It's an archive.  We process each file in it.  */
+	while ((subelf = elf_begin (fd, cmd, elf)) != NULL)
+	  {
+	    kind = elf_kind (subelf);
+
+	    /* Call this function recursively.  */
+	    if (kind == ELF_K_ELF || kind == ELF_K_AR)
+	      {
+		Elf_Arhdr *arhdr = elf_getarhdr (subelf);
+		assert (arhdr != NULL);
+
+		process_file (fd, subelf, new_prefix, new_suffix,
+			      arhdr->ar_name, arhdr->ar_size, false);
+	      }
+
+	    /* Get next archive element.  */
+	    cmd = elf_next (subelf);
+	    if (elf_end (subelf) != 0)
+	      ERROR (gettext (" error while freeing sub-ELF descriptor: %s\n"),
+		     elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      /* We cannot do anything.  */
+      ERROR (gettext ("\
+Not an ELF file - it has the wrong magic bytes at the start"));
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+section_name (Ebl *ebl, int idx)
+{
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+
+  shdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, idx), &shdr_mem);
+
+  return elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name);
+}
+
+
+static const int valid_e_machine[] =
+  {
+    EM_M32, EM_SPARC, EM_386, EM_68K, EM_88K, EM_860, EM_MIPS, EM_S370,
+    EM_MIPS_RS3_LE, EM_PARISC, EM_VPP500, EM_SPARC32PLUS, EM_960, EM_PPC,
+    EM_PPC64, EM_S390, EM_V800, EM_FR20, EM_RH32, EM_RCE, EM_ARM,
+    EM_FAKE_ALPHA, EM_SH, EM_SPARCV9, EM_TRICORE, EM_ARC, EM_H8_300,
+    EM_H8_300H, EM_H8S, EM_H8_500, EM_IA_64, EM_MIPS_X, EM_COLDFIRE,
+    EM_68HC12, EM_MMA, EM_PCP, EM_NCPU, EM_NDR1, EM_STARCORE, EM_ME16,
+    EM_ST100, EM_TINYJ, EM_X86_64, EM_PDSP, EM_FX66, EM_ST9PLUS, EM_ST7,
+    EM_68HC16, EM_68HC11, EM_68HC08, EM_68HC05, EM_SVX, EM_ST19, EM_VAX,
+    EM_CRIS, EM_JAVELIN, EM_FIREPATH, EM_ZSP, EM_MMIX, EM_HUANY, EM_PRISM,
+    EM_AVR, EM_FR30, EM_D10V, EM_D30V, EM_V850, EM_M32R, EM_MN10300,
+    EM_MN10200, EM_PJ, EM_OPENRISC, EM_ARC_A5, EM_XTENSA
+  };
+#define nvalid_e_machine \
+  (sizeof (valid_e_machine) / sizeof (valid_e_machine[0]))
+
+
+/* Number of sections.  */
+static unsigned int shnum;
+
+
+static void
+check_elf_header (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr, size_t size)
+{
+  char buf[512];
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  /* Check e_ident field.  */
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_MAG0] != ELFMAG0)
+    ERROR ("e_ident[%d] != '%c'\n", EI_MAG0, ELFMAG0);
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_MAG1] != ELFMAG1)
+    ERROR ("e_ident[%d] != '%c'\n", EI_MAG1, ELFMAG1);
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_MAG2] != ELFMAG2)
+    ERROR ("e_ident[%d] != '%c'\n", EI_MAG2, ELFMAG2);
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_MAG3] != ELFMAG3)
+    ERROR ("e_ident[%d] != '%c'\n", EI_MAG3, ELFMAG3);
+
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] != ELFCLASS32
+      && ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] != ELFCLASS64)
+    ERROR (gettext ("e_ident[%d] == %d is no known class\n"),
+	   EI_CLASS, ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS]);
+
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] != ELFDATA2LSB
+      && ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] != ELFDATA2MSB)
+    ERROR (gettext ("e_ident[%d] == %d is no known data encoding\n"),
+	   EI_DATA, ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA]);
+
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_VERSION] != EV_CURRENT)
+    ERROR (gettext ("unknown ELF header version number e_ident[%d] == %d\n"),
+	   EI_VERSION, ehdr->e_ident[EI_VERSION]);
+
+  /* We currently don't handle any OS ABIs.  */
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE)
+    ERROR (gettext ("unsupported OS ABI e_ident[%d] == \"%s\"\n"),
+	   EI_OSABI,
+	   ebl_osabi_name (ebl, ehdr->e_ident[EI_OSABI], buf, sizeof (buf)));
+
+  /* No ABI versions other than zero supported either.  */
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] != 0)
+    ERROR (gettext ("unsupport ABI version e_ident[%d] == %d\n"),
+	   EI_ABIVERSION, ehdr->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION]);
+
+  for (cnt = EI_PAD; cnt < EI_NIDENT; ++cnt)
+    if (ehdr->e_ident[cnt] != 0)
+      ERROR (gettext ("e_ident[%zu] is not zero\n"), cnt);
+
+  /* Check the e_type field.  */
+  if (ehdr->e_type != ET_REL && ehdr->e_type != ET_EXEC
+      && ehdr->e_type != ET_DYN && ehdr->e_type != ET_CORE)
+    ERROR (gettext ("unknown object file type %d\n"), ehdr->e_type);
+
+  /* Check the e_machine field.  */
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nvalid_e_machine; ++cnt)
+    if (valid_e_machine[cnt] == ehdr->e_machine)
+      break;
+  if (cnt == nvalid_e_machine)
+    ERROR (gettext ("unknown machine type %d\n"), ehdr->e_machine);
+
+  /* Check the e_version field.  */
+  if (ehdr->e_version != EV_CURRENT)
+    ERROR (gettext ("unknown object file version\n"));
+
+  /* Check the e_phoff and e_phnum fields.  */
+  if (ehdr->e_phoff == 0)
+    {
+      if (ehdr->e_phnum != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid program header offset\n"));
+      else if (ehdr->e_type == ET_EXEC || ehdr->e_type == ET_DYN)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+executables and DSOs cannot have zero program header offset\n"));
+    }
+  else if (ehdr->e_phnum == 0)
+    ERROR (gettext ("invalid number of program header entries\n"));
+
+  /* Check the e_shoff field.  */
+  shnum = ehdr->e_shnum;
+  shstrndx = ehdr->e_shstrndx;
+  if (ehdr->e_shoff == 0)
+    {
+      if (ehdr->e_shnum != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid section header table offset\n"));
+      else if (ehdr->e_type != ET_EXEC && ehdr->e_type != ET_DYN
+	       && ehdr->e_type != ET_CORE)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section header table must be present\n"));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (ehdr->e_shnum == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Get the header of the zeroth section.  The sh_size field
+	     might contain the section number.  */
+	  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+
+	  shdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, 0), &shdr_mem);
+	  if (shdr != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* The error will be reported later.  */
+	      if (shdr->sh_size == 0)
+		ERROR (gettext ("\
+invalid number of section header table entries\n"));
+	      else
+		shnum = shdr->sh_size;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == SHN_XINDEX)
+	{
+	  /* Get the header of the zeroth section.  The sh_size field
+	     might contain the section number.  */
+	  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+
+	  shdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, 0), &shdr_mem);
+	  if (shdr != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* The error will be reported later.  */
+	      if (shdr->sh_link >= shnum)
+		ERROR (gettext ("invalid section header index\n"));
+	      else
+		shstrndx = shdr->sh_link;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (shstrndx >= shnum)
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid section header index\n"));
+    }
+
+  /* Check the e_flags field.  */
+  if (!ebl_machine_flag_check (ebl, ehdr->e_flags))
+    ERROR (gettext ("invalid machine flags: %s\n"),
+	   ebl_machine_flag_name (ebl, ehdr->e_flags, buf, sizeof (buf)));
+
+  /* Check e_ehsize, e_phentsize, and e_shentsize fields.  */
+  if (gelf_getclass (ebl->elf) == ELFCLASS32)
+    {
+      if (ehdr->e_ehsize != 0 && ehdr->e_ehsize != sizeof (Elf32_Ehdr))
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid ELF header size: %hd\n"), ehdr->e_ehsize);
+
+      if (ehdr->e_phentsize != 0 && ehdr->e_phentsize != sizeof (Elf32_Phdr))
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid program header size: %hd\n"),
+	       ehdr->e_phentsize);
+      else if (ehdr->e_phoff + ehdr->e_phnum * ehdr->e_phentsize > size)
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid program header position or size\n"));
+
+      if (ehdr->e_shentsize != 0 && ehdr->e_shentsize != sizeof (Elf32_Shdr))
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid section header size: %hd\n"),
+	       ehdr->e_shentsize);
+      else if (ehdr->e_shoff + ehdr->e_shnum * ehdr->e_shentsize > size)
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid section header position or size\n"));
+    }
+  else if (gelf_getclass (ebl->elf) == ELFCLASS64)
+    {
+      if (ehdr->e_ehsize != 0 && ehdr->e_ehsize != sizeof (Elf64_Ehdr))
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid ELF header size: %hd\n"), ehdr->e_ehsize);
+
+      if (ehdr->e_phentsize != 0 && ehdr->e_phentsize != sizeof (Elf64_Phdr))
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid program header size: %hd\n"),
+	       ehdr->e_phentsize);
+      else if (ehdr->e_phoff + ehdr->e_phnum * ehdr->e_phentsize > size)
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid program header position or size\n"));
+
+      if (ehdr->e_shentsize != 0 && ehdr->e_shentsize != sizeof (Elf64_Shdr))
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid section header size: %hd\n"),
+	       ehdr->e_shentsize);
+      else if (ehdr->e_shoff + ehdr->e_shnum * ehdr->e_shentsize > size)
+	ERROR (gettext ("invalid section header position or size\n"));
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Check that there is a section group section with index < IDX which
+   contains section IDX and that there is exactly one.  */
+static void
+check_scn_group (Ebl *ebl, int idx)
+{
+  if (scnref[idx] == 0)
+    {
+      /* No reference so far.  Search following sections, maybe the
+	 order is wrong.  */
+      size_t cnt;
+
+      for (cnt = idx + 1; cnt < shnum; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  Elf_Scn *scn;
+	  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+	  Elf_Data *data;
+	  Elf32_Word *grpdata;
+	  size_t inner;
+
+	  scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, cnt);
+	  shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+	  if (shdr == NULL)
+	    /* We cannot get the section header so we cannot check it.
+	       The error to get the section header will be shown
+	       somewhere else.  */
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (shdr->sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
+	    continue;
+
+	  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+	  if (data == NULL || data->d_size < sizeof (Elf32_Word))
+	    /* Cannot check the section.  */
+	    continue;
+
+	  grpdata = (Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf;
+	  for (inner = 1; inner < data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word); ++inner)
+	    if (grpdata[inner] == (Elf32_Word) idx)
+	      goto out;
+	}
+
+    out:
+      if (cnt == shnum)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section with SHF_GROUP flag set not part of a section group\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+      else
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section group [%2zu] '%s' does not preceed group member\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+	       cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_symtab (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr, int idx)
+{
+  bool no_xndx_warned = false;
+  int no_pt_tls = 0;
+
+  Elf_Scn *scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, idx);
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+  GElf_Shdr strshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *strshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link),
+				     &strshdr_mem);
+  if (shdr == NULL || strshdr == NULL)
+    return;
+  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    {
+      ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': cannot get section data\n"),
+	     idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (strshdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
+    ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': referenced as string table for section [%2d] '%s' but type is not SHT_STRTAB\n"),
+	   shdr->sh_link, section_name (ebl, shdr->sh_link),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  /* Search for an extended section index table section.  */
+  size_t cnt;
+  GElf_Shdr xndxshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *xndxshdr = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *xndxdata = NULL;
+  Elf32_Word xndxscnidx = 0;
+  for (cnt = 1; cnt < shnum; ++cnt)
+    if (cnt != (size_t) idx)
+      {
+	Elf_Scn *xndxscn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, cnt);
+	xndxshdr = gelf_getshdr (xndxscn, &xndxshdr_mem);
+	xndxdata = elf_getdata (xndxscn, NULL);
+	xndxscnidx = elf_ndxscn (xndxscn);
+
+	if (xndxshdr == NULL || xndxdata == NULL)
+	  continue;
+
+	if (xndxshdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
+	    && xndxshdr->sh_link == (GElf_Word) idx)
+	  break;
+      }
+  if (cnt == shnum)
+    {
+      xndxshdr = NULL;
+      xndxdata = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (shdr->sh_entsize != gelf_fsize (ebl->elf, ELF_T_SYM, 1, EV_CURRENT))
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s': entry size is does not match ElfXX_Sym\n"),
+	   cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+
+  /* Test the zeroth entry.  */
+  GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+  Elf32_Word xndx;
+  GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsymshndx (data, xndxdata, 0, &sym_mem, &xndx);
+  if (sym == NULL)
+      ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': cannot get symbol %d: %s\n"),
+	     idx, section_name (ebl, idx), 0, elf_errmsg (-1));
+  else
+    {
+      if (sym->st_name != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': '%s' in zeroth entry not zero\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), "st_name");
+      if (sym->st_value != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': '%s' in zeroth entry not zero\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), "st_value");
+      if (sym->st_size != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': '%s' in zeroth entry not zero\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), "st_size");
+      if (sym->st_info != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': '%s' in zeroth entry not zero\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), "st_info");
+      if (sym->st_other != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': '%s' in zeroth entry not zero\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), "st_other");
+      if (sym->st_shndx != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': '%s' in zeroth entry not zero\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), "st_shndx");
+      if (xndxdata != NULL && xndx != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': XINDEX for zeroth entry not zero\n"),
+	       xndxscnidx, section_name (ebl, xndxscnidx));
+    }
+
+  for (cnt = 1; cnt < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize; ++cnt)
+    {
+      sym = gelf_getsymshndx (data, xndxdata, cnt, &sym_mem, &xndx);
+      if (sym == NULL)
+	{
+	  ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': cannot get symbol %zu: %s\n"),
+		 idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      const char *name = NULL;
+      if (sym->st_name >= strshdr->sh_size)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: invalid name value\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+      else
+	{
+	  name = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
+	  assert (name != NULL);
+	}
+
+      if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_XINDEX)
+	{
+	  if (xndxdata == NULL)
+	    {
+	      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: too large section index but no extended section index section\n"),
+		     idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+	      no_xndx_warned = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (xndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: XINDEX used for index which would fit in st_shndx (%" PRIu32 ")\n"),
+		   xndxscnidx, section_name (ebl, xndxscnidx), cnt,
+		   xndx);
+	}
+      else if ((sym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE
+		// && sym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE    always true
+		&& sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS
+		&& sym->st_shndx != SHN_COMMON)
+	       || (sym->st_shndx >= shnum
+		   && (sym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE
+		       /* || sym->st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE  always false */)))
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: invalid section index\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+      else
+	xndx = sym->st_shndx;
+
+      if (GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) >= STT_NUM)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: unknown type\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+
+      if (GELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) >= STB_NUM)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: unknown symbol binding\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+
+      if (xndx == SHN_COMMON)
+	{
+	  /* Common symbols can only appear in relocatable files.  */
+	  if (ehdr->e_type != ET_REL)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: COMMON only allowed in relocatable files\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+	  if (cnt < shdr->sh_info)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: local COMMON symbols are nonsense\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+	  if (GELF_R_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_FUNC)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: function in COMMON section is nonsense\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+	}
+      else if (xndx > 0 && xndx < shnum)
+	{
+	  GElf_Shdr destshdr_mem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *destshdr;
+
+	  destshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, xndx), &destshdr_mem);
+	  if (destshdr != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_TLS)
+		{
+		  if ((sym->st_value - destshdr->sh_addr) > destshdr->sh_size)
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: st_value out of bounds\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+		  else if ((sym->st_value - destshdr->sh_addr + sym->st_size)
+			   > destshdr->sh_size)
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu does not fit completely in referenced section [%2d] '%s'\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+			   (int) xndx, section_name (ebl, xndx));
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if ((destshdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: referenced section [%2d] '%s' does not have SHF_TLS flag set\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+			   (int) xndx, section_name (ebl, xndx));
+
+		  if (ehdr->e_type == ET_REL)
+		    {
+		      /* For object files the symbol value must fall
+                         into the section.  */
+		      if (sym->st_value > destshdr->sh_size)
+			ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: st_value out of bounds of referenced section [%2d] '%s'\n"),
+			       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+			       (int) xndx, section_name (ebl, xndx));
+		      else if (sym->st_value + sym->st_size
+			       > destshdr->sh_size)
+			ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu does not fit completely in referenced section [%2d] '%s'\n"),
+			       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+			       (int) xndx, section_name (ebl, xndx));
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      GElf_Phdr phdr_mem;
+		      GElf_Phdr *phdr = NULL;
+		      int pcnt;
+
+		      for (pcnt = 0; pcnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++pcnt)
+			{
+			  phdr = gelf_getphdr (ebl->elf, pcnt, &phdr_mem);
+			  if (phdr != NULL && phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
+			    break;
+			}
+
+		      if (pcnt == ehdr->e_phnum)
+			{
+			  if (no_pt_tls++ == 0)
+			    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: TLS symbol but no TLS program header entry\n"),
+				   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  if (sym->st_value
+			      < destshdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset)
+			    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: st_value short of referenced section [%2d] '%s'\n"),
+				   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+				   (int) xndx, section_name (ebl, xndx));
+			  else if (sym->st_value
+				   > (destshdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset
+				      + destshdr->sh_size))
+			    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: st_value out of bounds of referenced section [%2d] '%s'\n"),
+				   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+				   (int) xndx, section_name (ebl, xndx));
+			  else if (sym->st_value + sym->st_size
+				   > (destshdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset
+				      + destshdr->sh_size))
+			    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu does not fit completely in referenced section [%2d] '%s'\n"),
+				   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+				   (int) xndx, section_name (ebl, xndx));
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (GELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_LOCAL)
+	{
+	  if (cnt >= shdr->sh_info)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: local symbol outside range described in sh_info\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (cnt < shdr->sh_info)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: non-local symbol outside range described in sh_info\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+	}
+
+      if (GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
+	  && GELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': symbol %zu: non-local section symbol\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+
+      if (name != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Check that address and size match the global offset
+		 table.  We have to locate the GOT by searching for a
+		 section named ".got".  */
+	      Elf_Scn *gscn = NULL;
+	      GElf_Addr addr = 0;
+	      GElf_Xword size = 0;
+	      bool found = false;
+
+	      while ((gscn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, gscn)) != NULL)
+		{
+		  GElf_Shdr gshdr_mem;
+		  GElf_Shdr *gshdr = gelf_getshdr (gscn, &gshdr_mem);
+		  assert (gshdr != NULL);
+
+		  const char *sname = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
+						  gshdr->sh_name);
+		  if (sname != NULL)
+		    {
+		      if (strcmp (sname, ".got.plt") == 0)
+			{
+			  addr = gshdr->sh_addr;
+			  size = gshdr->sh_size;
+			  found = true;
+			  break;
+			}
+		      if (strcmp (sname, ".got") == 0)
+			{
+			  addr = gshdr->sh_addr;
+			  size = gshdr->sh_size;
+			  found = true;
+			  /* Do not stop looking.  There might be a
+			     .got.plt section.  */
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      if (found)
+		{
+		  /* Found it.  */
+		  if (sym->st_value != addr)
+		    /* This test is more strict than the psABIs which
+		       usually allow the symbol to be in the middle of
+		       the .got section, allowing negative offsets.  */
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol value %#" PRIx64 " does not match .got section address %#" PRIx64 "\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+			   (uint64_t) sym->st_value, (uint64_t) addr);
+
+		  if (!gnuld && sym->st_size != size)
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol size %" PRIu64 " does not match .got section size %" PRIu64 "\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+			   (uint64_t) sym->st_size, (uint64_t) size);
+		}
+	      else
+		ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol present, but no .got section\n"),
+		       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Check that address and size match the dynamic
+		 section.  We locate the dynamic section via the
+		 program header entry.  */
+	      int pcnt;
+
+	      for (pcnt = 0; pcnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++pcnt)
+		{
+		  GElf_Phdr phdr_mem;
+		  GElf_Phdr *phdr = gelf_getphdr (ebl->elf, pcnt, &phdr_mem);
+
+		  if (phdr != NULL && phdr->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
+		    {
+		      if (sym->st_value != phdr->p_vaddr)
+			ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': _DYNAMIC_ symbol value %#" PRIx64 " does not match dynamic segment address %#" PRIx64 "\n"),
+			       idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+			       (uint64_t) sym->st_value,
+			       (uint64_t) phdr->p_vaddr);
+
+		      if (!gnuld && sym->st_size != phdr->p_memsz)
+			ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': _DYNAMIC symbol size %" PRIu64 " does not match dynamic segment size %" PRIu64 "\n"),
+			       idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+			       (uint64_t) sym->st_size,
+			       (uint64_t) phdr->p_memsz);
+
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static bool
+is_rel_dyn (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr, int idx, GElf_Shdr *shdr, bool rela)
+{
+  /* If this is no executable or DSO it cannot be a .rel.dyn section.  */
+  if (ehdr->e_type != ET_EXEC && ehdr->e_type != ET_DYN)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Check the section name.  Unfortunately necessary.  */
+  if (strcmp (section_name (ebl, idx), rela ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn"))
+    return false;
+
+  /* When a .rel.dyn section is used a DT_RELCOUNT dynamic section
+     entry can be present as well.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr rcshdr_mem;
+      const GElf_Shdr *rcshdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &rcshdr_mem);
+      assert (rcshdr != NULL);
+
+      if (rcshdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNAMIC)
+	{
+	  /* Found the dynamic section.  Look through it.  */
+	  Elf_Data *d = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+	  size_t cnt;
+
+	  for (cnt = 1; cnt < rcshdr->sh_size / rcshdr->sh_entsize; ++cnt)
+	    {
+	      GElf_Dyn dyn_mem;
+	      GElf_Dyn *dyn = gelf_getdyn (d, cnt, &dyn_mem);
+	      assert (dyn != NULL);
+
+	      if (dyn->d_tag == DT_RELCOUNT)
+		{
+		  /* Found it.  One last check: does the number
+		     specified number of relative relocations exceed
+		     the total number of relocations?  */
+		  if (dyn->d_un.d_val > shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize)
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': DT_RELCOUNT value %d too high for this section\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+			   (int) dyn->d_un.d_val);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_rela (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr, int idx)
+{
+  Elf_Scn *scn;
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  GElf_Shdr destshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *destshdr = NULL;
+  size_t cnt;
+  bool reldyn = false;
+  bool known_broken = gnuld;
+
+  scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, idx);
+  shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+  if (shdr == NULL)
+    return;
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    {
+      ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': cannot get section data\n"),
+	     idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Check whether the link to the section we relocate is reasonable.  */
+  if (shdr->sh_info >= shnum)
+    ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': invalid destination section index\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+  else
+    {
+      destshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_info),
+			       &destshdr_mem);
+      if (destshdr != NULL)
+	{
+	  if(destshdr->sh_type != SHT_PROGBITS
+	     && destshdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
+	    {
+	      reldyn = is_rel_dyn (ebl, ehdr, idx, shdr, true);
+	      if (!reldyn)
+		ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': invalid destination section type\n"),
+		       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* There is no standard, but we require that .rela.dyn
+		     sections have a sh_info value of zero.  */
+		  if (shdr->sh_info != 0)
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': sh_info should be zero\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if ((destshdr->sh_flags & (SHF_MERGE | SHF_STRINGS)) != 0)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': no relocations for merge-able sections possible\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (shdr->sh_entsize != gelf_fsize (ebl->elf, ELF_T_RELA, 1, EV_CURRENT))
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section entry size does not match ElfXX_Rela\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  Elf_Scn *symscn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link);
+  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *symshdr = gelf_getshdr (symscn, &symshdr_mem);
+  Elf_Data *symdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Rela rela_mem;
+      GElf_Rela *rela;
+
+      rela = gelf_getrela (data, cnt, &rela_mem);
+      if (rela == NULL)
+	{
+	  ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': cannot get relocation %zu: %s\n"),
+		 idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (!ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)))
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: invalid type\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+      else if (!ebl_reloc_valid_use (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)))
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: relocation type invalid for the file type\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+
+      if (symshdr != NULL
+	  && ((GELF_R_SYM (rela->r_info) + 1)
+	      * gelf_fsize (ebl->elf, ELF_T_SYM, 1, EV_CURRENT)
+	      > symshdr->sh_size))
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: invalid symbol index\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+
+      if (ebl_gotpc_reloc_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)))
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+	  char buf[64];
+	  GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+	  GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsym (symdata, GELF_R_SYM (rela->r_info),
+				       &sym_mem);
+	  if (sym != NULL
+	      /* Get the name for the symbol.  */
+	      && (name = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, symshdr->sh_link, sym->st_name))
+	      && strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") !=0 )
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: only symbol '_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_' can be used with %s\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+		   ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_SYM (rela->r_info),
+					buf, sizeof (buf)));
+	}
+
+      if (reldyn)
+	{
+	  // XXX TODO Check .rel.dyn section addresses.
+	}
+      else if (!known_broken)
+	{
+	  if (destshdr != NULL
+	      && (rela->r_offset - destshdr->sh_addr) >= destshdr->sh_size)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: offset out of bounds\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+	}
+
+      if (symdata != NULL
+	  && ebl_copy_reloc_p (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)))
+	{
+	  /* Make sure the referenced symbol is an object or unspecified.  */
+	  GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+	  GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsym (symdata, GELF_R_SYM (rela->r_info),
+				       &sym_mem);
+	  if (sym != NULL
+	      && GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_NOTYPE
+	      && GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_OBJECT)
+	    {
+	      char buf[64];
+	      ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: copy relocation against symbol of type %s\n"),
+		     idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+		     ebl_symbol_type_name (ebl, GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info),
+					   buf, sizeof (buf)));
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_rel (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr, int idx)
+{
+  Elf_Scn *scn;
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  GElf_Shdr destshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *destshdr = NULL;
+  size_t cnt;
+  bool reldyn = false;
+  bool known_broken = gnuld;
+
+  scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, idx);
+  shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+  if (shdr == NULL)
+    return;
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    {
+      ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': cannot get section data\n"),
+	     idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Check whether the link to the section we relocate is reasonable.  */
+  if (shdr->sh_info >= shnum)
+    ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': invalid destination section index\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+  else
+    {
+      destshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_info),
+			       &destshdr_mem);
+      if (destshdr != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (destshdr->sh_type != SHT_PROGBITS
+	      && destshdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
+	    {
+	      reldyn = is_rel_dyn (ebl, ehdr, idx, shdr, false);
+	      if (!reldyn)
+		ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': invalid destination section type\n"),
+		       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* There is no standard, but we require that .rela.dyn
+		     sections have a sh_info value of zero.  */
+		  if (shdr->sh_info != 0)
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': sh_info should be zero\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if ((destshdr->sh_flags & (SHF_MERGE | SHF_STRINGS)) != 0)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': no relocations for merge-able sections possible\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (shdr->sh_entsize != gelf_fsize (ebl->elf, ELF_T_REL, 1, EV_CURRENT))
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section entry size does not match ElfXX_Rel\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  Elf_Scn *symscn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link);
+  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *symshdr = gelf_getshdr (symscn, &symshdr_mem);
+  Elf_Data *symdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Rel rel_mem;
+      GElf_Rel *rel;
+
+      rel = gelf_getrel (data, cnt, &rel_mem);
+      if (rel == NULL)
+	{
+	  ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': cannot get relocation %zu: %s\n"),
+		 idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (!ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)))
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: invalid type\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+      else if (!ebl_reloc_valid_use (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)))
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: relocation type invalid for the file type\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+
+      if (symshdr != NULL
+	  && ((GELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info) + 1)
+	      * gelf_fsize (ebl->elf, ELF_T_SYM, 1, EV_CURRENT)
+	      > symshdr->sh_size))
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: invalid symbol index\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+
+      if (ebl_gotpc_reloc_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)))
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+	  char buf[64];
+	  GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+	  GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsym (symdata, GELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info),
+				       &sym_mem);
+	  if (sym != NULL
+	      /* Get the name for the symbol.  */
+	      && (name = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, symshdr->sh_link, sym->st_name))
+	      && strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") !=0 )
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: only symbol '_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_' can be used with %s\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+		   ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info),
+					buf, sizeof (buf)));
+	}
+
+      if (reldyn)
+	{
+	  // XXX TODO Check .rel.dyn section addresses.
+	}
+      else if (!known_broken)
+	{
+	  if (destshdr != NULL
+	      && GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) != 0
+	      && (rel->r_offset - destshdr->sh_addr) >= destshdr->sh_size)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: offset out of bounds\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+	}
+
+      if (symdata != NULL
+	  && ebl_copy_reloc_p (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)))
+	{
+	  /* Make sure the referenced symbol is an object or unspecified.  */
+	  GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+	  GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsym (symdata, GELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info),
+				       &sym_mem);
+	  if (sym != NULL
+	      && GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_NOTYPE
+	      && GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_OBJECT)
+	    {
+	      char buf[64];
+	      ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': relocation %zu: copy relocation against symbol of type %s\n"),
+		     idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+		     ebl_symbol_type_name (ebl, GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info),
+					   buf, sizeof (buf)));
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Number of dynamic sections.  */
+static int ndynamic;
+
+
+static void
+check_dynamic (Ebl *ebl, int idx)
+{
+  Elf_Scn *scn;
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  GElf_Shdr strshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *strshdr;
+  size_t cnt;
+  static const bool dependencies[DT_NUM][DT_NUM] =
+    {
+      [DT_NEEDED] = { [DT_STRTAB] = true },
+      [DT_PLTRELSZ] = { [DT_JMPREL] = true },
+      [DT_HASH] = { [DT_SYMTAB] = true },
+      [DT_STRTAB] = { [DT_STRSZ] = true },
+      [DT_SYMTAB] = { [DT_STRTAB] = true, [DT_HASH] = true,
+		      [DT_SYMENT] = true },
+      [DT_RELA] = { [DT_RELASZ] = true, [DT_RELAENT] = true },
+      [DT_RELASZ] = { [DT_RELA] = true },
+      [DT_RELAENT] = { [DT_RELA] = true },
+      [DT_STRSZ] = { [DT_STRTAB] = true },
+      [DT_SYMENT] = { [DT_SYMTAB] = true },
+      [DT_SONAME] = { [DT_STRTAB] = true },
+      [DT_RPATH] = { [DT_STRTAB] = true },
+      [DT_REL] = { [DT_RELSZ] = true, [DT_RELENT] = true },
+      [DT_RELSZ] = { [DT_REL] = true },
+      [DT_RELENT] = { [DT_REL] = true },
+      [DT_JMPREL] = { [DT_PLTRELSZ] = true, [DT_PLTREL] = true },
+      [DT_RUNPATH] = { [DT_STRTAB] = true },
+      [DT_PLTREL] = { [DT_JMPREL] = true },
+      [DT_PLTRELSZ] = { [DT_JMPREL] = true }
+    };
+  bool has_dt[DT_NUM];
+  static const bool level2[DT_NUM] =
+    {
+      [DT_RPATH] = true,
+      [DT_SYMBOLIC] = true,
+      [DT_TEXTREL] = true,
+      [DT_BIND_NOW] = true
+    };
+  static const bool mandatory[DT_NUM] =
+    {
+      [DT_NULL] = true,
+      [DT_HASH] = true,
+      [DT_STRTAB] = true,
+      [DT_SYMTAB] = true,
+      [DT_STRSZ] = true,
+      [DT_SYMENT] = true
+    };
+  GElf_Addr reladdr = 0;
+  GElf_Word relsz = 0;
+  GElf_Addr pltreladdr = 0;
+  GElf_Word pltrelsz = 0;
+
+  memset (has_dt, '\0', sizeof (has_dt));
+
+  if (++ndynamic == 2)
+    ERROR (gettext ("more than one dynamic section present\n"));
+
+  scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, idx);
+  shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+  if (shdr == NULL)
+    return;
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    {
+      ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': cannot get section data\n"),
+	     idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  strshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link), &strshdr_mem);
+  if (strshdr != NULL && strshdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': referenced as string table for section [%2d] '%s' but type is not SHT_STRTAB\n"),
+	   shdr->sh_link, section_name (ebl, shdr->sh_link),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  if (shdr->sh_entsize != gelf_fsize (ebl->elf, ELF_T_DYN, 1, EV_CURRENT))
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section entry size does not match ElfXX_Dyn\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  if (shdr->sh_info != 0)
+    ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': sh_info not zero\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  bool non_null_warned = false;
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Dyn dyn_mem;
+      GElf_Dyn *dyn;
+
+      dyn = gelf_getdyn (data, cnt, &dyn_mem);
+      if (dyn == NULL)
+	{
+	  ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': cannot get dynamic section entry %zu: %s\n"),
+		 idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (has_dt[DT_NULL] && dyn->d_tag != DT_NULL && ! non_null_warned)
+	{
+	  ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': non-DT_NULL entries follow DT_NULL entry\n"),
+		 idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+	  non_null_warned = true;
+	}
+
+      if (!ebl_dynamic_tag_check (ebl, dyn->d_tag))
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': entry %zu: unknown tag\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+
+      if (dyn->d_tag >= 0 && dyn->d_tag < DT_NUM)
+	{
+	  if (has_dt[dyn->d_tag]
+	      && dyn->d_tag != DT_NEEDED
+	      && dyn->d_tag != DT_NULL
+	      && dyn->d_tag != DT_POSFLAG_1)
+	    {
+	      char buf[50];
+	      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': entry %zu: more than one entry with tag %s\n"),
+		     idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+		     ebl_dynamic_tag_name (ebl, dyn->d_tag,
+					   buf, sizeof (buf)));
+	    }
+
+	  if (be_strict && level2[dyn->d_tag])
+	    {
+	      char buf[50];
+	      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': entry %zu: level 2 tag %s used\n"),
+		     idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt,
+		     ebl_dynamic_tag_name (ebl, dyn->d_tag,
+					   buf, sizeof (buf)));
+	    }
+
+	  has_dt[dyn->d_tag] = true;
+	}
+
+      if (dyn->d_tag == DT_PLTREL && dyn->d_un.d_val != DT_REL
+	  && dyn->d_un.d_val != DT_RELA)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': entry %zu: DT_PLTREL value must be DT_REL or DT_RELA\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt);
+
+      if (dyn->d_tag == DT_REL)
+	reladdr = dyn->d_un.d_ptr;
+      if (dyn->d_tag == DT_RELSZ)
+	relsz = dyn->d_un.d_val;
+      if (dyn->d_tag == DT_JMPREL)
+	pltreladdr = dyn->d_un.d_ptr;
+      if (dyn->d_tag == DT_PLTRELSZ)
+	pltrelsz = dyn->d_un.d_val;
+    }
+
+  for (cnt = 1; cnt < DT_NUM; ++cnt)
+    if (has_dt[cnt])
+      {
+	int inner;
+
+	for (inner = 0; inner < DT_NUM; ++inner)
+	  if (dependencies[cnt][inner] && ! has_dt[inner])
+	    {
+	      char buf1[50];
+	      char buf2[50];
+
+	      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': contains %s entry but not %s\n"),
+		     idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+		     ebl_dynamic_tag_name (ebl, cnt, buf1, sizeof (buf1)),
+		     ebl_dynamic_tag_name (ebl, inner, buf2, sizeof (buf2)));
+	    }
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	if (mandatory[cnt])
+	  {
+	    char buf[50];
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': mandatory tag %s not present\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+		   ebl_dynamic_tag_name (ebl, cnt, buf, sizeof (buf)));
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* Check the rel/rela tags.  At least one group must be available.  */
+  if ((has_dt[DT_RELA] || has_dt[DT_RELASZ] || has_dt[DT_RELAENT])
+      && (!has_dt[DT_RELA] || !has_dt[DT_RELASZ] || !has_dt[DT_RELAENT]))
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': not all of %s, %s, and %s are present\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+	   "DT_RELA", "DT_RELASZ", "DT_RELAENT");
+
+  if ((has_dt[DT_REL] || has_dt[DT_RELSZ] || has_dt[DT_RELENT])
+      && (!has_dt[DT_REL] || !has_dt[DT_RELSZ] || !has_dt[DT_RELENT]))
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': not all of %s, %s, and %s are present\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+	   "DT_REL", "DT_RELSZ", "DT_RELENT");
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_symtab_shndx (Ebl *ebl, int idx)
+{
+  Elf_Scn *scn;
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *symshdr;
+  Elf_Scn *symscn;
+  size_t cnt;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  Elf_Data *symdata;
+
+  scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, idx);
+  shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+  if (shdr == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  symscn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link);
+  symshdr = gelf_getshdr (symscn, &symshdr_mem);
+  if (symshdr != NULL && symshdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB)
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': extended section index section not for symbol table\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+  symdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+  if (symdata == NULL)
+    ERROR (gettext ("cannot get data for symbol section\n"));
+
+  if (shdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf32_Word))
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': entry size does not match Elf32_Word\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  if (symshdr != NULL
+      && (shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize
+	  < symshdr->sh_size / symshdr->sh_entsize))
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': extended index table too small for symbol table\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  if (shdr->sh_info != 0)
+    ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': sh_info not zero\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  for (cnt = idx + 1; cnt < shnum; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr rshdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *rshdr;
+
+      rshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, cnt), &rshdr_mem);
+      if (rshdr != NULL && rshdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
+	  && rshdr->sh_link == shdr->sh_link)
+	{
+	  ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': extended section index in section [%2zu] '%s' refers to same symbol table\n"),
+		 idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+		 cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+
+  if (*((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf) != 0)
+    ERROR (gettext ("symbol 0 should have zero extended section index\n"));
+
+  for (cnt = 1; cnt < data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word); ++cnt)
+    {
+      Elf32_Word xndx = ((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[cnt];
+
+      if (xndx != 0)
+	{
+	  GElf_Sym sym_data;
+	  GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsym (symdata, cnt, &sym_data);
+	  if (sym == NULL)
+	    {
+	      ERROR (gettext ("cannot get data for symbol %zu\n"), cnt);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_XINDEX)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+extended section index is %" PRIu32 " but symbol index is not XINDEX\n"),
+		   (uint32_t) xndx);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_hash (Ebl *ebl, int idx)
+{
+  Elf_Scn *scn;
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  Elf32_Word nbucket;
+  Elf32_Word nchain;
+  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *symshdr;
+
+  scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, idx);
+  shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+  if (shdr == NULL)
+    return;
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    {
+      ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': cannot get section data\n"),
+	     idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  symshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link), &symshdr_mem);
+  if (symshdr != NULL && symshdr->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': hash table not for dynamic symbol table\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  if (shdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf32_Word))
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': entry size does not match Elf32_Word\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
+    ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': not marked to be allocated\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+  if (shdr->sh_size < 2 * shdr->sh_entsize)
+    {
+      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': hash table has not even room for nbucket and nchain\n"),
+	     idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  nbucket = ((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[0];
+  nchain = ((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[1];
+
+  if (shdr->sh_size < (2 + nbucket + nchain) * shdr->sh_entsize)
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': hash table section is too small (is %ld, expected %ld)\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), (long int) shdr->sh_size,
+	   (long int) ((2 + nbucket + nchain) * shdr->sh_entsize));
+
+  if (symshdr != NULL)
+    {
+      size_t symsize = symshdr->sh_size / symshdr->sh_entsize;
+      size_t cnt;
+
+      if (nchain < symshdr->sh_size / symshdr->sh_entsize)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': chain array not large enough\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+      for (cnt = 2; cnt < 2 + nbucket; ++cnt)
+	if (((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[cnt] >= symsize)
+	  ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': hash bucket reference %zu out of bounds\n"),
+		 idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt - 2);
+
+      for (; cnt < 2 + nbucket + nchain; ++cnt)
+	if (((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[cnt] >= symsize)
+	  ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': hash chain reference %zu out of bounds\n"),
+		 idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt - 2 - nbucket);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_null (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Shdr *shdr, int idx)
+{
+#define TEST(name, extra) \
+  if (extra && shdr->sh_##name != 0)					      \
+    ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': nonzero sh_%s for NULL section\n"),  \
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), #name)
+
+  TEST (name, 1);
+  TEST (flags, 1);
+  TEST (addr, 1);
+  TEST (offset, 1);
+  TEST (size, idx != 0);
+  TEST (link, idx != 0);
+  TEST (info, 1);
+  TEST (addralign, 1);
+  TEST (entsize, 1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_group (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr, GElf_Shdr *shdr, int idx)
+{
+  if (ehdr->e_type != ET_REL)
+    {
+      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section groups only allowed in relocatable object files\n"),
+	     idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Check that sh_link is an index of a symbol table.  */
+  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *symshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link),
+				     &symshdr_mem);
+  if (symshdr == NULL)
+    ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': cannot get symbol table: %s\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), elf_errmsg (-1));
+  else
+    {
+      if (symshdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section reference in sh_link is no symbol table\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+      if (shdr->sh_info >= symshdr->sh_size / gelf_fsize (ebl->elf, ELF_T_SYM,
+							  1, EV_CURRENT))
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': invalid symbol index in sh_info\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+      if (shdr->sh_flags != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': sh_flags not zero\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+      if (be_strict
+	  && shdr->sh_entsize != elf32_fsize (ELF_T_WORD, 1, EV_CURRENT))
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': sh_flags not set correctly\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+    }
+
+  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, idx), NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': cannot get data: %s\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), elf_errmsg (-1));
+  else
+    {
+      size_t elsize = elf32_fsize (ELF_T_WORD, 1, EV_CURRENT);
+      size_t cnt;
+      Elf32_Word val;
+
+      if (data->d_size % elsize != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section size not multiple of sizeof(Elf32_Word)\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+      if (data->d_size < elsize)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section group without flags word\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+      else if (be_strict)
+	{
+	  if (data->d_size < 2 * elsize)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section group without member\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+	  else if (data->d_size < 3 * elsize)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section group with only one member\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+	}
+
+#if ALLOW_UNALIGNED
+      val = *((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf);
+#else
+      memcpy (&val, data->d_buf, elsize);
+#endif
+      if ((val & ~GRP_COMDAT) != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2d] '%s': unknown section group flags\n"),
+	       idx, section_name (ebl, idx));
+
+      for (cnt = elsize; cnt < data->d_size; cnt += elsize)
+	{
+#if ALLOW_UNALIGNED
+	  val = *((Elf32_Word *) ((char *) data->d_buf + cnt));
+#else
+	  memcpy (&val, (char *) data->d_buf + cnt, elsize);
+#endif
+
+	  if (val > shnum)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section index %Zu out of range\n"),
+		   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt / elsize);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      GElf_Shdr refshdr_mem;
+	      GElf_Shdr *refshdr;
+
+	      refshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, val),
+				      &refshdr_mem);
+	      if (refshdr == NULL)
+		ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': cannot get section header for element %zu: %s\n"),
+		       idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt / elsize,
+		       elf_errmsg (-1));
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (refshdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': section group contains another group [%2d] '%s'\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+			   val, section_name (ebl, val));
+
+		  if ((refshdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) == 0)
+		    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s': element %Zu references section [%2d] '%s' without SHF_GROUP flag set\n"),
+			   idx, section_name (ebl, idx), cnt / elsize,
+			   val, section_name (ebl, val));
+		}
+
+	      if (++scnref[val] == 2)
+		ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s' is contained in more than one section group\n"),
+		       val, section_name (ebl, val));
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static bool has_loadable_segment;
+static bool has_interp_segment;
+
+static const struct
+{
+  const char *name;
+  size_t namelen;
+  GElf_Word type;
+  enum { unused, exact, atleast } attrflag;
+  GElf_Word attr;
+  GElf_Word attr2;
+} special_sections[] =
+  {
+    /* See figure 4-14 in the gABI.  */
+    { ".bss", 5, SHT_NOBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, 0 },
+    { ".comment", 8, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, 0, 0 },
+    { ".data", 6, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, 0 },
+    { ".data1", 7, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, 0 },
+    { ".debug", 7, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, 0, 0 },
+    { ".dynamic", 9, SHT_DYNAMIC, atleast, SHF_ALLOC, SHF_WRITE },
+    { ".dynstr", 8, SHT_STRTAB, exact, SHF_ALLOC, 0 },
+    { ".dynsym", 8, SHT_DYNSYM, exact, SHF_ALLOC, 0 },
+    { ".fini", 6, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR, 0 },
+    { ".fini_array", 12, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, 0 },
+    { ".got", 5, SHT_PROGBITS, unused, 0, 0 }, // XXX more info?
+    { ".hash", 6, SHT_HASH, exact, SHF_ALLOC, 0 },
+    { ".init", 6, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR, 0 },
+    { ".init_array", 12, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, 0 },
+    { ".interp", 8, SHT_PROGBITS, atleast, 0, SHF_ALLOC }, // XXX more tests?
+    { ".line", 6, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, 0, 0 },
+    { ".note", 6, SHT_NOTE, exact, 0, 0 },
+    { ".plt", 5, SHT_PROGBITS, unused, 0, 0 }, // XXX more tests
+    { ".preinit_array", 15, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, 0 },
+    { ".rela", 5, SHT_RELA, atleast, 0, SHF_ALLOC }, // XXX more tests
+    { ".rel", 4, SHT_REL, atleast, 0, SHF_ALLOC }, // XXX more tests
+    { ".rodata", 8, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC, 0 },
+    { ".rodata1", 9, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC, 0 },
+    { ".shstrtab", 10, SHT_STRTAB, exact, 0, 0 },
+    { ".strtab", 8, SHT_STRTAB, atleast, 0, SHF_ALLOC }, // XXX more tests
+    { ".symtab", 8, SHT_SYMTAB, atleast, 0, SHF_ALLOC }, // XXX more tests
+    { ".symtab_shndx", 14, SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX, atleast, 0, SHF_ALLOC }, // XXX more tests
+    { ".tbss", 6, SHT_NOBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_TLS, 0 },
+    { ".tdata", 7, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_TLS, 0 },
+    { ".tdata1", 8, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_TLS, 0 },
+    { ".text", 6, SHT_PROGBITS, exact, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR, 0 }
+  };
+#define nspecial_sections \
+  (sizeof (special_sections) / sizeof (special_sections[0]))
+
+
+static const char *
+section_flags_string (GElf_Word flags, char *buf, size_t len)
+{
+  static const struct
+  {
+    GElf_Word flag;
+    const char *name;
+  } known_flags[] =
+    {
+#define NEWFLAG(name) { SHF_##name, #name }
+      NEWFLAG (WRITE),
+      NEWFLAG (ALLOC),
+      NEWFLAG (EXECINSTR),
+      NEWFLAG (MERGE),
+      NEWFLAG (STRINGS),
+      NEWFLAG (INFO_LINK),
+      NEWFLAG (LINK_ORDER),
+      NEWFLAG (OS_NONCONFORMING),
+      NEWFLAG (GROUP),
+      NEWFLAG (TLS)
+    };
+#undef NEWFLAG
+  const size_t nknown_flags = sizeof (known_flags) / sizeof (known_flags[0]);
+
+  char *cp = buf;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nknown_flags; ++cnt)
+    if (flags & known_flags[cnt].flag)
+      {
+	if (cp != buf && len > 1)
+	  {
+	    *cp++ = '|';
+	    --len;
+	  }
+
+	size_t ncopy = MIN (len - 1, strlen (known_flags[cnt].name));
+	cp = mempcpy (cp, known_flags[cnt].name, ncopy);
+	len -= ncopy;
+
+	flags ^= known_flags[cnt].flag;
+      }
+
+  if (flags != 0 || cp == buf)
+    snprintf (cp, len - 1, "%" PRIx64, (uint64_t) flags);
+
+  *cp = '\0';
+
+  return buf;
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_versym (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Shdr *shdr, int idx)
+{
+  /* The number of elements in the version symbol table must be the
+     same as the number of symbols.  */
+  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *symshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link),
+				     &symshdr_mem);
+  if (symshdr == NULL)
+    /* The error has already been reported.  */
+    return;
+
+  if (symshdr->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
+    {
+      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s' refers in sh_link to section [%2d] '%s' which is no dynamic symbol table\n"),
+	     idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+	     shdr->sh_link, section_name (ebl, shdr->sh_link));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize
+      != symshdr->sh_size / symshdr->sh_entsize)
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s' has different number of entries than symbol table [%2d] '%s'\n"),
+	   idx, section_name (ebl, idx),
+	   shdr->sh_link, section_name (ebl, shdr->sh_link));
+
+  // XXX TODO A lot more tests
+  // check value of the fields.  local symbols must have zero entries.
+  // nonlocal symbols refer to valid version.  Check that version index
+  // in bound.
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_sections (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr)
+{
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+  size_t cnt;
+  bool dot_interp_section = false;
+
+  if (ehdr->e_shoff == 0)
+    /* No section header.  */
+    return;
+
+  /* Allocate array to count references in section groups.  */
+  scnref = (int *) xcalloc (shnum, sizeof (int));
+
+  /* Check the zeroth section first.  It must not have any contents
+     and the section header must contain nonzero value at most in the
+     sh_size and sh_link fields.  */
+  shdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, 0), &shdr_mem);
+  if (shdr == NULL)
+    ERROR (gettext ("cannot get section header of zeroth section\n"));
+  else
+    {
+      if (shdr->sh_name != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("zeroth section has nonzero name\n"));
+      if (shdr->sh_type != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("zeroth section has nonzero type\n"));
+      if (shdr->sh_flags != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("zeroth section has nonzero flags\n"));
+      if (shdr->sh_addr != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("zeroth section has nonzero address\n"));
+      if (shdr->sh_offset != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("zeroth section has nonzero offset\n"));
+      if (shdr->sh_info != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("zeroth section has nonzero info field\n"));
+      if (shdr->sh_addralign != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("zeroth section has nonzero align value\n"));
+      if (shdr->sh_entsize != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("zeroth section has nonzero entry size value\n"));
+
+      if (shdr->sh_size != 0 && ehdr->e_shnum != 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+zeroth section has nonzero size value while ELF header has nonzero shnum value\n"));
+
+      if (shdr->sh_link != 0 && ehdr->e_shstrndx != SHN_XINDEX)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+zeroth section has nonzero link value while ELF header does not signal overflow in shstrndx\n"));
+    }
+
+  for (cnt = 1; cnt < shnum; ++cnt)
+    {
+      Elf_Scn *scn;
+
+      scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, cnt);
+      shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+      if (shdr == NULL)
+	{
+	  ERROR (gettext ("\
+cannot get section header for section [%2zu] '%s': %s\n"),
+		 cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt), elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      const char *scnname = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name);
+
+      if (scnname == NULL)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2zu]: invalid name\n"), cnt);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Check whether it is one of the special sections defined in
+	     the gABI.  */
+	  size_t s;
+	  for (s = 0; s < nspecial_sections; ++s)
+	    if (strncmp (scnname, special_sections[s].name,
+			 special_sections[s].namelen) == 0)
+	      {
+		char stbuf1[100];
+		char stbuf2[100];
+		char stbuf3[100];
+
+		if (shdr->sh_type != special_sections[s].type
+		    && !(is_debuginfo && shdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS))
+		  ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2d] '%s' has wrong type: expected %s, is %s\n"),
+			 (int) cnt, scnname,
+			 ebl_section_type_name (ebl, special_sections[s].type,
+						stbuf1, sizeof (stbuf1)),
+			 ebl_section_type_name (ebl, shdr->sh_type,
+						stbuf2, sizeof (stbuf2)));
+
+		if (special_sections[s].attrflag == exact)
+		  {
+		    /* Except for the link order and group bit all the
+		       other bits should match exactly.  */
+		    if ((shdr->sh_flags & ~(SHF_LINK_ORDER | SHF_GROUP))
+			!= special_sections[s].attr)
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' has wrong flags: expected %s, is %s\n"),
+			     cnt, scnname,
+			     section_flags_string (special_sections[s].attr,
+						   stbuf1, sizeof (stbuf1)),
+			     section_flags_string (shdr->sh_flags
+						   & ~SHF_LINK_ORDER,
+						   stbuf2, sizeof (stbuf2)));
+		  }
+		else if (special_sections[s].attrflag == atleast)
+		  {
+		    if ((shdr->sh_flags & special_sections[s].attr)
+			!= special_sections[s].attr
+			|| ((shdr->sh_flags & ~(SHF_LINK_ORDER | SHF_GROUP
+						| special_sections[s].attr
+						| special_sections[s].attr2))
+			    != 0))
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' has wrong flags: expected %s and possibly %s, is %s\n"),
+			     cnt, scnname,
+			     section_flags_string (special_sections[s].attr,
+						   stbuf1, sizeof (stbuf1)),
+			     section_flags_string (special_sections[s].attr2,
+						   stbuf2, sizeof (stbuf2)),
+			     section_flags_string (shdr->sh_flags
+						   & ~(SHF_LINK_ORDER
+						       | SHF_GROUP),
+						   stbuf3, sizeof (stbuf3)));
+		  }
+
+		if (strcmp (scnname, ".interp") == 0)
+		  {
+		    dot_interp_section = true;
+
+		    if (ehdr->e_type == ET_REL)
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' present in object file\n"),
+			     cnt, scnname);
+
+		    if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
+			&& !has_loadable_segment)
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' has SHF_ALLOC flag set but there is no loadable segment\n"),
+			     cnt, scnname);
+		    else if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0
+			     && has_loadable_segment)
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' has SHF_ALLOC flag not set but there are loadable segments\n"),
+			     cnt, scnname);
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (strcmp (scnname, ".symtab_shndx") == 0
+			&& ehdr->e_type != ET_REL)
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' is extension section index table in non-object file\n"),
+			     cnt, scnname);
+
+		    /* These sections must have the SHF_ALLOC flag set iff
+		       a loadable segment is available.
+
+		       .relxxx
+		       .strtab
+		       .symtab
+		       .symtab_shndx
+
+		       Check that if there is a reference from the
+		       loaded section these sections also have the
+		       ALLOC flag set.  */
+#if 0
+		    // XXX TODO
+		    if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
+			&& !has_loadable_segment)
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' has SHF_ALLOC flag set but there is no loadable segment\n"),
+			     cnt, scnname);
+		    else if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0
+			     && has_loadable_segment)
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' has SHF_ALLOC flag not set but there are loadable segments\n"),
+			     cnt, scnname);
+#endif
+		  }
+
+		break;
+	      }
+	}
+
+      if (shdr->sh_entsize != 0 && shdr->sh_size % shdr->sh_entsize)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s': size not multiple of entry size\n"),
+	       cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+
+      if (elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name) == NULL)
+	ERROR (gettext ("cannot get section header\n"));
+
+      if (shdr->sh_type >= SHT_NUM
+	  && shdr->sh_type != SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
+	  && shdr->sh_type != SHT_CHECKSUM
+	  && shdr->sh_type != SHT_GNU_verdef
+	  && shdr->sh_type != SHT_GNU_verneed
+	  && shdr->sh_type != SHT_GNU_versym)
+	ERROR (gettext ("unsupported section type %d\n"), (int) shdr->sh_type);
+
+#define ALL_SH_FLAGS (SHF_WRITE | SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR | SHF_MERGE \
+		      | SHF_STRINGS | SHF_INFO_LINK | SHF_LINK_ORDER \
+		      | SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING | SHF_GROUP | SHF_TLS)
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & ~ALL_SH_FLAGS)
+	ERROR (gettext ("section [%2zu] '%s' contain unknown flag(s) %d\n"),
+	       cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt),
+	       (int) shdr->sh_flags & ~ALL_SH_FLAGS);
+      else if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS)
+	{
+	  // XXX Correct?
+	  if (shdr->sh_addr != 0 && !gnuld)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s': thread-local data sections address not zero\n"),
+		   cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+
+	  // XXX TODO more tests!?
+	}
+
+      if (shdr->sh_link >= shnum)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s': invalid section reference in link value\n"),
+	       cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+
+      if (SH_INFO_LINK_P (shdr) && shdr->sh_info >= shnum)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s': invalid section reference in info value\n"),
+	       cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+
+      if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) == 0
+	  && (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0
+	  && be_strict)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s': strings flag set without merge flag\n"),
+	       cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+
+      if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0 && shdr->sh_entsize == 0)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s': merge flag set but entry size is zero\n"),
+	       cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
+	check_scn_group (ebl, cnt);
+
+      if (ehdr->e_type != ET_REL && (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Make sure the section is contained in a loaded segment
+	     and that the initialization part matches NOBITS sections.  */
+	  int pcnt;
+	  GElf_Phdr phdr_mem;
+	  GElf_Phdr *phdr;
+
+	  for (pcnt = 0; pcnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++pcnt)
+	    if ((phdr = gelf_getphdr (ebl->elf, pcnt, &phdr_mem)) != NULL
+		&& ((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
+		     && (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
+		    || (phdr->p_type == PT_TLS
+			&& (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0))
+		&& phdr->p_offset <= shdr->sh_offset
+		&& phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz > shdr->sh_offset)
+	      {
+		/* Found the segment.  */
+		if (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz
+		    < shdr->sh_offset + shdr->sh_size)
+		  ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' not fully contained in segment of program header entry %d\n"),
+			 cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt), pcnt);
+
+		if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
+		  {
+		    if (shdr->sh_offset < phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz
+			&& !is_debuginfo)
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' has type NOBITS but is read from the file in segment of program header entry %d\n"),
+			 cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt), pcnt);
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (shdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)
+		      ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s' has not type NOBITS but is not read from the file in segment of program header entry %d\n"),
+			 cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt), pcnt);
+		  }
+
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	  if (pcnt == ehdr->e_phnum)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s': alloc flag set but section not in any loaded segment\n"),
+		   cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+	}
+
+      if (cnt == shstrndx && shdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+section [%2zu] '%s': ELF header says this is the section header string table but type is not SHT_TYPE\n"),
+	       cnt, section_name (ebl, cnt));
+
+      switch (shdr->sh_type)
+	{
+	case SHT_SYMTAB:
+	case SHT_DYNSYM:
+	  check_symtab (ebl, ehdr, cnt);
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_RELA:
+	  check_rela (ebl, ehdr, cnt);
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_REL:
+	  check_rel (ebl, ehdr, cnt);
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_DYNAMIC:
+	  check_dynamic (ebl, cnt);
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX:
+	  check_symtab_shndx (ebl, cnt);
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_HASH:
+	  check_hash (ebl, cnt);
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_NULL:
+	  check_null (ebl, shdr, cnt);
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_GROUP:
+	  check_group (ebl, ehdr, shdr, cnt);
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_GNU_versym:
+	  check_versym (ebl, shdr, cnt);
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  /* Nothing.  */
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (has_interp_segment && !dot_interp_section)
+    ERROR (gettext ("INTERP program header entry but no .interp section\n"));
+
+  free (scnref);
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_note (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr, GElf_Phdr *phdr, int cnt)
+{
+  if (ehdr->e_type != ET_CORE && ehdr->e_type != ET_REL
+      && ehdr->e_type != ET_EXEC && ehdr->e_type != ET_DYN)
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+phdr[%d]: no note entries defined for the type of file\n"),
+	   cnt);
+
+  if (is_debuginfo)
+    /* The p_offset values in a separate debug file are bogus.  */
+    return;
+
+  char *notemem = gelf_rawchunk (ebl->elf, phdr->p_offset, phdr->p_filesz);
+
+  /* ELF64 files often use note section entries in the 32-bit format.
+     The p_align field is set to 8 in case the 64-bit format is used.
+     In case the p_align value is 0 or 4 the 32-bit format is
+     used.  */
+  GElf_Xword align = phdr->p_align == 0 || phdr->p_align == 4 ? 4 : 8;
+#define ALIGNED_LEN(len) (((len) + align - 1) & ~(align - 1))
+
+  GElf_Xword idx = 0;
+  while (idx < phdr->p_filesz)
+    {
+      uint64_t namesz;
+      uint64_t descsz;
+      uint64_t type;
+      uint32_t namesz32;
+      uint32_t descsz32;
+
+      if (align == 4)
+	{
+	  uint32_t *ptr = (uint32_t *) (notemem + idx);
+
+	  if ((__BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+	       && ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] == ELFDATA2MSB)
+	      || (__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+		  && ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] == ELFDATA2LSB))
+	    {
+	      namesz32 = namesz = bswap_32 (*ptr);
+	      ++ptr;
+	      descsz32 = descsz = bswap_32 (*ptr);
+	      ++ptr;
+	      type = bswap_32 (*ptr);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      namesz32 = namesz = *ptr++;
+	      descsz32 = descsz = *ptr++;
+	      type = *ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  uint64_t *ptr = (uint64_t *) (notemem + idx);
+	  uint32_t *ptr32 = (uint32_t *) (notemem + idx);
+
+	  if ((__BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+	       && ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] == ELFDATA2MSB)
+	      || (__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+		  && ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] == ELFDATA2LSB))
+	    {
+	      namesz = bswap_64 (*ptr);
+	      ++ptr;
+	      descsz = bswap_64 (*ptr);
+	      ++ptr;
+	      type = bswap_64 (*ptr);
+
+	      namesz32 = bswap_32 (*ptr32);
+	      ++ptr32;
+	      descsz32 = bswap_32 (*ptr32);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      namesz = *ptr++;
+	      descsz = *ptr++;
+	      type = *ptr;
+
+	      namesz32 = *ptr32++;
+	      descsz32 = *ptr32;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (idx + 3 * align > phdr->p_filesz
+	  || (idx + 3 * align + ALIGNED_LEN (namesz) + ALIGNED_LEN (descsz)
+	      > phdr->p_filesz))
+	{
+	  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64
+	      && idx + 3 * 4 <= phdr->p_filesz
+	      && (idx + 3 * 4 + ALIGNED_LEN (namesz32) + ALIGNED_LEN (descsz32)
+		  <= phdr->p_filesz))
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+phdr[%d]: note entries probably in form of a 32-bit ELF file\n"), cnt);
+	  else
+	    ERROR (gettext ("phdr[%d]: extra %zu bytes after last note\n"),
+		   cnt, (size_t) (phdr->p_filesz - idx));
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Make sure it is one of the note types we know about.  */
+      if (ehdr->e_type == ET_CORE)
+	{
+	  switch (type)
+	    {
+	    case NT_PRSTATUS:
+	    case NT_FPREGSET:
+	    case NT_PRPSINFO:
+	    case NT_TASKSTRUCT:		/* NT_PRXREG on Solaris.  */
+	    case NT_PLATFORM:
+	    case NT_AUXV:
+	    case NT_GWINDOWS:
+	    case NT_ASRS:
+	    case NT_PSTATUS:
+	    case NT_PSINFO:
+	    case NT_PRCRED:
+	    case NT_UTSNAME:
+	    case NT_LWPSTATUS:
+	    case NT_LWPSINFO:
+	    case NT_PRFPXREG:
+	      /* Known type.  */
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      ERROR (gettext ("\
+phdr[%d]: unknown core file note type %" PRIu64 " at offset %" PRIu64 "\n"),
+		     cnt, type, idx);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (type != NT_VERSION)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+phdr[%d]: unknown object file note type %" PRIu64 " at offset %" PRIu64 "\n"),
+		   cnt, type, idx);
+	}
+
+      /* Move to the next entry.  */
+      idx += 3 * align + ALIGNED_LEN (namesz) + ALIGNED_LEN (descsz);
+
+    }
+
+  gelf_freechunk (ebl->elf, notemem);
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_program_header (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr)
+{
+  if (ehdr->e_phoff == 0)
+    return;
+
+  if (ehdr->e_type != ET_EXEC && ehdr->e_type != ET_DYN
+      && ehdr->e_type != ET_CORE)
+    ERROR (gettext ("\
+only executables, shared objects, and core files can have program headers\n"));
+
+  int num_pt_interp = 0;
+  int num_pt_tls = 0;
+  int num_pt_relro = 0;
+
+  for (int cnt = 0; cnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Phdr phdr_mem;
+      GElf_Phdr *phdr;
+
+      phdr = gelf_getphdr (ebl->elf, cnt, &phdr_mem);
+      if (phdr == NULL)
+	{
+	  ERROR (gettext ("cannot get program header entry %d: %s\n"),
+		 cnt, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (phdr->p_type >= PT_NUM && phdr->p_type != PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
+	  && phdr->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK && phdr->p_type != PT_GNU_RELRO)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+program header entry %d: unknown program header entry type\n"),
+	       cnt);
+
+      if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
+	has_loadable_segment = true;
+      else if (phdr->p_type == PT_INTERP)
+	{
+	  if (++num_pt_interp != 1)
+	    {
+	      if (num_pt_interp == 2)
+		ERROR (gettext ("\
+more than one INTERP entry in program header\n"));
+	    }
+	  has_interp_segment = true;
+	}
+      else if (phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
+	{
+	  if (++num_pt_tls == 2)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("more than one TLS entry in program header\n"));
+	}
+      else if (phdr->p_type == PT_NOTE)
+	check_note (ebl, ehdr, phdr, cnt);
+      else if (phdr->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
+	       && ehdr->e_type == ET_EXEC && ! has_interp_segment)
+	ERROR (gettext ("static executable cannot have dynamic sections\n"));
+      else if (phdr->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
+	{
+	  if (++num_pt_relro == 2)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+more than one GNU_RELRO entry in program header\n"));
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Check that the region is in a writable segment.  */
+	      int inner;
+	      for (inner = 0; inner < ehdr->e_phnum; ++inner)
+		{
+		  GElf_Phdr phdr2_mem;
+		  GElf_Phdr *phdr2;
+
+		  phdr2 = gelf_getphdr (ebl->elf, inner, &phdr2_mem);
+		  if (phdr2 == NULL)
+		    continue;
+
+		  if (phdr2->p_type == PT_LOAD
+		      && phdr->p_vaddr >= phdr2->p_vaddr
+		      && (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz
+			  <= phdr2->p_vaddr + phdr2->p_memsz))
+		    {
+		      if ((phdr2->p_flags & PF_W) == 0)
+			ERROR (gettext ("\
+loadable segment GNU_RELRO applies to is not writable\n"));
+		      if ((phdr2->p_flags & PF_X) != 0)
+			ERROR (gettext ("\
+loadable segment GNU_RELRO applies to is executable\n"));
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      if (inner >= ehdr->e_phnum)
+		ERROR (gettext ("\
+GNU_RELRO segment not contained in a loaded segment\n"));
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (phdr->p_filesz > phdr->p_memsz)
+	ERROR (gettext ("\
+program header entry %d: file size greater than memory size\n"),
+	       cnt);
+
+      if (phdr->p_align > 1)
+	{
+	  if (!powerof2 (phdr->p_align))
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+program header entry %d: alignment not a power of 2\n"), cnt);
+	  else if ((phdr->p_vaddr - phdr->p_offset) % phdr->p_align != 0)
+	    ERROR (gettext ("\
+program header entry %d: file offset and virtual address not module of alignment\n"), cnt);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Process one file.  */
+static void
+process_elf_file (Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *suffix,
+		  const char *fname, size_t size, bool only_one)
+{
+  /* Reset variables.  */
+  ndynamic = 0;
+
+  GElf_Ehdr ehdr_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *ehdr = gelf_getehdr (elf, &ehdr_mem);
+  Ebl *ebl;
+
+  /* Print the file name.  */
+  if (!only_one)
+    {
+      if (prefix != NULL)
+	printf ("\n%s(%s)%s:\n", prefix, fname, suffix);
+      else
+	printf ("\n%s:\n", fname);
+    }
+
+  if (ehdr == NULL)
+    {
+      ERROR (gettext ("cannot read ELF header: %s\n"), elf_errmsg (-1));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  ebl = ebl_openbackend (elf);
+  /* If there is no appropriate backend library we cannot test
+     architecture and OS specific features.  Any encountered extension
+     is an error.  */
+
+  /* Go straight by the gABI, check all the parts in turn.  */
+  check_elf_header (ebl, ehdr, size);
+
+  /* Check the program header.  */
+  check_program_header (ebl, ehdr);
+
+  /* Next the section headers.  It is OK if there are no section
+     headers at all.  */
+  check_sections (ebl, ehdr);
+
+  /* Free the resources.  */
+  ebl_closebackend (ebl);
+}
diff --git a/src/findtextrel.c b/src/findtextrel.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..662fe95c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/findtextrel.c
@@ -0,0 +1,596 @@
+/* Locate source files or functions which caused text relocations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2005.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <gelf.h>
+#include <libdw.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <search.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+
+struct segments
+{
+  GElf_Addr from;
+  GElf_Addr to;
+};
+
+
+/* Name and version of program.  */
+static void print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state);
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *, struct argp_state *) = print_version;
+
+/* Bug report address.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address = PACKAGE_BUGREPORT;
+
+/* Values for the parameters which have no short form.  */
+#define OPT_DEBUGINFO 0x100
+
+/* Definitions of arguments for argp functions.  */
+static const struct argp_option options[] =
+{
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Input Selection:"), 0 },
+  { "root", 'r', "PATH", 0, N_("Prepend PATH to all file names"), 0 },
+  { "debuginfo", OPT_DEBUGINFO, "PATH", 0,
+    N_("Use PATH as root of debuginfo hierarchy"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Miscellaneous:"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Short description of program.  */
+static const char doc[] = N_("\
+Locate source of text relocations in FILEs (a.out by default).");
+
+/* Strings for arguments in help texts.  */
+static const char args_doc[] = N_("[FILE...]");
+
+/* Prototype for option handler.  */
+static error_t parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* Data structure to communicate with argp functions.  */
+static struct argp argp =
+{
+  options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+
+
+/* Print symbols in file named FNAME.  */
+static int process_file (const char *fname, bool more_than_one);
+
+/* Check for text relocations in the given file.  The segment
+   information is known.  */
+static void check_rel (size_t nsegments, struct segments segments[nsegments],
+		       GElf_Addr addr, Elf *elf, Elf_Scn *symscn, Dwarf *dw,
+		       const char *fname, bool more_than_one,
+		       void **knownsrcs);
+
+
+
+/* User-provided root directory.  */
+static const char *rootdir = "/";
+
+/* Root of debuginfo directory hierarchy.  */
+static const char *debuginfo_root;
+
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  int remaining;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  /* Set locale.  */
+  (void) setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+  /* Make sure the message catalog can be found.  */
+  (void) bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+
+  /* Initialize the message catalog.  */
+  (void) textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  /* Parse and process arguments.  */
+  (void) argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, &remaining, NULL);
+
+  /* Tell the library which version we are expecting.  */
+  elf_version (EV_CURRENT);
+
+  /* If the user has not specified the root directory for the
+     debuginfo hierarchy, we have to determine it ourselves.  */
+  if (debuginfo_root == NULL)
+    {
+      // XXX The runtime should provide this information.
+#if defined __ia64__ || defined __alpha__
+      debuginfo_root = "/usr/lib/debug";
+#else
+      debuginfo_root = (sizeof (long int) == 4
+			? "/usr/lib/debug" : "/usr/lib64/debug");
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (remaining == argc)
+    result = process_file ("a.out", false);
+  else
+    {
+      /* Process all the remaining files.  */
+      const bool more_than_one = remaining + 1 < argc;
+
+      do
+	result |= process_file (argv[remaining], more_than_one);
+      while (++remaining < argc);
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the version information.  */
+static void
+print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "findtextrel (%s) %s\n", PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION);
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("\
+Copyright (C) %s Red Hat, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+"), "2005");
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper");
+}
+
+
+/* Handle program arguments.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt (int key, char *arg,
+	   struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'r':
+      rootdir = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_DEBUGINFO:
+      debuginfo_root = arg;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+noop (void *arg __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+}
+
+
+static int
+process_file (const char *fname, bool more_than_one)
+{
+  int result = 0;
+  void *knownsrcs = NULL;
+
+  size_t fname_len = strlen (fname);
+  size_t rootdir_len = strlen (rootdir);
+  const char *real_fname = fname;
+  if (fname[0] == '/' && (rootdir[0] != '/' || rootdir[1] != '\0'))
+    {
+      /* Prepend the user-provided root directory.  */
+      char *new_fname = alloca (rootdir_len + fname_len + 2);
+      *((char *) mempcpy (stpcpy (mempcpy (new_fname, rootdir, rootdir_len),
+				  "/"),
+			  fname, fname_len)) = '\0';
+      real_fname = new_fname;
+    }
+
+  int fd = open64 (real_fname, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot open '%s'"), fname);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  Elf *elf = elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_READ_MMAP, NULL);
+  if (elf == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot create ELF descriptor for '%s': %s"),
+	     fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+      goto err_close;
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure the file is a DSO.  */
+  GElf_Ehdr ehdr_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *ehdr = gelf_getehdr (elf, &ehdr_mem);
+  if (ehdr == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get ELF header '%s': %s"),
+	     fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+    err_elf_close:
+      elf_end (elf);
+    err_close:
+      close (fd);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  if (ehdr->e_type != ET_DYN)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("'%s' is not a DSO or PIE"), fname);
+      goto err_elf_close;
+    }
+
+  /* Determine whether the DSO has text relocations at all and locate
+     the symbol table.  */
+  Elf_Scn *symscn = NULL;
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Handle the section if it is a symbol table.  */
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr == NULL)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0,
+		 gettext ("getting get section header of section %zu: %s"),
+		 elf_ndxscn (scn), elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  goto err_elf_close;
+	}
+
+      if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNAMIC)
+	{
+	  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+
+	  for (size_t cnt = 0; cnt < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+	       ++cnt)
+	    {
+	      GElf_Dyn dynmem;
+	      GElf_Dyn *dyn;
+
+	      dyn = gelf_getdyn (data, cnt, &dynmem);
+	      if (dyn == NULL)
+		{
+		  error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot read dynamic section: %s"),
+			 elf_errmsg (-1));
+		  goto err_elf_close;
+		}
+
+	      if (dyn->d_tag == DT_TEXTREL
+		  || (dyn->d_tag == DT_FLAGS
+		      && (dyn->d_un.d_val & DF_TEXTREL) != 0))
+		goto have_textrel;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB)
+	symscn = scn;
+    }
+
+  error (0, 0, gettext ("no text relocations reported in '%s'"), fname);
+  return 1;
+
+ have_textrel:;
+  int fd2 = -1;
+  Elf *elf2 = NULL;
+  /* Get the address ranges for the loaded segments.  */
+  size_t nsegments_max = 10;
+  size_t nsegments = 0;
+  struct segments *segments
+    = (struct segments *) malloc (nsegments_max * sizeof (segments[0]));
+  if (segments == NULL)
+    error (1, errno, gettext ("while reading ELF file"));
+
+  for (int i = 0; i < ehdr->e_phnum; ++i)
+    {
+      GElf_Phdr phdr_mem;
+      GElf_Phdr *phdr = gelf_getphdr (elf, i, &phdr_mem);
+      if (phdr == NULL)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0,
+		 gettext ("cannot get program header index at offset %d: %s"),
+		 i, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  result = 1;
+	  goto next;
+	}
+
+      if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && (phdr->p_flags & PF_W) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (nsegments == nsegments_max)
+	    {
+	      nsegments_max *= 2;
+	      segments
+		= (struct segments *) realloc (segments,
+					       nsegments_max
+					       * sizeof (segments[0]));
+	      if (segments == NULL)
+		{
+		  error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+cannot get program header index at offset %d: %s"),
+			 i, elf_errmsg (-1));
+		  result = 1;
+		  goto next;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  segments[nsegments].from = phdr->p_vaddr;
+	  segments[nsegments].to = phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz;
+	  ++nsegments;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (nsegments > 0)
+    {
+
+      Dwarf *dw = dwarf_begin_elf (elf, DWARF_C_READ, NULL);
+      /* Look for debuginfo files if the information is not the in
+	 opened file itself.  This makes only sense if the input file
+	 is specified with an absolute path.  */
+      if (dw == NULL && fname[0] == '/')
+	{
+	  size_t debuginfo_rootlen = strlen (debuginfo_root);
+	  char *difname = (char *) alloca (rootdir_len + debuginfo_rootlen
+					   + fname_len + 8);
+	  strcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (mempcpy (mempcpy (difname, rootdir,
+						     rootdir_len),
+					    debuginfo_root,
+					    debuginfo_rootlen),
+				   "/"),
+			   fname, fname_len),
+		  ".debug");
+
+	  fd2 = open64 (difname, O_RDONLY);
+	  if (fd2 != -1
+	      && (elf2 = elf_begin (fd2, ELF_C_READ_MMAP, NULL)) != NULL)
+	    dw = dwarf_begin_elf (elf2, DWARF_C_READ, NULL);
+	}
+
+      /* Look at all relocations and determine which modify
+	 write-protected segments.  */
+      scn = NULL;
+      while ((scn = elf_nextscn (elf, scn)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Handle the section if it is a symbol table.  */
+	  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+	  if (shdr == NULL)
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0,
+		     gettext ("cannot get section header of section %Zu: %s"),
+		     elf_ndxscn (scn), elf_errmsg (-1));
+	      result = 1;
+	      goto next;
+	    }
+
+	  if ((shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+	      && symscn == NULL)
+	    {
+	      symscn = elf_getscn (elf, shdr->sh_link);
+	      if (symscn == NULL)
+		{
+		  error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+cannot get symbol table section %zu in '%s': %s"),
+			 (size_t) shdr->sh_link, fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+		  result = 1;
+		  goto next;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
+	    {
+	      Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+
+	      for (int cnt = 0;
+		   (size_t) cnt < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+		   ++cnt)
+		{
+		  GElf_Rel rel_mem;
+		  GElf_Rel *rel = gelf_getrel (data, cnt, &rel_mem);
+		  if (rel == NULL)
+		    {
+		      error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+cannot get relocation at index %d in section %zu in '%s': %s"),
+			     cnt, elf_ndxscn (scn), fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+		      result = 1;
+		      goto next;
+		    }
+
+		  check_rel (nsegments, segments, rel->r_offset, elf,
+			     symscn, dw, fname, more_than_one, &knownsrcs);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+	    {
+	      Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+
+	      for (int cnt = 0;
+		   (size_t) cnt < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+		   ++cnt)
+		{
+		  GElf_Rela rela_mem;
+		  GElf_Rela *rela = gelf_getrela (data, cnt, &rela_mem);
+		  if (rela == NULL)
+		    {
+		      error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+cannot get relocation at index %d in section %zu in '%s': %s"),
+			     cnt, elf_ndxscn (scn), fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+		      result = 1;
+		      goto next;
+		    }
+
+		  check_rel (nsegments, segments, rela->r_offset, elf,
+			     symscn, dw, fname, more_than_one, &knownsrcs);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      dwarf_end (dw);
+    }
+
+ next:
+  elf_end (elf);
+  elf_end (elf2);
+  close (fd);
+  if (fd2 != -1)
+    close (fd2);
+
+  tdestroy (knownsrcs, noop);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static int
+ptrcompare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+  if ((uintptr_t) p1 < (uintptr_t) p2)
+    return -1;
+  if ((uintptr_t) p1 > (uintptr_t) p2)
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_rel (size_t nsegments, struct segments segments[nsegments],
+	   GElf_Addr addr, Elf *elf, Elf_Scn *symscn, Dwarf *dw,
+	   const char *fname, bool more_than_one, void **knownsrcs)
+{
+  for (size_t cnt = 0; cnt < nsegments; ++cnt)
+    if (segments[cnt].from <= addr && segments[cnt].to > addr)
+      {
+	Dwarf_Die die_mem;
+	Dwarf_Die *die;
+	Dwarf_Line *line;
+	const char *src;
+
+	if (more_than_one)
+	  printf ("%s: ", fname);
+
+	if ((die = dwarf_addrdie (dw, addr, &die_mem)) != NULL
+	    && (line = dwarf_getsrc_die (die, addr)) != NULL
+	    && (src = dwarf_linesrc (line, NULL, NULL)) != NULL)
+	  {
+	    /* There can be more than one relocation against one file.
+	       Try to avoid multiple messages.  And yes, the code uses
+	       pointer comparison.  */
+	    if (tfind (src, knownsrcs, ptrcompare) == NULL)
+	      {
+		printf (gettext ("%s not compiled with -fpic/-fPIC\n"), src);
+		tsearch (src, knownsrcs, ptrcompare);
+	      }
+	    return;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* At least look at the symbol table to see which function
+	       the modified address is in.  */
+	    Elf_Data *symdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+	    GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+	    GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (symscn, &shdr_mem);
+	    if (shdr != NULL)
+	      {
+		GElf_Addr lowaddr = 0;
+		int lowidx = -1;
+		GElf_Addr highaddr = ~0ul;
+		int highidx = -1;
+		GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+		GElf_Sym *sym;
+
+		for (int i = 0; (size_t) i < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+		     ++i)
+		  {
+		    sym = gelf_getsym (symdata, i, &sym_mem);
+		    if (sym == NULL)
+		      continue;
+
+		    if (sym->st_value < addr && sym->st_value > lowaddr)
+		      {
+			lowaddr = sym->st_value;
+			lowidx = i;
+		      }
+		    if (sym->st_value > addr && sym->st_value < highaddr)
+		      {
+			highaddr = sym->st_value;
+			highidx = i;
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		if (lowidx != -1)
+		  {
+		    sym = gelf_getsym (symdata, lowidx, &sym_mem);
+		    assert (sym != NULL);
+
+		    const char *lowstr = elf_strptr (elf, shdr->sh_link,
+						     sym->st_name);
+
+		    if (sym->st_value + sym->st_size > addr)
+		      {
+			/* It is this function.  */
+			if (tfind (lowstr, knownsrcs, ptrcompare) == NULL)
+			  {
+			    printf (gettext ("\
+the file containing the function '%s' is not compiled with -fpic/-fPIC\n"),
+				    lowstr);
+			    tsearch (lowstr, knownsrcs, ptrcompare);
+			  }
+		      }
+		    else if (highidx == -1)
+		      printf (gettext ("\
+the file containing the function '%s' might not be compiled with -fpic/-fPIC\n"),
+			      lowstr);
+		    else
+		      {
+			sym = gelf_getsym (symdata, highidx, &sym_mem);
+			assert (sym != NULL);
+
+			printf (gettext ("\
+either the file containing the function '%s' or the file containing the function '%s' is not compiled with -fpic/-fPIC\n"),
+				lowstr, elf_strptr (elf, shdr->sh_link,
+						    sym->st_name));
+		      }
+		    return;
+		  }
+		else if (highidx != -1)
+		  {
+		    sym = gelf_getsym (symdata, highidx, &sym_mem);
+		    assert (sym != NULL);
+
+		    printf (gettext ("\
+the file containing the function '%s' might not be compiled with -fpic/-fPIC\n"),
+			    elf_strptr (elf, shdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
+		    return;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	printf (gettext ("\
+a relocation modifies memory at offset %llu in a write-protected segment\n"),
+		(unsigned long long int) addr);
+	break;
+      }
+}
diff --git a/src/i386_ld.c b/src/i386_ld.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee1cb966
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/i386_ld.c
@@ -0,0 +1,894 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+// XXX For debugging
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <system.h>
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "list.h"
+/* x86 is little endian.  */
+#define UNALIGNED_ACCESS_CLASS LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#include "unaligned.h"
+#include "xelf.h"
+
+
+/* The old callbacks.  */
+static int (*old_open_outfile) (struct ld_state *, int, int, int);
+
+
+static int
+elf_i386_open_outfile (struct ld_state *statep,
+		       int machine __attribute__ ((unused)),
+		       int klass __attribute__ ((unused)),
+		       int data __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  /* This backend only handles 32-bit object files.  */
+  /* XXX For now just use the generic backend.  */
+  return old_open_outfile (statep, EM_386, ELFCLASS32, ELFDATA2LSB);
+}
+
+
+/* Process relocations for the output in a relocatable file.  This
+   only means adjusting offset and symbol indices.  */
+static void
+elf_i386_relocate_section (struct ld_state *statep __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			   Elf_Scn *outscn, struct scninfo *firstp,
+			   const Elf32_Word *dblindirect)
+{
+  struct scninfo *runp;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+
+  /* Iterate over all the input sections.  Appropriate data buffers in the
+     output sections were already created.  I get them iteratively, too.  */
+  runp = firstp;
+  data = NULL;
+  do
+    {
+      Elf_Data *reltgtdata;
+      Elf_Data *insymdata;
+      Elf_Data *inxndxdata = NULL;
+      size_t maxcnt;
+      size_t cnt;
+      const Elf32_Word *symindirect;
+      struct symbol **symref;
+      struct usedfiles *file = runp->fileinfo;
+      XElf_Shdr *shdr = &SCNINFO_SHDR (runp->shdr);
+
+      /* Get the output section data buffer for this input section.  */
+      data = elf_getdata (outscn, data);
+      assert (data != NULL);
+
+      /* Get the data for section in the input file this relocation
+	 section is relocating.  Since these buffers are reused in the
+	 output modifying these buffers has the correct result.  */
+      reltgtdata = elf_getdata (file->scninfo[shdr->sh_info].scn, NULL);
+
+      /* Get the data for the input section symbol table for this
+	 relocation section.  */
+      insymdata = elf_getdata (file->scninfo[shdr->sh_link].scn, NULL);
+      assert (insymdata != NULL);
+
+      /* And the extended section index table.  */
+      inxndxdata = runp->fileinfo->xndxdata;
+
+      /* Number of relocations.  */
+      maxcnt = shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+
+      /* Array directing local symbol table offsets to output symbol
+	 table offsets.  */
+      symindirect = file->symindirect;
+
+      /* References to the symbol records.  */
+      symref = file->symref;
+
+      /* Iterate over all the relocations in the section.  */
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < maxcnt; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  XElf_Rel_vardef (rel);
+	  Elf32_Word si;
+	  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+	  Elf32_Word xndx;
+
+	  /* Get the relocation data itself.  x86 uses Rel
+	     relocations.  In case we have to handle Rela as well the
+	     whole loop probably should be duplicated.  */
+	  xelf_getrel (data, cnt, rel);
+	  assert (rel != NULL);
+
+	  /* Compute the symbol index in the output file.  */
+	  si = symindirect[XELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info)];
+	  if (si == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* This happens if the symbol is locally undefined or
+		 superceded by some other definition.  */
+	      assert (symref[XELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info)] != NULL);
+	      si = symref[XELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info)]->outsymidx;
+	    }
+	  /* Take reordering performed to sort the symbol table into
+	     account.  */
+	  si = dblindirect[si];
+
+	  /* Get the symbol table entry.  */
+	  xelf_getsymshndx (insymdata, inxndxdata, XELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info),
+			    sym, xndx);
+	  if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_XINDEX)
+	    xndx = sym->st_shndx;
+	  assert (xndx < SHN_LORESERVE || xndx > SHN_HIRESERVE);
+
+	  /* We fortunately don't have to do much.  The relocations
+	     mostly get only updates of the offset.  Only is a
+	     relocation referred to a section do we have to do
+	     something.  In this case the reference to the sections
+	     has no direct equivalent since the part the input section
+	     contributes need not start at the same offset as in the
+	     input file.  Therefore we have to adjust the addend which
+	     in the case of Rel relocations is in the target section
+	     itself.  */
+	  if (XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+	    {
+	      Elf32_Word toadd;
+
+	      /* We expect here on R_386_32 relocations.  */
+	      assert (XELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_32);
+
+	      /* Avoid writing to the section memory if this is
+		 effectively a no-op since it might save a
+		 copy-on-write operation.  */
+	      toadd = file->scninfo[xndx].offset;
+	      if (toadd != 0)
+		add_4ubyte_unaligned (reltgtdata->d_buf + rel->r_offset,
+				      toadd);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Adjust the offset for the position of the input section
+	     content in the output section.  */
+	  rel->r_offset += file->scninfo[shdr->sh_info].offset;
+
+	  /* And finally adjust the index of the symbol in the output
+	     symbol table.  */
+	  rel->r_info = XELF_R_INFO (si, XELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
+
+	  /* Store the result.  */
+	  (void) xelf_update_rel (data, cnt, rel);
+	}
+
+      runp = runp->next;
+    }
+  while (runp != firstp);
+}
+
+
+/* Each PLT entry has 16 bytes.  We need one entry as overhead for
+   the code to set up the call into the runtime relocation.  */
+#define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
+
+static void
+elf_i386_initialize_plt (struct ld_state *statep, Elf_Scn *scn)
+{
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  XElf_Shdr_vardef (shdr);
+
+  /* Change the entry size in the section header.  */
+  xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+  assert (shdr != NULL);
+  shdr->sh_entsize = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
+  (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+
+  data = elf_newdata (scn);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot allocate PLT section: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* We need one special PLT entry (performing the jump to the runtime
+     relocation routines) and one for each function we call in a DSO.  */
+  data->d_size = (1 + statep->nplt) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
+  data->d_buf = xcalloc (1, data->d_size);
+  data->d_align = 8;
+  data->d_off = 0;
+
+  statep->nplt_used = 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+elf_i386_initialize_pltrel (struct ld_state *statep, Elf_Scn *scn)
+{
+  Elf_Data *data;
+
+  data = elf_newdata (scn);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot allocate PLTREL section: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* One relocation per PLT entry.  */
+  data->d_size = statep->nplt * sizeof (Elf32_Rel);
+  data->d_buf = xcalloc (1, data->d_size);
+  data->d_type = ELF_T_REL;
+  data->d_align = 4;
+  data->d_off = 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+elf_i386_initialize_got (struct ld_state *statep, Elf_Scn *scn)
+{
+  Elf_Data *data;
+
+  /* If we have no .plt we don't need the special entries we normally
+     create for it.  The other contents is created later.  */
+  if (statep->ngot + statep->nplt == 0)
+    return;
+
+  data = elf_newdata (scn);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot allocate GOT section: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* We construct the .got section in pieces.  Here we only add the data
+     structures which are used by the PLT.  This includes three reserved
+     entries at the beginning (the first will contain a pointer to the
+     .dynamic section), and one word for each PLT entry.  */
+  data->d_size = (3 + statep->ngot + statep->nplt) * sizeof (Elf32_Addr);
+  data->d_buf = xcalloc (1, data->d_size);
+  data->d_align = sizeof (Elf32_Addr);
+  data->d_off = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like
+   this.  See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works.  */
+static const unsigned char elf_i386_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
+{
+  0xff, 0x35,	/* pushl contents of address */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with address of .got + 4.  */
+  0xff, 0x25,	/* jmp indirect */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with address of .got + 8.  */
+  0, 0, 0, 0	/* pad out to 16 bytes.  */
+};
+
+/* Type describing the first PLT entry in non-PIC.  */
+struct plt0_entry
+{
+  /* First a 'push' of the second GOT entry.  */
+  unsigned char push_instr[2];
+  uint32_t gotp4_addr;
+  /* Second, a 'jmp indirect' to the third GOT entry.  */
+  unsigned char jmp_instr[2];
+  uint32_t gotp8_addr;
+  /* Padding.  */
+  unsigned char padding[4];
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
+static const unsigned char elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
+{
+  0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0,	/* pushl 4(%ebx) */
+  0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0,	/* jmp *8(%ebx) */
+  0, 0, 0, 0			/* pad out to 16 bytes.  */
+};
+
+/* Contents of all but the first PLT entry in executable.  */
+static const unsigned char elf_i386_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
+{
+  0xff, 0x25,   /* jmp indirect */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,   /* replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
+  0x68,         /* pushl immediate */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,   /* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
+  0xe9,         /* jmp relative */
+  0, 0, 0, 0    /* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
+};
+
+/* Contents of all but the first PLT entry in DSOs.  */
+static const unsigned char elf_i386_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
+{
+  0xff, 0xa3,	/* jmp *offset(%ebx) */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
+  0x68,		/* pushl immediate */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
+  0xe9,		/* jmp relative */
+  0, 0, 0, 0	/* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
+};
+
+/* Type describing a PLT entry.  */
+struct plt_entry
+{
+  /* The first instruction is 'jmp indirect' or 'jmp *offset(%ebs)'.  */
+  unsigned char jmp_instr[2];
+  uint32_t offset_got;
+  /* The second instruction is 'push immediate'.  */
+  unsigned char push_instr;
+  uint32_t push_imm;
+  /* Finally a 'jmp relative'.  */
+  unsigned char jmp_instr2;
+  uint32_t plt0_offset;
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+
+static void
+elf_i386_finalize_plt (struct ld_state *statep, size_t nsym,
+		       size_t nsym_dyn __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  Elf_Scn *scn;
+  XElf_Shdr_vardef (shdr);
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  Elf_Data *symdata = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *dynsymdata;
+  size_t cnt;
+  const bool build_dso = statep->file_type == dso_file_type;
+
+  if (unlikely (statep->nplt + statep->ngot == 0))
+    /* Nothing to be done.  */
+    return;
+
+  /* Get the address of the got section.  */
+  scn = elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->gotscnidx);
+  xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  assert (shdr != NULL && data != NULL);
+  Elf32_Addr gotaddr = shdr->sh_addr;
+
+  /* Now create the initial values for the .got section.  The first
+     word contains the address of the .dynamic section.  */
+  xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->dynamicscnidx), shdr);
+  assert (shdr != NULL);
+  ((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[0] = shdr->sh_addr;
+
+  /* The second and third entry are left empty for use by the dynamic
+     linker.  The following entries are pointers to the instructions
+     following the initial jmp instruction in the corresponding PLT
+     entry.  Since the first PLT entry is special the first used one
+     has the index 1.  */
+  scn = elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->pltscnidx);
+  xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+  assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+  dynsymdata = elf_getdata (elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->dynsymscnidx),
+			    NULL);
+  assert (dynsymdata != NULL);
+
+  if (statep->symscnidx != 0)
+    {
+      symdata = elf_getdata (elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->symscnidx),
+			     NULL);
+      assert (symdata != NULL);
+    }
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < statep->nplt; ++cnt)
+    {
+      assert ((4 + cnt) * sizeof (Elf32_Word) <= data->d_size);
+
+      /* Address in the PLT.  */
+      Elf32_Addr pltentryaddr = shdr->sh_addr + (1 + cnt) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
+
+      /* Point the GOT entry at the PLT entry, after the initial jmp.  */
+      ((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[3 + cnt] = pltentryaddr + 6;
+
+      /* The value of the symbol is the address of the corresponding PLT
+	 entry.  Store the address, also for the normal symbol table if
+	 this is necessary.  */
+      ((Elf32_Sym *) dynsymdata->d_buf)[1 + cnt].st_value = pltentryaddr;
+
+      if (symdata != NULL)
+	((Elf32_Sym *) symdata->d_buf)[nsym - statep->nplt + cnt].st_value
+	  = pltentryaddr;
+    }
+
+  /* Create the .plt section.  */
+  scn = elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->pltscnidx);
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  assert (data != NULL);
+
+  /* Create the first entry.  */
+  assert (data->d_size >= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+  if (build_dso)
+    /* Copy the entry.  It's complete, no relocation needed.  */
+    memcpy (data->d_buf, elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry, PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+  else
+    {
+      /* Copy the skeleton.  */
+      memcpy (data->d_buf, elf_i386_plt0_entry, PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+
+      /* And fill in the addresses.  */
+      struct plt0_entry *addr = (struct plt0_entry *) data->d_buf;
+      addr->gotp4_addr = target_bswap_32 (gotaddr + 4);
+      addr->gotp8_addr = target_bswap_32 (gotaddr + 8);
+    }
+
+  /* For DSOs we need GOT offsets, otherwise the GOT address.  */
+  Elf32_Addr gotaddr_off = build_dso ? 0 : gotaddr;
+
+  /* Create the remaining entries.  */
+  const unsigned char *plt_template
+    = build_dso ? elf_i386_pic_plt_entry : elf_i386_plt_entry;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < statep->nplt; ++cnt)
+    {
+      struct plt_entry *addr;
+
+      /* Copy the template.  */
+      assert (data->d_size >= (2 + cnt) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+      addr = (struct plt_entry *) ((char *) data->d_buf
+				   + (1 + cnt) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+      memcpy (addr, plt_template, PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+
+      /* And once more, fill in the addresses.  First the address of
+	 this symbol in .got.  */
+      addr->offset_got = target_bswap_32 (gotaddr_off
+					  + (3 + cnt) * sizeof (Elf32_Addr));
+      /* Offset into relocation table.  */
+      addr->push_imm = target_bswap_32 (cnt * sizeof (Elf32_Rel));
+      /* Offset to start of .plt.  */
+      addr->plt0_offset = target_bswap_32 (-(2 + cnt) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+    }
+
+  /* Create the .rel.plt section data.  It simply means relocations
+     addressing the corresponding entry in the .got section.  The
+     section name is misleading.  */
+  scn = elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->pltrelscnidx);
+  xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  assert (shdr != NULL && data != NULL);
+
+  /* Update the sh_link to point to the section being modified.  We
+     point it here (correctly) to the .got section.  Some linkers
+     (e.g., the GNU binutils linker) point to the .plt section.  This
+     is wrong since the .plt section isn't modified even though the
+     name .rel.plt suggests that this is correct.  */
+  shdr->sh_link = statep->dynsymscnidx;
+  shdr->sh_info = statep->gotscnidx;
+  (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < statep->nplt; ++cnt)
+    {
+      XElf_Rel_vardef (rel);
+
+      assert ((1 + cnt) * sizeof (Elf32_Rel) <= data->d_size);
+      xelf_getrel_ptr (data, cnt, rel);
+      rel->r_offset = gotaddr + (3 + cnt) * sizeof (Elf32_Addr);
+      /* The symbol table entries for the functions from DSOs are at
+	 the end of the symbol table.  */
+      rel->r_info = XELF_R_INFO (1 + cnt, R_386_JMP_SLOT);
+      (void) xelf_update_rel (data, cnt, rel);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static int
+elf_i386_rel_type (struct ld_state *statep __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
+{
+  /* ELF/i386 uses REL.  */
+  return DT_REL;
+}
+
+
+static void
+elf_i386_count_relocations (struct ld_state *statep, struct scninfo *scninfo)
+{
+  /* We go through the list of input sections and count those relocations
+     which are not handled by the linker.  At the same time we have to
+     see how many GOT entries we need and how much .bss space is needed
+     for copy relocations.  */
+  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scninfo->scn, NULL);
+  XElf_Shdr *shdr = &SCNINFO_SHDR (scninfo->shdr);
+  size_t maxcnt = shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+  size_t relsize = 0;
+  size_t cnt;
+  struct symbol *sym;
+
+  assert (shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL);
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < maxcnt; ++cnt)
+    {
+      XElf_Rel_vardef (rel);
+
+      xelf_getrel (data, cnt, rel);
+      /* XXX Should we complain about failing accesses?  */
+      if (rel != NULL)
+	{
+	  Elf32_Word r_sym = XELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
+
+	  switch (XELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+	    {
+	    case R_386_GOT32:
+	      if (! scninfo->fileinfo->symref[r_sym]->defined)
+		relsize += sizeof (Elf32_Rel);
+
+	      /* This relocation is not emitted in the output file but
+		 requires a GOT entry.  */
+	      ++statep->ngot;
+	      ++statep->nrel_got;
+
+	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+	    case R_386_GOTOFF:
+	    case R_386_GOTPC:
+	      statep->need_got = true;
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_386_32:
+	    case R_386_PC32:
+	      /* These relocations cause text relocations in DSOs.  */
+	      if (linked_from_dso_p (scninfo, r_sym))
+		{
+		  if (statep->file_type == dso_file_type)
+		    {
+		      relsize += sizeof (Elf32_Rel);
+		      statep->dt_flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      /* Non-function objects from a DSO need to get a
+			 copy relocation.  */
+		      sym = scninfo->fileinfo->symref[r_sym];
+
+		      /* Only do this if we have not requested a copy
+			 relocation already.  */
+		      if (unlikely (sym->type != STT_FUNC) && ! sym->need_copy)
+			{
+			  sym->need_copy = 1;
+			  ++statep->ncopy;
+			  relsize += sizeof (Elf32_Rel);
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (statep->file_type == dso_file_type
+		       && r_sym >= SCNINFO_SHDR (scninfo->fileinfo->scninfo[shdr->sh_link].shdr).sh_info
+		       && scninfo->fileinfo->symref[r_sym]->outdynsymidx != 0
+		       && XELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_32)
+		relsize += sizeof (Elf32_Rel);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_386_PLT32:
+	      /* We might need a PLT entry.  But we cannot say for sure
+		 here since one of the symbols might turn up being
+		 defined in the executable (if we create such a thing).
+		 If a DSO is created we still might use a local
+		 definition.
+
+		 If the symbol is not defined and we are not creating
+		 a statically linked binary, then we need in any case
+		 a PLT entry.  */
+	      if (! scninfo->fileinfo->symref[r_sym]->defined)
+		{
+		  assert (!statep->statically);
+
+		  sym = scninfo->fileinfo->symref[r_sym];
+		  sym->type = STT_FUNC;
+		  sym->in_dso = 1;
+		  sym->defined = 1;
+
+		  /* Remove from the list of unresolved symbols.  */
+		  --statep->nunresolved;
+		  if (! sym->weak)
+		    --statep->nunresolved_nonweak;
+		  CDBL_LIST_DEL (statep->unresolved, sym);
+
+		  /* Add to the list of symbols we expect from a DSO.  */
+		  ++statep->nplt;
+		  ++statep->nfrom_dso;
+		  CDBL_LIST_ADD_REAR (statep->from_dso, sym);
+		}
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD_32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD_PUSH:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD_CALL:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD_POP:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM_32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM_PUSH:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM_CALL:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM_POP:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDO_32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
+	      /* XXX */
+	      abort ();
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_386_NONE:
+	      /* Nothing to be done.  */
+	      break;
+
+	      /* These relocation should never be generated by an
+		 assembler.  */
+	    case R_386_COPY:
+	    case R_386_GLOB_DAT:
+	    case R_386_JMP_SLOT:
+	    case R_386_RELATIVE:
+	    case R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_TPOFF32:
+	      /* Unknown relocation.  */
+	    default:
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  scninfo->relsize = relsize;
+}
+
+
+static void
+elf_i386_create_relocations (struct ld_state *statep,
+			     const Elf32_Word *dblindirect __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  /* Get the address of the got section.  */
+  Elf_Scn *pltscn = elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->pltscnidx);
+  Elf32_Shdr *shdr = elf32_getshdr (pltscn);
+  assert (shdr != NULL);
+  Elf32_Addr pltaddr = shdr->sh_addr;
+
+  Elf_Scn *gotscn = elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->gotscnidx);
+  shdr = elf32_getshdr (gotscn);
+  assert (shdr != NULL);
+  Elf32_Addr gotaddr = shdr->sh_addr;
+
+  Elf_Scn *reldynscn = elf_getscn (statep->outelf, statep->reldynscnidx);
+  Elf_Data *reldyndata = elf_getdata (reldynscn, NULL);
+
+  size_t nreldyn = 0;
+#define ngot_used (3 + statep->nplt + nreldyn)
+
+  struct scninfo *first = statep->rellist->next;
+  struct scninfo *runp = first;
+  do
+    {
+      XElf_Shdr *rshdr = &SCNINFO_SHDR (runp->shdr);
+      Elf_Data *reldata = elf_getdata (runp->scn, NULL);
+      int nrels = rshdr->sh_size / rshdr->sh_entsize;
+
+      /* We will need the following vlaues a couple of times.  Help
+	 the compiler and improve readability.  */
+      struct symbol **symref = runp->fileinfo->symref;
+      struct scninfo *scninfo = runp->fileinfo->scninfo;
+
+      /* This is the offset of the input section we are looking at in
+	 the output file.  */
+      XElf_Addr inscnoffset = scninfo[rshdr->sh_info].offset;
+
+      /* The target section.  We use the data from the input file.  */
+      Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scninfo[rshdr->sh_info].scn, NULL);
+
+      /* We cannot handle relocations against merge-able sections.  */
+      assert ((SCNINFO_SHDR (scninfo[rshdr->sh_link].shdr).sh_flags
+	       & SHF_MERGE) == 0);
+
+      /* Cache the access to the symbol table data.  */
+      Elf_Data *symdata = elf_getdata (scninfo[rshdr->sh_link].scn, NULL);
+
+      int cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < nrels; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  XElf_Rel_vardef (rel);
+	  XElf_Rel *rel2;
+	  xelf_getrel (reldata, cnt, rel);
+	  assert (rel != NULL);
+	  XElf_Addr reladdr = inscnoffset + rel->r_offset;
+	  XElf_Addr value;
+
+	  size_t idx = XELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
+	  if (idx < runp->fileinfo->nlocalsymbols)
+	    {
+	      XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+	      xelf_getsym (symdata, idx, sym);
+
+	      /* The value just depends on the position of the referenced
+		 section in the output file and the addend.  */
+	      value = scninfo[sym->st_shndx].offset + sym->st_value;
+	    }
+	  else if (symref[idx]->in_dso)
+	    {
+	      /* MERGE.VALUE contains the PLT index.  We have to add 1 since
+		 there is this one special PLT entry at the beginning.  */
+	      assert (symref[idx]->merge.value != 0
+		      || symref[idx]->type != STT_FUNC);
+	      value = pltaddr + symref[idx]->merge.value * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    value = symref[idx]->merge.value;
+
+	  /* Address of the relocated memory in the data buffer.  */
+	  void *relloc = (char *) data->d_buf + rel->r_offset;
+
+	  switch (XELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+	    {
+	      /* These three cases can be handled together since the
+		 symbol associated with the R_386_GOTPC relocation is
+		 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ which has a value corresponding
+		 to the address of the GOT and the address of the PLT
+		 entry required for R_386_PLT32 is computed above.  */
+	    case R_386_PC32:
+	    case R_386_GOTPC:
+	    case R_386_PLT32:
+	      value -= reladdr;
+	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+	    case R_386_32:
+	      if (linked_from_dso_p (scninfo, idx)
+		  && statep->file_type != dso_file_type
+		  && symref[idx]->type != STT_FUNC)
+		{
+		  value = (ld_state.copy_section->offset
+			   + symref[idx]->merge.value);
+
+		  if (unlikely (symref[idx]->need_copy))
+		    {
+		      /* Add a relocation to initialize the GOT entry.  */
+		      assert (symref[idx]->outdynsymidx != 0);
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+		      xelf_getrel_ptr (reldyndata, nreldyn, rel2);
+#else
+		      rel2 = &rel_mem;
+#endif
+		      rel2->r_offset = value;
+		      rel2->r_info
+			= XELF_R_INFO (symref[idx]->outdynsymidx, R_386_COPY);
+		      (void) xelf_update_rel (reldyndata, nreldyn, rel2);
+		      ++nreldyn;
+
+		      /* Update the symbol table record for the new
+			 address.  */
+		      Elf32_Word symidx = symref[idx]->outdynsymidx;
+		      Elf_Scn *symscn = elf_getscn (statep->outelf,
+						    statep->dynsymscnidx);
+		      Elf_Data *outsymdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+		      assert (outsymdata != NULL);
+		      XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+		      xelf_getsym (outsymdata, symidx, sym);
+		      sym->st_value = value;
+		      sym->st_shndx = statep->copy_section->outscnndx;
+		      (void) xelf_update_sym (outsymdata, symidx, sym);
+
+		      symidx = symref[idx]->outsymidx;
+		      if (symidx != 0)
+			{
+			  symidx = statep->dblindirect[symidx];
+			  symscn = elf_getscn (statep->outelf,
+					       statep->symscnidx);
+			  outsymdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+			  assert (outsymdata != NULL);
+			  xelf_getsym (outsymdata, symidx, sym);
+			  sym->st_value = value;
+			  sym->st_shndx = statep->copy_section->outscnndx;
+			  (void) xelf_update_sym (outsymdata, symidx, sym);
+			}
+
+		      /* Remember that we set up the copy relocation.  */
+		      symref[idx]->need_copy = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (statep->file_type == dso_file_type
+		       && idx >= SCNINFO_SHDR (scninfo[rshdr->sh_link].shdr).sh_info
+		       && symref[idx]->outdynsymidx != 0)
+		{
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+		  xelf_getrel_ptr (reldyndata, nreldyn, rel2);
+#else
+		  rel2 = &rel_mem;
+#endif
+		  rel2->r_offset = value;
+		  rel2->r_info
+		    = XELF_R_INFO (symref[idx]->outdynsymidx, R_386_32);
+		  (void) xelf_update_rel (reldyndata, nreldyn, rel2);
+		  ++nreldyn;
+
+		  value = 0;
+		}
+	      add_4ubyte_unaligned (relloc, value);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_386_GOT32:
+	      store_4ubyte_unaligned (relloc, ngot_used * sizeof (Elf32_Addr));
+
+	      /* Add a relocation to initialize the GOT entry.  */
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+	      xelf_getrel_ptr (reldyndata, nreldyn, rel2);
+#else
+	      rel2 = &rel_mem;
+#endif
+	      rel2->r_offset = gotaddr + ngot_used * sizeof (Elf32_Addr);
+	      rel2->r_info
+		= XELF_R_INFO (symref[idx]->outdynsymidx, R_386_GLOB_DAT);
+	      (void) xelf_update_rel (reldyndata, nreldyn, rel2);
+	      ++nreldyn;
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_386_GOTOFF:
+	      add_4ubyte_unaligned (relloc, value - gotaddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_386_32PLT:
+	    case R_386_TLS_TPOFF:
+	    case R_386_TLS_IE:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LE:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM:
+	    case R_386_16:
+	    case R_386_PC16:
+	    case R_386_8:
+	    case R_386_PC8:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD_32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD_PUSH:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD_CALL:
+	    case R_386_TLS_GD_POP:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM_32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM_PUSH:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM_CALL:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDM_POP:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LDO_32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
+	      // XXX For now fall through
+ printf("ignored relocation %d\n", (int) XELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_386_NONE:
+	      /* Nothing to do.  */
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_386_COPY:
+	    case R_386_JMP_SLOT:
+	    case R_386_RELATIVE:
+	    case R_386_GLOB_DAT:
+	    case R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32:
+	    case R_386_TLS_TPOFF32:
+	    default:
+	      /* Should not happen.  */
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  while ((runp = runp->next) != first);
+}
+
+
+int
+elf_i386_ld_init (struct ld_state *statep)
+{
+  /* We have a few callbacks available.  */
+  old_open_outfile = statep->callbacks.open_outfile;
+  statep->callbacks.open_outfile = elf_i386_open_outfile;
+
+  statep->callbacks.relocate_section  = elf_i386_relocate_section;
+
+  statep->callbacks.initialize_plt = elf_i386_initialize_plt;
+  statep->callbacks.initialize_pltrel = elf_i386_initialize_pltrel;
+
+  statep->callbacks.initialize_got = elf_i386_initialize_got;
+
+  statep->callbacks.finalize_plt = elf_i386_finalize_plt;
+
+  statep->callbacks.rel_type = elf_i386_rel_type;
+
+  statep->callbacks.count_relocations = elf_i386_count_relocations;
+
+  statep->callbacks.create_relocations = elf_i386_create_relocations;
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/ld.c b/src/ld.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2aece00e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ld.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1506 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <libelf.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <mcheck.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdio_ext.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <system.h>
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+
+/* Name and version of program.  */
+static void print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state);
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *, struct argp_state *) = print_version;
+
+/* Bug report address.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address = PACKAGE_BUGREPORT;
+
+
+/* Values for the various options.  */
+enum
+  {
+    ARGP_whole_archive = 300,
+    ARGP_no_whole_archive,
+    ARGP_static,
+    ARGP_dynamic,
+    ARGP_pagesize,
+    ARGP_rpath,
+    ARGP_rpath_link,
+    ARGP_runpath,
+    ARGP_runpath_link,
+    ARGP_version_script,
+    ARGP_gc_sections,
+    ARGP_no_gc_sections,
+    ARGP_no_undefined,
+    ARGP_conserve,
+#if YYDEBUG
+    ARGP_yydebug,
+#endif
+  };
+
+
+/* Definitions of arguments for argp functions.  */
+static const struct argp_option options[] =
+{
+  /* XXX This list will be reordered and section names will be added.
+     Just not right now.  */
+  { "whole-archive", ARGP_whole_archive, NULL, 0,
+    N_("Include whole archives in the output from now on."), 0 },
+  { "no-whole-archive", ARGP_no_whole_archive, NULL, 0,
+    N_("Stop including the whole arhives in the output."), 0 },
+
+  { "output", 'o', N_("FILE"), 0, N_("Place output in FILE."), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 'O', N_("LEVEL"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL,
+    N_("Set optimization level to LEVEL."), 0 },
+
+  { "verbose", 'v', NULL, 0, N_("Verbose messages."), 0 },
+  { "trace", 't', NULL, 0, N_("Trace file opens."), 0 },
+  { "conserve-memory", ARGP_conserve, NULL, 0,
+    N_("Trade speed for less memory usage"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 'z', "KEYWORD", OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+  { "-z nodefaultlib", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Object is marked to not use default search path at runtime."), 0 },
+  { "-z allextract", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Same as --whole-archive."), 0 },
+  { "-z defaultextract", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC, N_("\
+Default rules of extracting from archive; weak references are not enough."),
+    0 },
+  { "-z weakextract", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Weak references cause extraction from archive."), 0 },
+  { "-z muldefs", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Allow multiple definitions; first is used."), 0 },
+  { "-z defs | nodefs", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Disallow/allow undefined symbols in DSOs."), 0 },
+    { "no-undefined", ARGP_no_undefined, NULL, OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+  { "-z origin", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Object requires immediate handling of $ORIGIN."), 0 },
+  { "-z now", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Relocation will not be processed lazily."), 0 },
+  { "-z nodelete", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Object cannot be unloaded at runtime."), 0 },
+  { "-z initfirst", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Mark object to be initialized first."), 0 },
+  { "-z lazyload | nolazyload", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Enable/disable lazy-loading flag for following dependencies."), 0 },
+  { "-z nodlopen", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Mark object as not loadable with 'dlopen'."), 0 },
+  { "-z ignore | record", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Ignore/record dependencies on unused DSOs."), 0 },
+  { "-z systemlibrary", '\0', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Generated DSO will be a system library."), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 'l', N_("FILE"), OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+
+  { NULL, '(', NULL, 0, N_("Start a group."), 0 },
+  { NULL, ')', NULL, 0, N_("End a group."), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 'L', N_("PATH"), 0,
+    N_("Add PATH to list of directories files are searched in."), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 'c', N_("FILE"), 0, N_("Use linker script in FILE."), 0 },
+
+  { "entry", 'e', N_("ADDRESS"), 0, N_("Set entry point address."), 0 },
+
+  { "static", ARGP_static, NULL, OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+  { "-B static", ARGP_static, NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Do not link against shared libraries."), 0 },
+  { "dynamic", ARGP_dynamic, NULL, OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+  { "-B dynamic", ARGP_dynamic, NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Prefer linking against shared libraries."), 0 },
+
+  { "export-dynamic", 'E', NULL, 0, N_("Export all dynamic symbols."), 0 },
+
+  { "strip-all", 's', NULL, 0, N_("Strip all symbols."), 0 },
+  { "strip-debug", 'S', NULL, 0, N_("Strip debugging symbols."), 0 },
+
+  { "pagesize", ARGP_pagesize, "SIZE", 0,
+    N_("Assume pagesize for the target system to be SIZE."), 0 },
+
+  { "rpath", ARGP_rpath, "PATH", OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+  { "rpath-link", ARGP_rpath_link, "PATH", OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+
+  { "runpath", ARGP_runpath, "PATH", 0, N_("Set runtime DSO search path."),
+    0 },
+  { "runpath-link", ARGP_runpath_link, "PATH", 0,
+    N_("Set link time DSO search path."), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 'i', NULL, 0, N_("Ignore LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable."),
+    0 },
+
+  { "version-script", ARGP_version_script, "FILE", 0,
+    N_("Read version information from FILE."), 0 },
+
+  { "emulation", 'm', "NAME", 0, N_("Set emulation to NAME."), 0 },
+
+  { "shared", 'G', NULL, 0, N_("Generate dynamic shared object."), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'r', NULL, 0L, N_("Generate relocatable object."), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 'B', "KEYWORD", OPTION_HIDDEN, "", 0 },
+  { "-B local", 'B', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Causes symbol not assigned to a version be reduced to local."), 0 },
+
+  { "gc-sections", ARGP_gc_sections, NULL, 0, N_("Remove unused sections."),
+    0 },
+  { "no-gc-sections", ARGP_no_gc_sections, NULL, 0,
+    N_("Don't remove unused sections."), 0 },
+
+  { "soname", 'h', "NAME", 0, N_("Set soname of shared object."), 0 },
+  { "dynamic-linker", 'I', "NAME", 0, N_("Set the dynamic linker name."), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 'Q', "YN", OPTION_HIDDEN, NULL, 0 },
+  { "-Q y | n", 'Q', NULL, OPTION_DOC,
+    N_("Add/suppress addition indentifying link-editor to .comment section"),
+    0 },
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  { "yydebug", ARGP_yydebug, NULL, 0,
+    N_("Select to get parser debug information"), 0 },
+#endif
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Short description of program.  */
+static const char doc[] = N_("Combine object and archive files.");
+
+/* Strings for arguments in help texts.  */
+static const char args_doc[] = N_("[FILE]...");
+
+/* Prototype for option handler.  */
+static error_t parse_opt_1st (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+static error_t parse_opt_2nd (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* Data structure to communicate with argp functions.  */
+static struct argp argp_1st =
+{
+  options, parse_opt_1st, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+static struct argp argp_2nd =
+{
+  options, parse_opt_2nd, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+
+
+/* Linker state.  This contains all global information.  */
+struct ld_state ld_state;
+
+/* List of the input files.  */
+static struct file_list
+{
+  const char *name;
+  struct file_list *next;
+} *input_file_list;
+
+/* If nonzero be verbose.  */
+int verbose;
+
+/* If nonzero, trade speed for less memory/address space usage.  */
+int conserve_memory;
+
+/* The emulation name to use.  */
+static const char *emulation;
+
+/* Keep track of the nesting level.  Even though we don't handle nested
+   groups we still keep track to improve the error messages.  */
+static int group_level;
+
+/* The last file we processed.  */
+static struct usedfiles *last_file;
+
+/* The default linker script.  */
+/* XXX We'll do this a bit different in the real solution.  */
+static const char *linker_script = SRCDIR "/elf32-i386.script";
+
+/* Nonzero if an error occurred while loading the input files.  */
+static int error_loading;
+
+
+/* Intermediate storage for the LD_LIBRARY_PATH information from the
+   environment.  */
+static char *ld_library_path1;
+
+/* Flag used to communicate with the scanner.  */
+int ld_scan_version_script;
+
+/* Name of the input file.  */
+const char *ldin_fname;
+
+/* Define by parser if required.  */
+extern int lddebug;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static void parse_z_option (const char *arg);
+static void parse_z_option_2 (const char *arg);
+static void parse_B_option (const char *arg);
+static void parse_B_option_2 (const char *arg);
+static void determine_output_format (void);
+static void load_needed (void);
+static void collect_sections (void);
+static void add_rxxpath (struct pathelement **pathp, const char *str);
+static void gen_rxxpath_data (void);
+static void read_version_script (const char *fname);
+static void create_lscript_symbols (void);
+static void create_special_section_symbol (struct symbol **symp,
+					   const char *name);
+
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  int remaining;
+  int err;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* Enable memory debugging.  */
+  mtrace ();
+#endif
+
+  /* Sanity check.  We always want to use the LFS functionality.  */
+  if (sizeof (off_t) != sizeof (off64_t))
+    abort ();
+
+  /* We use no threads here which can interfere with handling a stream.  */
+  __fsetlocking (stdin, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+  __fsetlocking (stdout, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+  __fsetlocking (stderr, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+  /* Set locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+  /* Make sure the message catalog can be found.  */
+  bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+
+  /* Initialize the message catalog.  */
+  textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  /* Before we start tell the ELF library which version we are using.  */
+  elf_version (EV_CURRENT);
+
+  /* The user can use the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable to add
+     additional lookup directories.  */
+  ld_library_path1 = getenv ("LD_LIBRARY_PATH");
+
+  /* Initialize the memory handling.  */
+#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
+#define obstack_chunk_free free
+  obstack_init (&ld_state.smem);
+
+  /* One quick pass over the parameters which allows us to scan for options
+     with global effect which influence the rest of the processing.  */
+  argp_parse (&argp_1st, argc, argv, ARGP_IN_ORDER, &remaining, NULL);
+
+  /* We need at least one input file.  */
+  if (input_file_list == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("At least one input file needed"));
+      argp_help (&argp_1st, stderr, ARGP_HELP_SEE, "ld");
+      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+
+  /* Determine which ELF backend to use.  */
+  determine_output_format ();
+
+  /* Prepare state.  */
+  err = ld_prepare_state (emulation);
+  if (err != 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("error while preparing linking"));
+
+  /* XXX Read the linker script now.  Since we later will have the linker
+     script built in we don't go into trouble to make sure we handle GROUP
+     statements in the script.  This simply must not happen.  */
+  ldin = fopen (linker_script, "r");
+  if (ldin == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("cannot open linker script \"%s\""),
+	   linker_script);
+  /* No need for locking.  */
+  __fsetlocking (ldin, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+  ld_state.srcfiles = NULL;
+  ldlineno = 1;
+  ld_scan_version_script = 0;
+  ldin_fname = linker_script;
+  if (ldparse () != 0)
+    /* Something went wrong during parsing.  */
+    exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+  fclose (ldin);
+
+  /* We now might have a list of directories to look for libraries in
+     named by the linker script.  Put them in a different list so that
+     they are searched after all paths given by the user on the
+     command line.  */
+  ld_state.default_paths = ld_state.paths;
+  ld_state.paths = ld_state.tailpaths = NULL;
+
+  /* Get runpath/rpath information in usable form.  */
+  gen_rxxpath_data ();
+
+  /* Parse and process arguments for real.  */
+  argp_parse (&argp_2nd, argc, argv, ARGP_IN_ORDER, &remaining, NULL);
+  /* All options should have been processed by the argp parser.  */
+  assert (remaining == argc);
+
+  /* Process the last file.  */
+  while (last_file != NULL)
+    /* Try to open the file.  */
+    error_loading |= FILE_PROCESS (-1, last_file, &ld_state, &last_file);
+
+  /* Stop if there has been a problem while reading the input files.  */
+  if (error_loading)
+    exit (error_loading);
+
+  /* See whether all opened -( were closed.  */
+  if (group_level > 0)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("-( without matching -)"));
+      argp_help (&argp_1st, stderr, ARGP_HELP_SEE, "ld");
+      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+
+  /* When we create a relocatable file we don't have to look for the
+     DT_NEEDED DSOs and we also don't test for undefined symbols.  */
+  if (ld_state.file_type != relocatable_file_type)
+    {
+      /* At this point we have loaded all the direct dependencies.  What
+	 remains to be done is find the indirect dependencies.  These are
+	 DSOs which are referenced by the DT_NEEDED entries in the DSOs
+	 which are direct dependencies.  We have to transitively find and
+	 load all these dependencies.  */
+      load_needed ();
+
+      /* At this point all object files and DSOs are read.  If there
+         are still undefined symbols left they might have to be
+         synthesized from the linker script.  */
+      create_lscript_symbols ();
+
+      /* Now that we have loaded all the object files we can determine
+	 whether we have any non-weak unresolved references left.  If
+	 there are any we stop.  If the user used the '-z nodefs' option
+	 and we are creating a DSO don't perform the tests.  */
+      if (FLAG_UNRESOLVED (&ld_state) != 0)
+	exit (1);
+    }
+
+  /* Collect information about the relocations which will be carried
+     forward into the output.  We have to do this here and now since
+     we need to know which sections have to be created.  */
+  if (ld_state.file_type != relocatable_file_type)
+    {
+      void *p ;
+      struct scnhead *h;
+
+      p = NULL;
+      while ((h = ld_section_tab_iterate (&ld_state.section_tab, &p)) != NULL)
+	if (h->type == SHT_REL || h->type == SHT_RELA)
+	  {
+	    struct scninfo *runp = h->last;
+	    do
+	      {
+		/* If we are processing the relocations determine how
+		   many will be in the output file.  Also determine
+		   how many GOT entries are needed.  */
+		COUNT_RELOCATIONS (&ld_state, runp);
+
+		ld_state.relsize_total += runp->relsize;
+	      }
+	    while ((runp = runp->next) != h->last);
+	  }
+    }
+
+  /* Not part of the gABI, but part of every psABI: the symbols for the
+     GOT section.  Add the symbol if necessary.  */
+  if (ld_state.need_got)
+    create_special_section_symbol (&ld_state.got_symbol,
+				   "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
+  /* Similarly for the _DYNAMIC symbol which points to the dynamic
+     section.  */
+  if (dynamically_linked_p ())
+    create_special_section_symbol (&ld_state.dyn_symbol, "_DYNAMIC");
+
+  /* We are ready to start working on the output file.  Not all
+     information has been gather or created yet.  This will be done as
+     we go.  Open the file now.  */
+  if (OPEN_OUTFILE (&ld_state, EM_NONE, ELFCLASSNONE, ELFDATANONE) != 0)
+    exit (1);
+
+  /* Create the sections which are generated by the linker and are not
+     present in the input file.  The output file must already have
+     been opened since we need the ELF descriptor to deduce type
+     sizes.  */
+  GENERATE_SECTIONS (&ld_state);
+
+  /* At this point we have read all the files and know all the
+     sections which have to be linked into the application.  We do now
+     create an array listing all the sections.  We will than pass this
+     array to a system specific function which can reorder it at will.
+     The functions can also merge sections if this is what is
+     wanted.  */
+  collect_sections ();
+
+  /* Create the output sections now.  This may requires sorting them
+     first.  */
+  CREATE_SECTIONS (&ld_state);
+
+  /* Create the output file data.  Appropriate code for the selected
+     output file type is called.  */
+  if (CREATE_OUTFILE (&ld_state) != 0)
+    exit (1);
+
+  /* Finalize the output file, write the data out.  */
+  err |= FINALIZE (&ld_state);
+
+  /* Return with an non-zero exit status also if any error message has
+     been printed.  */
+  return err | (error_message_count != 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Quick scan of the parameter list for options with global effect.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt_1st (int key, char *arg,
+	       struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'B':
+      parse_B_option (arg);
+      break;
+
+    case 'c':
+      linker_script = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 'E':
+      ld_state.export_all_dynamic = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'G':
+      if (ld_state.file_type != no_file_type)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("only one option of -G and -r is allowed"));
+      ld_state.file_type = dso_file_type;
+
+      /* If we generate a DSO we have to export all symbols.  */
+      ld_state.export_all_dynamic = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'h':
+      ld_state.soname = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 'i':
+      /* Discard the LD_LIBRARY_PATH value we found.  */
+      ld_library_path1 = NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case 'I':
+      ld_state.interp = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 'm':
+      if (emulation != NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("more than one '-m' parameter"));
+      emulation = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 'Q':
+      if (arg[1] == '\0' && (arg[0] == 'y' || arg[0] == 'Y'))
+	ld_state.add_ld_comment = true;
+      else if (arg[1] == '\0' && (arg[0] == 'n' || arg[0] == 'N'))
+	ld_state.add_ld_comment = true;
+      else
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("unknown option `-%c %s'"), 'Q', arg);
+      break;
+
+    case 'r':
+      if (ld_state.file_type != no_file_type)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("only one option of -G and -r is allowed"));
+      ld_state.file_type = relocatable_file_type;
+      break;
+
+    case 'S':
+      ld_state.strip = strip_debug;
+      break;
+
+    case 't':
+      ld_state.trace_files = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'v':
+      verbose = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case 'z':
+      /* The SysV linker used 'z' to pass various flags to the linker.
+	 We follow this.  See 'parse_z_option' for the options we
+	 recognize.  */
+      parse_z_option (arg);
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_pagesize:
+      {
+	char *endp;
+	ld_state.pagesize = strtoul (arg, &endp, 0);
+	if (*endp != '\0')
+	  {
+	    if (endp[1] == '\0' && tolower (*endp) == 'k')
+	      ld_state.pagesize *= 1024;
+	    else if (endp[1] == '\0' && tolower (*endp) == 'm')
+	      ld_state.pagesize *= 1024 * 1024;
+	    else
+	      {
+		error (0, 0,
+		       gettext ("invalid page size value \"%s\": ignored"),
+		       arg);
+		ld_state.pagesize = 0;
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_rpath:
+      add_rxxpath (&ld_state.rpath, arg);
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_rpath_link:
+      add_rxxpath (&ld_state.rpath_link, arg);
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_runpath:
+      add_rxxpath (&ld_state.runpath, arg);
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_runpath_link:
+      add_rxxpath (&ld_state.runpath_link, arg);
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_gc_sections:
+    case ARGP_no_gc_sections:
+      ld_state.gc_sections = key == ARGP_gc_sections;
+      break;
+
+    case 's':
+      if (arg == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (ld_state.strip == strip_all)
+	    ld_state.strip = strip_everything;
+	  else
+	    ld_state.strip = strip_all;
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+    case 'e':
+    case 'o':
+    case 'O':
+    case ARGP_whole_archive:
+    case ARGP_no_whole_archive:
+    case 'L':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+    case 'l':
+    case ARGP_static:
+    case ARGP_dynamic:
+    case ARGP_version_script:
+      /* We'll handle these in the second pass.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_KEY_ARG:
+      {
+	struct file_list *newp;
+
+	newp = (struct file_list *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct file_list));
+	newp->name = arg;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	newp->next = NULL;
+#endif
+	CSNGL_LIST_ADD_REAR (input_file_list, newp);
+      }
+      break;
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+    case ARGP_yydebug:
+      lddebug = 1;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    case ARGP_no_undefined:
+      ld_state.nodefs = false;
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_conserve:
+      conserve_memory = 1;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Handle program arguments for real.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt_2nd (int key, char *arg,
+	       struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  static bool group_start_requested;
+  static bool group_end_requested;
+
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'B':
+      parse_B_option_2 (arg);
+      break;
+
+    case 'e':
+      ld_state.entry = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 'o':
+      if (ld_state.outfname != NULL)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("More than one output file name given."));
+	see_help:
+	  argp_help (&argp_2nd, stderr, ARGP_HELP_SEE, "ld");
+	  exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+      ld_state.outfname = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 'O':
+      if (arg == NULL)
+	ld_state.optlevel = 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  char *endp;
+	  unsigned long int level = strtoul (arg, &endp, 10);
+	  if (*endp != '\0')
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, gettext ("Invalid optimization level `%s'"), arg);
+	      goto see_help;
+	    }
+	  ld_state.optlevel = level;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_whole_archive:
+      ld_state.extract_rule = allextract;
+      break;
+    case ARGP_no_whole_archive:
+      ld_state.extract_rule = defaultextract;
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_static:
+    case ARGP_dynamic:
+      /* Enable/disable use for DSOs.  */
+      ld_state.statically = key == ARGP_static;
+      break;
+
+    case 'z':
+      /* The SysV linker used 'z' to pass various flags to the linker.
+	 We follow this.  See 'parse_z_option' for the options we
+	 recognize.  */
+      parse_z_option_2 (arg);
+      break;
+
+    case ARGP_version_script:
+      read_version_script (arg);
+      break;
+
+    case 'L':
+      /* Add a new search directory.  */
+      ld_new_searchdir (arg);
+      break;
+
+    case '(':
+      /* Start a link group.  We have to be able to determine the object
+	 file which is named next.  Do this by remembering a pointer to
+	 the pointer which will point to the next object.  */
+      if (verbose && (group_start_requested || !group_end_requested))
+	error (0, 0, gettext ("nested -( -) groups are not allowed"));
+
+      /* Increment the nesting level.  */
+      ++group_level;
+
+      /* Record group start.  */
+      group_start_requested = true;
+      group_end_requested = false;
+      break;
+
+    case ')':
+      /* End a link group.  If there is no group open this is clearly
+	 a bug.  If there is a group open insert a back reference
+	 pointer in the record for the last object of the group.  If
+	 there is no new object or just one don't do anything.  */
+      if (!group_end_requested)
+	{
+	  if (group_level == 0)
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, gettext ("-) without matching -("));
+	      goto see_help;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	last_file->group_end = true;
+
+      if (group_level > 0)
+	--group_level;
+      break;
+
+    case 'l':
+    case ARGP_KEY_ARG:
+      {
+	while (last_file != NULL)
+	  /* Try to open the file.  */
+	  error_loading |= FILE_PROCESS (-1, last_file, &ld_state, &last_file);
+
+	last_file = ld_new_inputfile (arg,
+				      key == 'l'
+				      ? archive_file_type
+				      : relocatable_file_type);
+	if (group_start_requested)
+	  {
+	    last_file->group_start = true;
+
+	    group_start_requested = false;
+	    group_end_requested = true;
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      /* We can catch all other options here.  They either have
+	 already been handled or, if the parameter was not correct,
+	 the error has been reported.  */
+      break;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Load all the DSOs named as dependencies in other DSOs we already
+   loaded.  */
+static void
+load_needed (void)
+{
+  struct usedfiles *first;
+  struct usedfiles *runp;
+
+  /* XXX There is one problem here: do we allow references from
+     regular object files to be satisfied by these implicit
+     dependencies?  The old linker allows this and several libraries
+     depend on this.  Solaris' linker does not allow this; it provides
+     the user with a comprehensive error message explaining the
+     situation.
+
+     XXX IMO the old ld behavior is correct since this is also how the
+     dynamic linker will work.  It will look for unresolved references
+     in all loaded DSOs.
+
+     XXX Should we add an option to get Solaris compatibility?  */
+  if (ld_state.needed == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  runp = first = ld_state.needed->next;
+  do
+    {
+      struct usedfiles *ignore;
+      struct usedfiles *next = runp->next;
+      int err;
+
+      err = FILE_PROCESS (-1, runp, &ld_state, &ignore);
+      if (err != 0)
+	/* Something went wrong.  */
+	exit (err);
+
+      runp = next;
+    }
+  while (runp != first);
+}
+
+
+/* Print the version information.  */
+static void
+print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "ld (%s) %s\n", PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION);
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("\
+Copyright (C) %s Red Hat, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+"), "2005");
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper");
+}
+
+
+/* There are a lot of -z options, parse them here.  Some of them have
+   to be parsed in the first pass, others must be handled in the
+   second pass.  */
+static void
+parse_z_option (const char *arg)
+{
+  if (strcmp (arg, "nodefaultlib") == 0
+      /* This is only meaningful if we create a DSO.  */
+      && ld_state.file_type == dso_file_type)
+    ld_state.dt_flags_1 |= DF_1_NODEFLIB;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "muldefs") == 0)
+    ld_state.muldefs = true;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "nodefs") == 0)
+    ld_state.nodefs = true;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "defs") == 0)
+    ld_state.nodefs = false;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "now") == 0)
+    /* We could also set the DF_1_NOW flag in DT_FLAGS_1 but this isn't
+       necessary.  */
+    ld_state.dt_flags |= DF_BIND_NOW;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "origin") == 0)
+    /* We could also set the DF_1_ORIGIN flag in DT_FLAGS_1 but this isn't
+       necessary.  */
+    ld_state.dt_flags |= DF_ORIGIN;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "nodelete") == 0
+	   /* This is only meaningful if we create a DSO.  */
+	   && ld_state.file_type == dso_file_type)
+    ld_state.dt_flags_1 |= DF_1_NODELETE;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "initfirst") == 0)
+    ld_state.dt_flags_1 |= DF_1_INITFIRST;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "nodlopen") == 0
+	   /* This is only meaningful if we create a DSO.  */
+	   && ld_state.file_type == dso_file_type)
+    ld_state.dt_flags_1 |= DF_1_NOOPEN;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "ignore") == 0)
+    ld_state.ignore_unused_dsos = true;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "record") == 0)
+    ld_state.ignore_unused_dsos = false;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "systemlibrary") == 0)
+    ld_state.is_system_library = true;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "allextract") != 0
+	   && strcmp (arg, "defaultextract") != 0
+	   && strcmp (arg, "weakextract") != 0
+	   && strcmp (arg, "lazyload") != 0
+	   && strcmp (arg, "nolazyload") != 0)
+    error (0, 0, gettext ("unknown option `-%c %s'"), 'z', arg);
+}
+
+
+static void
+parse_z_option_2 (const char *arg)
+{
+  if (strcmp (arg, "allextract") == 0)
+    ld_state.extract_rule = allextract;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "defaultextract") == 0)
+    ld_state.extract_rule = defaultextract;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "weakextract") == 0)
+    ld_state.extract_rule = weakextract;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "lazyload") == 0)
+    ld_state.lazyload = true;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "nolazyload") == 0)
+    ld_state.lazyload = false;
+}
+
+
+/* There are a lot of -B options, parse them here.  */
+static void
+parse_B_option (const char *arg)
+{
+  if (strcmp (arg, "local") == 0)
+    ld_state.default_bind_local = true;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "symbolic") != 0
+	   && strcmp (arg, "static") != 0
+	   && strcmp (arg, "dynamic") != 0)
+    error (0, 0, gettext ("unknown option '-%c %s'"), 'B', arg);
+}
+
+
+/* The same functionality, but called in the second pass over the
+   parameters.  */
+static void
+parse_B_option_2 (const char *arg)
+{
+  if (strcmp (arg, "static") == 0)
+    ld_state.statically = true;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "dynamic") == 0)
+    ld_state.statically = false;
+  else if (strcmp (arg, "symbolic") == 0
+	   /* This is only meaningful if we create a DSO.  */
+	   && ld_state.file_type == dso_file_type)
+    ld_state.dt_flags |= DF_SYMBOLIC;
+}
+
+
+static void
+determine_output_format (void)
+{
+  /* First change the 'input_file_list' variable in a simple
+     single-linked list.  */
+  struct file_list *last = input_file_list;
+  input_file_list = input_file_list->next;
+  last->next = NULL;
+
+  /* Determine the target configuration which we are supposed to use.
+     The user can use the '-m' option to select one.  If this is
+     missing we are trying to load one file and determine the
+     architecture from that.  */
+  if (emulation != NULL)
+    {
+      ld_state.ebl = ebl_openbackend_emulation (emulation);
+
+      assert (ld_state.ebl != NULL);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Find an ELF input file and let it determine the ELf backend.  */
+      struct file_list *runp = input_file_list;
+
+      while (runp != NULL)
+	{
+	  int fd = open (runp->name, O_RDONLY);
+	  if (fd != -1)
+	    {
+	      int try (Elf *elf)
+		{
+		  int result = 0;
+
+		  if (elf == NULL)
+		    return 0;
+
+		  if (elf_kind (elf) == ELF_K_ELF)
+		    {
+		      /* We have an ELF file.  We now can find out
+			 what the output format should be.  */
+		      XElf_Ehdr_vardef(ehdr);
+
+		      /* Get the ELF header of the object.  */
+		      xelf_getehdr (elf, ehdr);
+		      if (ehdr != NULL)
+			ld_state.ebl =
+			  ebl_openbackend_machine (ehdr->e_machine);
+
+		      result = 1;
+		    }
+		  else if (elf_kind (elf) == ELF_K_AR)
+		    {
+		      /* Try the archive members.  This could
+			 potentially lead to wrong results if the
+			 archive contains files for more than one
+			 architecture.  But this is the user's
+			 problem.  */
+		      Elf *subelf;
+		      Elf_Cmd cmd = ELF_C_READ_MMAP;
+
+		      while ((subelf = elf_begin (fd, cmd, elf)) != NULL)
+			{
+			  cmd = elf_next (subelf);
+
+			  if (try (subelf) != 0)
+			    break;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  elf_end (elf);
+
+		  return result;
+		}
+
+	      if (try (elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_READ_MMAP, NULL)) != 0)
+		/* Found a file.  */
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	  runp = runp->next;
+	}
+
+      if (ld_state.ebl == NULL)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+could not find input file to determine output file format"));
+	  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+try again with an appropriate '-m' parameter"));
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We don't need the list of input files anymore.  The second run over
+     the parameters will handle them.  */
+  while (input_file_list != NULL)
+    {
+      struct file_list *oldp = input_file_list;
+      input_file_list = input_file_list->next;
+      free (oldp);
+    }
+
+  /* We also know now what kind of file we are supposed to create.  If
+     the user hasn't selected anythign we create and executable.  */
+  if (ld_state.file_type == no_file_type)
+    ld_state.file_type = executable_file_type;
+}
+
+/* Add DIR to the list of directories searched for object files and
+   libraries.  */
+void
+ld_new_searchdir (const char *dir)
+{
+  struct pathelement *newpath;
+
+  newpath = (struct pathelement *)
+    obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (struct pathelement));
+
+  newpath->pname = dir;
+
+  /* Enqueue the file.  */
+  if (ld_state.tailpaths == NULL)
+    ld_state.paths = ld_state.tailpaths = newpath;
+  else
+    {
+      ld_state.tailpaths->next = newpath;
+      ld_state.tailpaths = newpath;
+    }
+}
+
+
+struct usedfiles *
+ld_new_inputfile (const char *fname, enum file_type type)
+{
+  struct usedfiles *newfile = (struct usedfiles *)
+    obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (struct usedfiles));
+
+  newfile->soname = newfile->fname = newfile->rfname = fname;
+  newfile->file_type = type;
+  newfile->extract_rule = ld_state.extract_rule;
+  newfile->lazyload = ld_state.lazyload;
+  newfile->status = not_opened;
+
+  return newfile;
+}
+
+
+/* Create an array listing all the sections.  We will than pass this
+   array to a system specific function which can reorder it at will.
+   The functions can also merge sections if this is what is
+   wanted.  */
+static void
+collect_sections (void)
+{
+  void *p ;
+  struct scnhead *h;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  /* We have that many sections.  At least for now.  */
+  ld_state.nallsections = ld_state.section_tab.filled;
+
+  /* Allocate the array.  We allocate one more entry than computed so
+     far since we might need a new section for the copy relocations.  */
+  ld_state.allsections =
+    (struct scnhead **) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem,
+				       (ld_state.nallsections + 1)
+				       * sizeof (struct scnhead *));
+
+  /* Fill the array.  We rely here on the hash table iterator to
+     return the entries in the order they were added.  */
+  cnt = 0;
+  p = NULL;
+  while ((h = ld_section_tab_iterate (&ld_state.section_tab, &p)) != NULL)
+    {
+      struct scninfo *runp;
+      bool used = false;
+
+      if (h->kind == scn_normal)
+	{
+	  runp = h->last;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      if (h->type == SHT_REL || h->type == SHT_RELA)
+		{
+		  if (runp->used)
+		    /* This is a relocation section.  If the section
+		       it is relocating is used in the result so must
+		       the relocation section.  */
+		    runp->used
+		      = runp->fileinfo->scninfo[SCNINFO_SHDR (runp->shdr).sh_info].used;
+		}
+
+	      /* Accumulate the result.  */
+	      used |= runp->used;
+
+	      /* Next input section.  */
+	      runp = runp->next;
+	    }
+	  while (runp != h->last);
+
+	  h->used = used;
+	}
+
+      ld_state.allsections[cnt++] = h;
+    }
+  ld_state.nusedsections = cnt;
+
+  assert (cnt == ld_state.nallsections);
+}
+
+
+/* Add given path to the end of list.  */
+static void
+add_rxxpath (struct pathelement **pathp, const char *str)
+{
+  struct pathelement *newp;
+
+  /* The path elements can in theory be freed after we read all the
+     files.  But the amount of memory we are talking about is small
+     and the cost of free() calls is not neglectable.  */
+  newp = (struct pathelement *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newp));
+  newp->pname = str;
+  newp->exist = 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  newp->next = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  CSNGL_LIST_ADD_REAR (*pathp, newp);
+}
+
+
+/* Convert lists of possibly colon-separated directory lists into lists
+   where each entry is for a single directory.  */
+static void
+normalize_dirlist (struct pathelement **pathp)
+{
+  struct pathelement *firstp = *pathp;
+
+  do
+    {
+      const char *pname = (*pathp)->pname;
+      const char *colonp = strchrnul (pname, ':');
+
+      if (colonp != NULL)
+	{
+	  struct pathelement *lastp = *pathp;
+	  struct pathelement *newp;
+
+	  while (1)
+	    {
+	      if (colonp == pname)
+		lastp->pname = ".";
+	      else
+		lastp->pname = obstack_strndup (&ld_state.smem, pname,
+						colonp - pname);
+
+	      if (*colonp == '\0')
+		break;
+	      pname = colonp + 1;
+
+	      newp = (struct pathelement *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem,
+							   sizeof (*newp));
+	      newp->next = lastp->next;
+	      newp->exist = 0;
+	      lastp = lastp->next = newp;
+
+	      colonp = strchrnul (pname, ':');
+	    }
+
+	  pathp = &lastp->next;
+	}
+      else
+	pathp = &(*pathp)->next;
+    }
+  while (*pathp != firstp);
+}
+
+
+/* Called after all parameters are parsed to bring the runpath/rpath
+   information into a usable form.  */
+static void
+gen_rxxpath_data (void)
+{
+  char *ld_library_path2;
+
+  /* Convert the information in true single-linked lists for easy use.
+     At this point we also discard the rpath information if runpath
+     information is provided.  rpath is deprecated and should not be
+     used (or ever be invented for that matter).  */
+  if (ld_state.rpath != NULL)
+    {
+      struct pathelement *endp = ld_state.rpath;
+      ld_state.rpath = ld_state.rpath->next;
+      endp->next = NULL;
+    }
+  if (ld_state.rpath_link != NULL)
+    {
+      struct pathelement *endp = ld_state.rpath_link;
+      ld_state.rpath_link = ld_state.rpath_link->next;
+      endp->next = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (ld_state.runpath != NULL)
+    {
+      struct pathelement *endp = ld_state.runpath;
+      ld_state.runpath = ld_state.runpath->next;
+      endp->next = NULL;
+
+      /* If rpath information is also available discard it.
+	 XXX Should there be a possibility to avoid this?  */
+      while (ld_state.rpath != NULL)
+	{
+	  struct pathelement *old = ld_state.rpath;
+	  ld_state.rpath = ld_state.rpath->next;
+	  free (old);
+	}
+    }
+  if (ld_state.runpath_link != NULL)
+    {
+      struct pathelement *endp = ld_state.runpath_link;
+      ld_state.runpath_link = ld_state.runpath_link->next;
+      endp->next = NULL;
+
+      /* If rpath information is also available discard it.
+	 XXX Should there be a possibility to avoid this?  */
+      while (ld_state.rpath_link != NULL)
+	{
+	  struct pathelement *old = ld_state.rpath_link;
+	  ld_state.rpath_link = ld_state.rpath_link->next;
+	  free (old);
+	}
+
+      /* The information in the strings in the list can actually be
+	 directory lists themselves, with entries separated by colons.
+	 Convert the list now to a list with one list entry for each
+	 directory.  */
+      normalize_dirlist (&ld_state.runpath_link);
+    }
+  else if (ld_state.rpath_link != NULL)
+    /* Same as for the runpath_link above.  */
+    normalize_dirlist (&ld_state.rpath_link);
+
+
+  /* As a related task, handle the LD_LIBRARY_PATH value here.  First
+     we have to possibly split the value found (if it contains a
+     semicolon).  Then we have to split the value in list of
+     directories, i.e., split at the colons.  */
+  if (ld_library_path1 != NULL)
+    {
+      ld_library_path2 = strchr (ld_library_path1, ';');
+      if (ld_library_path2 == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* If no semicolon is present the directories are looked at
+	     after the -L parameters (-> ld_library_path2).  */
+	  ld_library_path2 = ld_library_path1;
+	  ld_library_path1 = NULL;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* NUL terminate the first part.  */
+	  *ld_library_path2++ = '\0';
+
+	  /* Convert the string value in a list.  */
+	  add_rxxpath (&ld_state.ld_library_path1, ld_library_path1);
+	  normalize_dirlist (&ld_state.ld_library_path1);
+	}
+
+      add_rxxpath (&ld_state.ld_library_path2, ld_library_path2);
+      normalize_dirlist (&ld_state.ld_library_path2);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+read_version_script (const char *fname)
+{
+  /* Open the file.  The name is supposed to be the complete (relative
+     or absolute) path.  No search along a path will be performed.  */
+  ldin = fopen (fname, "r");
+  if (ldin == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("cannot read version script \"%s\""),
+	   fname);
+  /* No need for locking.  */
+  __fsetlocking (ldin, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+  /* Tell the parser that this is a version script.  */
+  ld_scan_version_script = 1;
+
+  ldlineno = 1;
+  ldin_fname = fname;
+  if (ldparse () != 0)
+    /* Something went wrong during parsing.  */
+    exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+
+  fclose (ldin);
+}
+
+
+static void
+create_lscript_symbols (void)
+{
+  /* Walk through the data from the linker script and generate all the
+     symbols which are required to be present and and those marked
+     with PROVIDE if there is a undefined reference.  */
+  if (ld_state.output_segments == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  struct output_segment *segment = ld_state.output_segments->next;
+  do
+    {
+      struct output_rule *orule;
+
+      for (orule = segment->output_rules; orule != NULL; orule = orule->next)
+	if (orule->tag == output_assignment
+	    /* The assignments to "." (i.e., the PC) have to be
+               ignored here.  */
+	    && strcmp (orule->val.assignment->variable, ".") != 0)
+	  {
+	    struct symbol *s = ld_state.unresolved;
+
+	    /* Check whether the symbol is needed.  */
+	    if (likely (s != NULL))
+	      {
+		struct symbol *first = s;
+		const char *providename = orule->val.assignment->variable;
+
+		/* Determine whether the provided symbol is still
+		   undefined.  */
+		// XXX TODO Loop inside a loop.  Gag!  Must rewrite.  */
+		do
+		  if (strcmp (s->name, providename) == 0)
+		    {
+		      /* Not defined but referenced.  */
+		      if (unlikely (!s->defined))
+			{
+			  /* Put on the list of symbols.  First remove it from
+			     whatever list it currently is on.  */
+			  CDBL_LIST_DEL (ld_state.unresolved, s);
+			  --ld_state.nunresolved;
+			  goto use_it;
+			}
+
+		      if (unlikely (!orule->val.assignment->provide_flag))
+			{
+			  /* The symbol is already defined and now again
+			     in the linker script.  This is an error.  */
+			  error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+duplicate definition of '%s' in linker script"),
+				 providename);
+			  goto next_rule;
+			}
+		    }
+		while ((s = s->next) != first);
+	      }
+
+	    /* If the symbol only has to be provided if it is needed,
+               ignore it here since it is not undefined.  */
+	    if (orule->val.assignment->provide_flag)
+	      continue;
+
+	    /* Allocate memory for this new symbol.  */
+	    s = (struct symbol *)
+	      obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (struct symbol));
+
+	    /* Initialize it.  */
+	    s->name = orule->val.assignment->variable;
+
+	    /* Insert it into the symbol hash table.  */
+	    unsigned long int hval = elf_hash (s->name);
+	    if (unlikely (ld_symbol_tab_insert (&ld_state.symbol_tab,
+						hval, s) != 0))
+	      {
+		/* This means the symbol is defined somewhere else.
+		   Maybe it comes from a DSO or so.  Get the
+		   definition.  */
+		free (s);
+		struct symbol *old = ld_symbol_tab_find (&ld_state.symbol_tab,
+							 hval, s);
+		assert (old != NULL);
+		free (s);
+
+		/* If this is a definition from the application itself
+		   this means a duplicate definition.  */
+		if (! old->in_dso)
+		  {
+		    error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+duplicate definition of '%s' in linker script"),
+			   s->name);
+		    goto next_rule;
+		  }
+
+		/* We use the definition from the linker script.  */
+		s = old;
+	      }
+
+	  use_it:
+	    /* The symbol is (now) defined.  */
+	    s->defined = 1;
+	    s->type = STT_NOTYPE;
+
+	    /* Add a reference to the symbol record.  We will come
+	       across it when creating the output file.  */
+	    orule->val.assignment->sym = s;
+
+	    SNGL_LIST_PUSH (ld_state.lscript_syms, s);
+	    ++ld_state.nlscript_syms;
+
+	  next_rule:
+	    ;
+	  }
+
+      segment = segment->next;
+    }
+  while (segment != ld_state.output_segments->next);
+}
+
+
+/* Create creation of spection section symbols representing sections in the
+   output file.  This is done for symbols like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ and
+   _DYNAMIC.  */
+static void
+create_special_section_symbol (struct symbol **symp, const char *name)
+{
+  if (*symp == NULL)
+    {
+      /* No symbol defined found yet.  Create one.  */
+      struct symbol *newsym = (struct symbol *)
+	obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newsym));
+
+      newsym->name = name;
+      // XXX Should we mark the symbol hidden?  They are hardly useful
+      // used outside the current object.
+
+      /* Add to the symbol table.  */
+      if (unlikely (ld_symbol_tab_insert (&ld_state.symbol_tab,
+					  elf_hash (name), newsym) != 0))
+	abort ();
+
+      *symp = newsym;
+    }
+  else if ((*symp)->defined)
+    /* Cannot happen.  We do use this symbol from any input file.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  (*symp)->defined = 1;
+  (*symp)->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+  ++ld_state.nsymtab;
+}
diff --git a/src/ld.h b/src/ld.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a463a188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ld.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1074 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifndef LD_H
+#define LD_H	1
+
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#include <obstack.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "xelf.h"
+
+
+/* Recommended size of the buffer passed to ld_strerror.  */
+#define ERRBUFSIZE	(512)
+
+/* Character used to introduce version name after symbol.  */
+#define VER_CHR	'@'
+
+
+/* Methods for handling archives.  */
+enum extract_rule
+  {
+    defaultextract,	/* Weak references don't cause archive member to
+			   be used.  */
+    weakextract,	/* Weak references cause archive member to be
+			   extracted.  */
+    allextract		/* Extract all archive members regardless of
+			   references (aka whole-archive).  */
+  };
+
+
+/* Type of output file.  */
+enum file_type
+  {
+    no_file_type = 0,		/* None selected so far.  */
+    executable_file_type,	/* Executable.  */
+    dso_file_type,		/* DSO.  */
+    dso_needed_file_type,	/* DSO introduced by DT_NEEDED.  */
+    relocatable_file_type,	/* Relocatable object file.  */
+    archive_file_type		/* Archive (input only).  */
+  };
+
+
+struct usedfiles
+{
+  /* The next file given at the command line.  */
+  struct usedfiles *next;
+  /* Nonzero if this file is the beginning of a group.  */
+  bool group_start;
+  /* Nonzero if this file is the end of a group.  */
+  bool group_end;
+  /* Pointer to the beginning of the group.  It is necessary to
+     explain why we cannot simply use the 'next' pointer and have a
+     circular single-linked list like in many cases.  The problem is
+     that the last archive of the group, if it is the last file of the
+     group, contains the only existing pointer to the next file we
+     have to look at.  All files are initially connected via the
+     'next' pointer in a single-linked list.  Therefore we cannot
+     overwrite this value.  It instead will be used once the group is
+     handled and we go on processing the rest of the files.  */
+  struct usedfiles *group_backref;
+
+  /* Name/path of the file.  */
+  const char *fname;
+  /* Resolved file name.  */
+  const char *rfname;
+  /* Name used as reference in DT_NEEDED entries.  This is normally
+     the SONAME.  If it is missing it's normally the fname above.  */
+  const char *soname;
+  /* Handle for the SONAME in the string table.  */
+  struct Ebl_Strent *sonameent;
+
+  /* Help to identify duplicates.  */
+  dev_t dev;
+  ino_t ino;
+
+  enum
+    {
+      not_opened,
+      opened,
+      in_archive,
+      closed
+    } status;
+
+  /* How to extract elements from archives.  */
+  enum extract_rule extract_rule;
+
+  /* Lazy-loading rule.  */
+  bool lazyload;
+
+  /* If this is a DSO the flag indicates whether the file is directly
+     used in a reference.  */
+  bool used;
+
+  /* If nonzero this is the archive sequence number which can be used to
+     determine whether back refernces from -( -) or GROUP statements
+     have to be followed.  */
+  int archive_seq;
+
+  /* Pointer to the record for the archive containing this file.  */
+  struct usedfiles *archive_file;
+
+  /* Type of file.  We have to distinguish these types since they
+     are searched for differently.  */
+  enum file_type file_type;
+  /* This is the ELF library handle for this file.  */
+  Elf *elf;
+
+  /* The ELF header.  */
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+  XElf_Ehdr *ehdr;
+# define FILEINFO_EHDR(fi) (*(fi))
+#else
+  XElf_Ehdr ehdr;
+# define FILEINFO_EHDR(fi) (fi)
+#endif
+
+  /* Index of the section header string table section.  We use a
+     separate field and not the e_shstrndx field in the ELF header
+     since in case of a file with more than 64000 sections the index
+     might be stored in the section header of section zero.  The
+     elf_getshstrndx() function can find the value but it is too
+     costly to repeat this call over and over.  */
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Info about the sections of the file.  */
+  struct scninfo
+  {
+    /* Handle for the section.  Note that we can store a section
+       handle here because the file is not changing.  This together
+       with the knowledge about the libelf library is enough for us to
+       assume the section reference remains valid at all times.  */
+    Elf_Scn *scn;
+    /* Section header.  */
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+    XElf_Shdr *shdr;
+# define SCNINFO_SHDR(si) (*(si))
+#else
+    XElf_Shdr shdr;
+# define SCNINFO_SHDR(si) (si)
+#endif
+    /* Offset of this files section in the combined section.  */
+    XElf_Off offset;
+    /* Index of the section in the output file.  */
+    Elf32_Word outscnndx;
+    /* Index of the output section in the 'allsection' array.  */
+    Elf32_Word allsectionsidx;
+    /* True if the section is used.  */
+    bool used;
+    /* Section group number.  This is the index of the SHT_GROUP section.  */
+    Elf32_Word grpid;
+    /* Pointer back to the containing file information structure.  */
+    struct usedfiles *fileinfo;
+    /* List of symbols in this section (set only for merge-able sections).  */
+    struct symbol *symbols;
+    /* Size of relocations in this section.  Only used for relocation
+       sections.  */
+    size_t relsize;
+    /* Pointer to next section which is put in the given output
+       section.  */
+    struct scninfo *next;
+  } *scninfo;
+
+  /* List of section group sections.  */
+  struct scninfo *groups;
+
+  /* The symbol table section.
+
+     XXX Maybe support for more than one symbol table is needed.  */
+  Elf_Data *symtabdata;
+  /* Extra section index table section.  */
+  Elf_Data *xndxdata;
+  /* Dynamic symbol table section.  */
+  Elf_Data *dynsymtabdata;
+  /* The version number section.  */
+  Elf_Data *versymdata;
+  /* The defined versions.  */
+  Elf_Data *verdefdata;
+  /* Number of versions defined.  */
+  size_t nverdef;
+  /* True if the version with the given index number is used in the
+     output.  */
+  XElf_Versym *verdefused;
+  /* How many versions are used.  */
+  size_t nverdefused;
+  /* Handle for name of the version.  */
+  struct Ebl_Strent **verdefent;
+  /* The needed versions.  */
+  Elf_Data *verneeddata;
+  /* String table section associated with the symbol table.  */
+  Elf32_Word symstridx;
+  /* String table section associated with the dynamic symbol table.  */
+  Elf32_Word dynsymstridx;
+  /* Number of entries in the symbol table.  */
+  size_t nsymtab;
+  size_t nlocalsymbols;
+  size_t ndynsymtab;
+  /* Dynamic section.  */
+  Elf_Scn *dynscn;
+
+  /* Indirection table for the symbols defined here.  */
+  Elf32_Word *symindirect;
+  Elf32_Word *dynsymindirect;
+  /* For undefined or common symbols we need a reference to the symbol
+     record.  */
+  struct symbol **symref;
+  struct symbol **dynsymref;
+
+  /* This is the file descriptor.  The value is -1 if the descriptor
+     was already closed.  This can happen if we needed file descriptors
+     to open new files.  */
+  int fd;
+  /* This flag is true if the descriptor was passed to the generic
+     functions from somewhere else.  This is an implementation detail;
+     no machine-specific code must use this flag.  */
+  bool fd_passed;
+
+  /* True if any of the sections is merge-able.  */
+  bool has_merge_sections;
+};
+
+
+/* Functions to test for the various types of files we handle.  */
+static inline int
+ld_file_rel_p (struct usedfiles *file)
+{
+  return (elf_kind (file->elf) == ELF_K_ELF
+	  && FILEINFO_EHDR (file->ehdr).e_type == ET_REL);
+}
+
+static inline int
+ld_file_dso_p (struct usedfiles *file)
+{
+  return (elf_kind (file->elf) == ELF_K_ELF
+	  && FILEINFO_EHDR (file->ehdr).e_type == ET_DYN);
+}
+
+static inline int
+ld_file_ar_p (struct usedfiles *file)
+{
+  return elf_kind (file->elf) == ELF_K_AR;
+}
+
+
+struct pathelement
+{
+  /* The next path to search.  */
+  struct pathelement *next;
+  /* The path name.  */
+  const char *pname;
+  /* Larger than zero if the directory exists, smaller than zero if not,
+     zero if it is not yet known.  */
+  int exist;
+};
+
+
+/* Forward declaration.  */
+struct ld_state;
+
+
+/* Callback functions.  */
+struct callbacks
+{
+  /* Library names passed to the linker as -lXXX represent files named
+     libXXX.YY.  The YY part can have different forms, depending on the
+     architecture.  The generic set is .so and .a (in this order).  */
+  const char **(*lib_extensions) (struct ld_state *)
+       __attribute__ ((__const__));
+#define LIB_EXTENSION(state) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.lib_extensions, (state))
+
+  /* Process the given file.  If the file is not yet open, open it.
+     The first parameter is a file descriptor for the file which can
+     be -1 to indicate the file has not yet been found.  The second
+     parameter describes the file to be opened, the last one is the
+     state of the linker which among other information contain the
+     paths we look at.*/
+  int (*file_process) (int fd, struct usedfiles *, struct ld_state *,
+		       struct usedfiles **);
+#define FILE_PROCESS(fd, file, state, nextp) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.file_process, (fd, file, state, nextp))
+
+  /* Close the given file.  */
+  int (*file_close) (struct usedfiles *, struct ld_state *);
+#define FILE_CLOSE(file, state) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.file_close, (file, state))
+
+  /* Create the output sections now.  This requires knowledge about
+     all the sections we will need.  It may be necessary to sort the
+     sections in the order they are supposed to appear in the
+     executable.  The sorting use many different kinds of information
+     to optimize the resulting binary.  Important is to respect
+     segment boundaries and the needed alignment.  The mode of the
+     segments will be determined afterwards automatically by the
+     output routines.  */
+  void (*create_sections) (struct ld_state *);
+#define CREATE_SECTIONS(state) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.create_sections, (state))
+
+  /* Determine whether we have any non-weak unresolved references left.  */
+  int (*flag_unresolved) (struct ld_state *);
+#define FLAG_UNRESOLVED(state) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.flag_unresolved, (state))
+
+  /* Create the sections which are generated by the linker and are not
+     present in the input file.  */
+  void (*generate_sections) (struct ld_state *);
+#define GENERATE_SECTIONS(state) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.generate_sections, (state))
+
+  /* Open the output file.  The file name is given or "a.out".  We
+     create as much of the ELF structure as possible.  */
+  int (*open_outfile) (struct ld_state *, int, int, int);
+#define OPEN_OUTFILE(state, machine, class, data) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.open_outfile, (state, machine, class, data))
+
+  /* Create the data for the output file.  */
+  int (*create_outfile) (struct ld_state *);
+#define CREATE_OUTFILE(state) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.create_outfile, (state))
+
+  /* Process a relocation section.  */
+  void (*relocate_section) (struct ld_state *, Elf_Scn *, struct scninfo *,
+			    const Elf32_Word *);
+#define RELOCATE_SECTION(state, outscn, first, dblindirect) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.relocate_section, (state, outscn, first,    \
+						     dblindirect))
+
+  /* Allocate a data buffer for the relocations of the given output
+     section.  */
+  void (*count_relocations) (struct ld_state *, struct scninfo *);
+#define COUNT_RELOCATIONS(state, scninfo) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.count_relocations, (state, scninfo))
+
+  /* Create relocations for executable or DSO.  */
+  void (*create_relocations) (struct ld_state *, const Elf32_Word *);
+#define CREATE_RELOCATIONS(state, dlbindirect) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.create_relocations, (state, dblindirect))
+
+  /* Finalize the output file.  */
+  int (*finalize) (struct ld_state *);
+#define FINALIZE(state) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.finalize, (state))
+
+  /* Check whether special section number is known.  */
+  bool (*special_section_number_p) (struct ld_state *, size_t);
+#define SPECIAL_SECTION_NUMBER_P(state, number) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.special_section_number_p, (state, number))
+
+  /* Check whether section type is known.  */
+  bool (*section_type_p) (struct ld_state *, XElf_Word);
+#define SECTION_TYPE_P(state, type) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.section_type_p, (state, type))
+
+  /* Return section flags for .dynamic section.  */
+  XElf_Xword (*dynamic_section_flags) (struct ld_state *);
+#define DYNAMIC_SECTION_FLAGS(state) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.dynamic_section_flags, (state))
+
+  /* Create the data structures for the .plt section and initialize it.  */
+  void (*initialize_plt) (struct ld_state *, Elf_Scn *scn);
+#define INITIALIZE_PLT(state, scn) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.initialize_plt, (state, scn))
+
+  /* Create the data structures for the .rel.plt section and initialize it.  */
+  void (*initialize_pltrel) (struct ld_state *, Elf_Scn *scn);
+#define INITIALIZE_PLTREL(state, scn) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.initialize_pltrel, (state, scn))
+
+  /* Finalize the .plt section the what belongs to them.  */
+  void (*finalize_plt) (struct ld_state *, size_t, size_t);
+#define FINALIZE_PLT(state, nsym, nsym_dyn) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.finalize_plt, (state, nsym, nsym_dyn))
+
+  /* Create the data structures for the .got section and initialize it.  */
+  void (*initialize_got) (struct ld_state *, Elf_Scn *scn);
+#define INITIALIZE_GOT(state, scn) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.initialize_got, (state, scn))
+
+  /* Return the tag corresponding to the native relocation type for
+     the platform.  */
+  int (*rel_type) (struct ld_state *);
+#define REL_TYPE(state) \
+  DL_CALL_FCT ((state)->callbacks.rel_type, (state))
+};
+
+
+/* Structure for symbol representation.  This data structure is used a
+   lot, so size is important.  */
+struct symbol
+{
+  /* Symbol name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Size of the object.  */
+  XElf_Xword size;
+  /* Index of the symbol in the symbol table of the object.  */
+  size_t symidx;
+  /* Index of the symbol in the symbol table of the output file.  */
+  size_t outsymidx;
+
+  /* Description where the symbol is found/needed.  */
+  size_t scndx;
+  struct usedfiles *file;
+  /* Index of the symbol table.  */
+  Elf32_Word symscndx;
+
+  /* Index of the symbol in the dynamic symbol table of the output
+     file.  Note that the value only needs to be 16 bit wide since
+     there cannot be more sections in an executable or DSO.  */
+  unsigned int outdynsymidx:16;
+
+  /* Type of the symbol.  */
+  unsigned int type:4;
+  /* Various flags.  */
+  unsigned int defined:1;
+  unsigned int common:1;
+  unsigned int weak:1;
+  unsigned int added:1;
+  unsigned int merged:1;
+  /* Nonzero if the symbol is on the from_dso list.  */
+  unsigned int on_dsolist:1;
+  /* Nonzero if symbol needs copy relocation, reset when the
+     relocation has been created.  */
+  unsigned int need_copy:1;
+  unsigned int in_dso:1;
+
+  union
+  {
+    /* Pointer to the handle created by the functions which create
+       merged section contents.  We use 'void *' because there are
+       different implementations used.  */
+    void *handle;
+    XElf_Addr value;
+  } merge;
+
+  /* Pointer to next/previous symbol on whatever list the symbol is.  */
+  struct symbol *next;
+  struct symbol *previous;
+  /* Pointer to next symbol of the same section (only set for merge-able
+     sections).  */
+  struct symbol *next_in_scn;
+};
+
+
+/* Get the definition for the symbol table.  */
+#include <symbolhash.h>
+
+/* Simple single linked list of file names.  */
+struct filename_list
+{
+  const char *name;
+  struct usedfiles *real;
+  struct filename_list *next;
+  bool group_start;
+  bool group_end;
+  bool as_needed;
+};
+
+
+/* Data structure to describe expression in linker script.  */
+struct expression
+{
+  enum expression_tag
+    {
+      exp_num,
+      exp_sizeof_headers,
+      exp_pagesize,
+      exp_id,
+      exp_mult,
+      exp_div,
+      exp_mod,
+      exp_plus,
+      exp_minus,
+      exp_and,
+      exp_or,
+      exp_align
+    } tag;
+
+  union
+  {
+    uintmax_t num;
+    struct expression *child;
+    struct
+    {
+      struct expression *left;
+      struct expression *right;
+    } binary;
+    const char *str;
+  } val;
+};
+
+
+/* Data structure for section name with flags.  */
+struct input_section_name
+{
+  const char *name;
+  bool sort_flag;
+};
+
+/* File name mask with section name.  */
+struct filemask_section_name
+{
+  const char *filemask;
+  const char *excludemask;
+  struct input_section_name *section_name;
+  bool keep_flag;
+};
+
+/* Data structure for assignments.  */
+struct assignment
+{
+  const char *variable;
+  struct expression *expression;
+  struct symbol *sym;
+  bool provide_flag;
+};
+
+
+/* Data structure describing input for an output section.  */
+struct input_rule
+{
+  enum
+    {
+      input_section,
+      input_assignment
+    } tag;
+
+  union
+  {
+    struct assignment *assignment;
+    struct filemask_section_name *section;
+  } val;
+
+  struct input_rule *next;
+};
+
+
+/* Data structure to describe output section.  */
+struct output_section
+{
+  const char *name;
+  struct input_rule *input;
+  XElf_Addr max_alignment;
+  bool ignored;
+};
+
+
+/* Data structure to describe output file format.  */
+struct output_rule
+{
+  enum
+    {
+      output_section,
+      output_assignment
+    } tag;
+
+  union
+  {
+    struct assignment *assignment;
+    struct output_section section;
+  } val;
+
+  struct output_rule *next;
+};
+
+
+/* List of all the segments the linker script describes.  */
+struct output_segment
+{
+  int mode;
+  struct output_rule *output_rules;
+  struct output_segment *next;
+
+  XElf_Off offset;
+  XElf_Addr addr;
+  XElf_Xword align;
+};
+
+
+/* List of identifiers.  */
+struct id_list
+{
+  union
+  {
+    enum id_type
+      {
+	id_str,		/* Normal string.  */
+	id_all,		/* "*", matches all.  */
+	id_wild		/* Globbing wildcard string.  */
+      } id_type;
+    struct
+    {
+      bool local;
+      const char *versionname;
+    } s;
+  } u;
+  const char *id;
+  struct id_list *next;
+};
+
+
+/* Version information.  */
+struct version
+{
+  struct version *next;
+  struct id_list *local_names;
+  struct id_list *global_names;
+  const char *versionname;
+  const char *parentname;
+};
+
+
+/* Head for list of sections.  */
+struct scnhead
+{
+  /* Name of the sections.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* Accumulated flags for the sections.  */
+  XElf_Xword flags;
+
+  /* Type of the sections.  */
+  XElf_Word type;
+
+  /* Entry size.  If there are differencs between the sections with
+     the same name this field contains 1.  */
+  XElf_Word entsize;
+
+  /* If non-NULL pointer to group signature.  */
+  const char *grp_signature;
+
+  /* Maximum alignment for all sections.  */
+  XElf_Word align;
+
+  /* Distinguish between normal sections coming from the input file
+     and sections generated by the linker.  */
+  enum scn_kind
+    {
+      scn_normal,		/* Section from the input file(s).  */
+      scn_dot_interp,		/* Generated .interp section.  */
+      scn_dot_got,		/* Generated .got section.  */
+      scn_dot_dynrel,		/* Generated .rel.dyn section.  */
+      scn_dot_dynamic,		/* Generated .dynamic section.  */
+      scn_dot_dynsym,		/* Generated .dynsym section.  */
+      scn_dot_dynstr,		/* Generated .dynstr section.  */
+      scn_dot_hash,		/* Generated .hash section.  */
+      scn_dot_plt,		/* Generated .plt section.  */
+      scn_dot_pltrel,		/* Generated .rel.plt section.  */
+      scn_dot_version,		/* Generated .gnu.version section.  */
+      scn_dot_version_r		/* Generated .gnu.version_r section.  */
+    } kind;
+
+  /* True is the section is used in the output.  */
+  bool used;
+
+  /* Total size (only determined this way for relocation sections).  */
+  size_t relsize;
+
+  /* Filled in by the section sorting to indicate which segment the
+     section goes in.  */
+  int segment_nr;
+
+  /* Index of the output section.  We cannot store the section handle
+     directly here since the handle is a pointer in a dynamically
+     allocated table which might move if it becomes too small for all
+     the sections.  Using the index the correct value can be found at
+     all times.  */
+  XElf_Word scnidx;
+
+  /* Index of the STT_SECTION entry for this section in the symbol
+     table.  */
+  XElf_Word scnsymidx;
+
+  /* Address of the section in the output file.  */
+  XElf_Addr addr;
+
+  /* Handle for the section name in the output file's section header
+     string table.  */
+  struct Ebl_Strent *nameent;
+
+  /* Tail of list of symbols for this section.  Only set if the
+     section is merge-able.  */
+  struct symbol *symbols;
+
+  /* Pointer to last section.  */
+  struct scninfo *last;
+};
+
+
+/* Define hash table for sections.  */
+#include <sectionhash.h>
+
+/* Define hash table for version symbols.  */
+#include <versionhash.h>
+
+
+/* State of the linker.  */
+struct ld_state
+{
+  /* ELF backend library handle.  */
+  Ebl *ebl;
+
+  /* List of all archives participating, in this order.  */
+  struct usedfiles *archives;
+  /* End of the list.  */
+  struct usedfiles *tailarchives;
+  /* If nonzero we are looking for the beginning of a group.  */
+  bool group_start_requested;
+  /* Pointer to the archive starting the group.  */
+  struct usedfiles *group_start_archive;
+
+  /* List of the DSOs we found.  */
+  struct usedfiles *dsofiles;
+  /* Number of DSO files.  */
+  size_t ndsofiles;
+  /* Ultimate list of object files which are linked in.  */
+  struct usedfiles *relfiles;
+
+  /* List the DT_NEEDED DSOs.  */
+  struct usedfiles *needed;
+
+  /* Temporary storage for the parser.  */
+  struct filename_list *srcfiles;
+
+  /* List of all the paths to look at.  */
+  struct pathelement *paths;
+  /* Tail of the list.  */
+  struct pathelement *tailpaths;
+
+  /* User provided paths for lookup of DSOs.  */
+  struct pathelement *rpath;
+  struct pathelement *rpath_link;
+  struct pathelement *runpath;
+  struct pathelement *runpath_link;
+  struct Ebl_Strent *rxxpath_strent;
+  int rxxpath_tag;
+
+  /* From the environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH.  */
+  struct pathelement *ld_library_path1;
+  struct pathelement *ld_library_path2;
+
+  /* Name of the output file.  */
+  const char *outfname;
+  /* Name of the temporary file we initially create.  */
+  const char *tempfname;
+  /* File descriptor opened for the output file.  */
+  int outfd;
+  /* The ELF descriptor for the output file.  */
+  Elf *outelf;
+
+  /* Type of output file.  */
+  enum file_type file_type;
+
+  /* Is this a system library or not.  */
+  bool is_system_library;
+
+  /* Page size to be assumed for the binary.  */
+  size_t pagesize;
+
+  /* Name of the interpreter for dynamically linked objects.  */
+  const char *interp;
+  /* Index of the .interp section.  */
+  Elf32_Word interpscnidx;
+
+  /* Optimization level.  */
+  unsigned long int optlevel;
+
+  /* If true static linking is requested.  */
+  bool statically;
+
+  /* How to extract elements from archives.  */
+  enum extract_rule extract_rule;
+
+  /* Sequence number of the last archive we used.  */
+  int last_archive_used;
+
+  /* If true print to stdout information about the files we are
+     trying to open.  */
+  bool trace_files;
+
+  /* If true multiple definitions are not considered an error; the
+     first is used.  */
+  bool muldefs;
+
+  /* If true undefined symbols when building DSOs are not fatal.  */
+  bool nodefs;
+
+  /* If true add line indentifying link-editor to .comment section.  */
+  bool add_ld_comment;
+
+  /* Stripping while linking.  */
+  enum
+    {
+      strip_none,
+      strip_debug,
+      strip_all,
+      strip_everything
+    } strip;
+
+  /* The callback function vector.  */
+  struct callbacks callbacks;
+
+  /* Name of the entry symbol.  Can also be a numeric value.  */
+  const char *entry;
+
+  /* The description of the segments in the output file.  */
+  struct output_segment *output_segments;
+
+  /* List of the symbols we created from linker script definitions.  */
+  struct symbol *lscript_syms;
+  size_t nlscript_syms;
+
+  /* Table with known symbols.  */
+  ld_symbol_tab symbol_tab;
+
+  /* Table with used sections.  */
+  ld_section_tab section_tab;
+
+  /* The list of sections once we collected them.   */
+  struct scnhead **allsections;
+  size_t nallsections;
+  size_t nusedsections;
+  size_t nnotesections;
+
+  /* Beginning of the list of symbols which are still unresolved.  */
+  struct symbol *unresolved;
+  /* Number of truely unresolved entries in the list.  */
+  size_t nunresolved;
+  /* Number of truely unresolved, non-weak entries in the list.  */
+  size_t nunresolved_nonweak;
+
+  /* List of common symbols.  */
+  struct symbol *common_syms;
+  /* Section for the common symbols.  */
+  struct scninfo *common_section;
+
+  /* List of symbols defined in DSOs and used in a relocatable file.
+     DSO symbols not referenced in the relocatable files are not on
+     the list.  If a symbol is on the list the on_dsolist field in the
+     'struct symbol' is nonzero.  */
+  struct symbol *from_dso;
+  /* Number of entries in from_dso.  */
+  size_t nfrom_dso;
+  /* Number of entries in the dynamic symbol table.  */
+  size_t ndynsym;
+  /* Number of PLT entries from DSO references.  */
+  size_t nplt;
+  /* Number of PLT entries from DSO references.  */
+  size_t ngot;
+  /* Number of copy relocations.  */
+  size_t ncopy;
+  /* Section for copy relocations.  */
+  struct scninfo *copy_section;
+
+  /* Keeping track of the number of symbols in the output file.  */
+  size_t nsymtab;
+  size_t nlocalsymbols;
+
+  /* Special symbols.  */
+  struct symbol *init_symbol;
+  struct symbol *fini_symbol;
+
+  /* The description of the segments in the output file as described
+     in the default linker script.  This information will be used in
+     addition to the user-provided information.  */
+  struct output_segment *default_output_segments;
+  /* Search paths added by the default linker script.  */
+  struct pathelement *default_paths;
+
+#ifndef BASE_ELF_NAME
+  /* The handle of the ld backend library.  */
+  void *ldlib;
+#endif
+
+  /* String table for the section headers.  */
+  struct Ebl_Strtab *shstrtab;
+
+  /* True if output file should contain symbol table.  */
+  bool need_symtab;
+  /* Symbol table section.  */
+  Elf32_Word symscnidx;
+  /* Extended section table section.  */
+  Elf32_Word xndxscnidx;
+  /* Symbol string table section.  */
+  Elf32_Word strscnidx;
+
+  /* True if output file should contain dynamic symbol table.  */
+  bool need_dynsym;
+  /* Dynamic symbol table section.  */
+  Elf32_Word dynsymscnidx;
+  /* Dynamic symbol string table section.  */
+  Elf32_Word dynstrscnidx;
+  /* Dynamic symbol hash table.  */
+  size_t hashscnidx;
+
+  /* Procedure linkage table section.  */
+  Elf32_Word pltscnidx;
+  /* Number of entries already in the PLT section.  */
+  size_t nplt_used;
+  /* Relocation for procedure linkage table section.  */
+  Elf32_Word pltrelscnidx;
+
+  /* Global offset table section.  */
+  Elf32_Word gotscnidx;
+
+  /* This section will hole all non-PLT relocations.  */
+  Elf32_Word reldynscnidx;
+
+  /* Index of the sections to handle versioning.  */
+  Elf32_Word versymscnidx;
+  Elf32_Word verneedscnidx;
+  /* XXX Should the following names be verneed...?  */
+  /* Number of version definitions in input DSOs used.  */
+  int nverdefused;
+  /* Number of input DSOs using versioning.  */
+  int nverdeffile;
+  /* Index of next version.  */
+  int nextveridx;
+
+  /* Hash table for version symbol strings.  Only strings without
+     special characters are hashed here.  */
+  ld_version_str_tab version_str_tab;
+  /* At most one of the following two variables is set to true if either
+     global or local symbol binding is selected as the default.  */
+  bool default_bind_local;
+  bool default_bind_global;
+
+  /* True if only used sections are used.  */
+  bool gc_sections;
+
+  /* Array to determine final index of symbol.  */
+  Elf32_Word *dblindirect;
+
+  /* Section group handling.  */
+  struct scngroup
+  {
+    Elf32_Word outscnidx;
+    int nscns;
+    struct member
+    {
+      struct scnhead *scn;
+      struct member *next;
+    } *member;
+    struct Ebl_Strent *nameent;
+    struct symbol *symbol;
+    struct scngroup *next;
+  } *groups;
+
+  /* True if the output file needs a .got section.  */
+  bool need_got;
+  /* Number of relocations for GOT section caused.  */
+  size_t nrel_got;
+
+  /* Number of entries needed in the .dynamic section.  */
+  int ndynamic;
+  /* To keep track of added entries.  */
+  int ndynamic_filled;
+  /* Index for the dynamic section.  */
+  Elf32_Word dynamicscnidx;
+
+  /* Flags set in the DT_FLAGS word.  */
+  Elf32_Word dt_flags;
+  /* Flags set in the DT_FLAGS_1 word.  */
+  Elf32_Word dt_flags_1;
+  /* Flags set in the DT_FEATURE_1 word.  */
+  Elf32_Word dt_feature_1;
+
+  /* Lazy-loading state for dependencies.  */
+  bool lazyload;
+
+  /* True is DSOs which are not used in the linking process are not
+     recorded.  */
+  bool ignore_unused_dsos;
+
+
+  /* True if in executables all global symbols should be exported in
+     the dynamic symbol table.  */
+  bool export_all_dynamic;
+
+  /* If DSO is generated, this is the SONAME.  */
+  const char *soname;
+
+  /* List of all relocation sections.  */
+  struct scninfo *rellist;
+  /* Total size of non-PLT relocations.  */
+  size_t relsize_total;
+
+  /* Record for the GOT symbol, if known.  */
+  struct symbol *got_symbol;
+  /* Record for the dynamic section symbol, if known.  */
+  struct symbol *dyn_symbol;
+
+  /* Obstack used for small objects which will not be deleted.  */
+  struct obstack smem;
+};
+
+
+/* The interface to the scanner.  */
+
+/* Parser entry point.  */
+extern int ldparse (void);
+
+/* The input file.  */
+extern FILE *ldin;
+
+/* Name of the input file.  */
+extern const char *ldin_fname;
+
+/* Current line number.  Must be reset for a new file.  */
+extern int ldlineno;
+
+/* If nonzero we are currently parsing a version script.  */
+extern int ld_scan_version_script;
+
+/* Flags defined in ld.c.  */
+extern int verbose;
+extern int conserve_memory;
+
+
+/* Linker state.  This contains all global information.  */
+extern struct ld_state ld_state;
+
+
+/* Generic ld helper functions.  */
+
+/* Append a new directory to search libraries in.  */
+extern void ld_new_searchdir (const char *dir);
+
+/* Append a new file to the list of input files.  */
+extern struct usedfiles *ld_new_inputfile (const char *fname,
+					   enum file_type type);
+
+
+/* These are the generic implementations for the callbacks used by ld.  */
+
+/* Initialize state object.  This callback function is called after the
+   parameters are parsed but before any file is searched for.  */
+extern int ld_prepare_state (const char *emulation);
+
+
+/* Function to determine whether an object will be dynamically linked.  */
+extern bool dynamically_linked_p (void);
+
+/* Helper functions for the architecture specific code.  */
+
+/* Checked whether the symbol is undefined and referenced from a DSO.  */
+extern bool linked_from_dso_p (struct scninfo *scninfo, size_t symidx);
+extern inline bool
+linked_from_dso_p (struct scninfo *scninfo, size_t symidx)
+{
+  struct usedfiles *file = scninfo->fileinfo;
+
+  /* If this symbol is not undefined in this file it cannot come from
+     a DSO.  */
+  if (symidx < file->nlocalsymbols)
+    return false;
+
+  struct symbol *sym = file->symref[symidx];
+
+  return sym->defined && sym->in_dso;
+}
+
+#endif	/* ld.h */
diff --git a/src/ldgeneric.c b/src/ldgeneric.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b6c7207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ldgeneric.c
@@ -0,0 +1,6376 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <gelf.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio_ext.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <system.h>
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static const char **ld_generic_lib_extensions (struct ld_state *)
+     __attribute__ ((__const__));
+static int ld_generic_file_close (struct usedfiles *fileinfo,
+				  struct ld_state *statep);
+static int ld_generic_file_process (int fd, struct usedfiles *fileinfo,
+				    struct ld_state *statep,
+				    struct usedfiles **nextp);
+static void ld_generic_generate_sections (struct ld_state *statep);
+static void ld_generic_create_sections (struct ld_state *statep);
+static int ld_generic_flag_unresolved (struct ld_state *statep);
+static int ld_generic_open_outfile (struct ld_state *statep, int machine,
+				    int class, int data);
+static int ld_generic_create_outfile (struct ld_state *statep);
+static void ld_generic_relocate_section (struct ld_state *statep,
+					 Elf_Scn *outscn,
+					 struct scninfo *firstp,
+					 const Elf32_Word *dblindirect);
+static int ld_generic_finalize (struct ld_state *statep);
+static bool ld_generic_special_section_number_p (struct ld_state *statep,
+						 size_t number);
+static bool ld_generic_section_type_p (struct ld_state *statep,
+				       XElf_Word type);
+static XElf_Xword ld_generic_dynamic_section_flags (struct ld_state *statep);
+static void ld_generic_initialize_plt (struct ld_state *statep, Elf_Scn *scn);
+static void ld_generic_initialize_pltrel (struct ld_state *statep,
+					  Elf_Scn *scn);
+static void ld_generic_initialize_got (struct ld_state *statep, Elf_Scn *scn);
+static void ld_generic_finalize_plt (struct ld_state *statep, size_t nsym,
+				     size_t nsym_dyn);
+static int ld_generic_rel_type (struct ld_state *statep);
+static void ld_generic_count_relocations (struct ld_state *statep,
+					  struct scninfo *scninfo);
+static void ld_generic_create_relocations (struct ld_state *statep,
+					   const Elf32_Word *dblindirect);
+
+static int file_process2 (struct usedfiles *fileinfo);
+static void mark_section_used (struct scninfo *scninfo, Elf32_Word shndx,
+			       struct scninfo **grpscnp);
+
+
+/* Map symbol index to struct symbol record.  */
+static struct symbol **ndxtosym;
+
+/* String table reference to all symbols in the symbol table.  */
+static struct Ebl_Strent **symstrent;
+
+
+/* Check whether file associated with FD is a DSO.  */
+static bool
+is_dso_p (int fd)
+{
+  /* We have to read the 'e_type' field.  It has the same size (16
+     bits) in 32- and 64-bit ELF.  */
+  XElf_Half e_type;
+
+  return (pread (fd, &e_type, sizeof (e_type), offsetof (XElf_Ehdr, e_type))
+	  == sizeof (e_type)
+	  && e_type == ET_DYN);
+}
+
+
+/* Print the complete name of a file, including the archive it is
+   contained in.  */
+static int
+print_file_name (FILE *s, struct usedfiles *fileinfo, int first_level,
+		 int newline)
+{
+  int npar = 0;
+
+  if (fileinfo->archive_file != NULL)
+    {
+      npar = print_file_name (s, fileinfo->archive_file, 0, 0) + 1;
+      fputc_unlocked ('(', s);
+      fputs_unlocked (fileinfo->rfname, s);
+
+      if (first_level)
+	while (npar-- > 0)
+	  fputc_unlocked (')', s);
+    }
+  else
+    fputs_unlocked (fileinfo->rfname, s);
+
+  if (first_level && newline)
+    fputc_unlocked ('\n', s);
+
+  return npar;
+}
+
+
+/* Function to determine whether an object will be dynamically linked.  */
+bool
+dynamically_linked_p (void)
+{
+  return (ld_state.file_type == dso_file_type || ld_state.nplt > 0
+	  || ld_state.ngot > 0);
+}
+
+
+bool
+linked_from_dso_p (struct scninfo *scninfo, size_t symidx)
+{
+  struct usedfiles *file = scninfo->fileinfo;
+
+  /* If this symbol is not undefined in this file it cannot come from
+     a DSO.  */
+  if (symidx < file->nlocalsymbols)
+    return false;
+
+  struct symbol *sym = file->symref[symidx];
+
+  return sym->defined && sym->in_dso;
+}
+
+
+/* Initialize state object.  This callback function is called after the
+   parameters are parsed but before any file is searched for.  */
+int
+ld_prepare_state (const char *emulation)
+{
+  /* When generating DSO we normally allow undefined symbols.  */
+  ld_state.nodefs = true;
+
+  /* To be able to detect problems we add a .comment section entry by
+     default.  */
+  ld_state.add_ld_comment = true;
+
+  /* XXX We probably should find a better place for this.  The index
+     of the first user-defined version is 2.  */
+  ld_state.nextveridx = 2;
+
+  /* Pick an not too small number for the initial size of the tables.  */
+  ld_symbol_tab_init (&ld_state.symbol_tab, 1027);
+  ld_section_tab_init (&ld_state.section_tab, 67);
+  ld_version_str_tab_init (&ld_state.version_str_tab, 67);
+
+  /* Initialize the section header string table.  */
+  ld_state.shstrtab = ebl_strtabinit (true);
+  if (ld_state.shstrtab == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("cannot create string table"));
+
+  /* Initialize the callbacks.  These are the defaults, the appropriate
+     backend can later install its own callbacks.  */
+  ld_state.callbacks.lib_extensions = ld_generic_lib_extensions;
+  ld_state.callbacks.file_process = ld_generic_file_process;
+  ld_state.callbacks.file_close = ld_generic_file_close;
+  ld_state.callbacks.generate_sections = ld_generic_generate_sections;
+  ld_state.callbacks.create_sections = ld_generic_create_sections;
+  ld_state.callbacks.flag_unresolved = ld_generic_flag_unresolved;
+  ld_state.callbacks.open_outfile = ld_generic_open_outfile;
+  ld_state.callbacks.create_outfile = ld_generic_create_outfile;
+  ld_state.callbacks.relocate_section = ld_generic_relocate_section;
+  ld_state.callbacks.finalize = ld_generic_finalize;
+  ld_state.callbacks.special_section_number_p =
+    ld_generic_special_section_number_p;
+  ld_state.callbacks.section_type_p = ld_generic_section_type_p;
+  ld_state.callbacks.dynamic_section_flags = ld_generic_dynamic_section_flags;
+  ld_state.callbacks.initialize_plt = ld_generic_initialize_plt;
+  ld_state.callbacks.initialize_pltrel = ld_generic_initialize_pltrel;
+  ld_state.callbacks.initialize_got = ld_generic_initialize_got;
+  ld_state.callbacks.finalize_plt = ld_generic_finalize_plt;
+  ld_state.callbacks.rel_type = ld_generic_rel_type;
+  ld_state.callbacks.count_relocations = ld_generic_count_relocations;
+  ld_state.callbacks.create_relocations = ld_generic_create_relocations;
+
+#ifndef BASE_ELF_NAME
+  /* Find the ld backend library.  Use EBL to determine the name if
+     the user hasn't provided one on the command line.  */
+  if (emulation == NULL)
+    {
+      emulation = ebl_backend_name (ld_state.ebl);
+      assert (emulation != NULL);
+    }
+  size_t emulation_len = strlen (emulation);
+
+  /* Construct the file name.  */
+  char *fname = (char *) alloca (sizeof "libld_" - 1 + emulation_len
+				 + sizeof ".so");
+  strcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (fname, "libld_"), emulation, emulation_len), ".so");
+
+  /* Try loading.  */
+  void *h = dlopen (fname, RTLD_LAZY);
+  if (h == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot load ld backend library '%s': %s"),
+	   fname, dlerror ());
+
+  /* Find the initializer.  It must be present.  */
+  char *initname = (char *) alloca (emulation_len + sizeof "_ld_init");
+  strcpy (mempcpy (initname, emulation, emulation_len), "_ld_init");
+  int (*initfct) (struct ld_state *)
+    = (int (*) (struct ld_state *)) dlsym (h, initname);
+
+  if (initfct == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+cannot find init function in ld backend library '%s': %s"),
+	   fname, dlerror ());
+
+  /* Store the handle.  */
+  ld_state.ldlib = h;
+
+  /* Call the init function.  */
+  return initfct (&ld_state);
+#else
+# define INIT_FCT_NAME(base) _INIT_FCT_NAME(base)
+# define _INIT_FCT_NAME(base) base##_ld_init
+  /* Declare and call the initialization function.  */
+  extern int INIT_FCT_NAME(BASE_ELF_NAME) (struct ld_state *);
+  return INIT_FCT_NAME(BASE_ELF_NAME) (&ld_state);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static int
+check_for_duplicate2 (struct usedfiles *newp, struct usedfiles *list)
+{
+  struct usedfiles *first;
+  struct usedfiles *prevp;
+
+  if (list == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  prevp = list;
+  list = first = list->next;
+  do
+    {
+      /* When searching the needed list we might come across entries
+	 for files which are not yet opened.  Stop then, there is
+	 nothing more to test.  */
+      if (likely (list->status == not_opened))
+	break;
+
+      if (unlikely (list->ino == newp->ino)
+	  && unlikely (list->dev == newp->dev))
+	{
+	  close (newp->fd);
+	  newp->fd = -1;
+	  newp->status = closed;
+	  if (newp->file_type == relocatable_file_type)
+	    error (0, 0, gettext ("%s listed more than once as input"),
+		   newp->rfname);
+
+	  return 1;
+	}
+      list = list->next;
+    }
+  while (likely (list != first));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+check_for_duplicate (struct usedfiles *newp)
+{
+  struct stat st;
+
+  if (unlikely (fstat (newp->fd, &st) < 0))
+    {
+      close (newp->fd);
+      return errno;
+    }
+
+  newp->dev = st.st_dev;
+  newp->ino = st.st_ino;
+
+  return (check_for_duplicate2 (newp, ld_state.relfiles)
+	  || check_for_duplicate2 (newp, ld_state.dsofiles)
+	  || check_for_duplicate2 (newp, ld_state.needed));
+}
+
+
+/* Find a file along the path described in the state.  */
+static int
+open_along_path2 (struct usedfiles *fileinfo, struct pathelement *path)
+{
+  const char *fname = fileinfo->fname;
+  size_t fnamelen = strlen (fname);
+  int err = ENOENT;
+  struct pathelement *firstp = path;
+
+  if (path == NULL)
+    /* Cannot find anything since we have no path.  */
+    return ENOENT;
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (likely (path->exist >= 0))
+	{
+	  /* Create the file name.  */
+	  char *rfname = NULL;
+	  size_t dirlen = strlen (path->pname);
+	  int fd = -1;
+
+	  if (fileinfo->file_type == archive_file_type)
+	    {
+	      const char **exts = (ld_state.statically
+				   ? (const char *[2]) { ".a", NULL }
+				   : LIB_EXTENSION (&ld_state));
+
+	      /* We have to create the actual file name.  We prepend "lib"
+		 and add one of the extensions the platform has.  */
+	      while (*exts != NULL)
+		{
+		  size_t extlen = strlen (*exts);
+		  rfname = (char *) alloca (dirlen + 5 + fnamelen + extlen);
+		  memcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (mempcpy (rfname, path->pname,
+						    dirlen),
+					   "/lib"),
+				   fname, fnamelen),
+			  *exts, extlen + 1);
+
+		  fd = open (rfname, O_RDONLY);
+		  if (likely (fd != -1) || errno != ENOENT)
+		    {
+		      err = fd == -1 ? errno : 0;
+		      break;
+		    }
+
+		  /* Next extension.  */
+		  ++exts;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      assert (fileinfo->file_type == dso_file_type
+		      || fileinfo->file_type == dso_needed_file_type);
+
+	      rfname = (char *) alloca (dirlen + 1 + fnamelen + 1);
+	      memcpy (stpcpy (mempcpy (rfname, path->pname, dirlen), "/"),
+		      fname, fnamelen + 1);
+
+	      fd = open (rfname, O_RDONLY);
+	      if (unlikely (fd == -1))
+		err = errno;
+	    }
+
+	  if (likely (fd != -1))
+	    {
+	      /* We found the file.  This also means the directory
+		 exists.  */
+	      fileinfo->fd = fd;
+	      path->exist = 1;
+
+	      /* Check whether we have this file already loaded.  */
+	      if (unlikely (check_for_duplicate (fileinfo) != 0))
+		return EAGAIN;
+
+	      /* Make a copy of the name.  */
+	      fileinfo->rfname = obstack_strdup (&ld_state.smem, rfname);
+
+	      if (unlikely (ld_state.trace_files))
+		printf (fileinfo->file_type == archive_file_type
+			? gettext ("%s (for -l%s)\n")
+			: gettext ("%s (for DT_NEEDED %s)\n"),
+			rfname, fname);
+
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+
+	  /* The file does not exist.  Maybe the whole directory doesn't.
+	     Check it unless we know it exists.  */
+	  if (unlikely (path->exist == 0))
+	    {
+	      struct stat st;
+
+	      /* Keep only the directory name.  Note that the path
+		 might be relative.  This doesn't matter here.  We do
+		 the test in any case even if there is the chance that
+		 somebody wants to change the programs working
+		 directory at some point which would make the result
+		 of this test void.  Since changing the working
+		 directory is completely wrong we are not taking this
+		 case into account.  */
+	      rfname[dirlen] = '\0';
+	      if (unlikely (stat (rfname, &st) < 0) || ! S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+		/* The directory does not exist or the named file is no
+		   directory.  */
+		path->exist = -1;
+	      else
+		path->exist = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Next path element.  */
+      path = path->next;
+    }
+  while (likely (err == ENOENT && path != firstp));
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+static int
+open_along_path (struct usedfiles *fileinfo)
+{
+  const char *fname = fileinfo->fname;
+  int err = ENOENT;
+
+  if (fileinfo->file_type == relocatable_file_type)
+    {
+      /* Only libraries are searched along the path.  */
+      fileinfo->fd = open (fname, O_RDONLY);
+
+      if (likely (fileinfo->fd != -1))
+	{
+	  /* We found the file.  */
+	  if (unlikely (ld_state.trace_files))
+	    print_file_name (stdout, fileinfo, 1, 1);
+
+	  return check_for_duplicate (fileinfo);
+	}
+
+      /* If the name is an absolute path we are done.  */
+      err = errno;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* If the user specified two parts to the LD_LIBRARY_PATH variable
+	 try the first part now.  */
+      err = open_along_path2 (fileinfo, ld_state.ld_library_path1);
+
+      /* Try the user-specified path next.  */
+      if (err == ENOENT)
+	err = open_along_path2 (fileinfo,
+				fileinfo->file_type == archive_file_type
+				? ld_state.paths : ld_state.rpath_link);
+
+      /* Then the second part of the LD_LIBRARY_PATH value.  */
+      if (unlikely (err == ENOENT))
+	{
+	  err = open_along_path2 (fileinfo, ld_state.ld_library_path2);
+
+	  /* In case we look for a DSO handle now the RUNPATH.  */
+	  if (err == ENOENT)
+	    {
+	      if (fileinfo->file_type == dso_file_type)
+		err = open_along_path2 (fileinfo, ld_state.runpath_link);
+
+	      /* Finally the path from the default linker script.  */
+	      if (err == ENOENT)
+		err = open_along_path2 (fileinfo, ld_state.default_paths);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (unlikely (err != 0)
+      && (err != EAGAIN || fileinfo->file_type == relocatable_file_type))
+    error (0, err, gettext ("cannot open %s"), fileinfo->fname);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+static void
+check_type_and_size (const XElf_Sym *sym, struct usedfiles *fileinfo,
+		     struct symbol *oldp)
+{
+  /* We check the type and size of the symbols.  In both cases the
+     information can be missing (size is zero, type is STT_NOTYPE) in
+     which case we issue no warnings.  Otherwise everything must
+     match.  If the type does not match there is no point in checking
+     the size.  */
+
+  if (XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_NOTYPE && oldp->type != STT_NOTYPE
+      && unlikely (oldp->type != XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)))
+    {
+      char buf1[64];
+      char buf2[64];
+
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+Warning: type of `%s' changed from %s in %s to %s in %s"),
+	     oldp->name,
+	     ebl_symbol_type_name (ld_state.ebl, oldp->type,
+				   buf1, sizeof (buf1)),
+	     oldp->file->rfname,
+	     ebl_symbol_type_name (ld_state.ebl, XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info),
+				   buf2, sizeof (buf2)),
+	     fileinfo->rfname);
+    }
+  else if (XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_OBJECT
+	   && oldp->size != 0
+	   && unlikely (oldp->size != sym->st_size))
+    error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+Warning: size of `%s' changed from %" PRIu64 " in %s to %" PRIu64 " in %s"),
+	   oldp->name, (uint64_t) oldp->size, oldp->file->rfname,
+	   (uint64_t) sym->st_size, fileinfo->rfname);
+}
+
+
+static int
+check_definition (const XElf_Sym *sym, size_t symidx,
+		  struct usedfiles *fileinfo, struct symbol *oldp)
+{
+  int result = 0;
+  bool old_in_dso = FILEINFO_EHDR (oldp->file->ehdr).e_type == ET_DYN;
+  bool new_in_dso = FILEINFO_EHDR (fileinfo->ehdr).e_type == ET_DYN;
+  bool use_new_def = false;
+
+  if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF
+      && (! oldp->defined
+	  || (sym->st_shndx != SHN_COMMON && oldp->common && ! new_in_dso)
+	  || (old_in_dso && ! new_in_dso)))
+    {
+      /* We found a definition for a previously undefined symbol or a
+	 real definition for a previous common-only definition or a
+	 redefinition of a symbol definition in an object file
+	 previously defined in a DSO.  First perform some tests which
+	 will show whether the common is really matching the
+	 definition.  */
+      check_type_and_size (sym, fileinfo, oldp);
+
+      /* We leave the next element intact to not interrupt the list
+	 with the unresolved symbols.  Whoever walks the list will
+	 have to check the `defined' flag.  But we remember that this
+	 list element is not unresolved anymore.  */
+      if (! oldp->defined)
+	{
+	  /* Remove from the list.  */
+	  --ld_state.nunresolved;
+	  if (! oldp->weak)
+	    --ld_state.nunresolved_nonweak;
+	  CDBL_LIST_DEL (ld_state.unresolved, oldp);
+	}
+      else if (oldp->common)
+	/* Remove from the list.  */
+	CDBL_LIST_DEL (ld_state.common_syms, oldp);
+
+      /* Use the values of the definition from now on.  */
+      use_new_def = true;
+    }
+  else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF
+	   && unlikely (! oldp->common)
+	   && oldp->defined
+	   && sym->st_shndx != SHN_COMMON
+	   /* Multiple definitions are no fatal errors if the -z muldefs flag
+	      is used.  We don't warn about the multiple definition unless we
+	      are told to be verbose.  */
+	   && (!ld_state.muldefs || verbose)
+	   && ! old_in_dso && fileinfo->file_type == relocatable_file_type)
+    {
+      /* We have a double definition.  This is a problem.  */
+      char buf[64];
+      XElf_Sym_vardef (oldsym);
+      struct usedfiles *oldfile;
+      const char *scnname;
+      Elf32_Word xndx;
+      size_t shndx;
+      size_t shnum;
+
+      if (elf_getshnum (fileinfo->elf, &shnum) < 0)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot determine number of sections: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      /* XXX Use only ebl_section_name.  */
+      if (sym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE // || sym->st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE
+	  && sym->st_shndx < shnum)
+	scnname = elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf,
+			      fileinfo->shstrndx,
+			      SCNINFO_SHDR (fileinfo->scninfo[sym->st_shndx].shdr).sh_name);
+      else
+	// XXX extended section
+	scnname = ebl_section_name (ld_state.ebl, sym->st_shndx, 0,
+				    buf, sizeof (buf), NULL, shnum);
+
+      /* XXX Print source file and line number.  */
+      print_file_name (stderr, fileinfo, 1, 0);
+      fprintf (stderr,
+	       gettext ("(%s+%#" PRIx64 "): multiple definition of %s `%s'\n"),
+	       scnname,
+	       (uint64_t) sym->st_value,
+	       ebl_symbol_type_name (ld_state.ebl, XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info),
+				     buf, sizeof (buf)),
+	       oldp->name);
+
+      oldfile = oldp->file;
+      xelf_getsymshndx (oldfile->symtabdata, oldfile->xndxdata, oldp->symidx,
+			oldsym, xndx);
+      if (oldsym == NULL)
+	/* This should never happen since the same call
+	   succeeded before.  */
+	abort ();
+
+      shndx = oldsym->st_shndx;
+      if (unlikely (oldsym->st_shndx == SHN_XINDEX))
+	shndx = xndx;
+
+      /* XXX Use only ebl_section_name.  */
+      if (shndx < SHN_LORESERVE || shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
+	scnname = elf_strptr (oldfile->elf,
+			      oldfile->shstrndx,
+			      SCNINFO_SHDR (oldfile->scninfo[shndx].shdr).sh_name);
+      else
+	scnname = ebl_section_name (ld_state.ebl, oldsym->st_shndx, shndx, buf,
+				    sizeof (buf), NULL, shnum);
+
+      /* XXX Print source file and line number.  */
+      print_file_name (stderr, oldfile, 1, 0);
+      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("(%s+%#" PRIx64 "): first defined here\n"),
+	       scnname, (uint64_t) oldsym->st_value);
+
+      if (likely (!ld_state.muldefs))
+	result = 1;
+    }
+  else if (old_in_dso && fileinfo->file_type == relocatable_file_type
+	   && sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF)
+    /* We use the definition from a normal relocatable file over the
+       definition in a DSO.  This is what the dynamic linker would
+       do, too.  */
+    use_new_def = true;
+  else if (old_in_dso && !new_in_dso && oldp->defined && !oldp->on_dsolist)
+    {
+      CDBL_LIST_ADD_REAR (ld_state.from_dso, oldp);
+      ++ld_state.nfrom_dso;
+
+      /* If the object is a function we allocate a PLT entry,
+	 otherwise only a GOT entry.  */
+      if (oldp->type == STT_FUNC)
+	++ld_state.nplt;
+      else
+	++ld_state.ngot;
+
+      oldp->on_dsolist = 1;
+    }
+  else if (oldp->common && sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+    {
+      /* The symbol size is the largest of all common definitions.  */
+      oldp->size = MAX (oldp->size, sym->st_size);
+      /* Similarly for the alignment.  */
+      oldp->merge.value = MAX (oldp->merge.value, sym->st_value);
+    }
+
+  if (unlikely (use_new_def))
+    {
+      /* Adjust the symbol record appropriately and remove
+	 the symbol from the list of symbols which are taken from DSOs.  */
+      if (old_in_dso && fileinfo->file_type == relocatable_file_type)
+	{
+	  CDBL_LIST_DEL (ld_state.from_dso, oldp);
+	  --ld_state.nfrom_dso;
+
+	  if (likely (oldp->type == STT_FUNC))
+	    --ld_state.nplt;
+	  else
+	    --ld_state.ngot;
+
+	  oldp->on_dsolist = 0;
+	}
+
+      /* Use the values of the definition from now on.  */
+      oldp->size = sym->st_size;
+      oldp->type = XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
+      oldp->symidx = symidx;
+      oldp->scndx = sym->st_shndx;
+      //oldp->symscndx = THESYMSCNDX must be passed;
+      oldp->file = fileinfo;
+      oldp->defined = 1;
+      oldp->in_dso = new_in_dso;
+      oldp->common = sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON;
+      if (likely (fileinfo->file_type == relocatable_file_type))
+	{
+	  /* If the definition comes from a DSO we pertain the weak flag
+	     and it's indicating whether the reference is weak or not.  */
+	  oldp->weak = XELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_WEAK;
+
+	  if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_COMMON)
+	    {
+	      struct scninfo *ignore;
+	      mark_section_used (&fileinfo->scninfo[sym->st_shndx],
+				 sym->st_shndx, &ignore);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Add to the list of symbols used from DSOs if necessary.  */
+      if (new_in_dso && !old_in_dso)
+	{
+	  CDBL_LIST_ADD_REAR (ld_state.from_dso, oldp);
+	  ++ld_state.nfrom_dso;
+
+	  /* If the object is a function we allocate a PLT entry,
+	     otherwise only a GOT entry.  */
+	  if (oldp->type == STT_FUNC)
+	    ++ld_state.nplt;
+	  else
+	    ++ld_state.ngot;
+
+	  oldp->on_dsolist = 1;
+	}
+      else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+	{
+	  /* Store the alignment.  */
+	  oldp->merge.value = sym->st_value;
+
+	  CDBL_LIST_ADD_REAR (ld_state.common_syms, oldp);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static struct scninfo *
+find_section_group (struct usedfiles *fileinfo, Elf32_Word shndx,
+		    Elf_Data **datap)
+{
+  struct scninfo *runp;
+
+  for (runp = fileinfo->groups; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
+    if (!runp->used)
+      {
+	Elf32_Word *grpref;
+	size_t cnt;
+	Elf_Data *data;
+
+	data = elf_getdata (runp->scn, NULL);
+	if (data == NULL)
+	  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		 gettext ("%s: cannot get section group data: %s"),
+		 fileinfo->fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	/* There cannot be another data block.  */
+	assert (elf_getdata (runp->scn, data) == NULL);
+
+	grpref = (Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf;
+	cnt = data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+	/* Note that we stop after looking at index 1 since index 0
+	   contains the flags for the section group.  */
+	while (cnt > 1)
+	  if (grpref[--cnt] == shndx)
+	    {
+	      *datap = data;
+	      return runp;
+	    }
+      }
+
+  /* If we come here no section group contained the given section
+     despite the SHF_GROUP flag.  This is an error in the input
+     file.  */
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+%s: section '%s' with group flag set does not belong to any group"),
+	 fileinfo->fname,
+	 elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf, fileinfo->shstrndx,
+		     SCNINFO_SHDR (fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].shdr).sh_name));
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* Mark all sections which belong to the same group as section SHNDX
+   as used.  */
+static void
+mark_section_group (struct usedfiles *fileinfo, Elf32_Word shndx,
+		    struct scninfo **grpscnp)
+{
+  /* First locate the section group.  There can be several (many) of
+     them.  */
+  size_t cnt;
+  Elf32_Word *grpref;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  struct scninfo *grpscn = find_section_group (fileinfo, shndx, &data);
+  *grpscnp = grpscn;
+
+  /* Mark all the sections as used.
+
+     XXX Two possible problems here:
+
+     - the gABI says "The section must be referenced by a section of type
+       SHT_GROUP".  I hope everybody reads this as "exactly one section".
+
+     - section groups are also useful to mark the debugging section which
+       belongs to a text section.  Unconditionally adding debugging sections
+       is therefore probably not what is wanted if stripping is required.  */
+
+  /* Mark the section group as handled.  */
+  grpscn->used = true;
+
+  grpref = (Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf;
+  cnt = data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+  while (cnt > 1)
+    {
+      Elf32_Word idx = grpref[--cnt];
+      XElf_Shdr *shdr = &SCNINFO_SHDR (fileinfo->scninfo[idx].shdr);
+
+      if (fileinfo->scninfo[idx].grpid != 0)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+%s: section [%2d] '%s' is in more than one section group"),
+	       fileinfo->fname, (int) idx,
+	       elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf, fileinfo->shstrndx, shdr->sh_name));
+
+      fileinfo->scninfo[idx].grpid = grpscn->grpid;
+
+      if (ld_state.strip == strip_none
+	  /* If we are stripping, remove debug sections.  */
+	  || (!ebl_debugscn_p (ld_state.ebl,
+			       elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf, fileinfo->shstrndx,
+					   shdr->sh_name))
+	      /* And the relocation sections for the debug sections.  */
+	      && ((shdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA && shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
+		  || !ebl_debugscn_p (ld_state.ebl,
+				      elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf,
+						  fileinfo->shstrndx,
+						  SCNINFO_SHDR (fileinfo->scninfo[shdr->sh_info].shdr).sh_name)))))
+	{
+	  struct scninfo *ignore;
+
+	  mark_section_used (&fileinfo->scninfo[idx], idx, &ignore);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+mark_section_used (struct scninfo *scninfo, Elf32_Word shndx,
+		   struct scninfo **grpscnp)
+{
+  if (likely (scninfo->used))
+    /* Nothing to be done.  */
+    return;
+
+  /* We need this section.  */
+  scninfo->used = true;
+
+  /* Make sure the section header has been read from the file.  */
+  XElf_Shdr *shdr = &SCNINFO_SHDR (scninfo->shdr);
+#if NATIVE_ELF
+  if (unlikely (scninfo->shdr == NULL))
+#else
+  if (unlikely (scninfo->shdr.sh_type == SHT_NULL))
+#endif
+    {
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+      shdr = xelf_getshdr (scninfo->scn, scninfo->shdr);
+#else
+      xelf_getshdr_copy (scninfo->scn, shdr, scninfo->shdr);
+#endif
+      if (unlikely (shdr == NULL))
+	/* Something is very wrong.  The calling code will notice it
+	   soon and print a message.  */
+	return;
+    }
+
+  /* Handle section linked by 'sh_link'.  */
+  if (unlikely (shdr->sh_link != 0))
+    {
+      struct scninfo *ignore;
+      mark_section_used (&scninfo->fileinfo->scninfo[shdr->sh_link],
+			 shdr->sh_link, &ignore);
+    }
+
+  /* Handle section linked by 'sh_info'.  */
+  if (unlikely (shdr->sh_info != 0) && (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_INFO_LINK))
+    {
+      struct scninfo *ignore;
+      mark_section_used (&scninfo->fileinfo->scninfo[shdr->sh_info],
+			 shdr->sh_info, &ignore);
+    }
+
+  if (unlikely (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) && ld_state.gc_sections)
+    /* Find the section group which contains this section.  */
+    mark_section_group (scninfo->fileinfo, shndx, grpscnp);
+}
+
+
+/* We collect all sections in a hashing table.  All sections with the
+   same name are collected in a list.  Note that we do not determine
+   which sections are finally collected in the same output section
+   here.  This would be terribly inefficient.  It will be done later.  */
+static void
+add_section (struct usedfiles *fileinfo, struct scninfo *scninfo)
+{
+  struct scnhead *queued;
+  struct scnhead search;
+  unsigned long int hval;
+  XElf_Shdr *shdr = &SCNINFO_SHDR (scninfo->shdr);
+  struct scninfo *grpscn = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *grpscndata = NULL;
+
+  /* See whether we can determine right away whether we need this
+     section in the output.
+
+     XXX I assume here that --gc-sections only affects extraction
+     from an archive.  If it also affects objects files given on
+     the command line then somebody must explain to me how the
+     dependency analysis should work.  Should the entry point be
+     the root?  What if it is a numeric value?  */
+  if (!scninfo->used
+      && (ld_state.strip == strip_none
+	  || (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
+	  || shdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE
+	  || (shdr->sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
+	      && strcmp (elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf,
+				     fileinfo->shstrndx,
+				     shdr->sh_name), ".comment") == 0))
+      && (fileinfo->status != in_archive || !ld_state.gc_sections))
+    /* Mark as used and handle reference recursively if necessary.  */
+    mark_section_used (scninfo, elf_ndxscn (scninfo->scn), &grpscn);
+
+  if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) && grpscn == NULL)
+    /* Determine the symbol which name constitutes the signature
+       for the section group.  */
+    grpscn = find_section_group (fileinfo, elf_ndxscn (scninfo->scn),
+				 &grpscndata);
+  assert (grpscn == NULL || grpscn->symbols->name != NULL);
+
+  /* Determine the section name.  */
+  search.name = elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf, fileinfo->shstrndx, shdr->sh_name);
+  search.type = shdr->sh_type;
+  search.flags = shdr->sh_flags;
+  search.entsize = shdr->sh_entsize;
+  search.grp_signature = grpscn != NULL ? grpscn->symbols->name : NULL;
+  search.kind = scn_normal;
+  hval = elf_hash (search.name);
+
+  /* Find already queued sections.  */
+  queued = ld_section_tab_find (&ld_state.section_tab, hval, &search);
+  if (queued != NULL)
+    {
+      bool is_comdat = false;
+
+      /* If this section is part of a COMDAT section group we simply
+	 ignore it since we already have a copy.  */
+      if (unlikely (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP))
+	{
+	  /* Get the data of the section group section.  */
+	  if (grpscndata == NULL)
+	    {
+	      grpscndata = elf_getdata (grpscn->scn, NULL);
+	      assert (grpscndata != NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  /* XXX Possibly unaligned memory access.  */
+	  is_comdat = ((Elf32_Word *) grpscndata->d_buf)[0] & GRP_COMDAT;
+	}
+
+      if (!is_comdat)
+	{
+	  /* No COMDAT section, we use the data.  */
+	  scninfo->next = queued->last->next;
+	  queued->last = queued->last->next = scninfo;
+
+	  queued->flags = SH_FLAGS_COMBINE (queued->flags, shdr->sh_flags);
+	  queued->align = MAX (queued->align, shdr->sh_addralign);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We do not use obstacks here since the memory might be
+	 deallocated.  */
+      queued = (struct scnhead *) xcalloc (sizeof (struct scnhead), 1);
+      queued->kind = scn_normal;
+      queued->name = search.name;
+      queued->type = shdr->sh_type;
+      queued->flags = shdr->sh_flags;
+      queued->align = shdr->sh_addralign;
+      queued->entsize = shdr->sh_entsize;
+      queued->grp_signature = grpscn != NULL ? grpscn->symbols->name : NULL;
+      queued->segment_nr = ~0;
+      queued->last = scninfo->next = scninfo;
+
+      /* Add to the hash table and possibly overwrite existing value.  */
+      ld_section_tab_insert (&ld_state.section_tab, hval, queued);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static int
+add_relocatable_file (struct usedfiles *fileinfo, GElf_Word secttype)
+{
+  size_t scncnt;
+  size_t cnt;
+  Elf_Data *symtabdata = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *xndxdata = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *versymdata = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *verdefdata = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *verneeddata = NULL;
+  size_t symstridx = 0;
+  size_t nsymbols = 0;
+  size_t nlocalsymbols = 0;
+  bool has_merge_sections = false;
+
+  /* Prerequisites.  */
+  assert (fileinfo->elf != NULL);
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the sections.  */
+  if (unlikely (elf_getshnum (fileinfo->elf, &scncnt) < 0))
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot determine number of sections: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  fileinfo->scninfo = (struct scninfo *)
+    obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, scncnt * sizeof (struct scninfo));
+
+  /* Read all the section headers and find the symbol table.  Note
+     that we don't skip the section with index zero.  Even though the
+     section itself is always empty the section header contains
+     informaton for the case when the section index for the section
+     header string table is too large to fit in the ELF header.  */
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < scncnt; ++cnt)
+    {
+      /* Store the handle for the section.  */
+      fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].scn = elf_getscn (fileinfo->elf, cnt);
+
+      /* Get the ELF section header and data.  */
+      XElf_Shdr *shdr;
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+      if (fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].shdr == NULL)
+#else
+      if (fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_NULL)
+#endif
+	{
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+	  shdr = xelf_getshdr (fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].scn,
+			       fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].shdr);
+#else
+	  xelf_getshdr_copy (fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].scn, shdr,
+			     fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].shdr);
+#endif
+	  if (shdr == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* This should never happen.  */
+	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid ELF file (%s:%d)\n"),
+		       fileinfo->rfname, __FILE__, __LINE__);
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	shdr = &SCNINFO_SHDR (fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].shdr);
+
+      Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].scn, NULL);
+
+      /* Check whether this section is marked as merge-able.  */
+      has_merge_sections |= (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0;
+
+      /* Get the ELF section header and data.  */
+      /* Make the file structure available.  */
+      fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].fileinfo = fileinfo;
+
+      if (unlikely (shdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB)
+	  || unlikely (shdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM))
+	{
+	  if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB)
+	    {
+	      assert (fileinfo->symtabdata == NULL);
+	      fileinfo->symtabdata = data;
+	      fileinfo->nsymtab = shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+	      fileinfo->nlocalsymbols = shdr->sh_info;
+	      fileinfo->symstridx = shdr->sh_link;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      assert (fileinfo->dynsymtabdata == NULL);
+	      fileinfo->dynsymtabdata = data;
+	      fileinfo->ndynsymtab = shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+	      fileinfo->dynsymstridx = shdr->sh_link;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we are looking for the normal symbol table we just
+	     found it.  */
+	  if (secttype == shdr->sh_type)
+	    {
+	      assert (symtabdata == NULL);
+	      symtabdata = data;
+	      symstridx = shdr->sh_link;
+	      nsymbols = shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+	      nlocalsymbols = shdr->sh_info;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (unlikely (shdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX))
+	{
+	  assert (xndxdata == NULL);
+	  fileinfo->xndxdata = xndxdata = data;
+	}
+      else if (unlikely (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_versym))
+	{
+	  assert (versymdata == 0);
+	  fileinfo->versymdata = versymdata = data;
+	}
+      else if (unlikely (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef))
+	{
+	  size_t nversions;
+
+	  assert (verdefdata == 0);
+	  fileinfo->verdefdata = verdefdata = data;
+
+	  /* Allocate the arrays flagging the use of the version and
+	     to track of allocated names.  */
+	  fileinfo->nverdef = nversions = shdr->sh_info;
+	  /* We have NVERSIONS + 1 because the indeces used to access the
+	     sectino start with one; zero represents local binding.  */
+	  fileinfo->verdefused = (XElf_Versym *)
+	    obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem,
+			    sizeof (XElf_Versym) * (nversions + 1));
+	  fileinfo->verdefent = (struct Ebl_Strent **)
+	    obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem,
+			   sizeof (struct Ebl_Strent *) * (nversions + 1));
+	}
+      else if (unlikely (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed))
+	{
+	  assert (verneeddata == 0);
+	  fileinfo->verneeddata = verneeddata = data;
+	}
+      else if (unlikely (shdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNAMIC))
+	{
+	  assert (fileinfo->dynscn == NULL);
+	  fileinfo->dynscn = fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].scn;
+	}
+      else if (unlikely (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP))
+	{
+	  Elf_Scn *symscn;
+	  XElf_Shdr_vardef (symshdr);
+	  Elf_Data *symdata;
+
+	  if (FILEINFO_EHDR (fileinfo->ehdr).e_type != ET_REL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+%s: only files of type ET_REL might contain section groups"),
+		   fileinfo->fname);
+
+	  fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].next = fileinfo->groups;
+	  fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].grpid = cnt;
+	  fileinfo->groups = &fileinfo->scninfo[cnt];
+
+	  /* Determine the signature.  We create a symbol record for
+	     it.  Only the name element is important.  */
+	  fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].symbols = (struct symbol *)
+	    obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (struct symbol));
+
+	  symscn = elf_getscn (fileinfo->elf, shdr->sh_link);
+	  xelf_getshdr (symscn, symshdr);
+	  symdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+	  if (symshdr != NULL)
+	    {
+	      XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	      /* We don't need the section index and therefore we don't
+		 have to use 'xelf_getsymshndx'.  */
+	      xelf_getsym (symdata, shdr->sh_info, sym);
+	      if (sym != NULL)
+		{
+		  struct symbol *symbol = fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].symbols;
+
+		  symbol->name = elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf, symshdr->sh_link,
+					     sym->st_name);
+		  symbol->symidx = shdr->sh_info;
+		  symbol->file = fileinfo;
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].symbols->name == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+%s: cannot determine signature of section group [%2zd] '%s': %s"),
+		   fileinfo->fname,
+		   elf_ndxscn (fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].scn),
+		   elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf, fileinfo->shstrndx,
+			       shdr->sh_name),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  /* The 'used' flag is used to indicate when the information
+	     in the section group is used to mark all other sections
+	     as used.  So it must not be true yet.  */
+	  assert (fileinfo->scninfo[cnt].used == false);
+	}
+      else if (! SECTION_TYPE_P (&ld_state, shdr->sh_type)
+	       && unlikely ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0))
+	/* According to the gABI it is a fatal error if the file contains
+	   a section with unknown type and the SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING flag
+	   set.  */
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("%s: section '%s' has unknown type: %d"),
+	       fileinfo->fname,
+	       elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf, fileinfo->shstrndx,
+			   shdr->sh_name),
+	       (int) shdr->sh_type);
+      /* We don't have to add a few section types here.  These will be
+	 generated from scratch for the new output file.  We also
+	 don't add the sections of DSOs here since these sections are
+	 not used in the resulting object file.  */
+      else if (likely (fileinfo->file_type == relocatable_file_type)
+	       && likely (cnt > 0)
+	       && likely (shdr->sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
+			  || shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
+			  || shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
+			  || shdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE
+			  || shdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
+			  || shdr->sh_type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
+			  || shdr->sh_type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
+			  || shdr->sh_type == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY))
+	add_section (fileinfo, &fileinfo->scninfo[cnt]);
+    }
+
+  /* Handle the symbols.  Record defined and undefined symbols in the
+     hash table.  In theory there can be a file without any symbol
+     table.  */
+  if (likely (symtabdata != NULL))
+    {
+      /* In case this file contains merge-able sections we have to
+	 locate the symbols which are in these sections.  */
+      fileinfo->has_merge_sections = has_merge_sections;
+      if (likely (has_merge_sections))
+	{
+	  fileinfo->symref = (struct symbol **)
+	    obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem,
+			    nsymbols * sizeof (struct symbol *));
+
+	  /* Only handle the local symbols here.  */
+	  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nlocalsymbols; ++cnt)
+	    {
+	      Elf32_Word shndx;
+	      XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	      xelf_getsymshndx (symtabdata, xndxdata, cnt, sym, shndx);
+	      if (sym == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* This should never happen.  */
+		  fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid ELF file (%s:%d)\n"),
+			   fileinfo->rfname, __FILE__, __LINE__);
+		  return 1;
+		}
+
+	      if (likely (shndx != SHN_XINDEX))
+		shndx = sym->st_shndx;
+	      else if (unlikely (shndx == 0))
+		{
+		  fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid ELF file (%s:%d)\n"),
+			   fileinfo->rfname, __FILE__, __LINE__);
+		  return 1;
+		}
+
+	      if (XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
+		  && (shndx < SHN_LORESERVE || shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
+		  && (SCNINFO_SHDR (fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].shdr).sh_flags
+		      & SHF_MERGE))
+		{
+		  /* Create a symbol record for this symbol and add it
+		     to the list for this section.  */
+		  struct symbol *newp;
+
+		  newp = (struct symbol *)
+		    obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (struct symbol));
+
+		  newp->symidx = cnt;
+		  newp->scndx = shndx;
+		  newp->file = fileinfo;
+		  fileinfo->symref[cnt] = newp;
+
+		  if (fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols == NULL)
+		    fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols = newp->next_in_scn
+		      = newp;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      newp->next_in_scn
+			= fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols->next_in_scn;
+		      fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols
+			= fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols->next_in_scn = newp;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	/* Create array with pointers to the symbol definitions.  Note
+	   that we only allocate memory for the non-local symbols
+	   since we have no merge-able sections.  But we store the
+	   pointer as if it was for the whole symbol table.  This
+	   saves some memory.  */
+	fileinfo->symref = (struct symbol **)
+	  obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, ((nsymbols - nlocalsymbols)
+					   * sizeof (struct symbol *)))
+	  - nlocalsymbols;
+
+      /* Don't handle local symbols here.  It's either not necessary
+	 at all or has already happened.  */
+      for (cnt = nlocalsymbols; cnt < nsymbols; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+	  Elf32_Word shndx;
+	  xelf_getsymshndx (symtabdata, xndxdata, cnt, sym, shndx);
+
+	  if (sym == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* This should never happen.  */
+	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid ELF file (%s:%d)\n"),
+		       fileinfo->rfname, __FILE__, __LINE__);
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (likely (shndx != SHN_XINDEX))
+	    shndx = sym->st_shndx;
+	  else if (unlikely (shndx == 0))
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid ELF file (%s:%d)\n"),
+		       fileinfo->rfname, __FILE__, __LINE__);
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We ignore ABS symbols from DSOs.  */
+	  // XXX Is this correct?
+	  if (unlikely (shndx == SHN_ABS) && secttype == SHT_DYNSYM)
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* If the DSO uses symbols determine whether this is the default
+	     version.  Otherwise we'll ignore the symbol.  */
+	  if (versymdata != NULL)
+	    {
+	      XElf_Versym versym;
+
+	      if (xelf_getversym_copy (versymdata, cnt, versym) == NULL)
+		/* XXX Should we handle faulty input files more graceful?  */
+		assert (! "xelf_getversym failed");
+
+	      if ((versym & 0x8000) != 0)
+		/* Ignore the symbol, it's not the default version.  */
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* See whether we know anything about this symbol.  */
+	  struct symbol search;
+	  search.name = elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf, symstridx, sym->st_name);
+	  unsigned long int hval = elf_hash (search.name);
+
+	  /* We ignore the symbols the linker generates.  This are
+	     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, _DYNAMIC.  */
+	  // XXX This loop is hot and the following tests hardly ever match.
+	  // XXX Maybe move the tests somewhere they are executed less often.
+	  if (((unlikely (hval == 165832675)
+		&& strcmp (search.name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0)
+	       || (unlikely (hval == 102264335)
+		   && strcmp (search.name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0))
+	      && sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF
+	      /* If somebody defines such a variable in a relocatable we
+		 don't ignore it.  Let the user get what s/he deserves.  */
+	      && fileinfo->file_type != relocatable_file_type)
+	    continue;
+
+	  struct symbol *oldp = ld_symbol_tab_find (&ld_state.symbol_tab,
+						    hval, &search);
+	  struct symbol *newp;
+	  if (likely (oldp == NULL))
+	    {
+	      /* No symbol of this name know.  Add it.  */
+	      newp = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem,
+						      sizeof (*newp));
+	      newp->name = search.name;
+	      newp->size = sym->st_size;
+	      newp->type = XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
+	      newp->symidx = cnt;
+	      newp->outsymidx = 0;
+	      newp->outdynsymidx = 0;
+	      newp->scndx = shndx;
+	      newp->file = fileinfo;
+	      newp->defined = newp->scndx != SHN_UNDEF;
+	      newp->common = newp->scndx == SHN_COMMON;
+	      newp->weak = XELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_WEAK;
+	      newp->added = 0;
+	      newp->merged = 0;
+	      newp->need_copy = 0;
+	      newp->on_dsolist = 0;
+	      newp->in_dso = secttype == SHT_DYNSYM;
+	      newp->next_in_scn = NULL;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	      newp->next = NULL;
+	      newp->previous = NULL;
+#endif
+
+	      if (newp->scndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+		{
+		  CDBL_LIST_ADD_REAR (ld_state.unresolved, newp);
+		  ++ld_state.nunresolved;
+		  if (! newp->weak)
+		    ++ld_state.nunresolved_nonweak;
+		}
+	      else if (newp->scndx == SHN_COMMON)
+		{
+		  /* Store the alignment requirement.  */
+		  newp->merge.value = sym->st_value;
+
+		  CDBL_LIST_ADD_REAR (ld_state.common_syms, newp);
+		}
+
+	      /* Insert the new symbol.  */
+	      if (unlikely (ld_symbol_tab_insert (&ld_state.symbol_tab,
+						  hval, newp) != 0))
+		/* This cannot happen.  */
+		abort ();
+
+	      fileinfo->symref[cnt] = newp;
+
+	      /* We have a few special symbols to recognize.  The symbols
+		 _init and _fini are the initialization and finalization
+		 functions respectively.  They have to be made known in
+		 the dynamic section and therefore we have to find out
+		 now whether these functions exist or not.  */
+	      if (hval == 6685956 && strcmp (newp->name, "_init") == 0)
+		ld_state.init_symbol = newp;
+	      else if (hval == 6672457 && strcmp (newp->name, "_fini") == 0)
+		ld_state.fini_symbol = newp;
+	    }
+	  else if (unlikely (check_definition (sym, cnt, fileinfo, oldp) != 0))
+	    /* A fatal error (multiple definition of a symbol)
+	       occurred, no need to continue.  */
+	    return 1;
+	  else
+	    /* Use the previously allocated symbol record.  It has
+	       been updated in check_definition(), if necessary.  */
+	    newp = fileinfo->symref[cnt] = oldp;
+
+	  /* Mark the section the symbol we need comes from as used.  */
+	  if (shndx != SHN_UNDEF
+	      && (shndx < SHN_LORESERVE || shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE))
+	    {
+	      struct scninfo *ignore;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	      size_t shnum;
+	      assert (elf_getshnum (fileinfo->elf, &shnum) == 0);
+	      assert (shndx < shnum);
+#endif
+
+	      /* Mark section (and all dependencies) as used.  */
+	      mark_section_used (&fileinfo->scninfo[shndx], shndx, &ignore);
+
+	      /* Check whether the section is merge-able.  In this case we
+		 have to record the symbol.  */
+	      if (SCNINFO_SHDR (fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].shdr).sh_flags
+		  & SHF_MERGE)
+		{
+		  if (fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols == NULL)
+		    fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols = newp->next_in_scn
+		      = newp;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      newp->next_in_scn
+			= fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols->next_in_scn;
+		      fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols
+			= fileinfo->scninfo[shndx].symbols->next_in_scn = newp;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* This file is used.  */
+      if (likely (fileinfo->file_type == relocatable_file_type))
+	{
+	  if (unlikely (ld_state.relfiles == NULL))
+	    ld_state.relfiles = fileinfo->next = fileinfo;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      fileinfo->next = ld_state.relfiles->next;
+	      ld_state.relfiles = ld_state.relfiles->next = fileinfo;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Update some summary information in the state structure.  */
+	  ld_state.nsymtab += fileinfo->nsymtab;
+	  ld_state.nlocalsymbols += fileinfo->nlocalsymbols;
+	}
+      else if (likely (fileinfo->file_type == dso_file_type))
+	{
+	  CSNGL_LIST_ADD_REAR (ld_state.dsofiles, fileinfo);
+	  ++ld_state.ndsofiles;
+
+	  if (fileinfo->lazyload)
+	    /* We have to create another dynamic section entry for the
+	       DT_POSFLAG_1 entry.
+
+	       XXX Once more functionality than the lazyloading flag
+	       are suppported the test must be extended.  */
+	    ++ld_state.ndsofiles;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+ld_handle_filename_list (struct filename_list *fnames)
+{
+  struct filename_list *runp;
+  int res = 0;
+
+  for (runp = fnames; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
+    {
+      struct usedfiles *curp;
+
+      /* Create a record for the new file.  */
+      curp = runp->real = ld_new_inputfile (runp->name, relocatable_file_type);
+
+      /* Set flags for group handling.  */
+      runp->real->group_start = runp->group_start;
+      runp->real->group_end = runp->group_end;
+
+      /* Read the file and everything else which comes up, including
+	 handling groups.  */
+      do
+	res |= FILE_PROCESS (-1, curp, &ld_state, &curp);
+      while (curp != NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* Free the list.  */
+  while (fnames != NULL)
+    {
+      runp = fnames;
+      fnames = fnames->next;
+      free (runp);
+    }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+
+/* Handle opening of the given file with ELF descriptor.  */
+static int
+open_elf (struct usedfiles *fileinfo, Elf *elf)
+{
+  int res = 0;
+
+  if (elf == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get descriptor for ELF file (%s:%d): %s\n"),
+	   __FILE__, __LINE__, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  if (unlikely (elf_kind (elf) == ELF_K_NONE))
+    {
+      struct filename_list *fnames;
+
+      /* We don't have to look at this file again.  */
+      fileinfo->status = closed;
+
+      /* Let's see whether this is a linker script.  */
+      if (fileinfo->fd != -1)
+	/* Create a stream from the file handle we know.  */
+	ldin = fdopen (fileinfo->fd, "r");
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Get the memory for the archive member.  */
+	  char *content;
+	  size_t contentsize;
+
+	  /* Get the content of the file.  */
+	  content = elf_rawfile (elf, &contentsize);
+	  if (content == NULL)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid ELF file (%s:%d)\n"),
+		       fileinfo->rfname, __FILE__, __LINE__);
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  /* The content of the file is available in memory.  Read the
+	     memory region as a stream.  */
+	  ldin = fmemopen (content, contentsize, "r");
+	}
+
+      /* No need for locking.  */
+      __fsetlocking (ldin, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+      if (ldin == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("cannot open \"%s\""),
+	       fileinfo->rfname);
+
+      /* Parse the file.  If it is a linker script no problems will be
+	 reported.  */
+      ld_state.srcfiles = NULL;
+      ldlineno = 1;
+      ld_scan_version_script = 0;
+      ldin_fname = fileinfo->rfname;
+      res = ldparse ();
+
+      fclose (ldin);
+      if (fileinfo->fd != -1 && !fileinfo->fd_passed)
+	{
+	  /* We won't need the file descriptor again.  */
+	  close (fileinfo->fd);
+	  fileinfo->fd = -1;
+	}
+
+      elf_end (elf);
+
+      if (unlikely (res != 0))
+	/* Something went wrong during parsing.  */
+	return 1;
+
+      /* This is no ELF file.  */
+      fileinfo->elf = NULL;
+
+      /* Now we have to handle eventual INPUT and GROUP statements in
+	 the script.  Read the files mentioned.  */
+      fnames = ld_state.srcfiles;
+      if (fnames != NULL)
+	{
+	  struct filename_list *oldp;
+
+	  /* Convert the list into a normal single-linked list.  */
+	  oldp = fnames;
+	  fnames = fnames->next;
+	  oldp->next = NULL;
+
+	  /* Remove the list from the state structure.  */
+	  ld_state.srcfiles = NULL;
+
+	  if (unlikely (ld_handle_filename_list (fnames) != 0))
+	    return 1;
+	}
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Store the file info.  */
+  fileinfo->elf = elf;
+
+  /* The file is ready for action.  */
+  fileinfo->status = opened;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+add_whole_archive (struct usedfiles *fileinfo)
+{
+  Elf *arelf;
+  Elf_Cmd cmd = ELF_C_READ_MMAP_PRIVATE;
+  int res = 0;
+
+  while ((arelf = elf_begin (fileinfo->fd, cmd, fileinfo->elf)) != NULL)
+    {
+      Elf_Arhdr *arhdr = elf_getarhdr (arelf);
+      struct usedfiles *newp;
+
+      if (arhdr == NULL)
+	abort ();
+
+      /* Just to be sure; since these are no files in the archive
+	 these names should never be returned.  */
+      assert (strcmp (arhdr->ar_name, "/") != 0);
+      assert (strcmp (arhdr->ar_name, "//") != 0);
+
+      newp = ld_new_inputfile (arhdr->ar_name, relocatable_file_type);
+      newp->archive_file = fileinfo;
+
+      if (unlikely (ld_state.trace_files))
+	print_file_name (stdout, newp, 1, 1);
+
+      /* This shows that this file is contained in an archive.  */
+      newp->fd = -1;
+      /* Store the ELF descriptor.  */
+      newp->elf = arelf;
+      /* Show that we are open for business.  */
+      newp->status = opened;
+
+      /* Proces the file, add all the symbols etc.  */
+      res = file_process2 (newp);
+      if (unlikely (res != 0))
+	    break;
+
+      /* Advance to the next archive element.  */
+      cmd = elf_next (arelf);
+    }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extract_from_archive (struct usedfiles *fileinfo)
+{
+  static int archive_seq;
+  int res = 0;
+
+  /* This is an archive we are not using completely.  Give it a
+     unique number.  */
+  fileinfo->archive_seq = ++archive_seq;
+
+  /* If there are no unresolved symbols don't do anything.  */
+  if ((likely (ld_state.extract_rule == defaultextract)
+       && ld_state.nunresolved_nonweak == 0)
+      || (unlikely (ld_state.extract_rule == weakextract)
+	  && ld_state.nunresolved == 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  Elf_Arsym *syms;
+  size_t nsyms;
+
+  /* Get all the symbols.  */
+  syms = elf_getarsym (fileinfo->elf, &nsyms);
+  if (syms == NULL)
+    {
+    cannot_read_archive:
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot read archive `%s': %s"),
+	     fileinfo->rfname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      /* We cannot use this archive anymore.  */
+      fileinfo->status = closed;
+
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Now add all the symbols to the hash table.  Note that there
+     can potentially be duplicate definitions.  We'll always use
+     the first definition.  */
+  // XXX Is this a compatible behavior?
+  bool any_used;
+  int nround = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      any_used = false;
+
+      size_t cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < nsyms; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  struct symbol search = { .name = syms[cnt].as_name };
+	  struct symbol *sym = ld_symbol_tab_find (&ld_state.symbol_tab,
+						   syms[cnt].as_hash, &search);
+	  if (sym != NULL && ! sym->defined)
+	    {
+	      /* The symbol is referenced and not defined.  */
+	      Elf *arelf;
+	      Elf_Arhdr *arhdr;
+	      struct usedfiles *newp;
+
+	      /* Find the archive member for this symbol.  */
+	      if (unlikely (elf_rand (fileinfo->elf, syms[cnt].as_off)
+			    != syms[cnt].as_off))
+		goto cannot_read_archive;
+
+	      /* Note: no test of a failing 'elf_begin' call.  That's fine
+		 since 'elf'getarhdr' will report the problem.  */
+	      arelf = elf_begin (fileinfo->fd, ELF_C_READ_MMAP_PRIVATE,
+				 fileinfo->elf);
+	      arhdr = elf_getarhdr (arelf);
+	      if (arhdr == NULL)
+		goto cannot_read_archive;
+
+	      /* We have all the information and an ELF handle for the
+		 archive member.  Create the normal data structure for
+		 a file now.  */
+	      newp = ld_new_inputfile (obstack_strdup (&ld_state.smem,
+						       arhdr->ar_name),
+				       relocatable_file_type);
+	      newp->archive_file = fileinfo;
+
+	      if (unlikely (ld_state.trace_files))
+		print_file_name (stdout, newp, 1, 1);
+
+	      /* This shows that this file is contained in an archive.  */
+	      newp->fd = -1;
+	      /* Store the ELF descriptor.  */
+	      newp->elf = arelf;
+	      /* Show that we are open for business.  */
+	      newp->status = in_archive;
+
+	      /* Now read the file and add all the symbols.  */
+	      res = file_process2 (newp);
+	      if (unlikely (res != 0))
+		return res;
+
+	      any_used = true;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (++nround == 1)
+	{
+	  /* This is an archive therefore it must have a number.  */
+	  assert (fileinfo->archive_seq != 0);
+	  ld_state.last_archive_used = fileinfo->archive_seq;
+	}
+    }
+  while (any_used);
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+
+static int
+file_process2 (struct usedfiles *fileinfo)
+{
+  int res;
+
+  if (likely (elf_kind (fileinfo->elf) == ELF_K_ELF))
+    {
+      /* The first time we get here we read the ELF header.  */
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+      if (likely (fileinfo->ehdr == NULL))
+#else
+      if (likely (FILEINFO_EHDR (fileinfo->ehdr).e_type == ET_NONE))
+#endif
+	{
+	  XElf_Ehdr *ehdr;
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+	  ehdr = xelf_getehdr (fileinfo->elf, fileinfo->ehdr);
+#else
+	  xelf_getehdr_copy (fileinfo->elf, ehdr, fileinfo->ehdr);
+#endif
+	  if (ehdr == NULL)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid ELF file (%s:%d)\n"),
+		       fileinfo->rfname, __FILE__, __LINE__);
+	      fileinfo->status = closed;
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (FILEINFO_EHDR (fileinfo->ehdr).e_type != ET_REL
+	      && unlikely (FILEINFO_EHDR (fileinfo->ehdr).e_type != ET_DYN))
+	    /* XXX Add ebl* function to query types which are allowed
+	       to link in.  */
+	    {
+	      char buf[64];
+
+	      print_file_name (stderr, fileinfo, 1, 0);
+	      fprintf (stderr,
+		       gettext ("file of type %s cannot be linked in\n"),
+		       ebl_object_type_name (ld_state.ebl,
+					     FILEINFO_EHDR (fileinfo->ehdr).e_type,
+					     buf, sizeof (buf)));
+	      fileinfo->status = closed;
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Determine the section header string table section index.  */
+	  if (unlikely (elf_getshstrndx (fileinfo->elf, &fileinfo->shstrndx)
+			< 0))
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, gettext ("\
+%s: cannot get section header string table index: %s\n"),
+		       fileinfo->rfname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	      fileinfo->status = closed;
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Now handle the different types of files.  */
+      if (FILEINFO_EHDR (fileinfo->ehdr).e_type == ET_REL)
+	{
+	  /* Add all the symbol.  Relocatable files have symbol
+	     tables.  */
+	  res = add_relocatable_file (fileinfo, SHT_SYMTAB);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  bool has_l_name = fileinfo->file_type == archive_file_type;
+
+	  assert (FILEINFO_EHDR (fileinfo->ehdr).e_type == ET_DYN);
+
+	  /* If the file is a DT_NEEDED dependency then the type is
+	     already correctly specified.  */
+	  if (fileinfo->file_type != dso_needed_file_type)
+	    fileinfo->file_type = dso_file_type;
+
+	  /* We cannot use DSOs when generating relocatable objects.  */
+	  if (ld_state.file_type == relocatable_file_type)
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+cannot use DSO '%s' when generating relocatable object file"),
+		     fileinfo->fname);
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Add all the symbols.  For DSOs we are looking at the
+	     dynamic symbol table.  */
+	  res = add_relocatable_file (fileinfo, SHT_DYNSYM);
+
+	  /* We always have to have a dynamic section.  */
+	  assert (fileinfo->dynscn != NULL);
+
+	  /* We have to remember the dependencies for this object.  It
+	     is necessary to look them up.  */
+	  XElf_Shdr_vardef (dynshdr);
+	  xelf_getshdr (fileinfo->dynscn, dynshdr);
+
+	  Elf_Data *dyndata = elf_getdata (fileinfo->dynscn, NULL);
+	  /* XXX Should we flag the failure to get the dynamic section?  */
+	  if (dynshdr != NULL)
+	    {
+	      int cnt = dynshdr->sh_size / dynshdr->sh_entsize;
+	      XElf_Dyn_vardef (dyn);
+
+	      while (--cnt >= 0)
+		{
+		  xelf_getdyn (dyndata, cnt, dyn);
+		  if (dyn != NULL)
+		    {
+		      if(dyn->d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
+			{
+			  struct usedfiles *newp;
+
+			  newp = ld_new_inputfile (elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf,
+							       dynshdr->sh_link,
+							       dyn->d_un.d_val),
+						   dso_needed_file_type);
+
+			  /* Enqueue the newly found dependencies.  */
+			  // XXX Check that there not already a file with the
+			  // same name.
+			  CSNGL_LIST_ADD_REAR (ld_state.needed, newp);
+			}
+		      else if (dyn->d_tag == DT_SONAME)
+			{
+			  /* We use the DT_SONAME (this is what's there
+			     for).  */
+			  fileinfo->soname = elf_strptr (fileinfo->elf,
+							 dynshdr->sh_link,
+							 dyn->d_un.d_val);
+			  has_l_name = false;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* Construct the file name if the DSO has no SONAME and the
+	     file name comes from a -lXX parameter on the comment
+	     line.  */
+	  if (unlikely (has_l_name))
+	    {
+	      /* The FNAME is the parameter the user specified on the
+		 command line.  We prepend "lib" and append ".so".  */
+	      size_t len = strlen (fileinfo->fname) + 7;
+	      char *newp;
+
+	      newp = (char *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, len);
+	      strcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (newp, "lib"), fileinfo->fname), ".so");
+
+	      fileinfo->soname = newp;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (likely (elf_kind (fileinfo->elf) == ELF_K_AR))
+    {
+      if (unlikely (ld_state.extract_rule == allextract))
+	/* Which this option enabled we have to add all the object
+	   files in the archive.  */
+	res = add_whole_archive (fileinfo);
+      else if (ld_state.file_type == relocatable_file_type)
+	{
+	  /* When generating a relocatable object we don't find files
+	     in archives.  */
+	  if (verbose)
+	    error (0, 0, gettext ("input file '%s' ignored"), fileinfo->fname);
+
+	  res = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	/* Extract only the members from the archive which are
+	   currently referenced by unresolved symbols.  */
+	res = extract_from_archive (fileinfo);
+    }
+  else
+    /* This should never happen, we know about no other types.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+
+/* Process a given file.  The first parameter is a file descriptor for
+   the file which can be -1 to indicate the file has not yet been
+   found.  The second parameter describes the file to be opened, the
+   last one is the state of the linker which among other information
+   contain the paths we look at.  */
+static int
+ld_generic_file_process (int fd, struct usedfiles *fileinfo,
+			 struct ld_state *statep, struct usedfiles **nextp)
+{
+  int res = 0;
+
+  /* By default we go to the next file in the list.  */
+  *nextp = fileinfo->next;
+
+  /* Set the flag to signal we are looking for a group start.  */
+  if (unlikely (fileinfo->group_start))
+    {
+      ld_state.group_start_requested = true;
+      fileinfo->group_start = false;
+    }
+
+  /* If the file isn't open yet, open it now.  */
+  if (likely (fileinfo->status == not_opened))
+    {
+      bool fd_passed = true;
+
+      if (likely (fd == -1))
+	{
+	  /* Find the file ourselves.  */
+	  int err = open_along_path (fileinfo);
+	  if (unlikely (err != 0))
+	    /* We allow libraries and DSOs to be named more than once.
+	       Don't report an error to the caller.  */
+	    return err == EAGAIN ? 0 : err;
+
+	  fd_passed = false;
+	}
+      else
+	fileinfo->fd = fd;
+
+      /* Remember where we got the descriptor from.  */
+      fileinfo->fd_passed = fd_passed;
+
+      /* We found the file.  Now test whether it is a file type we can
+	 handle.
+
+	 XXX Do we have to have the ability to start from a given
+	 position in the search path again to look for another file if
+	 the one found has not the right type?  */
+      res = open_elf (fileinfo, elf_begin (fileinfo->fd,
+					   is_dso_p (fileinfo->fd)
+					   ? ELF_C_READ_MMAP
+					   : ELF_C_READ_MMAP_PRIVATE, NULL));
+      if (unlikely (res != 0))
+	return res;
+    }
+
+  /* Now that we have opened the file start processing it.  */
+  if (likely (fileinfo->status != closed))
+    res = file_process2 (fileinfo);
+
+  /* Determine which file to look at next.  */
+  if (unlikely (fileinfo->group_backref != NULL))
+    {
+      /* We only go back if an archive other than the one we would go
+	 back to has been used in the last round.  */
+      if (ld_state.last_archive_used > fileinfo->group_backref->archive_seq)
+	{
+	  *nextp = fileinfo->group_backref;
+	  ld_state.last_archive_used = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* If we come here this means that the archives we read so
+	     far are not needed anymore.  We can free some of the data
+	     now.  */
+	  struct usedfiles *runp = ld_state.archives;
+
+	  do
+	    {
+	      /* We don't need the ELF descriptor anymore.  Unless there
+		 are no files from the archive used this will not free
+		 the whole file but only some data structures.  */
+	      elf_end (runp->elf);
+	      runp->elf = NULL;
+
+	      runp = runp->next;
+	    }
+	  while (runp != fileinfo->next);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (unlikely (fileinfo->group_end))
+    {
+      /* This is the end of a group.  We possibly of to go back.
+	 Determine which file we would go back to and see whether it
+	 makes sense.  If there has not been an archive we don't have
+	 to do anything.  */
+      if (!ld_state.group_start_requested)
+	{
+	  if (ld_state.group_start_archive != ld_state.tailarchives)
+	    /* The loop would include more than one archive, add the
+	       pointer.  */
+	    {
+	      *nextp = ld_state.tailarchives->group_backref =
+		ld_state.group_start_archive;
+	      ld_state.last_archive_used = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    /* We might still have to go back to the beginning of the
+	       group if since the last archive other files have been
+	       added.  But we go back exactly once.  */
+	    if (ld_state.tailarchives != fileinfo)
+	      {
+		*nextp = ld_state.group_start_archive;
+		ld_state.last_archive_used = 0;
+	      }
+	}
+
+      /* Clear the flags.  */
+      ld_state.group_start_requested = false;
+      fileinfo->group_end = false;
+    }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+
+/* Library names passed to the linker as -lXX represent files named
+   libXX.YY.  The YY part can have different forms, depending on the
+   platform.  The generic set is .so and .a (in this order).  */
+static const char **
+ld_generic_lib_extensions (struct ld_state *statep __attribute__ ((__unused__)))
+{
+  static const char *exts[] =
+    {
+      ".so", ".a", NULL
+    };
+
+  return exts;
+}
+
+
+/* Flag unresolved symbols.  */
+static int
+ld_generic_flag_unresolved (struct ld_state *statep)
+{
+  int retval = 0;
+
+  if (ld_state.nunresolved_nonweak > 0)
+    {
+      /* Go through the list and determine the unresolved symbols.  */
+      struct symbol *first;
+      struct symbol *s;
+
+      s = first = ld_state.unresolved->next;
+      do
+	{
+	  if (! s->defined && ! s->weak)
+	    {
+	      /* Two special symbol we recognize: the symbol for the
+		 GOT and the dynamic section.  */
+	      if (strcmp (s->name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0
+		  || strcmp (s->name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0)
+		{
+		  /* We will have to fill in more information later.  */
+		  ld_state.need_got = true;
+
+		  /* Remember that we found it.  */
+		  if (s->name[1] == 'G')
+		    ld_state.got_symbol = s;
+		  else
+		    ld_state.dyn_symbol = s;
+		}
+	      else if (ld_state.file_type != dso_file_type || !ld_state.nodefs)
+		{
+		  /* XXX The error message should get better.  It should use
+		     the debugging information if present to tell where in the
+		     sources the undefined reference is.  */
+		  error (0, 0, gettext ("undefined symbol `%s' in %s"),
+			 s->name, s->file->fname);
+
+		  retval = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* We cannot decide here what to do with undefined
+	     references which will come from DSO since we do not know
+	     what kind of symbol we expect.  Only when looking at the
+	     relocations we can see whether we need a PLT entry or
+	     only a GOT entry.  */
+
+	  s = s->next;
+	}
+      while (s != first);
+    }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+/* Close the given file.  */
+static int
+ld_generic_file_close (struct usedfiles *fileinfo, struct ld_state *statep)
+{
+  /* Close the ELF descriptor.  */
+  elf_end (fileinfo->elf);
+
+  /* If we have opened the file descriptor close it.  But we might
+     have done this already in which case FD is -1.  */
+  if (!fileinfo->fd_passed && fileinfo->fd != -1)
+    close (fileinfo->fd);
+
+  /* We allocated the resolved file name.  */
+  if (fileinfo->fname != fileinfo->rfname)
+    free ((char *) fileinfo->rfname);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+new_generated_scn (enum scn_kind kind, const char *name, int type, int flags,
+		   int entsize, int align)
+{
+  struct scnhead *newp;
+
+  newp = (struct scnhead *) obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem,
+					    sizeof (struct scnhead));
+  newp->kind = kind;
+  newp->name = name;
+  newp->nameent = ebl_strtabadd (ld_state.shstrtab, name, 0);
+  newp->type = type;
+  newp->flags = flags;
+  newp->entsize = entsize;
+  newp->align = align;
+  newp->grp_signature = NULL;
+  newp->used = true;
+
+  /* All is well.  Create now the data for the section and insert it
+     into the section table.  */
+  ld_section_tab_insert (&ld_state.section_tab, elf_hash (name), newp);
+}
+
+
+/* Create the sections which are generated by the linker and are not
+   present in the input file.  */
+static void
+ld_generic_generate_sections (struct ld_state *statep)
+{
+  /* The relocation section type.  */
+  int rel_type = REL_TYPE (&ld_state) == DT_REL ? SHT_REL : SHT_RELA;
+
+  /* When building dynamically linked object we have to include a
+     section containing a string describing the interpreter.  This
+     should be at the very beginning of the file together with the
+     other information the ELF loader (kernel or wherever) has to look
+     at.  We put it as the first section in the file.
+
+     We also have to create the dynamic segment which is a special
+     section the dynamic linker locates through an entry in the
+     program header.  */
+  if (dynamically_linked_p ())
+    {
+      int ndt_needed;
+      /* Use any versioning (defined or required)?  */
+      bool use_versioning = false;
+      /* Use version requirements?  */
+      bool need_version = false;
+
+      /* First the .interp section.  */
+      new_generated_scn (scn_dot_interp, ".interp", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC,
+			 0, 1);
+
+      /* Now the .dynamic section.  */
+      new_generated_scn (scn_dot_dynamic, ".dynamic", SHT_DYNAMIC,
+			 DYNAMIC_SECTION_FLAGS (&ld_state),
+			 xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_DYN, 1),
+			 xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1));
+
+      /* We will need in any case the dynamic symbol table (even in
+	 the unlikely case that no symbol is exported or referenced
+	 from a DSO).  */
+      ld_state.need_dynsym = true;
+      new_generated_scn (scn_dot_dynsym, ".dynsym", SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC,
+			 xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM, 1),
+			 xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1));
+      /* It comes with a string table.  */
+      new_generated_scn (scn_dot_dynstr, ".dynstr", SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC,
+			 0, 1);
+      /* And a hashing table.  */
+      // XXX For Linux/Alpha we need other sizes unless they change...
+      new_generated_scn (scn_dot_hash, ".hash", SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC,
+			 sizeof (Elf32_Word), sizeof (Elf32_Word));
+
+      /* By default we add all DSOs provided on the command line.  If
+	 the user added '-z ignore' to the command line we only add
+	 those which are actually used.  */
+      ndt_needed = ld_state.ignore_unused_dsos ? 0 : ld_state.ndsofiles;
+
+      /* Create the section associated with the PLT if necessary.  */
+      if (ld_state.nplt > 0)
+	{
+	  /* Create the .plt section.  */
+	  /* XXX We might need a function which returns the section flags.  */
+	  new_generated_scn (scn_dot_plt, ".plt", SHT_PROGBITS,
+			     SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR,
+			     /* XXX Is the size correct?  */
+			     xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1),
+			     xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1));
+
+	  /* Create the relocation section for the .plt.  This is always
+	     separate even if the other relocation sections are combined.  */
+	  new_generated_scn (scn_dot_pltrel, ".rel.plt", rel_type, SHF_ALLOC,
+			     rel_type == SHT_REL
+			     ? xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_REL, 1)
+			     : xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_RELA, 1),
+			     xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1));
+
+	  /* This means we will also need the .got section.  */
+	  ld_state.need_got = true;
+
+	  /* Mark all used DSOs as used.  Determine whether any referenced
+	     object uses symbol versioning.  */
+	  if (ld_state.from_dso != NULL)
+	    {
+	      struct symbol *srunp = ld_state.from_dso;
+
+	      do
+		{
+		  srunp->file->used = true;
+
+		  if (srunp->file->verdefdata != NULL)
+		    {
+		      XElf_Versym versym;
+
+		      /* The input DSO uses versioning.  */
+		      use_versioning = true;
+		      /* We reference versions.  */
+		      need_version = true;
+
+		      if (xelf_getversym_copy (srunp->file->versymdata,
+					       srunp->symidx, versym) == NULL)
+			assert (! "xelf_getversym failed");
+
+		      /* We cannot link explicitly with an older
+			 version of a symbol.  */
+		      assert ((versym & 0x8000) == 0);
+		      /* We cannot reference local (index 0) or plain
+			 global (index 1) versions.  */
+		      assert (versym > 1);
+
+		      /* Check whether we have already seen the
+			 version and if not add it to the referenced
+			 versions in the output file.  */
+		      if (! srunp->file->verdefused[versym])
+			{
+			  srunp->file->verdefused[versym] = 1;
+
+			  if (++srunp->file->nverdefused == 1)
+			    /* Count the file if it is using versioning.  */
+			    ++ld_state.nverdeffile;
+			  ++ld_state.nverdefused;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	      while ((srunp = srunp->next) != ld_state.from_dso);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Create the sections used to record version dependencies.  */
+	  if (need_version)
+	    new_generated_scn (scn_dot_version_r, ".gnu.version_r",
+			       SHT_GNU_verneed, SHF_ALLOC, 0,
+			       xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_WORD, 1));
+
+	  /* Now count the used DSOs since this is what the user
+	     wants.  */
+	  ndt_needed = 0;
+	  if (ld_state.ndsofiles > 0)
+	    {
+	      struct usedfiles *frunp = ld_state.dsofiles;
+
+	      do
+		if (! ld_state.ignore_unused_dsos || frunp->used)
+		  {
+		    ++ndt_needed;
+		    if (frunp->lazyload)
+		      /* We have to create another dynamic section
+			 entry for the DT_POSFLAG_1 entry.
+
+			 XXX Once more functionality than the
+			 lazyloading flag are suppported the test
+			 must be extended.  */
+		      ++ndt_needed;
+		  }
+	      while ((frunp = frunp->next) != ld_state.dsofiles);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (use_versioning)
+	new_generated_scn (scn_dot_version, ".gnu.version", SHT_GNU_versym,
+			   SHF_ALLOC,
+			   xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_HALF, 1),
+			   xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_HALF, 1));
+
+      /* We need some entries all the time.  */
+      ld_state.ndynamic = (7 + (ld_state.runpath != NULL
+				|| ld_state.rpath != NULL)
+			   + ndt_needed
+			   + (ld_state.init_symbol != NULL ? 1 : 0)
+			   + (ld_state.fini_symbol != NULL ? 1 : 0)
+			   + (use_versioning ? 1 : 0)
+			   + (need_version ? 2 : 0)
+			   + (ld_state.nplt > 0 ? 4 : 0)
+			   + (ld_state.relsize_total > 0 ? 3 : 0));
+    }
+
+  /* When creating a relocatable file or when we are not stripping the
+     output file we create a symbol table.  */
+  ld_state.need_symtab = (ld_state.file_type == relocatable_file_type
+			  || ld_state.strip == strip_none);
+
+  /* Add the .got section if needed.  */
+  if (ld_state.need_got)
+    /* XXX We might need a function which returns the section flags.  */
+    new_generated_scn (scn_dot_got, ".got", SHT_PROGBITS,
+		       SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE,
+		       xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1),
+		       xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1));
+
+  /* Add the .rel.dyn section.  */
+  if (ld_state.relsize_total > 0)
+    new_generated_scn (scn_dot_dynrel, ".rel.dyn", rel_type, SHF_ALLOC,
+		       rel_type == SHT_REL
+		       ? xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_REL, 1)
+		       : xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_RELA, 1),
+		       xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1));
+}
+
+
+/* Callback function registered with on_exit to make sure the temporary
+   files gets removed if something goes wrong.  */
+static void
+remove_tempfile (int status, void *arg)
+{
+  if (status != 0 && ld_state.tempfname != NULL)
+    unlink (ld_state.tempfname);
+}
+
+
+/* Create the output file.  The file name is given or "a.out".  We
+   create as much of the ELF structure as possible.  */
+static int
+ld_generic_open_outfile (struct ld_state *statep, int machine, int klass,
+			 int data)
+{
+  /* We do not create the new file right away with the final name.
+     This would destroy an existing file with this name before a
+     replacement is finalized.  We create instead a temporary file in
+     the same directory.  */
+  if (ld_state.outfname == NULL)
+    ld_state.outfname = "a.out";
+
+  size_t outfname_len = strlen (ld_state.outfname);
+  char *tempfname = (char *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem,
+					    outfname_len + sizeof (".XXXXXX"));
+  ld_state.tempfname = tempfname;
+
+  int fd;
+  int try = 0;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      strcpy (mempcpy (tempfname, ld_state.outfname, outfname_len), ".XXXXXX");
+
+      /* The useof mktemp() here is fine.  We do not want to use
+	 mkstemp() since then the umask isn't used.  And the output
+	 file will have these permissions anyhow.  Any intruder could
+	 change the file later if it would be possible now.  */
+      if (mktemp (tempfname) != NULL
+	  && (fd = open (tempfname, O_RDWR | O_EXCL | O_CREAT | O_NOFOLLOW,
+			 ld_state.file_type == relocatable_file_type
+			 ? DEFFILEMODE : ACCESSPERMS)) != -1)
+	break;
+
+      /* Failed this round.  We keep trying a number of times.  */
+      if (++try >= 10)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("cannot create output file"));
+    }
+  ld_state.outfd = fd;
+
+  /* Make sure we remove the temporary file in case something goes
+     wrong.  */
+  on_exit (remove_tempfile, NULL);
+
+  /* Create the ELF file data for the output file.  */
+  Elf *elf = ld_state.outelf = elf_begin (fd,
+					  conserve_memory
+					  ? ELF_C_WRITE : ELF_C_WRITE_MMAP,
+					  NULL);
+  if (elf == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create ELF descriptor for output file: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* Create the basic data structures.  */
+  if (! xelf_newehdr (elf, klass))
+    /* Couldn't create the ELF header.  Very bad.  */
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("could not create ELF header for output file: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* And get the current header so that we can modify it.  */
+  XElf_Ehdr_vardef (ehdr);
+  xelf_getehdr (elf, ehdr);
+  assert (ehdr != NULL);
+
+  /* Set the machine type.  */
+  ehdr->e_machine = machine;
+
+  /* Modify it according to the info we have here and now.  */
+  if (ld_state.file_type == executable_file_type)
+    ehdr->e_type = ET_EXEC;
+  else if (ld_state.file_type == dso_file_type)
+    ehdr->e_type = ET_DYN;
+  else
+    {
+      assert (ld_state.file_type == relocatable_file_type);
+      ehdr->e_type = ET_REL;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the ELF version.  */
+  ehdr->e_version = EV_CURRENT;
+
+  /* Set the endianness.  */
+  ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] = data;
+
+  /* Write the ELF header information back.  */
+  (void) xelf_update_ehdr (elf, ehdr);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* We compute the offsets of the various copied objects and the total
+   size of the memory needed.  */
+// XXX The method used here is simple: go from front to back and pack
+// the objects in this order.  A more space efficient way would
+// actually trying to pack the objects as dense as possible.  But this
+// is more expensive.
+static void
+compute_copy_reloc_offset (XElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  struct symbol *runp = ld_state.from_dso;
+  assert (runp != NULL);
+
+  XElf_Off maxalign = 1;
+  XElf_Off offset = 0;
+
+  do
+    if (runp->need_copy)
+      {
+	/* Determine alignment for the symbol.  */
+	// XXX The question is how?  The symbol record itself does not
+	// have the information.  So we have to be conservative and
+	// assume the alignment of the section the symbol is in.
+
+	// XXX We can be more precise.  Use the offset from the beginning
+	// of the section and determine the largest power of two with
+	// module zero.
+	XElf_Off symalign = MAX (SCNINFO_SHDR (runp->file->scninfo[runp->scndx].shdr).sh_addralign, 1);
+	/* Keep track of the maximum alignment requirement.  */
+	maxalign = MAX (maxalign, symalign);
+
+	/* Align current position.  */
+	offset = (offset + symalign - 1) & ~(symalign - 1);
+
+	runp->merge.value = offset;
+
+	offset += runp->size;
+      }
+  while ((runp = runp->next) != ld_state.from_dso);
+
+  shdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
+  shdr->sh_size = offset;
+  shdr->sh_addralign = maxalign;
+}
+
+
+static void
+compute_common_symbol_offset (XElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  struct symbol *runp = ld_state.common_syms;
+  assert (runp != NULL);
+
+  XElf_Off maxalign = 1;
+  XElf_Off offset = 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* Determine alignment for the symbol.  */
+      XElf_Off symalign = runp->merge.value;
+
+      /* Keep track of the maximum alignment requirement.  */
+      maxalign = MAX (maxalign, symalign);
+
+      /* Align current position.  */
+      offset = (offset + symalign - 1) & ~(symalign - 1);
+
+      runp->merge.value = offset;
+
+      offset += runp->size;
+    }
+  while ((runp = runp->next) != ld_state.common_syms);
+
+  shdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
+  shdr->sh_size = offset;
+  shdr->sh_addralign = maxalign;
+}
+
+
+static void
+sort_sections_generic (void)
+{
+  /* XXX TBI */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+static int
+match_section (const char *osectname, struct filemask_section_name *sectmask,
+	       struct scnhead **scnhead, bool new_section, size_t segment_nr)
+{
+  struct scninfo *prevp;
+  struct scninfo *runp;
+  struct scninfo *notused;
+
+  if (fnmatch (sectmask->section_name->name, (*scnhead)->name, 0) != 0)
+    /* The section name does not match.  */
+    return new_section;
+
+  /* If this is a section generated by the linker it doesn't contain
+     the regular information (i.e., input section data etc) and must
+     be handle special.  */
+  if ((*scnhead)->kind != scn_normal)
+    {
+      (*scnhead)->name = osectname;
+      (*scnhead)->segment_nr = segment_nr;
+
+      /* We have to count note section since they get their own
+	 program header entry.  */
+      if ((*scnhead)->type == SHT_NOTE)
+	++ld_state.nnotesections;
+
+      ld_state.allsections[ld_state.nallsections++] = (*scnhead);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Now we have to match the file names of the input files.  Some of
+     the sections here might not match.    */
+  runp = (*scnhead)->last->next;
+  prevp = (*scnhead)->last;
+  notused = NULL;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* Base of the file name the section comes from.  */
+      const char *brfname = basename (runp->fileinfo->rfname);
+
+      /* If the section isn't used, the name doesn't match the positive
+	 inclusion list or the name does match the negative inclusion
+	 list, ignore the section.  */
+      if (!runp->used
+	  || (sectmask->filemask != NULL
+	      && fnmatch (sectmask->filemask, brfname, 0) != 0)
+	  || (sectmask->excludemask != NULL
+	      && fnmatch (sectmask->excludemask, brfname, 0) == 0))
+	{
+	  /* This file does not match the file name masks.  */
+	  if (notused == NULL)
+	    notused = runp;
+
+	  prevp = runp;
+	  runp = runp->next;
+	  if (runp == notused)
+	    runp = NULL;
+	}
+      /* The section fulfills all requirements, add it to the output
+	 file with the correct section name etc.  */
+      else
+	{
+	  struct scninfo *found = runp;
+
+	  /* Remove this input section data buffer from the list.  */
+	  if (prevp != runp)
+	    runp = prevp->next = runp->next;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      free (*scnhead);
+	      *scnhead = NULL;
+	      runp = NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Create a new section for the output file if the 'new_section'
+	     flag says so.  Otherwise append the buffer to the last
+	     section which we created in one of the last calls.  */
+	  if (new_section)
+	    {
+	      struct scnhead *newp;
+
+	      newp = (struct scnhead *) obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem,
+							sizeof (*newp));
+	      newp->kind = scn_normal;
+	      newp->name = osectname;
+	      newp->type = SCNINFO_SHDR (found->shdr).sh_type;
+	      newp->flags = SCNINFO_SHDR (found->shdr).sh_flags;
+	      newp->segment_nr = segment_nr;
+	      newp->last = found->next = found;
+	      newp->used = true;
+	      newp->relsize = found->relsize;
+	      newp->entsize = SCNINFO_SHDR (found->shdr).sh_entsize;
+
+	      /* We have to count note section since they get their own
+		 program header entry.  */
+	      if (newp->type == SHT_NOTE)
+		++ld_state.nnotesections;
+
+	      ld_state.allsections[ld_state.nallsections++] = newp;
+	      new_section = false;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      struct scnhead *queued;
+
+	      queued = ld_state.allsections[ld_state.nallsections - 1];
+
+	      found->next = queued->last->next;
+	      queued->last = queued->last->next = found;
+
+	      /* If the linker script forces us to add incompatible
+		 sections together do so.  But reflect this in the
+		 type and flags of the resulting file.  */
+	      if (queued->type != SCNINFO_SHDR (found->shdr).sh_type)
+		/* XXX Any better choice?  */
+		queued->type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+	      if (queued->flags != SCNINFO_SHDR (found->shdr).sh_flags)
+		queued->flags = ebl_sh_flags_combine (ld_state.ebl,
+						      queued->flags,
+						      SCNINFO_SHDR (found->shdr).sh_flags);
+
+	      /* Accumulate the relocation section size.  */
+	      queued->relsize += found->relsize;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  while (runp != NULL);
+
+  return new_section;
+}
+
+
+static void
+sort_sections_lscript (void)
+{
+  struct scnhead *temp[ld_state.nallsections];
+
+  /* Make a copy of the section head pointer array.  */
+  memcpy (temp, ld_state.allsections,
+	  ld_state.nallsections * sizeof (temp[0]));
+  size_t nallsections = ld_state.nallsections;
+
+  /* Convert the output segment list in a single-linked list.  */
+  struct output_segment *segment = ld_state.output_segments->next;
+  ld_state.output_segments->next = NULL;
+  ld_state.output_segments = segment;
+
+  /* Put the sections in the correct order in the array in the state
+     structure.  This might involve merging of sections and also
+     renaming the containing section in the output file.  */
+  ld_state.nallsections = 0;
+  size_t segment_nr;
+  size_t last_writable = ~0ul;
+  for (segment_nr = 0; segment != NULL; segment = segment->next, ++segment_nr)
+    {
+      struct output_rule *orule;
+
+      for (orule = segment->output_rules; orule != NULL; orule = orule->next)
+	if (orule->tag == output_section)
+	  {
+	    struct input_rule *irule;
+	    bool new_section = true;
+
+	    for (irule = orule->val.section.input; irule != NULL;
+		 irule = irule->next)
+	      if (irule->tag == input_section)
+		{
+		  size_t cnt;
+
+		  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nallsections; ++cnt)
+		    if (temp[cnt] != NULL)
+		      new_section =
+			match_section (orule->val.section.name,
+				       irule->val.section, &temp[cnt],
+				       new_section, segment_nr);
+		}
+	  }
+
+      if ((segment->mode & PF_W) != 0)
+	last_writable = ld_state.nallsections - 1;
+    }
+
+  /* In case we have to create copy relocations or we have common
+     symbols, find the last writable segment and add one more data
+     block.  It will be a NOBITS block and take up no disk space.
+     This is why it is important to get the last block.  */
+  if (ld_state.ncopy > 0 || ld_state.common_syms !=  NULL)
+    {
+      if (last_writable == ~0ul)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, "no writable segment");
+
+      if (ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->type != SHT_NOBITS)
+	{
+	  /* Make room in the ALLSECTIONS array for a new section.
+	     There is guaranteed room in the array.  We add the new
+	     entry after the last writable section.  */
+	  ++last_writable;
+	  memmove (&ld_state.allsections[last_writable + 1],
+		   &ld_state.allsections[last_writable],
+		   (ld_state.nallsections - last_writable)
+		   * sizeof (ld_state.allsections[0]));
+
+	  ld_state.allsections[last_writable] = (struct scnhead *)
+	    obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (struct scnhead));
+
+	  /* Name for the new section.  */
+	  ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->name = ".bss";
+	  /* Type: NOBITS.  */
+	  ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->type = SHT_NOBITS;
+	  /* Same segment as the last writable section.  */
+	  ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->segment_nr
+	    = ld_state.allsections[last_writable - 1]->segment_nr;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Create common symbol data block.  */
+  if (ld_state.ncopy > 0)
+    {
+#if NATIVE_ELF
+      struct scninfo *si = (struct scninfo *)
+	obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*si) + sizeof (XElf_Shdr));
+      si->shdr = (XElf_Shdr *) (si + 1);
+#else
+      struct scninfo *si = (struct scninfo *) obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem,
+							      sizeof (*si));
+#endif
+
+      /* Get the information regarding the symbols with copy relocations.  */
+      compute_copy_reloc_offset (&SCNINFO_SHDR (si->shdr));
+
+      /* This section is needed.  */
+      si->used = true;
+      /* Remember for later the section data structure.  */
+      ld_state.copy_section = si;
+
+      if (likely (ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last != NULL))
+	{
+	  si->next = ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last->next;
+	  ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last->next = si;
+	  ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last = si;
+	}
+      else
+	ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last = si->next = si;
+    }
+
+  /* Create common symbol data block.  */
+  if (ld_state.common_syms != NULL)
+    {
+#if NATIVE_ELF
+      struct scninfo *si = (struct scninfo *)
+	obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*si) + sizeof (XElf_Shdr));
+      si->shdr = (XElf_Shdr *) (si + 1);
+#else
+      struct scninfo *si = (struct scninfo *) obstack_calloc (&ld_state.smem,
+							      sizeof (*si));
+#endif
+
+      /* Get the information regarding the symbols with copy relocations.  */
+      compute_common_symbol_offset (&SCNINFO_SHDR (si->shdr));
+
+      /* This section is needed.  */
+      si->used = true;
+      /* Remember for later the section data structure.  */
+      ld_state.common_section = si;
+
+      if (likely (ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last != NULL))
+	{
+	  si->next = ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last->next;
+	  ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last->next = si;
+	  ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last = si;
+	}
+      else
+	ld_state.allsections[last_writable]->last = si->next = si;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Create the output sections now.  This requires knowledge about all
+   the sections we will need.  It may be necessary to sort sections in
+   the order they are supposed to appear in the executable.  The
+   sorting use many different kinds of information to optimize the
+   resulting binary.  Important is to respect segment boundaries and
+   the needed alignment.  The mode of the segments will be determined
+   afterwards automatically by the output routines.
+
+   The generic sorting routines work in one of two possible ways:
+
+   - if a linker script specifies the sections to be used in the
+     output and assigns them to a segment this information is used;
+
+   - otherwise the linker will order the sections based on permissions
+     and some special knowledge about section names.*/
+static void
+ld_generic_create_sections (struct ld_state *statep)
+{
+  struct scngroup *groups;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  /* For relocatable object we don't have to bother sorting the
+     sections and we do want to preserve the relocation sections as
+     they appear in the input files.  */
+  if (ld_state.file_type != relocatable_file_type)
+    {
+      /* Collect all the relocation sections.  They are handled
+	 separately.  */
+      struct scninfo *list = NULL;
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < ld_state.nallsections; ++cnt)
+	if ((ld_state.allsections[cnt]->type == SHT_REL
+	     || ld_state.allsections[cnt]->type == SHT_RELA)
+	    /* The generated relocation sections are not of any
+	       interest here.  */
+	    && ld_state.allsections[cnt]->last != NULL)
+	  {
+	    if (list == NULL)
+	      list = ld_state.allsections[cnt]->last;
+	    else
+	      {
+		/* Merge the sections list.  */
+		struct scninfo *first = list->next;
+		list->next = ld_state.allsections[cnt]->last->next;
+		ld_state.allsections[cnt]->last->next = first;
+		list = ld_state.allsections[cnt]->last;
+	      }
+
+	    /* Remove the entry from the section list.  */
+	    ld_state.allsections[cnt] = NULL;
+	  }
+      ld_state.rellist = list;
+
+      if (ld_state.output_segments == NULL)
+	/* Sort using builtin rules.  */
+	sort_sections_generic ();
+      else
+	sort_sections_lscript ();
+    }
+
+  /* Now iterate over the input sections and create the sections in the
+     order they are required in the output file.  */
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < ld_state.nallsections; ++cnt)
+    {
+      struct scnhead *head = ld_state.allsections[cnt];
+      Elf_Scn *scn;
+      XElf_Shdr_vardef (shdr);
+
+      /* Don't handle unused sections.  */
+      if (!head->used)
+	continue;
+
+      /* We first have to create the section group if necessary.
+	 Section group sections must come (in section index order)
+	 before any of the section contained.  This all is necessary
+	 only for relocatable object as other object types are not
+	 allowed to contain section groups.  */
+      if (ld_state.file_type == relocatable_file_type
+	  && unlikely (head->flags & SHF_GROUP))
+	{
+	  /* There is at least one section which is contained in a
+	     section group in the input file.  This means we must
+	     create a section group here as well.  The only problem is
+	     that not all input files have to have to same kind of
+	     partitioning of the sections.  I.e., sections A and B in
+	     one input file and sections B and C in another input file
+	     can be in one group.  That will result in a group
+	     containing the sections A, B, and C in the output
+	     file.  */
+	  struct scninfo *runp;
+	  Elf32_Word here_groupidx = 0;
+	  struct scngroup *here_group;
+	  struct member *newp;
+
+	  /* First check whether any section is already in a group.
+	     In this case we have to add this output section, too.  */
+	  runp = head->last;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      assert (runp->grpid != 0);
+
+	      here_groupidx = runp->fileinfo->scninfo[runp->grpid].outscnndx;
+	      if (here_groupidx != 0)
+		break;
+	    }
+	  while ((runp = runp->next) != head->last);
+
+	  if (here_groupidx == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* We need a new section group section.  */
+	      scn = elf_newscn (ld_state.outelf);
+	      xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+	      if (shdr == NULL)
+		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		       gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+		       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	      here_group = (struct scngroup *) xmalloc (sizeof (*here_group));
+	      here_group->outscnidx = here_groupidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+	      here_group->nscns = 0;
+	      here_group->member = NULL;
+	      here_group->next = ld_state.groups;
+	      /* Pick a name for the section.  To keep it meaningful
+		 we use a name used in the input files.  If the
+		 section group in the output file should contain
+		 section which were in section groups of different
+		 names in the input files this is the users
+		 problem.  */
+	      here_group->nameent
+		= ebl_strtabadd (ld_state.shstrtab,
+				 elf_strptr (runp->fileinfo->elf,
+					     runp->fileinfo->shstrndx,
+					     SCNINFO_SHDR (runp->shdr).sh_name),
+				 0);
+	      /* Signature symbol.  */
+	      here_group->symbol
+		= runp->fileinfo->scninfo[runp->grpid].symbols;
+
+	      ld_state.groups = here_group;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Search for the group with this index.  */
+	      here_group = ld_state.groups;
+	      while (here_group->outscnidx != here_groupidx)
+		here_group = here_group->next;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Add the new output section.  */
+	  newp = (struct member *) alloca (sizeof (*newp));
+	  newp->scn = head;
+#ifndef NDT_NEEDED
+	  newp->next = NULL;
+#endif
+	  CSNGL_LIST_ADD_REAR (here_group->member, newp);
+	  ++here_group->nscns;
+
+	  /* Store the section group index in all input files.  */
+	  runp = head->last;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      assert (runp->grpid != 0);
+
+	      if (runp->fileinfo->scninfo[runp->grpid].outscnndx == 0)
+		runp->fileinfo->scninfo[runp->grpid].outscnndx = here_groupidx;
+	      else
+		assert (runp->fileinfo->scninfo[runp->grpid].outscnndx
+			== here_groupidx);
+	    }
+	  while ((runp = runp->next) != head->last);
+	}
+
+      /* We'll use this section so get it's name in the section header
+	 string table.  */
+      if (head->kind == scn_normal)
+	head->nameent = ebl_strtabadd (ld_state.shstrtab, head->name, 0);
+
+      /* Create a new section in the output file and add all data
+	 from all the sections we read.  */
+      scn = elf_newscn (ld_state.outelf);
+      head->scnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+      xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+      if (shdr == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      assert (head->type != SHT_NULL);
+      assert (head->type != SHT_SYMTAB);
+      assert (head->type != SHT_DYNSYM || head->kind != scn_normal);
+      assert (head->type != SHT_STRTAB || head->kind != scn_normal);
+      assert (head->type != SHT_GROUP);
+      shdr->sh_type = head->type;
+      shdr->sh_flags = head->flags;
+      shdr->sh_addralign = head->align;
+      shdr->sh_entsize = head->entsize;
+      assert (shdr->sh_entsize != 0 || (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) == 0);
+      (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+
+      /* We have to know the section index of the dynamic symbol table
+	 right away.  */
+      if (head->kind == scn_dot_dynsym)
+	ld_state.dynsymscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+    }
+
+  /* Actually create the section group sections.  */
+  groups = ld_state.groups;
+  while (groups != NULL)
+    {
+      Elf_Scn *scn;
+      Elf_Data *data;
+      Elf32_Word *grpdata;
+      struct member *runp;
+
+      scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, groups->outscnidx);
+      assert (scn != NULL);
+
+      data = elf_newdata (scn);
+      if (data == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      data->d_size = (groups->nscns + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+      data->d_buf = grpdata = (Elf32_Word *) xmalloc (data->d_size);
+      data->d_type = ELF_T_WORD;
+      data->d_version = EV_CURRENT;
+      data->d_off = 0;
+      /* XXX What better to use?  */
+      data->d_align = sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+
+      /* The first word in the section is the flag word.  */
+      /* XXX Set COMDATA flag is necessary.  */
+      grpdata[0] = 0;
+
+      runp = groups->member->next;
+      cnt = 1;
+      do
+	/* Fill in the index of the section.  */
+	grpdata[cnt++] = runp->scn->scnidx;
+      while ((runp = runp->next) != groups->member->next);
+
+      groups = groups->next;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static bool
+reduce_symbol_p (XElf_Sym *sym, struct Ebl_Strent *strent)
+{
+  const char *str;
+  const char *version;
+  struct id_list search;
+  struct id_list *verp;
+  bool result = ld_state.default_bind_local;
+
+  if (XELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_LOCAL || sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+    /* We don't have to do anything to local symbols here.  */
+    /* XXX Any section value in [SHN_LORESERVER,SHN_XINDEX) need
+       special treatment?  */
+    return false;
+
+  /* XXX Handle other symbol bindings.  */
+  assert (XELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_GLOBAL
+	  || XELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_WEAK);
+
+  str = ebl_string (strent);
+  version = strchr (str, VER_CHR);
+  if (version != NULL)
+    {
+      search.id = strndupa (str, version - str);
+      if (*++version == VER_CHR)
+	/* Skip the second '@' signalling a default definition.  */
+	++version;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      search.id = str;
+      version = "";
+    }
+
+  verp = ld_version_str_tab_find (&ld_state.version_str_tab,
+				  elf_hash (search.id), &search);
+  while (verp != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We have this symbol in the version hash table.  Now match the
+	 version name.  */
+      if (strcmp (verp->u.s.versionname, version) == 0)
+	/* Match!  */
+	return verp->u.s.local;
+
+      verp = verp->next;
+    }
+
+  /* XXX Add test for wildcard version symbols.  */
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static XElf_Addr
+eval_expression (struct expression *expr, XElf_Addr addr)
+{
+  XElf_Addr val = ~((XElf_Addr) 0);
+
+  switch (expr->tag)
+    {
+    case exp_num:
+      val = expr->val.num;
+      break;
+
+    case exp_sizeof_headers:
+      {
+	/* The 'elf_update' call determine the offset of the first
+	   section.  The the size of the header.  */
+	XElf_Shdr_vardef (shdr);
+
+	xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, 1), shdr);
+	assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+	val = shdr->sh_offset;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case exp_pagesize:
+      val = ld_state.pagesize;
+      break;
+
+    case exp_id:
+      /* We are here computing only address expressions.  It seems not
+	 to be necessary to handle any variable but ".".  Let's avoid
+	 the complication.  If it turns up to be needed we can add
+	 it.  */
+      if (strcmp (expr->val.str, ".") != 0)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+address computation expression contains variable '%s'"),
+	       expr->val.str);
+
+      val = addr;
+      break;
+
+    case exp_mult:
+      val = (eval_expression (expr->val.binary.left, addr)
+	     * eval_expression (expr->val.binary.right, addr));
+      break;
+
+    case exp_div:
+      val = (eval_expression (expr->val.binary.left, addr)
+	     / eval_expression (expr->val.binary.right, addr));
+      break;
+
+    case exp_mod:
+      val = (eval_expression (expr->val.binary.left, addr)
+	     % eval_expression (expr->val.binary.right, addr));
+      break;
+
+    case exp_plus:
+      val = (eval_expression (expr->val.binary.left, addr)
+	     + eval_expression (expr->val.binary.right, addr));
+      break;
+
+    case exp_minus:
+      val = (eval_expression (expr->val.binary.left, addr)
+	     - eval_expression (expr->val.binary.right, addr));
+      break;
+
+    case exp_and:
+      val = (eval_expression (expr->val.binary.left, addr)
+	     & eval_expression (expr->val.binary.right, addr));
+      break;
+
+    case exp_or:
+      val = (eval_expression (expr->val.binary.left, addr)
+	     | eval_expression (expr->val.binary.right, addr));
+      break;
+
+    case exp_align:
+      val = eval_expression (expr->val.child, addr);
+      if ((val & (val - 1)) != 0)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("argument '%" PRIuMAX "' of ALIGN in address computation expression is no power of two"),
+	       (uintmax_t) val);
+      val = (addr + val - 1) & ~(val - 1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find a good as possible size for the hash table so that all the
+   non-zero entries in HASHCODES don't collide too much and the table
+   isn't too large.  There is no exact formular for this so we use a
+   heuristic.  Depending on the optimization level the search is
+   longer or shorter.  */
+static size_t
+optimal_bucket_size (Elf32_Word *hashcodes, size_t maxcnt, int optlevel)
+{
+  size_t minsize;
+  size_t maxsize;
+  size_t bestsize;
+  uint64_t bestcost;
+  size_t size;
+  uint32_t *counts;
+  uint32_t *lengths;
+
+  if (maxcnt == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* When we are not optimizing we run only very few tests.  */
+  if (optlevel <= 0)
+    {
+      minsize = maxcnt;
+      maxsize = maxcnt + 10000 / maxcnt;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Does not make much sense to start with a smaller table than
+	 one which has at least four collisions.  */
+      minsize = MAX (1, maxcnt / 4);
+      /* We look for a best fit in the range of up to eigth times the
+	 number of elements.  */
+      maxsize = 2 * maxcnt + (6 * MIN (optlevel, 100) * maxcnt) / 100;
+    }
+  bestsize = maxcnt;
+  bestcost = UINT_MAX;
+
+  /* Array for counting the collisions and chain lengths.  */
+  counts = (uint32_t *) xmalloc ((maxcnt + 1 + maxsize) * sizeof (uint32_t));
+  lengths = &counts[maxcnt + 1];
+
+  for (size = minsize; size <= maxsize; ++size)
+    {
+      size_t inner;
+      uint64_t cost;
+      uint32_t maxlength;
+      uint64_t success;
+      uint32_t acc;
+      double factor;
+
+      memset (lengths, '\0', size * sizeof (uint32_t));
+      memset (counts, '\0', (maxcnt + 1) * sizeof (uint32_t));
+
+      /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used.  */
+      for (inner = 0; inner < maxcnt; ++inner)
+	++lengths[hashcodes[inner] % size];
+
+      /* Determine the lengths.  */
+      maxlength = 0;
+      for (inner = 0; inner < size; ++inner)
+	{
+	  ++counts[lengths[inner]];
+
+	  if (lengths[inner] > maxlength)
+	    maxlength = lengths[inner];
+	}
+
+      /* Determine successful lookup length.  */
+      acc = 0;
+      success = 0;
+      for (inner = 0; inner <= maxlength; ++inner)
+	{
+	  acc += inner;
+	  success += counts[inner] * acc;
+	}
+
+      /* We can compute two factors now: the average length of a
+	 positive search and the average length of a negative search.
+	 We count the number of comparisons which have to look at the
+	 names themselves.  Recognizing that the chain ended is not
+	 accounted for since it's almost for free.
+
+	 Which lookup is more important depends on the kind of DSO.
+	 If it is a system DSO like libc it is expected that most
+	 lookups succeed.  Otherwise most lookups fail.  */
+      if (ld_state.is_system_library)
+	factor = (1.0 * (double) success / (double) maxcnt
+		  + 0.3 * (double) maxcnt / (double) size);
+      else
+	factor = (0.3 * (double) success / (double) maxcnt
+		  + 1.0 * (double) maxcnt / (double) size);
+
+      /* Combine the lookup cost factor.  The 1/16th addend adds
+	 penalties for too large table sizes.  */
+      cost = (2 + maxcnt + size) * (factor + 1.0 / 16.0);
+
+#if 0
+      printf ("maxcnt = %d, size = %d, cost = %Ld, success = %g, fail = %g, factor = %g\n",
+	      maxcnt, size, cost, (double) success / (double) maxcnt, (double) maxcnt / (double) size, factor);
+#endif
+
+      /* Compare with current best results.  */
+      if (cost < bestcost)
+	{
+	  bestcost = cost;
+	  bestsize = size;
+	}
+    }
+
+  free (counts);
+
+  return bestsize;
+}
+
+
+static XElf_Addr
+find_entry_point (void)
+{
+  XElf_Addr result;
+
+  if (ld_state.entry != NULL)
+    {
+      struct symbol search = { .name = ld_state.entry };
+      struct symbol *syment;
+
+      syment = ld_symbol_tab_find (&ld_state.symbol_tab,
+				   elf_hash (ld_state.entry), &search);
+      if (syment != NULL && syment->defined)
+	{
+	  /* We found the symbol.  */
+	  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf,
+						    ld_state.symscnidx), NULL);
+
+	  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	  sym = NULL;
+	  if (data != NULL)
+	    xelf_getsym (data, ld_state.dblindirect[syment->outsymidx], sym);
+
+	  if (sym == NULL && ld_state.need_dynsym && syment->outdynsymidx != 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Use the dynamic symbol table if available.  */
+	      data = elf_getdata (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf,
+					      ld_state.dynsymscnidx), NULL);
+
+	      sym = NULL;
+	      if (data != NULL)
+		xelf_getsym (data, syment->outdynsymidx, sym);
+	    }
+
+	  if (sym != NULL)
+	    return sym->st_value;
+
+	  /* XXX What to do if the output has no non-dynamic symbol
+	     table and the dynamic symbol table does not contain the
+	     symbol?  */
+	  assert (ld_state.need_symtab);
+	  assert (ld_state.symscnidx != 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We couldn't find the symbol or none was given.  Use the first
+     address of the ".text" section then.  */
+
+
+  result = 0;
+
+  /* In DSOs this is no fatal error.  They usually have no entry
+     points.  In this case we set the entry point to zero, which makes
+     sure it will always fail.  */
+  if (ld_state.file_type == executable_file_type)
+    {
+      if (ld_state.entry != NULL)
+	error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+cannot find entry symbol \"%s\": defaulting to %#0*" PRIx64),
+	       ld_state.entry,
+	       xelf_getclass (ld_state.outelf) == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18,
+	       (uint64_t) result);
+      else
+	error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+no entry symbol specified: defaulting to %#0*" PRIx64),
+	       xelf_getclass (ld_state.outelf) == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18,
+	       (uint64_t) result);
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+fillin_special_symbol (struct symbol *symst, size_t scnidx, size_t nsym,
+		       Elf_Data *symdata, struct Ebl_Strtab *strtab)
+{
+  assert (ld_state.file_type != relocatable_file_type);
+
+  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+  xelf_getsym_ptr (symdata, nsym, sym);
+
+  /* The name offset will be filled in later.  */
+  sym->st_name = 0;
+  /* Traditionally: globally visible.  */
+  sym->st_info = XELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, symst->type);
+  /* No special visibility or so.  */
+  sym->st_other = 0;
+  /* Reference to the GOT or dynamic section.  Since the GOT and
+     dynamic section are only created for executables and DSOs it
+     cannot be that the section index is too large.  */
+  assert (scnidx != 0);
+  assert (scnidx < SHN_LORESERVE || scnidx == SHN_ABS);
+  sym->st_shndx = scnidx;
+  /* We want the beginning of the section.  */
+  sym->st_value = 0;
+
+  /* Determine the size of the section.  */
+  if (scnidx != SHN_ABS)
+    {
+      Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, scnidx),
+				    NULL);
+      assert (data != NULL);
+      sym->st_size = data->d_size;
+      /* Make sure there is no second data block.  */
+      assert (elf_getdata (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, scnidx), data)
+	      == NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* Insert symbol into the symbol table.  Note that we do not have to
+     use xelf_update_symshdx.  */
+  (void) xelf_update_sym (symdata, nsym, sym);
+
+  /* Cross-references.  */
+  ndxtosym[nsym] = symst;
+  symst->outsymidx = nsym;
+
+  /* Add the name to the string table.  */
+  symstrent[nsym] = ebl_strtabadd (strtab, symst->name, 0);
+}
+
+
+static void
+new_dynamic_entry (Elf_Data *data, int idx, XElf_Sxword tag, XElf_Addr val)
+{
+  XElf_Dyn_vardef (dyn);
+  xelf_getdyn_ptr (data, idx, dyn);
+  dyn->d_tag = tag;
+  dyn->d_un.d_ptr = val;
+  (void) xelf_update_dyn (data, idx, dyn);
+}
+
+
+static void
+allocate_version_names (struct usedfiles *runp, struct Ebl_Strtab *dynstrtab)
+{
+  /* If this DSO has no versions skip it.  */
+  if (runp->status != opened || runp->verdefdata == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Add the object name.  */
+  int offset = 0;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      XElf_Verdef_vardef (def);
+      XElf_Verdaux_vardef (aux);
+
+      /* Get data at the next offset.  */
+      xelf_getverdef (runp->verdefdata, offset, def);
+      assert (def != NULL);
+      xelf_getverdaux (runp->verdefdata, offset + def->vd_aux, aux);
+      assert (aux != NULL);
+
+      assert (def->vd_ndx <= runp->nverdef);
+      if (def->vd_ndx == 1 || runp->verdefused[def->vd_ndx] != 0)
+	{
+	  runp->verdefent[def->vd_ndx]
+	    = ebl_strtabadd (dynstrtab, elf_strptr (runp->elf,
+						    runp->dynsymstridx,
+						    aux->vda_name), 0);
+
+	  if (def->vd_ndx > 1)
+	    runp->verdefused[def->vd_ndx] = ld_state.nextveridx++;
+	}
+
+      if (def->vd_next == 0)
+	/* That were all versions.  */
+	break;
+
+      offset += def->vd_next;
+    }
+}
+
+
+XElf_Off
+create_verneed_data (XElf_Off offset, Elf_Data *verneeddata,
+		     struct usedfiles *runp, int *ntotal)
+{
+	  size_t verneed_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_VNEED, 1);
+	  size_t vernaux_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_VNAUX, 1);
+	      int need_offset;
+	      bool filled = false;
+	      GElf_Verneed verneed;
+	      GElf_Vernaux vernaux;
+	      int ndef = 0;
+size_t cnt;
+
+	      /* If this DSO has no versions skip it.  */
+	      if (runp->nverdefused == 0)
+		return offset;
+
+	      /* We fill in the Verneed record last.  Remember the
+		 offset.  */
+	      need_offset = offset;
+	      offset += verneed_size;
+
+	      for (cnt = 2; cnt <= runp->nverdef; ++cnt)
+		if (runp->verdefused[cnt] != 0)
+		  {
+		    assert (runp->verdefent[cnt] != NULL);
+
+		    if (filled)
+		      {
+			vernaux.vna_next = vernaux_size;
+			(void) gelf_update_vernaux (verneeddata, offset,
+						    &vernaux);
+			offset += vernaux_size;
+		      }
+
+		    vernaux.vna_hash
+		      = elf_hash (ebl_string (runp->verdefent[cnt]));
+		    vernaux.vna_flags = 0;
+		    vernaux.vna_other = runp->verdefused[cnt];
+		    vernaux.vna_name = ebl_strtaboffset (runp->verdefent[cnt]);
+		    filled = true;
+		    ++ndef;
+		  }
+
+	      assert (filled);
+	      vernaux.vna_next = 0;
+	      (void) gelf_update_vernaux (verneeddata, offset, &vernaux);
+	      offset += vernaux_size;
+
+	      verneed.vn_version = VER_NEED_CURRENT;
+	      verneed.vn_cnt = ndef;
+	      verneed.vn_file = ebl_strtaboffset (runp->verdefent[1]);
+	      /* The first auxiliary entry is always found directly
+		 after the verneed entry.  */
+	      verneed.vn_aux = verneed_size;
+	      verneed.vn_next = --*ntotal > 0 ? offset - need_offset : 0;
+	      (void) gelf_update_verneed (verneeddata, need_offset,
+					  &verneed);
+
+	      return offset;
+}
+
+
+/* Create the output file.
+
+   For relocatable files what basically has to happen is that all
+   sections from all input files are written into the output file.
+   Sections with the same name are combined (offsets adjusted
+   accordingly).  The symbol tables are combined in one single table.
+   When stripping certain symbol table entries are omitted.
+
+   For executables (shared or not) we have to create the program header,
+   additional sections like the .interp, eventually (in addition) create
+   a dynamic symbol table and a dynamic section.  Also the relocations
+have to be processed differently.  */
+static int
+ld_generic_create_outfile (struct ld_state *statep)
+{
+  struct scnlist
+  {
+    size_t scnidx;
+    struct scninfo *scninfo;
+    struct scnlist *next;
+  };
+  struct scnlist *rellist = NULL;
+  size_t cnt;
+  Elf_Scn *symscn = NULL;
+  Elf_Scn *xndxscn = NULL;
+  Elf_Scn *strscn = NULL;
+  struct Ebl_Strtab *strtab = NULL;
+  struct Ebl_Strtab *dynstrtab = NULL;
+  XElf_Shdr_vardef (shdr);
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  Elf_Data *symdata = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *xndxdata = NULL;
+  struct usedfiles *file;
+  size_t nsym;
+  size_t nsym_local;
+  size_t nsym_allocated;
+  size_t nsym_dyn = 0;
+  Elf32_Word *dblindirect = NULL;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  bool need_xndx;
+#endif
+  Elf_Scn *shstrtab_scn;
+  size_t shstrtab_ndx;
+  XElf_Ehdr_vardef (ehdr);
+  struct Ebl_Strent *symtab_ent = NULL;
+  struct Ebl_Strent *xndx_ent = NULL;
+  struct Ebl_Strent *strtab_ent = NULL;
+  struct Ebl_Strent *shstrtab_ent;
+  struct scngroup *groups;
+  Elf_Scn *dynsymscn = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *dynsymdata = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *dynstrdata = NULL;
+  Elf32_Word *hashcodes = NULL;
+  size_t nsym_dyn_allocated = 0;
+  Elf_Scn *versymscn = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *versymdata = NULL;
+
+  if (ld_state.need_symtab)
+    {
+      /* First create the symbol table.  We need the symbol section itself
+	 and the string table for it.  */
+      symscn = elf_newscn (ld_state.outelf);
+      ld_state.symscnidx = elf_ndxscn (symscn);
+      symdata = elf_newdata (symscn);
+      if (symdata == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot create symbol table for output file: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      symdata->d_type = ELF_T_SYM;
+      /* This is an estimated size, but it will definitely cap the real value.
+	 We might have to adjust the number later.  */
+      nsym_allocated = (1 + ld_state.nsymtab + ld_state.nplt + ld_state.ngot
+			+ ld_state.nusedsections + ld_state.nlscript_syms);
+      symdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM,
+				    nsym_allocated);
+
+      /* Optionally the extended section table.  */
+      /* XXX Is SHN_LORESERVE correct?  Do we need some other sections?  */
+      if (unlikely (ld_state.nusedsections >= SHN_LORESERVE))
+	{
+	  xndxscn = elf_newscn (ld_state.outelf);
+	  ld_state.xndxscnidx = elf_ndxscn (xndxscn);
+
+	  xndxdata = elf_newdata (xndxscn);
+	  if (xndxdata == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		   gettext ("cannot create symbol table for output file: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  /* The following relies on the fact that Elf32_Word and Elf64_Word
+	     have the same size.  */
+	  xndxdata->d_type = ELF_T_WORD;
+	  /* This is an estimated size, but it will definitely cap the
+	     real value.  we might have to adjust the number later.  */
+	  xndxdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_WORD,
+					 nsym_allocated);
+	  /* The first entry is left empty, clear it here and now.  */
+	  xndxdata->d_buf = memset (xmalloc (xndxdata->d_size), '\0',
+				    xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_WORD,
+						1));
+	  xndxdata->d_off = 0;
+	  /* XXX Should use an ebl function.  */
+	  xndxdata->d_align = sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      assert (ld_state.need_dynsym);
+
+      /* First create the symbol table.  We need the symbol section itself
+	 and the string table for it.  */
+      symscn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.dynsymscnidx);
+      symdata = elf_newdata (symscn);
+      if (symdata == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot create symbol table for output file: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      symdata->d_version = EV_CURRENT;
+      symdata->d_type = ELF_T_SYM;
+      /* This is an estimated size, but it will definitely cap the real value.
+	 We might have to adjust the number later.  */
+      nsym_allocated = (1 + ld_state.nsymtab + ld_state.nplt + ld_state.ngot
+			- ld_state.nlocalsymbols + ld_state.nlscript_syms);
+      symdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM,
+				    nsym_allocated);
+    }
+
+  /* The first entry is left empty, clear it here and now.  */
+  symdata->d_buf = memset (xmalloc (symdata->d_size), '\0',
+			   xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM, 1));
+  symdata->d_off = 0;
+  /* XXX This is ugly but how else can it be done.  */
+  symdata->d_align = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1);
+
+  /* Allocate another array to keep track of the handles for the symbol
+     names.  */
+  symstrent = (struct Ebl_Strent **) xcalloc (nsym_allocated,
+					      sizeof (struct Ebl_Strent *));
+
+  /* By starting at 1 we effectively add a null entry.  */
+  nsym = 1;
+
+  /* Iteration over all sections.  */
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < ld_state.nallsections; ++cnt)
+    {
+      struct scnhead *head = ld_state.allsections[cnt];
+      Elf_Scn *scn;
+      struct scninfo *runp;
+      XElf_Off offset;
+      Elf32_Word xndx;
+
+      /* Don't handle unused sections at all.  */
+      if (!head->used)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Get the section handle.  */
+      scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, head->scnidx);
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_interp))
+	{
+	  Elf_Data *outdata = elf_newdata (scn);
+	  if (outdata == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		   gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  /* This is the string we'll put in the section.  */
+	  const char *interp = ld_state.interp ?: "/lib/ld.so.1";
+
+	  /* Create the section data.  */
+	  outdata->d_buf = (void *) interp;
+	  outdata->d_size = strlen (interp) + 1;
+	  outdata->d_type = ELF_T_BYTE;
+	  outdata->d_off = 0;
+	  outdata->d_align = 1;
+	  outdata->d_version = EV_CURRENT;
+
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.interpscnidx = head->scnidx;
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_got))
+	{
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.gotscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	  /* Give the backend the change to initialize the section.  */
+	  INITIALIZE_GOT (&ld_state, scn);
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_dynrel))
+	{
+	  Elf_Data *outdata;
+
+	  outdata = elf_newdata (scn);
+	  if (outdata == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		   gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  outdata->d_size = ld_state.relsize_total;
+	  outdata->d_buf = xmalloc (outdata->d_size);
+	  outdata->d_type = (REL_TYPE (&ld_state) == DT_REL
+			     ? ELF_T_REL : ELF_T_RELA);
+	  outdata->d_off = 0;
+	  outdata->d_align = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1);
+
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.reldynscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_dynamic))
+	{
+	  /* Only create the data for now.  */
+	  Elf_Data *outdata;
+
+	  /* Account for a few more entries we have to add.  */
+	  if (ld_state.dt_flags != 0)
+	    ++ld_state.ndynamic;
+	  if (ld_state.dt_flags_1 != 0)
+	    ++ld_state.ndynamic;
+	  if (ld_state.dt_feature_1 != 0)
+	    ++ld_state.ndynamic;
+
+	  outdata = elf_newdata (scn);
+	  if (outdata == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		   gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  /* Create the section data.  */
+	  outdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_DYN,
+					ld_state.ndynamic);
+	  outdata->d_buf = xcalloc (1, outdata->d_size);
+	  outdata->d_type = ELF_T_DYN;
+	  outdata->d_off = 0;
+	  outdata->d_align = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1);
+
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.dynamicscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_dynsym))
+	{
+	  /* We already know the section index.  */
+	  assert (ld_state.dynsymscnidx == elf_ndxscn (scn));
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_dynstr))
+	{
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.dynstrscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	  /* Create the string table.  */
+	  dynstrtab = ebl_strtabinit (true);
+
+	  /* XXX TBI
+	     We have to add all the strings which are needed in the
+	     dynamic section here.  This means DT_FILTER,
+	     DT_AUXILIARY, ... entries.  */
+	  if (ld_state.ndsofiles > 0)
+	    {
+	      struct usedfiles *frunp = ld_state.dsofiles;
+
+	      do
+		if (! ld_state.ignore_unused_dsos || frunp->used)
+		  frunp->sonameent = ebl_strtabadd (dynstrtab, frunp->soname,
+						    0);
+	      while ((frunp = frunp->next) != ld_state.dsofiles);
+	    }
+
+
+	  /* Add the runtime path information.  The strings are stored
+	     in the .dynstr section.  If both rpath and runpath are defined
+	     the runpath information is used.  */
+	  if (ld_state.runpath != NULL || ld_state.rpath != NULL)
+	    {
+	      struct pathelement *startp;
+	      struct pathelement *prunp;
+	      int tag;
+	      size_t len;
+	      char *str;
+	      char *cp;
+
+	      if (ld_state.runpath != NULL)
+		{
+		  startp = ld_state.runpath;
+		  tag = DT_RUNPATH;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  startp = ld_state.rpath;
+		  tag = DT_RPATH;
+		}
+
+	      /* Determine how long the string will be.  */
+	      for (len = 0, prunp = startp; prunp != NULL; prunp = prunp->next)
+		len += strlen (prunp->pname) + 1;
+
+	      cp = str = (char *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, len);
+	      /* Copy the string.  */
+	      for (prunp = startp; prunp != NULL; prunp = prunp->next)
+		{
+		  cp = stpcpy (cp, prunp->pname);
+		  *cp++ = ':';
+		}
+	      /* Remove the last colon.  */
+	      cp[-1] = '\0';
+
+	      /* Remember the values until we can generate the dynamic
+		 section.  */
+	      ld_state.rxxpath_strent = ebl_strtabadd (dynstrtab, str, len);
+	      ld_state.rxxpath_tag = tag;
+	    }
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_hash))
+	{
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.hashscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_plt))
+	{
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.pltscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	  /* Give the backend the change to initialize the section.  */
+	  INITIALIZE_PLT (&ld_state, scn);
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_pltrel))
+	{
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.pltrelscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	  /* Give the backend the change to initialize the section.  */
+	  INITIALIZE_PLTREL (&ld_state, scn);
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_version))
+	{
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.versymscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (head->kind == scn_dot_version_r))
+	{
+	  /* Remember the index of this section.  */
+	  ld_state.verneedscnidx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* If we come here we must be handling a normal section.  */
+      assert (head->kind == scn_normal);
+
+      /* Create an STT_SECTION entry in the symbol table.  But not for
+	 the symbolic symbol table.  */
+      if (ld_state.need_symtab)
+	{
+	  /* XXX Can we be cleverer and do this only if needed?  */
+	  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	  /* Optimization ahead: in the native linker we get a pointer
+	     to the final location so that the following code writes
+	     directly in the correct place.  Otherwise we write into
+	     the local variable first.  */
+	  xelf_getsym_ptr (symdata, nsym, sym);
+
+	  /* Usual section symbol: local, no specific information,
+	     except the section index.  The offset here is zero, the
+	     start address will later be added.  */
+	  sym->st_name = 0;
+	  sym->st_info = XELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
+	  sym->st_other = 0;
+	  sym->st_value = 0;
+	  sym->st_size = 0;
+	  /* In relocatable files the section index can be too big for
+	     the ElfXX_Sym struct.  we have to deal with the extended
+	     symbol table.  */
+	  if (likely (head->scnidx < SHN_LORESERVE))
+	    {
+	      sym->st_shndx = head->scnidx;
+	      xndx = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      sym->st_shndx = SHN_XINDEX;
+	      xndx = head->scnidx;
+	    }
+	  /* Commit the change.  See the optimization above, this does
+	     not change the symbol table entry.  But the extended
+	     section index table entry is always written, if there is
+	     such a table.  */
+	  assert (nsym < nsym_allocated);
+	  xelf_update_symshndx (symdata, xndxdata, nsym, sym, xndx, 0);
+
+	  /* Remember the symbol's index in the symbol table.  */
+	  head->scnsymidx = nsym++;
+	}
+
+      if (head->type == SHT_REL || head->type == SHT_RELA)
+	{
+	  /* Remember that we have to fill in the symbol table section
+	     index.  */
+	  if (ld_state.file_type == relocatable_file_type)
+	    {
+	      struct scnlist *newp;
+
+	      newp = (struct scnlist *) alloca (sizeof (*newp));
+	      newp->scnidx = head->scnidx;
+	      newp->scninfo = head->last->next;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	      newp->next = NULL;
+#endif
+	      SNGL_LIST_PUSH (rellist, newp);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* When we create an executable or a DSO we don't simply
+		 copy the existing relocations.  Instead many will be
+		 resolved, others will be converted.  Create a data buffer
+		 large enough to contain the contents which we will fill
+		 in later.  */
+	      int type = head->type == SHT_REL ? ELF_T_REL : ELF_T_RELA;
+
+	      data = elf_newdata (scn);
+	      if (data == NULL)
+		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		       gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+		       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	      data->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, type, head->relsize);
+	      data->d_buf = xcalloc (data->d_size, 1);
+	      data->d_type = type;
+	      data->d_align = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1);
+	      data->d_off = 0;
+
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Recognize string and merge flag and handle them.  */
+      if (head->flags & SHF_MERGE)
+	{
+	  /* We merge the contents of the sections.  For this we do
+	     not look at the contents of section directly.  Instead we
+	     look at the symbols of the section.  */
+	  Elf_Data *outdata;
+
+	  /* Concatenate the lists of symbols for all sections.
+
+	     XXX In case any input section has no symbols associated
+	     (this happens for debug sections) we cannot use this
+	     method.  Implement parsing the other debug sections and
+	     find the string pointers.  For now we don't merge.  */
+	  runp = head->last->next;
+	  if (runp->symbols == NULL)
+	    {
+	      head->flags &= ~SHF_MERGE;
+	      goto no_merge;
+	    }
+	  head->symbols = runp->symbols;
+
+	  while ((runp = runp->next) != head->last->next)
+	    {
+	      if (runp->symbols == NULL)
+		{
+		  head->flags &= ~SHF_MERGE;
+		  head->symbols = NULL;
+		  goto no_merge;
+		}
+
+	      struct symbol *oldhead = head->symbols->next_in_scn;
+
+	      head->symbols->next_in_scn = runp->symbols->next_in_scn;
+	      runp->symbols->next_in_scn = oldhead;
+	      head->symbols = runp->symbols;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Create the output section.  */
+	  outdata = elf_newdata (scn);
+	  if (outdata == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		   gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  /* We use different merging algorithms for performance
+	     reasons.  We can easily handle single-byte and
+	     wchar_t-wide character strings.  All other cases (which
+	     really should happen in real life) are handled by the
+	     generic code.  */
+	  if (SCNINFO_SHDR (head->last->shdr).sh_entsize == 1
+	      && (head->flags & SHF_STRINGS))
+	    {
+	      /* Simple, single-byte string matching.  */
+	      struct Ebl_Strtab *mergestrtab;
+	      struct symbol *symrunp;
+	      Elf_Data *locsymdata = NULL;
+	      Elf_Data *locdata = NULL;
+
+	      mergestrtab = ebl_strtabinit (false);
+
+	      symrunp = head->symbols->next_in_scn;
+	      file = NULL;
+	      do
+		{
+		  /* Accelarate the loop.  We cache the file
+		     information since it might very well be the case
+		     that the previous entry was from the same
+		     file.  */
+		  if (symrunp->file != file)
+		    {
+		      /* Remember the file.  */
+		      file = symrunp->file;
+		      /* Symbol table data from that file.  */
+		      locsymdata = file->symtabdata;
+		      /* String section data.  */
+		      locdata = elf_rawdata (file->scninfo[symrunp->scndx].scn,
+					     NULL);
+		      assert (locdata != NULL);
+		      /* While we are at it, remember the output
+			 section.  If we don't access the string data
+			 section the section won't be in the output
+			 file.  So it is sufficient to do the work
+			 here.  */
+		      file->scninfo[symrunp->scndx].outscnndx = head->scnidx;
+		    }
+
+		  /* Get the symbol information.  This provides us the
+		     offset into the string data section.  */
+		  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+		  xelf_getsym (locsymdata, symrunp->symidx, sym);
+		  assert (sym != NULL);
+
+		  /* Get the data from the file.  Note that we access
+		     the raw section data; no endian-ness issues with
+		     single-byte strings.  */
+		  symrunp->merge.handle
+		    = ebl_strtabadd (mergestrtab,
+				     (char *) locdata->d_buf + sym->st_value,
+				     0);
+		}
+	      while ((symrunp = symrunp->next_in_scn)
+		     != head->symbols->next_in_scn);
+
+	      /* All strings have been added.  Create the final table.  */
+	      ebl_strtabfinalize (mergestrtab, outdata);
+
+	      /* Compute the final offsets in the section.  */
+	      symrunp = runp->symbols;
+	      do
+		{
+		  symrunp->merge.value
+		    = ebl_strtaboffset (symrunp->merge.handle);
+		  symrunp->merged = 1;
+		}
+	      while ((symrunp = symrunp->next_in_scn) != runp->symbols);
+
+	      /* We don't need the string table anymore.  */
+	      ebl_strtabfree (mergestrtab);
+	    }
+	  else if (likely (SCNINFO_SHDR (head->last->shdr).sh_entsize
+			   == sizeof (wchar_t))
+		   && likely (head->flags & SHF_STRINGS))
+	    {
+	      /* Simple, wchar_t string merging.  */
+	      struct Ebl_WStrtab *mergestrtab;
+	      struct symbol *symrunp;
+	      Elf_Data *locsymdata = NULL;
+	      Elf_Data *locdata = NULL;
+
+	      mergestrtab = ebl_wstrtabinit (false);
+
+	      symrunp = runp->symbols;
+	      file = NULL;
+	      do
+		{
+		  /* Accelarate the loop.  We cache the file
+		     information since it might very well be the case
+		     that the previous entry was from the same
+		     file.  */
+		  if (symrunp->file != file)
+		    {
+		      /* Remember the file.  */
+		      file = symrunp->file;
+		      /* Symbol table data from that file.  */
+		      locsymdata = file->symtabdata;
+		      /* String section data.  */
+		      locdata = elf_rawdata (file->scninfo[symrunp->scndx].scn,
+					     NULL);
+		      assert (locdata != NULL);
+
+		      /* While we are at it, remember the output
+			 section.  If we don't access the string data
+			 section the section won't be in the output
+			 file.  So it is sufficient to do the work
+			 here.  */
+		      file->scninfo[symrunp->scndx].outscnndx = head->scnidx;
+		    }
+
+		  /* Get the symbol information.  This provides us the
+		     offset into the string data section.  */
+		  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+		  xelf_getsym (locsymdata, symrunp->symidx, sym);
+		  assert (sym != NULL);
+
+		  /* Get the data from the file.  Using the raw
+		     section data here is possible since we don't
+		     interpret the string themselves except for
+		     looking for the wide NUL character.  The NUL
+		     character has fortunately the same representation
+		     regardless of the byte order.  */
+		  symrunp->merge.handle
+		    = ebl_wstrtabadd (mergestrtab,
+				      (wchar_t *) ((char *) locdata->d_buf
+						   + sym->st_value), 0);
+		}
+	      while ((symrunp = symrunp->next_in_scn) != runp->symbols);
+
+	      /* All strings have been added.  Create the final table.  */
+	      ebl_wstrtabfinalize (mergestrtab, outdata);
+
+	      /* Compute the final offsets in the section.  */
+	      symrunp = runp->symbols;
+	      do
+		{
+		  symrunp->merge.value
+		    = ebl_wstrtaboffset (symrunp->merge.handle);
+		  symrunp->merged = 1;
+		}
+	      while ((symrunp = symrunp->next_in_scn) != runp->symbols);
+
+	      /* We don't need the string table anymore.  */
+	      ebl_wstrtabfree (mergestrtab);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Non-standard merging.  */
+	      struct Ebl_GStrtab *mergestrtab;
+	      struct symbol *symrunp;
+	      Elf_Data *locsymdata = NULL;
+	      Elf_Data *locdata = NULL;
+	      /* If this is no string section the length of each "string"
+		 is always one.  */
+	      unsigned int len = (head->flags & SHF_STRINGS) ? 0 : 1;
+
+	      /* This is the generic string table functionality.  Much
+		 slower than the specialized code.  */
+	      mergestrtab
+		= ebl_gstrtabinit (SCNINFO_SHDR (head->last->shdr).sh_entsize,
+				   false);
+
+	      symrunp = runp->symbols;
+	      file = NULL;
+	      do
+		{
+		  /* Accelarate the loop.  We cache the file
+		     information since it might very well be the case
+		     that the previous entry was from the same
+		     file.  */
+		  if (symrunp->file != file)
+		    {
+		      /* Remember the file.  */
+		      file = symrunp->file;
+		      /* Symbol table data from that file.  */
+		      locsymdata = file->symtabdata;
+		      /* String section data.  */
+		      locdata = elf_rawdata (file->scninfo[symrunp->scndx].scn,
+					     NULL);
+		      assert (locdata != NULL);
+
+		      /* While we are at it, remember the output
+			 section.  If we don't access the string data
+			 section the section won't be in the output
+			 file.  So it is sufficient to do the work
+			 here.  */
+		      file->scninfo[symrunp->scndx].outscnndx = head->scnidx;
+		    }
+
+		  /* Get the symbol information.  This provides us the
+		     offset into the string data section.  */
+		  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+		  xelf_getsym (locsymdata, symrunp->symidx, sym);
+		  assert (sym != NULL);
+
+		  /* Get the data from the file.  Using the raw
+		     section data here is possible since we don't
+		     interpret the string themselves except for
+		     looking for the wide NUL character.  The NUL
+		     character has fortunately the same representation
+		     regardless of the byte order.  */
+		  symrunp->merge.handle
+		    = ebl_gstrtabadd (mergestrtab,
+				      (char *) locdata->d_buf + sym->st_value,
+				      len);
+		}
+	      while ((symrunp = symrunp->next_in_scn) != runp->symbols);
+
+	      /* Create the final table.  */
+	      ebl_gstrtabfinalize (mergestrtab, outdata);
+
+	      /* Compute the final offsets in the section.  */
+	      symrunp = runp->symbols;
+	      do
+		{
+		  symrunp->merge.value
+		    = ebl_gstrtaboffset (symrunp->merge.handle);
+		  symrunp->merged = 1;
+		}
+	      while ((symrunp = symrunp->next_in_scn) != runp->symbols);
+
+	      /* We don't need the string table anymore.  */
+	      ebl_gstrtabfree (mergestrtab);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	no_merge:
+	  assert (head->scnidx == elf_ndxscn (scn));
+
+	  /* It is important to start with the first list entry (and
+	     not just any one) to add the sections in the correct
+	     order.  */
+	  runp = head->last->next;
+	  offset = 0;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      Elf_Data *outdata = elf_newdata (scn);
+	      if (outdata == NULL)
+		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		       gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+		       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	      /* Exceptional case: if we synthesize a data block SCN
+		 is NULL and the sectio header info must be for a
+		 SHT_NOBITS block and the size and alignment are
+		 filled in.  */
+	      if (likely (runp->scn != NULL))
+		{
+		  data = elf_getdata (runp->scn, NULL);
+		  assert (data != NULL);
+
+		  /* We reuse the data buffer in the input file.  */
+		  *outdata = *data;
+
+		  /* Given that we read the input file from disk we know there
+		     cannot be another data part.  */
+		  assert (elf_getdata (runp->scn, data) == NULL);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* Must be a NOBITS section.  */
+		  assert  (SCNINFO_SHDR (runp->shdr).sh_type == SHT_NOBITS);
+
+		  outdata->d_buf = NULL;	/* Not needed.  */
+		  outdata->d_type = ELF_T_BYTE;
+		  outdata->d_version = EV_CURRENT;
+		  outdata->d_size = SCNINFO_SHDR (runp->shdr).sh_size;
+		  outdata->d_align = SCNINFO_SHDR (runp->shdr).sh_addralign;
+		}
+
+	      XElf_Off align =  MAX (1, outdata->d_align);
+	      assert (powerof2 (align));
+	      offset = ((offset + align - 1) & ~(align - 1));
+
+	      runp->offset = offset;
+	      runp->outscnndx = head->scnidx;
+	      runp->allsectionsidx = cnt;
+
+	      outdata->d_off = offset;
+
+	      offset += outdata->d_size;
+	    }
+	  while ((runp = runp->next) != head->last->next);
+
+	  /* If necessary add the additional line to the .comment section.  */
+	  if (ld_state.add_ld_comment
+	      && head->flags == 0
+	      && head->type == SHT_PROGBITS
+	      && strcmp (head->name, ".comment") == 0
+	      && head->entsize == 0)
+	    {
+	      Elf_Data *outdata = elf_newdata (scn);
+
+	      if (outdata == NULL)
+		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		       gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+		       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	      outdata->d_buf = (void *) "\0ld (Red Hat " PACKAGE ") " VERSION;
+	      outdata->d_size = strlen ((char *) outdata->d_buf + 1) + 2;
+	      outdata->d_off = offset;
+	      outdata->d_type = ELF_T_BYTE;
+	      outdata->d_align = 1;
+	    }
+	  /* XXX We should create a .comment section if none exists.
+	     This requires that we early on detect that no such
+	     section exists.  This should probably be implemented
+	     together with some merging of the section contents.
+	     Currently identical entries are not merged.  */
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The table we collect the strings in.  */
+  strtab = ebl_strtabinit (true);
+  if (strtab == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("cannot create string table"));
+
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* Keep track of the use of the XINDEX.  */
+  need_xndx = false;
+#endif
+
+  /* We we generate a normal symbol table for an executable and the
+     --export-dynamic option is not given, we need an extra table
+     which keeps track of the symbol entry belonging to the symbol
+     table entry.  Note that EXPORT_ALL_DYNAMIC is always set if we
+     generate a DSO so we do not have to test this separately.  */
+  ndxtosym = (struct symbol **) xcalloc (nsym_allocated,
+					 sizeof (struct symbol));
+
+  /* Create the special symbol for the GOT section.  */
+  if (ld_state.got_symbol != NULL)
+    {
+      assert (nsym < nsym_allocated);
+      fillin_special_symbol (ld_state.got_symbol, ld_state.gotscnidx,
+			     nsym++, symdata, strtab);
+    }
+
+  /* Similarly for the dynamic section symbol.  */
+  if (ld_state.dyn_symbol != NULL)
+    {
+      assert (nsym < nsym_allocated);
+      fillin_special_symbol (ld_state.dyn_symbol, ld_state.dynamicscnidx,
+			     nsym++, symdata, strtab);
+    }
+
+  /* Create symbol table entries for the symbols defined in the linker
+     script.  */
+  if (ld_state.lscript_syms != NULL)
+    {
+      struct symbol *rsym = ld_state.lscript_syms;
+      do
+	{
+	  assert (nsym < nsym_allocated);
+	  fillin_special_symbol (rsym, SHN_ABS, nsym++, symdata, strtab);
+	}
+      while ((rsym = rsym->next) != NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* Iterate over all input files to collect the symbols.  */
+  file = ld_state.relfiles->next;
+  symdata = elf_getdata (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.symscnidx),
+			 NULL);
+  do
+    {
+      size_t maxcnt;
+      Elf_Data *insymdata;
+      Elf_Data *inxndxdata;
+
+      /* There must be no dynamic symbol table when creating
+	 relocatable files.  */
+      assert (ld_state.file_type != relocatable_file_type
+	      || file->dynsymtabdata == NULL);
+
+      insymdata = file->symtabdata;
+      assert (insymdata != NULL);
+      inxndxdata = file->xndxdata;
+
+      maxcnt = file->nsymtab;
+
+      file->symindirect = (Elf32_Word *) xcalloc (maxcnt, sizeof (Elf32_Word));
+
+      /* The dynamic symbol table does not contain local symbols.  So
+         we skip those entries.  */
+      for (cnt = ld_state.need_symtab ? 1 : file->nlocalsymbols; cnt < maxcnt;
+	   ++cnt)
+	{
+	  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+	  Elf32_Word xndx;
+	  struct symbol *defp = NULL;
+
+	  xelf_getsymshndx (insymdata, inxndxdata, cnt, sym, xndx);
+	  assert (sym != NULL);
+
+	  if (unlikely (XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION))
+	    {
+	      /* Section symbols should always be local but who knows...  */
+	      if (ld_state.need_symtab)
+		{
+		  /* Determine the real section index in the source file.
+		     Use the XINDEX section content if necessary.  We don't
+		     add this information to the dynamic symbol table.  */
+		  if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_XINDEX)
+		    xndx = sym->st_shndx;
+
+		  assert (file->scninfo[xndx].allsectionsidx
+			  < ld_state.nallsections);
+		  file->symindirect[cnt] = ld_state.allsections[file->scninfo[xndx].allsectionsidx]->scnsymidx;
+		  /* Note that the resulting index can be zero here.  There is
+		     no guarantee that the output file will contain all the
+		     sections the input file did.  */
+		}
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if ((ld_state.strip >= strip_all || !ld_state.need_symtab)
+	      /* XXX Do we need these entries?  */
+	      && XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_FILE)
+	    continue;
+
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+	  /* Copy old data.  */
+	  XElf_Sym *sym2 = sym;
+	  assert (nsym < nsym_allocated);
+	  xelf_getsym (symdata, nsym, sym);
+	  *sym = *sym2;
+#endif
+
+	  if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF
+	      && (sym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE
+		  || sym->st_shndx == SHN_XINDEX))
+	    {
+	      /* If we are creating an executable with no normal
+		 symbol table and we do not export all symbols and
+		 this symbol is not defined in a DSO as well, ignore
+		 it.  */
+	      if (!ld_state.export_all_dynamic && !ld_state.need_symtab)
+		{
+		  assert (cnt >= file->nlocalsymbols);
+		  defp = file->symref[cnt];
+		  assert (defp != NULL);
+
+		  if (!defp->in_dso)
+		    /* Ignore it.  */
+		    continue;
+		}
+
+	      /* Determine the real section index in the source file.  Use
+		 the XINDEX section content if necessary.  */
+	      if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_XINDEX)
+		xndx = sym->st_shndx;
+
+	      sym->st_value += file->scninfo[xndx].offset;
+
+	      assert (file->scninfo[xndx].outscnndx < SHN_LORESERVE
+		      || file->scninfo[xndx].outscnndx > SHN_HIRESERVE);
+	      if (unlikely (file->scninfo[xndx].outscnndx > SHN_LORESERVE))
+		{
+		  /* It is not possible to have an extended section index
+		     table for the dynamic symbol table.  */
+		  if (!ld_state.need_symtab)
+		    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+section index too large in dynamic symbol table"));
+
+		  assert (xndxdata != NULL);
+		  sym->st_shndx = SHN_XINDEX;
+		  xndx = file->scninfo[xndx].outscnndx;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+		  need_xndx = true;
+#endif
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  sym->st_shndx = file->scninfo[xndx].outscnndx;
+		  xndx = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON || sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+	    {
+	      /* Check whether we have a (real) definition for this
+		 symbol.  If this is the case we skip this symbol
+		 table entry.  */
+	      assert (cnt >= file->nlocalsymbols);
+	      defp = file->symref[cnt];
+	      assert (defp != NULL);
+
+	      assert (sym->st_shndx != SHN_COMMON || defp->defined);
+
+	      if ((sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON && !defp->common)
+		  || (sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF && defp->defined)
+		  || defp->added)
+		/* Ignore this symbol table entry, there is a
+		   "better" one or we already added it.  */
+		continue;
+
+	      /* Remember that we already added this symbol.  */
+	      defp->added = 1;
+
+	      /* Adjust the section number for common symbols.  */
+	      if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+		{
+		  sym->st_value = (ld_state.common_section->offset
+				   + file->symref[cnt]->merge.value);
+		  assert (ld_state.common_section->outscnndx < SHN_LORESERVE);
+		  sym->st_shndx = ld_state.common_section->outscnndx;
+		  xndx = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (unlikely (sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS))
+	    {
+	      if (SPECIAL_SECTION_NUMBER_P (&ld_state, sym->st_shndx))
+		/* XXX Add code to handle machine specific special
+		   sections.  */
+		abort ();
+	    }
+
+	  /* Add the symbol name to the string table.  If the user
+	     chooses the highest level of stripping avoid adding names
+	     for local symbols in the string table.  */
+	  if (sym->st_name != 0
+	      && (ld_state.strip < strip_everything
+		  || XELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL))
+	    symstrent[nsym] = ebl_strtabadd (strtab,
+					     elf_strptr (file->elf,
+							 file->symstridx,
+							 sym->st_name), 0);
+
+	  /* Once we know the name this field will get the correct
+	     offset.  For now set it to zero which means no name
+	     associated.  */
+	  sym->st_name = 0;
+
+	  /* If we had to merge sections we have a completely new
+	     offset for the symbol.  */
+	  if (file->has_merge_sections && file->symref[cnt] != NULL
+	      && file->symref[cnt]->merged)
+	    sym->st_value = file->symref[cnt]->merge.value;
+
+	  /* Create the record in the output sections.  */
+	  assert (nsym < nsym_allocated);
+	  xelf_update_symshndx (symdata, xndxdata, nsym, sym, xndx, 0);
+
+	  /* Add the reference to the symbol record in case we need it.
+	     Find the symbol if this has not happened yet.  We do
+	     not need the information for local symbols.  */
+	  if (defp == NULL && cnt >= file->nlocalsymbols)
+	    {
+	      defp = file->symref[cnt];
+	      assert (defp != NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Store the reference to the symbol record.  The
+	     sorting code will have to keep this array in the
+	     correct order, too.  */
+	  ndxtosym[nsym] = defp;
+
+	  /* One more entry finished.  */
+	  if (cnt >= file->nlocalsymbols)
+	    {
+	      assert (file->symref[cnt]->outsymidx == 0);
+	      file->symref[cnt]->outsymidx = nsym;
+	    }
+	  file->symindirect[cnt] = nsym++;
+	}
+    }
+  while ((file = file->next) != ld_state.relfiles->next);
+  /* Make sure we didn't create the extended section index table for
+     nothing.  */
+  assert (xndxdata == NULL || need_xndx);
+
+
+  /* Create the version related sections.  */
+  if (ld_state.verneedscnidx != 0)
+    {
+      /* We know the number of input files and total number of
+	 referenced versions.  This allows us to allocate the memory
+	 and then we iterate over the DSOs to get the version
+	 information.  */
+      struct usedfiles *runp;
+
+      runp = ld_state.dsofiles->next;
+      do
+	allocate_version_names (runp, dynstrtab);
+      while ((runp = runp->next) != ld_state.dsofiles->next);
+
+      if (ld_state.needed != NULL)
+	{
+	  runp = ld_state.needed->next;
+	  do
+	    allocate_version_names (runp, dynstrtab);
+	  while ((runp = runp->next) != ld_state.needed->next);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* At this point we should hide symbols and so on.  */
+  if (ld_state.default_bind_local || ld_state.version_str_tab.filled > 0)
+    /* XXX Add one more test when handling of wildcard symbol names
+       is supported.  */
+    {
+    /* Check all non-local symbols whether they are on the export list.  */
+      bool any_reduced = false;
+
+      for (cnt = 1; cnt < nsym; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	  /* Note that we don't have to use 'xelf_getsymshndx' since we
+	     only need the binding and the symbol name.  */
+	  xelf_getsym (symdata, cnt, sym);
+	  assert (sym != NULL);
+
+	  if (reduce_symbol_p (sym, symstrent[cnt]))
+	    {
+	      sym->st_info = XELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL,
+					   XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info));
+	      (void) xelf_update_sym (symdata, cnt, sym);
+
+	      /* Show that we don't need this string anymore.  */
+	      if (ld_state.strip == strip_everything)
+		{
+		  symstrent[cnt] = NULL;
+		  any_reduced = true;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (unlikely (any_reduced))
+	{
+	  /* Since we will not write names of local symbols in the
+	     output file and we have reduced the binding of some
+	     symbols the string table previously constructed contains
+	     too many string.  Correct it.  */
+	  struct Ebl_Strtab *newp = ebl_strtabinit (true);
+
+	  for (cnt = 1; cnt < nsym; ++cnt)
+	    if (symstrent[cnt] != NULL)
+	      symstrent[cnt] = ebl_strtabadd (newp,
+					      ebl_string (symstrent[cnt]), 0);
+
+	  ebl_strtabfree (strtab);
+	  strtab = newp;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Add the references to DSOs.  We can add these entries this late
+     (after sorting out versioning) because references to DSOs are not
+     effected.  */
+  if (ld_state.from_dso != NULL)
+    {
+      struct symbol *runp;
+      size_t plt_base = nsym + ld_state.nfrom_dso - ld_state.nplt;
+      size_t plt_idx = 0;
+      size_t obj_idx = 0;
+
+      assert (ld_state.nfrom_dso >= ld_state.nplt);
+      runp = ld_state.from_dso;
+      do
+	{
+	  // XXX What about functions which are only referenced via
+	  // pointers and not PLT entries?  Can we distinguish such uses?
+	  size_t idx;
+	  if (runp->type == STT_FUNC)
+	    {
+	      /* Store the PLT entry number.  */
+	      runp->merge.value = plt_idx + 1;
+	      idx = plt_base + plt_idx++;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    idx = nsym + obj_idx++;
+
+	  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+	  xelf_getsym_ptr (symdata, idx, sym);
+
+	  sym->st_value = 0;
+	  sym->st_size = runp->size;
+	  sym->st_info = XELF_ST_INFO (runp->weak ? STB_WEAK : STB_GLOBAL,
+				       runp->type);
+	  sym->st_other = STV_DEFAULT;
+	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+
+	  /* Create the record in the output sections.  */
+	  xelf_update_symshndx (symdata, xndxdata, idx, sym, 0, 0);
+
+	  const char *name = runp->name;
+	  size_t namelen = 0;
+
+	  if (runp->file->verdefdata != NULL)
+	    {
+	      // XXX Is it useful to add the versym value to struct symbol?
+	      XElf_Versym versym;
+
+	      (void) xelf_getversym_copy (runp->file->versymdata, runp->symidx,
+					  versym);
+
+	      /* One can only link with the default version.  */
+	      assert ((versym & 0x8000) == 0);
+
+	      const char *versname
+		= ebl_string (runp->file->verdefent[versym]);
+
+	      size_t versname_len = strlen (versname) + 1;
+	      namelen = strlen (name) + versname_len + 2;
+	      char *newp = (char *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, namelen);
+	      memcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (newp, name), "@@"),
+		      versname, versname_len);
+	      name = newp;
+	    }
+
+	  symstrent[idx] = ebl_strtabadd (strtab, name, namelen);
+
+	  /* Record the initial index in the symbol table.  */
+	  runp->outsymidx = idx;
+
+	  /* Remember the symbol record this ELF symbol came from.  */
+	  ndxtosym[idx] = runp;
+	}
+      while ((runp = runp->next) != ld_state.from_dso);
+
+      assert (nsym + obj_idx == plt_base);
+      assert (plt_idx == ld_state.nplt);
+      nsym = plt_base + plt_idx;
+    }
+
+  /* Now we know how many symbols will be in the output file.  Adjust
+     the count in the section data.  */
+  symdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM, nsym);
+  if (unlikely (xndxdata != NULL))
+    xndxdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_WORD, nsym);
+
+  /* Create the symbol string table section.  */
+  strscn = elf_newscn (ld_state.outelf);
+  ld_state.strscnidx = elf_ndxscn (strscn);
+  data = elf_newdata (strscn);
+  xelf_getshdr (strscn, shdr);
+  if (data == NULL || shdr == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* Create a compact string table, allocate the memory for it, and
+     fill in the section data information.  */
+  ebl_strtabfinalize (strtab, data);
+
+  shdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+  assert (shdr->sh_entsize == 0);
+
+  if (unlikely (xelf_update_shdr (strscn, shdr) == 0))
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create section for output file: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* Fill in the offsets of the symbol names.  */
+  for (cnt = 1; cnt < nsym; ++cnt)
+    if (symstrent[cnt] != NULL)
+      {
+	XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	/* Note that we don't have to use 'xelf_getsymshndx' since we don't
+	   modify the section index.  */
+	xelf_getsym (symdata, cnt, sym);
+	/* This better worked, we did it before.  */
+	assert (sym != NULL);
+	sym->st_name = ebl_strtaboffset (symstrent[cnt]);
+	(void) xelf_update_sym (symdata, cnt, sym);
+      }
+
+  /* Since we are going to reorder the symbol table but still have to
+     be able to find the new position based on the old one (since the
+     latter is stored in 'symindirect' information of the input file
+     data structure) we have to create yet another indirection
+     table.  */
+  ld_state.dblindirect = dblindirect
+    = (Elf32_Word *) xmalloc (nsym * sizeof (Elf32_Word));
+
+  /* Sort the symbol table so that the local symbols come first.  */
+  /* XXX We don't use stable sorting here.  It seems not necessary and
+     would be more expensive.  If it turns out to be necessary this can
+     be fixed easily.  */
+  nsym_local = 1;
+  cnt = nsym - 1;
+  while (nsym_local < cnt)
+    {
+      XElf_Sym_vardef (locsym);
+      Elf32_Word locxndx;
+      XElf_Sym_vardef (globsym);
+      Elf32_Word globxndx;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  xelf_getsymshndx (symdata, xndxdata, nsym_local, locsym, locxndx);
+	  /* This better works.  */
+	  assert (locsym != NULL);
+
+	  if (XELF_ST_BIND (locsym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL
+	      && (ld_state.need_symtab || ld_state.export_all_dynamic))
+	    {
+	      do
+		{
+		  xelf_getsymshndx (symdata, xndxdata, cnt, globsym, globxndx);
+		  /* This better works.  */
+		  assert (globsym != NULL);
+
+		  if (unlikely (XELF_ST_BIND (globsym->st_info) == STB_LOCAL))
+		    {
+		      /* We swap the two entries.  */
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+		      /* Since we directly modify the data in the ELF
+			 data structure we have to make a copy of one
+			 of the entries.  */
+		      XElf_Sym locsym_copy = *locsym;
+		      locsym = &locsym_copy;
+#endif
+		      xelf_update_symshndx (symdata, xndxdata, nsym_local,
+					    globsym, globxndx, 1);
+		      xelf_update_symshndx (symdata, xndxdata, cnt,
+					    locsym, locxndx, 1);
+
+		      /* Also swap the cross references.  */
+		      dblindirect[nsym_local] = cnt;
+		      dblindirect[cnt] = nsym_local;
+
+		      /* And the entries for the symbol names.  */
+		      struct Ebl_Strent *strtmp = symstrent[nsym_local];
+		      symstrent[nsym_local] = symstrent[cnt];
+		      symstrent[cnt] = strtmp;
+
+		      /* And the mapping from symbol table entry to
+			 struct symbol record.  */
+		      struct symbol *symtmp = ndxtosym[nsym_local];
+		      ndxtosym[nsym_local] = ndxtosym[cnt];
+		      ndxtosym[cnt] = symtmp;
+
+		      /* Go to the next entry.  */
+		      ++nsym_local;
+		      --cnt;
+
+		      break;
+		    }
+
+		  dblindirect[cnt] = cnt;
+		}
+	      while (nsym_local < --cnt);
+
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  dblindirect[nsym_local] = nsym_local;
+	}
+      while (++nsym_local < cnt);
+    }
+
+  /* The symbol 'nsym_local' is currently pointing to might be local,
+     too.  Check and increment the variable if this is the case.  */
+  if (likely (nsym_local < nsym))
+    {
+      XElf_Sym_vardef (locsym);
+
+      /* This entry isn't moved.  */
+      dblindirect[nsym_local] = nsym_local;
+
+      /* Note that it is OK to not use 'xelf_getsymshndx' here.  */
+      xelf_getsym (symdata, nsym_local, locsym);
+      /* This better works.  */
+      assert (locsym != NULL);
+
+      if (XELF_ST_BIND (locsym->st_info) == STB_LOCAL)
+	++nsym_local;
+    }
+
+
+  /* We need the versym array right away to keep track of the version
+     symbols.  */
+  if (ld_state.versymscnidx != 0)
+    {
+      /* We allocate more memory than we need since the array is morroring
+	 the dynamic symbol table and not the normal symbol table.  I.e.,
+	 no local symbols are present.  */
+      versymscn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.versymscnidx);
+      versymdata = elf_newdata (versymscn);
+      if (versymdata == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot create versioning section: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      versymdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_HALF,
+				       nsym - nsym_local + 1);
+      versymdata->d_buf = xcalloc (1, versymdata->d_size);
+      versymdata->d_align = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_HALF, 1);
+      versymdata->d_off = 0;
+      versymdata->d_type = ELF_T_HALF;
+    }
+
+
+  /* If we have to construct the dynamic symbol table we must not include
+     the local symbols.  If the normal symbol has to be emitted as well
+     we haven't done anything else yet and we can construct it from
+     scratch now.  */
+  if (unlikely (!ld_state.need_symtab))
+    {
+      /* Note that the following code works even if there is no entry
+	 to remove since the zeroth entry is always local.  */
+      size_t reduce = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM, nsym_local - 1);
+
+      XElf_Sym_vardef (nullsym);
+      xelf_getsym_ptr (symdata, nsym_local - 1, nullsym);
+
+      /* Note that we don't have to use 'xelf_update_symshndx' since
+	 this is the dynamic symbol table we write.  */
+      (void) xelf_update_sym (symdata, nsym_local - 1,
+			      memset (nullsym, '\0', sizeof (*nullsym)));
+
+      /* Update the buffer pointer and size in the output data.  */
+      symdata->d_buf = (char *) symdata->d_buf + reduce;
+      symdata->d_size -= reduce;
+
+      /* Add the version symbol information.  */
+      if (versymdata != NULL)
+	{
+	  nsym_dyn = 1;
+	  for (cnt = nsym_local; cnt < nsym; ++cnt, ++nsym_dyn)
+	    {
+	      struct symbol *symp = ndxtosym[cnt];
+
+	      if (symp->file->versymdata != NULL)
+		{
+		  GElf_Versym versym;
+
+		  gelf_getversym (symp->file->versymdata, symp->symidx,
+				  &versym);
+
+		  (void) gelf_update_versym (versymdata, nsym_dyn,
+					     &symp->file->verdefused[versym]);
+		}
+	      }
+	}
+
+      /* Since we only created the dynamic symbol table the number of
+	 dynamic symbols is the total number of symbols.  */
+      nsym_dyn = nsym - nsym_local + 1;
+
+      /* XXX TBI.  Create whatever data structure is missing.  */
+      abort ();
+    }
+  else if (ld_state.need_dynsym)
+    {
+      /* Create the dynamic symbol table section data along with the
+	 string table.  We look at all non-local symbols we found for
+	 the normal symbol table and add those.  */
+      dynsymscn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.dynsymscnidx);
+      dynsymdata = elf_newdata (dynsymscn);
+
+      dynstrdata = elf_newdata (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf,
+					    ld_state.dynstrscnidx));
+      if (dynsymdata == NULL || dynstrdata == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+cannot create dynamic symbol table for output file: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      nsym_dyn_allocated = nsym - nsym_local + 1;
+      dynsymdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM,
+				       nsym_dyn_allocated);
+      dynsymdata->d_buf = memset (xmalloc (dynsymdata->d_size), '\0',
+				  xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM, 1));
+      dynsymdata->d_type = ELF_T_SYM;
+      dynsymdata->d_off = 0;
+      dynsymdata->d_align = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1);
+
+      /* We need one more array which contains the hash codes of the
+	 symbol names.  */
+      hashcodes = (Elf32_Word *) xcalloc (nsym_dyn_allocated,
+					  sizeof (Elf32_Word));
+
+      /* We have and empty entry at the beginning.  */
+      nsym_dyn = 1;
+
+      /* We don't mix PLT symbols and others.  */
+      size_t plt_idx = 1;
+      size_t obj_idx = 1 + ld_state.nplt;
+
+      /* Populate the table.  */
+      for (cnt = nsym_local; cnt < nsym; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	  xelf_getsym (symdata, cnt, sym);
+	  assert (sym != NULL);
+
+	  if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_XINDEX)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+section index too large in dynamic symbol table"));
+
+	  /* We do not add the symbol to the dynamic symbol table if
+
+	     - the symbol is for a file
+	     - it is not externally visible (internal, hidden)
+	     - if export_all_dynamic is not set and is only defined in
+	       the executable (i.e., it is defined, but not (also) in
+	       in DSO)
+
+	     Set symstrent[cnt] to NULL in case an entry is ignored.  */
+	  if (XELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_FILE
+	      || XELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other) == STV_INTERNAL
+	      || XELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other) == STV_HIDDEN
+	      || (!ndxtosym[cnt]->in_dso && ndxtosym[cnt]->defined))
+	    {
+	      symstrent[cnt] = NULL;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  size_t idx;
+	  if (ndxtosym[cnt]->in_dso && ndxtosym[cnt]->type == STT_FUNC)
+	    {
+	      idx = plt_idx++;
+	      assert (idx < 1 + ld_state.nplt);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      idx = obj_idx++;
+	      assert (idx < nsym_dyn_allocated);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Add the version information.  */
+	  if (versymdata != NULL)
+	    {
+	      struct symbol *symp = ndxtosym[cnt];
+
+	      if (symp->file->verdefdata != NULL)
+		{
+		  GElf_Versym versym;
+
+		  gelf_getversym (symp->file->versymdata, symp->symidx,
+				  &versym);
+
+		  (void) gelf_update_versym (versymdata, idx,
+					     &symp->file->verdefused[versym]);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* XXX Add support for version definitions.  */
+		  GElf_Versym global = VER_NDX_GLOBAL;
+		  (void) gelf_update_versym (versymdata, idx, &global);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* Store the index of the symbol in the dynamic symbol table.  */
+	  ndxtosym[cnt]->outdynsymidx = idx;
+
+	  /* Create a new string table entry.  */
+	  const char *str = ndxtosym[cnt]->name;
+	  symstrent[cnt] = ebl_strtabadd (dynstrtab, str, 0);
+	  hashcodes[idx] = elf_hash (str);
+	  ++nsym_dyn;
+	}
+      assert (nsym_dyn == obj_idx);
+      assert (ld_state.nplt + 1 == plt_idx);
+
+      /* Update the information about the symbol section.  */
+      if (versymdata != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Correct the size now that we know how many entries the
+	     dynamic symbol table has.  */
+	  versymdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_HALF,
+					   nsym_dyn);
+
+	  /* Add the reference to the symbol table.  */
+	  xelf_getshdr (versymscn, shdr);
+	  assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+	  shdr->sh_link = ld_state.dynsymscnidx;
+
+	  (void) xelf_update_shdr (versymscn, shdr);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (ld_state.file_type != relocatable_file_type)
+    {
+      size_t nbucket;
+      Elf32_Word *bucket;
+      Elf32_Word *chain;
+      size_t nchain;
+      Elf_Scn *hashscn;
+      Elf_Data *hashdata;
+
+      /* Finalize the dynamic string table.  */
+      ebl_strtabfinalize (dynstrtab, dynstrdata);
+
+      /* Determine the "optimal" bucket size.  */
+      nbucket = optimal_bucket_size (hashcodes, nsym_dyn, ld_state.optlevel);
+
+      /* Create the .hash section data structures.  */
+      assert (ld_state.hashscnidx != 0);
+      hashscn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.hashscnidx);
+      xelf_getshdr (hashscn, shdr);
+      hashdata = elf_newdata (hashscn);
+      if (shdr == NULL || hashdata == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+cannot create hash table section for output file: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      shdr->sh_link = ld_state.dynsymscnidx;
+      (void) xelf_update_shdr (hashscn, shdr);
+
+      hashdata->d_size = (2 + nsym_dyn + nbucket) * sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+      hashdata->d_buf = xcalloc (1, hashdata->d_size);
+      hashdata->d_align = sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+      hashdata->d_type = ELF_T_WORD;
+      hashdata->d_off = 0;
+
+      ((Elf32_Word *) hashdata->d_buf)[0] = nbucket;
+      ((Elf32_Word *) hashdata->d_buf)[1] = nsym_dyn;
+      bucket = &((Elf32_Word *) hashdata->d_buf)[2];
+      chain = &((Elf32_Word *) hashdata->d_buf)[2 + nbucket];
+
+      /* Haven't yet filled in any chain value.  */
+      nchain = 0;
+
+      /* Now put the names in.  */
+      for (cnt = nsym_local; cnt < nsym; ++cnt)
+	if (symstrent[cnt] != NULL)
+	  {
+	    XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+	    size_t hashidx;
+	    size_t dynidx = ndxtosym[cnt]->outdynsymidx;
+
+#if NATIVE_ELF != 0
+	    XElf_Sym *osym;
+	    memcpy (xelf_getsym (dynsymdata, dynidx, sym),
+		    xelf_getsym (symdata, cnt, osym),
+		    sizeof (XElf_Sym));
+#else
+	    xelf_getsym (symdata, cnt, sym);
+	    assert (sym != NULL);
+#endif
+
+	    sym->st_name = ebl_strtaboffset (symstrent[cnt]);
+
+	    (void) xelf_update_sym (dynsymdata, dynidx, sym);
+
+	    /* Add to the hash table.  */
+	    hashidx = hashcodes[dynidx] % nbucket;
+	    if (bucket[hashidx] == 0)
+	      bucket[hashidx] = dynidx;
+	    else
+	      {
+		hashidx = bucket[hashidx];
+		while (chain[hashidx] != 0)
+		  hashidx = chain[hashidx];
+
+		chain[hashidx] = dynidx;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+      free (hashcodes);
+
+      /* We don't need the map from the symbol table index to the symbol
+	 structure anymore.  */
+      free (ndxtosym);
+
+      /* Create the required version section.  */
+      if (ld_state.verneedscnidx != 0)
+	{
+	  Elf_Scn *verneedscn;
+	  Elf_Data *verneeddata;
+	  struct usedfiles *runp;
+	  size_t verneed_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_VNEED, 1);
+	  size_t vernaux_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_VNAUX, 1);
+	  size_t offset;
+	  int ntotal;
+
+	  verneedscn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.verneedscnidx);
+	  xelf_getshdr (verneedscn, shdr);
+	  verneeddata = elf_newdata (verneedscn);
+	  if (shdr == NULL || verneeddata == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		   gettext ("cannot create versioning data: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  verneeddata->d_size = (ld_state.nverdeffile * verneed_size
+				 + ld_state.nverdefused * vernaux_size);
+	  verneeddata->d_buf = xmalloc (verneeddata->d_size);
+	  verneeddata->d_type = ELF_T_VNEED;
+	  verneeddata->d_align = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_WORD, 1);
+	  verneeddata->d_off = 0;
+
+	  offset = 0;
+	  ntotal = ld_state.nverdeffile;
+	  runp = ld_state.dsofiles->next;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      offset = create_verneed_data (offset, verneeddata, runp,
+					    &ntotal);
+	      runp = runp->next;
+	    }
+	  while (ntotal > 0 && runp != ld_state.dsofiles->next);
+
+	  if (ntotal > 0)
+	    {
+	      runp = ld_state.needed->next;
+	      do
+		{
+		  offset = create_verneed_data (offset, verneeddata, runp,
+						&ntotal);
+		  runp = runp->next;
+		}
+	      while (ntotal > 0 && runp != ld_state.needed->next);
+	    }
+
+	  assert (offset == verneeddata->d_size);
+
+	  /* Add the needed information to the section header.  */
+	  shdr->sh_link = ld_state.dynstrscnidx;
+	  shdr->sh_info = ld_state.nverdeffile;
+	  (void) xelf_update_shdr (verneedscn, shdr);
+	}
+
+      /* Adjust the section size.  */
+      dynsymdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM, nsym_dyn);
+      if (versymdata != NULL)
+	versymdata->d_size = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_HALF,
+					 nsym_dyn);
+
+      /* Add the remaining information to the section header.  */
+      xelf_getshdr (dynsymscn, shdr);
+      /* There is always exactly one local symbol.  */
+      shdr->sh_info = 1;
+      /* Reference the string table.  */
+      shdr->sh_link = ld_state.dynstrscnidx;
+      /* Write the updated info back.  */
+      (void) xelf_update_shdr (dynsymscn, shdr);
+    }
+  else
+    /* We don't need the map from the symbol table index to the symbol
+       structure anymore.  */
+    free (ndxtosym);
+
+  /* We don't need the string table anymore.  */
+  free (symstrent);
+
+  /* Remember the total number of symbols in the dynamic symbol table.  */
+  ld_state.ndynsym = nsym_dyn;
+
+  /* Fill in the section header information.  */
+  symscn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.symscnidx);
+  xelf_getshdr (symscn, shdr);
+  if (shdr == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create symbol table for output file: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  shdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
+  shdr->sh_link = ld_state.strscnidx;
+  shdr->sh_info = nsym_local;
+  shdr->sh_entsize = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM, 1);
+
+  (void) xelf_update_shdr (symscn, shdr);
+
+
+  /* Add names for the generated sections.  */
+  if (ld_state.symscnidx != 0)
+      symtab_ent = ebl_strtabadd (ld_state.shstrtab, ".symtab", 8);
+  if (ld_state.xndxscnidx != 0)
+    xndx_ent = ebl_strtabadd (ld_state.shstrtab, ".symtab_shndx", 14);
+  if (ld_state.strscnidx != 0)
+    strtab_ent = ebl_strtabadd (ld_state.shstrtab, ".strtab", 8);
+  /* At this point we would have to test for failures in the
+     allocation.  But we skip this.  First, the problem will be caught
+     latter when doing more allocations for the section header table.
+     Even if this would not be the case all that would happen is that
+     the section names are empty.  The binary would still be usable if
+     it is an executable or a DSO.  Not adding the test here saves
+     quite a bit of code.  */
+
+
+  /* Finally create the section for the section header string table.  */
+  shstrtab_scn = elf_newscn (ld_state.outelf);
+  shstrtab_ndx = elf_ndxscn (shstrtab_scn);
+  if (unlikely (shstrtab_ndx == SHN_UNDEF))
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create section header string section: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* Add the name of the section to the string table.  */
+  shstrtab_ent = ebl_strtabadd (ld_state.shstrtab, ".shstrtab", 10);
+  if (unlikely (shstrtab_ent == NULL))
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno,
+	   gettext ("cannot create section header string section"));
+
+  /* Finalize the section header string table.  */
+  data = elf_newdata (shstrtab_scn);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create section header string section: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+  ebl_strtabfinalize (ld_state.shstrtab, data);
+
+  /* Now we know the string offsets for all section names.  */
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < ld_state.nallsections; ++cnt)
+    if (ld_state.allsections[cnt]->scnidx != 0)
+      {
+	Elf_Scn *scn;
+
+	scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.allsections[cnt]->scnidx);
+
+	xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+	assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+	shdr->sh_name = ebl_strtaboffset (ld_state.allsections[cnt]->nameent);
+
+	if (xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr) == 0)
+	  assert (0);
+      }
+
+  /* Add the names for the generated sections to the respective
+     section headers.  */
+  if (symtab_ent != NULL)
+    {
+      Elf_Scn *scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.symscnidx);
+
+      xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+      /* This cannot fail, we already accessed the header before.  */
+      assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+      shdr->sh_name = ebl_strtaboffset (symtab_ent);
+
+      (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+    }
+  if (xndx_ent != NULL)
+    {
+      Elf_Scn *scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.xndxscnidx);
+
+      xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+      /* This cannot fail, we already accessed the header before.  */
+      assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+      shdr->sh_name = ebl_strtaboffset (xndx_ent);
+
+      (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+    }
+  if (strtab_ent != NULL)
+    {
+      Elf_Scn *scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.strscnidx);
+
+      xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+      /* This cannot fail, we already accessed the header before.  */
+      assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+      shdr->sh_name = ebl_strtaboffset (strtab_ent);
+
+      (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+    }
+
+  /* And the section header table section itself.  */
+  xelf_getshdr (shstrtab_scn, shdr);
+  if (shdr == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create section header string section: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  shdr->sh_name = ebl_strtaboffset (shstrtab_ent);
+  shdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+
+  if (unlikely (xelf_update_shdr (shstrtab_scn, shdr) == 0))
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot create section header string section: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+
+  /* Add the correct section header info to the section group sections.  */
+  groups = ld_state.groups;
+  while (groups != NULL)
+    {
+      Elf_Scn *scn;
+      struct scngroup *oldp;
+      Elf32_Word si;
+
+      scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, groups->outscnidx);
+      xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+      assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+      shdr->sh_name = ebl_strtaboffset (groups->nameent);
+      shdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
+      shdr->sh_flags = 0;
+      shdr->sh_link = ld_state.symscnidx;
+      shdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+
+      /* Determine the index for the signature symbol.  */
+      si = groups->symbol->file->symindirect[groups->symbol->symidx];
+      if (si == 0)
+	{
+	  assert (groups->symbol->file->symref[groups->symbol->symidx]
+		  != NULL);
+	  si = groups->symbol->file->symref[groups->symbol->symidx]->outsymidx;
+	  assert (si != 0);
+	}
+      shdr->sh_info = ld_state.dblindirect[si];
+
+      (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+
+      oldp = groups;
+      groups = groups->next;
+      free (oldp);
+    }
+
+
+  if (ld_state.file_type != relocatable_file_type)
+    {
+      size_t nphdr;
+      XElf_Addr addr;
+      struct output_segment *segment;
+      Elf_Scn *scn;
+      Elf32_Word nsec;
+      XElf_Phdr_vardef (phdr);
+
+      /* Every executable needs a program header.  The number of entries
+	 varies.  One exists for each segment.  Each SHT_NOTE section gets
+	 one, too.  For dynamically linked executables we have to create
+	 one for the program header, the interpreter, and the dynamic
+	 section.  First count the number of segments.
+
+	 XXX Determine whether the segment is non-empty.  */
+      nphdr = 0;
+      segment = ld_state.output_segments;
+      while (segment != NULL)
+	{
+	  ++nphdr;
+	  segment = segment->next;
+	}
+
+      /* Add the number of SHT_NOTE sections.  We counted them earlier.  */
+      nphdr += ld_state.nnotesections;
+
+      /* If we create a DSO or the file is linked against DSOs we have three
+	 more entries: INTERP, PHDR, DYNAMIC.  */
+      if (dynamically_linked_p ())
+	nphdr += 3;
+
+      /* Create the program header structure.  */
+      if (xelf_newphdr (ld_state.outelf, nphdr) == 0)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot create program header: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+
+      /* Determine the section sizes and offsets.  We have to do this
+	 to be able to determine the memory layout (which normally
+	 differs from the file layout).  */
+      if (elf_update (ld_state.outelf, ELF_C_NULL) == -1)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("while determining file layout: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+
+      /* Now determine the memory addresses of all the sections and
+	 segments.  */
+      nsec = 0;
+      scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.allsections[nsec]->scnidx);
+      xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+      assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+      /* The address we start with is the offset of the first (not
+	 zeroth) section.  */
+      addr = shdr->sh_offset;
+
+      /* The index of the first loadable segment.  */
+      nphdr = 1 + (dynamically_linked_p () == true) * 2;
+
+      segment = ld_state.output_segments;
+      while (segment != NULL)
+	{
+	  struct output_rule *orule;
+	  bool first_section = true;
+	  XElf_Off nobits_size = 0;
+	  XElf_Off memsize = 0;
+
+	  /* the minimum alignment is a page size.  */
+	  segment->align = ld_state.pagesize;
+
+	  for (orule = segment->output_rules; orule != NULL;
+	       orule = orule->next)
+	    if (orule->tag == output_section)
+	      {
+		XElf_Off oldoff;
+
+		/* See whether this output rule corresponds to the next
+		   section.  Yes, this is a pointer comparison.  */
+		if (ld_state.allsections[nsec]->name
+		    != orule->val.section.name)
+		  /* No, ignore this output rule.  */
+		  continue;
+
+		/* We assign addresses only in segments which are actually
+		   loaded.  */
+		if (segment->mode != 0)
+		  {
+		    /* Adjust the offset of the input sections.  */
+		    struct scninfo *isect;
+		    struct scninfo *first;
+
+		    isect = first = ld_state.allsections[nsec]->last;
+		    if (isect != NULL)
+		      do
+			isect->offset += addr;
+		      while ((isect = isect->next) != first);
+
+		    /* Set the address of current section.  */
+		    shdr->sh_addr = addr;
+
+		    /* Write the result back.  */
+		    (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+
+		    /* Remember the address.  */
+		    ld_state.allsections[nsec]->addr = addr;
+		  }
+
+		if (first_section)
+		  {
+		    /* The first segment starts at offset zero.  */
+		    if (segment == ld_state.output_segments)
+		      {
+			segment->offset = 0;
+			segment->addr = addr - shdr->sh_offset;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			segment->offset = shdr->sh_offset;
+			segment->addr = addr;
+		      }
+
+		    /* Determine the maximum alignment requirement.  */
+		    segment->align = MAX (segment->align, shdr->sh_addralign);
+
+		    first_section = false;
+		  }
+
+		memsize = shdr->sh_offset - segment->offset + shdr->sh_size;
+		if (nobits_size != 0 && shdr->sh_type != SHT_NOTE)
+		  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+internal error: nobits section follows nobits section"));
+		if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
+		  nobits_size += shdr->sh_size;
+
+		/* Determine the new address which is computed using
+		   the difference of the offsets on the sections.  Note
+		   that this assumes that the sections following each
+		   other in the section header table are also
+		   consecutive in the file.  This is true here because
+		   libelf constructs files this way.  */
+		oldoff = shdr->sh_offset;
+
+		if (++nsec >= ld_state.nallsections)
+		  break;
+
+		scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf,
+				  ld_state.allsections[nsec]->scnidx);
+		xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+		assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+		/* This is the new address resulting from the offsets
+		   in the file.  */
+		assert (oldoff <= shdr->sh_offset);
+		addr += shdr->sh_offset - oldoff;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		assert (orule->tag == output_assignment);
+
+		if (strcmp (orule->val.assignment->variable, ".") == 0)
+		  /* This is a change of the address.  */
+		  addr = eval_expression (orule->val.assignment->expression,
+					  addr);
+		else if (orule->val.assignment->sym != NULL)
+		  {
+		    /* This symbol is used.  Update the symbol table
+		       entry.  */
+		    XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+		    size_t idx;
+
+		    /* Note that we do not have to use
+		       xelf_getsymshndx since we only update the
+		       symbol address, not the section
+		       information.  */
+		    idx = dblindirect[orule->val.assignment->sym->outsymidx];
+		    xelf_getsym (symdata, idx, sym);
+		    sym->st_value = addr;
+		    (void) xelf_update_sym (symdata, idx, sym);
+
+		    idx = orule->val.assignment->sym->outdynsymidx;
+		    if (idx != 0)
+		      {
+			assert (dynsymdata != NULL);
+			xelf_getsym (dynsymdata, idx, sym);
+			sym->st_value = addr;
+			(void) xelf_update_sym (dynsymdata, idx, sym);
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	  /* Store the segment parameter for loadable segments.  */
+	  if (segment->mode != 0)
+	    {
+	      xelf_getphdr_ptr (ld_state.outelf, nphdr, phdr);
+
+	      phdr->p_type = PT_LOAD;
+	      phdr->p_offset = segment->offset;
+	      phdr->p_vaddr = segment->addr;
+	      phdr->p_paddr = phdr->p_vaddr;
+	      phdr->p_filesz = memsize - nobits_size;
+	      phdr->p_memsz = memsize;
+	      phdr->p_flags = segment->mode;
+	      phdr->p_align = segment->align;
+
+	      (void) xelf_update_phdr (ld_state.outelf, nphdr, phdr);
+	      ++nphdr;
+	    }
+
+	  segment = segment->next;
+	}
+
+      /* Create the other program header entries.  */
+      xelf_getehdr (ld_state.outelf, ehdr);
+      assert (ehdr != NULL);
+
+      xelf_getphdr_ptr (ld_state.outelf, 1, phdr);
+      phdr->p_type = PT_PHDR;
+      phdr->p_offset = ehdr->e_phoff;
+      phdr->p_vaddr = ld_state.output_segments->addr + phdr->p_offset;
+      phdr->p_paddr = phdr->p_vaddr;
+      phdr->p_filesz = ehdr->e_phnum * ehdr->e_phentsize;
+      phdr->p_memsz = phdr->p_filesz;
+      phdr->p_flags = 0;		/* No need to set PF_R or so.  */
+      phdr->p_align = xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_ADDR, 1);
+      (void) xelf_update_phdr (ld_state.outelf, 0, phdr);
+
+
+      /* Adjust the addresses in the addresses of the symbol according
+	 to the load addresses of the sections.  */
+      if (ld_state.need_symtab)
+	for (cnt = 1; cnt < nsym; ++cnt)
+	  {
+	    XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+	    Elf32_Word shndx;
+
+	    xelf_getsymshndx (symdata, xndxdata, cnt, sym, shndx);
+	    assert (sym != NULL);
+
+	    if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_XINDEX)
+	      shndx = sym->st_shndx;
+
+	    if ((shndx > SHN_UNDEF && shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
+		|| shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
+	      {
+		/* Note we subtract 1 from the section index since ALLSECTIONS
+		   does not store the dummy section with offset zero.  */
+		sym->st_value += ld_state.allsections[shndx - 1]->addr;
+
+		/* We don't have to use 'xelf_update_symshndx' since the
+		   section number doesn't change.  */
+		(void) xelf_update_sym (symdata, cnt, sym);
+	      }
+	  }
+
+      if (ld_state.need_dynsym)
+	for (cnt = 1; cnt < nsym_dyn; ++cnt)
+	  {
+	    XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	    xelf_getsym (dynsymdata, cnt, sym);
+	    assert (sym != NULL);
+
+	    if (sym->st_shndx > SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
+	      {
+		/* Note we subtract 1 from the section index since ALLSECTIONS
+		   does not store the dummy section with offset zero.  */
+		sym->st_value += ld_state.allsections[sym->st_shndx - 1]->addr;
+
+		/* We don't have to use 'xelf_update_symshndx' since the
+		   section number doesn't change.  */
+		(void) xelf_update_sym (dynsymdata, cnt, sym);
+	      }
+	  }
+
+
+      /* Now is a good time to determine the values of all the symbols
+	 we encountered.  */
+      // XXX This loop is very inefficient.  The hash tab iterator also
+      // returns all symbols in DSOs.
+      struct symbol *se;
+      void *p = NULL;
+      while ((se = ld_symbol_tab_iterate (&ld_state.symbol_tab, &p)) != NULL)
+	if (! se->in_dso)
+	  {
+	    XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	    addr = 0;
+
+	    if (se->outdynsymidx != 0)
+	      {
+		xelf_getsym (dynsymdata, se->outdynsymidx, sym);
+		assert (sym != NULL);
+		addr = sym->st_value;
+	      }
+	    else if (se->outsymidx != 0)
+	      {
+		assert (dblindirect[se->outsymidx] != 0);
+		xelf_getsym (symdata, dblindirect[se->outsymidx], sym);
+		assert (sym != NULL);
+		addr = sym->st_value;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      abort ();
+
+	    se->merge.value = addr;
+	  }
+
+      /* Complete the header of the .rel.dyn/.rela.dyn section.  Point
+	 to the symbol table.  The sh_info field is left zero since
+	 there is no specific section the contained relocations are
+	 for.  */
+      if (ld_state.reldynscnidx != 0)
+	{
+	  assert (ld_state.dynsymscnidx != 0);
+	  scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.reldynscnidx);
+	  xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+	  assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+	  shdr->sh_link = ld_state.dynsymscnidx;
+
+	  (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+	}
+
+      /* Fill in the dynamic segment/section.  */
+      if (dynamically_linked_p ())
+	{
+	  Elf_Scn *outscn;
+
+	  assert (ld_state.interpscnidx != 0);
+	  xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.interpscnidx),
+			shdr);
+	  assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+	  /* The interpreter string.  */
+	  // XXX Do we need to support files (DSOs) without interpreters?
+	  xelf_getphdr_ptr (ld_state.outelf, 1, phdr);
+	  phdr->p_type = PT_INTERP;
+	  phdr->p_offset = shdr->sh_offset;
+	  phdr->p_vaddr = shdr->sh_addr;
+	  phdr->p_paddr = phdr->p_vaddr;
+	  phdr->p_filesz = shdr->sh_size;
+	  phdr->p_memsz = phdr->p_filesz;
+	  phdr->p_flags = 0;		/* No need to set PF_R or so.  */
+	  phdr->p_align = 1;		/* It's a string.  */
+
+	  (void) xelf_update_phdr (ld_state.outelf, 1, phdr);
+
+	  /* The pointer to the dynamic section.  We this we need to
+	     get the information for the dynamic section first.  */
+	  assert (ld_state.dynamicscnidx);
+	  outscn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.dynamicscnidx);
+	  xelf_getshdr (outscn, shdr);
+	  assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+	  xelf_getphdr_ptr (ld_state.outelf, 2, phdr);
+	  phdr->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
+	  phdr->p_offset = shdr->sh_offset;
+	  phdr->p_vaddr = shdr->sh_addr;
+	  phdr->p_paddr = phdr->p_vaddr;
+	  phdr->p_filesz = shdr->sh_size;
+	  phdr->p_memsz = phdr->p_filesz;
+	  phdr->p_flags = 0;		/* No need to set PF_R or so.  */
+	  phdr->p_align = shdr->sh_addralign;
+
+	  (void) xelf_update_phdr (ld_state.outelf, 2, phdr);
+
+	  /* Fill in the reference to the .dynstr section.  */
+	  assert (ld_state.dynstrscnidx != 0);
+	  shdr->sh_link = ld_state.dynstrscnidx;
+	  (void) xelf_update_shdr (outscn, shdr);
+
+	  /* And fill the remaining entries.  */
+	  Elf_Data *dyndata = elf_getdata (outscn, NULL);
+	  assert (dyndata != NULL);
+
+	  /* Add the DT_NEEDED entries.  */
+	  if (ld_state.ndsofiles > 0)
+	    {
+	      struct usedfiles *runp = ld_state.dsofiles->next;
+
+	      do
+		if (! ld_state.ignore_unused_dsos || runp->used)
+		  {
+		    /* Add the position-dependent flag if necessary.  */
+		    if (runp->lazyload)
+		      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+					 DT_POSFLAG_1, DF_P1_LAZYLOAD);
+
+		    new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				       DT_NEEDED,
+				       ebl_strtaboffset (runp->sonameent));
+		  }
+	      while ((runp = runp->next) != ld_state.dsofiles->next);
+	    }
+
+	  /* We can finish the DT_RUNPATH/DT_RPATH entries now.  */
+	  if (ld_state.rxxpath_strent != NULL)
+	    new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+			       ld_state.rxxpath_tag,
+			       ebl_strtaboffset (ld_state.rxxpath_strent));
+
+	  /* Reference to initialization and finalization functions.  */
+	  // XXX This code depends on symbol table being relocated.
+	  if (ld_state.init_symbol != NULL)
+	    {
+	      XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	      if (ld_state.need_symtab)
+		xelf_getsym (symdata,
+			     dblindirect[ld_state.init_symbol->outsymidx],
+			     sym);
+	      else
+		xelf_getsym (dynsymdata, ld_state.init_symbol->outdynsymidx,
+			     sym);
+	      assert (sym != NULL);
+
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 DT_INIT, sym->st_value);
+	    }
+	  if (ld_state.fini_symbol != NULL)
+	    {
+	      XElf_Sym_vardef (sym);
+
+	      if (ld_state.need_symtab)
+		xelf_getsym (symdata,
+			     dblindirect[ld_state.fini_symbol->outsymidx],
+			     sym);
+	      else
+		xelf_getsym (dynsymdata, ld_state.fini_symbol->outdynsymidx,
+			     sym);
+	      assert (sym != NULL);
+
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 DT_FINI, sym->st_value);
+	    }
+	  // XXX Support init,fini,preinit arrays
+
+	  /* The hash table which comes with dynamic symbol table.  */
+	  xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.hashscnidx),
+			shdr);
+	  assert (shdr != NULL);
+	  new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++, DT_HASH,
+			     shdr->sh_addr);
+
+	  /* Reference to the symbol table section.  */
+	  assert (ld_state.dynsymscnidx != 0);
+	  xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.dynsymscnidx),
+			shdr);
+	  assert (shdr != NULL);
+	  new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++, DT_SYMTAB,
+			     shdr->sh_addr);
+
+	  new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++, DT_SYMENT,
+			     xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_SYM, 1));
+
+	  /* And the string table which comes with it.  */
+	  xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.dynstrscnidx),
+			shdr);
+	  assert (shdr != NULL);
+	  new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++, DT_STRTAB,
+			     shdr->sh_addr);
+
+	  new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++, DT_STRSZ,
+			     shdr->sh_size);
+
+	  /* Add the entries related to the .plt.  */
+	  if (ld_state.nplt > 0)
+	    {
+	      xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, ld_state.gotscnidx),
+			    shdr);
+	      assert (shdr != NULL);
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 // XXX This should probably be machine
+				 // dependent.
+				 DT_PLTGOT, shdr->sh_addr);
+
+	      xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf,
+					ld_state.pltrelscnidx), shdr);
+	      assert (shdr != NULL);
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 DT_PLTRELSZ, shdr->sh_size);
+
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 DT_JMPREL, shdr->sh_addr);
+
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 DT_PLTREL, REL_TYPE (statep));
+	    }
+
+	  if (ld_state.relsize_total > 0)
+	    {
+	      int rel = REL_TYPE (statep);
+	      xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf,
+					ld_state.reldynscnidx), shdr);
+	      assert (shdr != NULL);
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 rel, shdr->sh_addr);
+
+	      /* Trick ahead.  Use arithmetic to get the right tag.
+		 We check the validity of this assumption in the asserts.  */
+	      assert (DT_RELASZ - DT_RELA == 1);
+	      assert (DT_RELSZ - DT_REL == 1);
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 rel + 1, shdr->sh_size);
+
+	      /* Similar for the entry size tag.  */
+	      assert (DT_RELAENT - DT_RELA == 2);
+	      assert (DT_RELENT - DT_REL == 2);
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 rel + 2,
+				 rel == DT_REL
+				 ? xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_REL, 1)
+				 : xelf_fsize (ld_state.outelf, ELF_T_RELA,
+					       1));
+	    }
+
+	  if (ld_state.verneedscnidx != 0)
+	    {
+	      xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf,
+					ld_state.verneedscnidx), shdr);
+	      assert (shdr != NULL);
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 DT_VERNEED, shdr->sh_addr);
+
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 DT_VERNEEDNUM, ld_state.nverdeffile);
+	    }
+
+	  if (ld_state.versymscnidx != 0)
+	    {
+	      xelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf,
+					ld_state.versymscnidx), shdr);
+	      assert (shdr != NULL);
+	      new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+				 DT_VERSYM, shdr->sh_addr);
+	    }
+
+	  /* We always create the DT_DEBUG entry.  */
+	  new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++, DT_DEBUG, 0);
+	  assert (ld_state.ndynamic_filled < ld_state.ndynamic);
+
+	  /* Add the flag words if necessary.  */
+	  if (ld_state.dt_flags != 0)
+	    new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++, DT_FLAGS,
+			       ld_state.dt_flags);
+
+	  /* Create entry for the DT_FLAGS_1 flag.  */
+	  if (ld_state.dt_flags_1 != 0)
+	    new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+			       DT_FLAGS_1, ld_state.dt_flags_1);
+
+	  /* Create entry for the DT_FEATURE_1 flag.  */
+	  if (ld_state.dt_feature_1 != 0)
+	    new_dynamic_entry (dyndata, ld_state.ndynamic_filled++,
+			       DT_FEATURE_1, ld_state.dt_feature_1);
+
+	  assert (ld_state.ndynamic_filled <= ld_state.ndynamic);
+	}
+    }
+
+
+  // XXX The following code isn't nice.  We use two different
+  // mechanisms to handle relocations, one for relocatable files, one
+  // for executables and DSOs.  Maybe this is the best method but also
+  // maybe it can be somewhat unified.
+
+  /* Now that we created the symbol table we can add the reference to
+     it in the sh_link field of the section headers of the relocation
+     sections.  */
+  while (rellist != NULL)
+    {
+      assert (ld_state.file_type == relocatable_file_type);
+      Elf_Scn *outscn;
+
+      outscn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, rellist->scnidx);
+      xelf_getshdr (outscn, shdr);
+      /* This must not fail since we did it before.  */
+      assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+      /* Remember the symbol table which belongs to the relocation section.  */
+      shdr->sh_link = ld_state.symscnidx;
+
+      /* And the reference to the section which is relocated by this
+	 relocation section.  We use the info from the first input
+	 section but all records should have the same information.  */
+      shdr->sh_info =
+	rellist->scninfo->fileinfo->scninfo[SCNINFO_SHDR (rellist->scninfo->shdr).sh_info].outscnndx;
+
+
+      /* Perform the actual relocations.  We only have to adjust
+	 offsets and symbol indices.  */
+      RELOCATE_SECTION (statep, outscn, rellist->scninfo, dblindirect);
+
+      /* Store the changes.  */
+      (void) xelf_update_shdr (outscn, shdr);
+
+      /* Up to the next relocation section.  */
+      rellist = rellist->next;
+    }
+
+  if (ld_state.rellist != NULL)
+    {
+      assert (ld_state.file_type != relocatable_file_type);
+      /* Create the relocations for the output file.  */
+      CREATE_RELOCATIONS (statep, dblindirect);
+    }
+
+
+  /* We need the ELF header once more.  */
+  xelf_getehdr (ld_state.outelf, ehdr);
+  assert (ehdr != NULL);
+
+  /* Set the section header string table index.  */
+  if (likely (shstrtab_ndx < SHN_HIRESERVE)
+      && likely (shstrtab_ndx != SHN_XINDEX))
+    ehdr->e_shstrndx = shstrtab_ndx;
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have to put the section index in the sh_link field of the
+	 zeroth section header.  */
+      Elf_Scn *scn = elf_getscn (ld_state.outelf, 0);
+
+      xelf_getshdr (scn, shdr);
+      if (unlikely (shdr == NULL))
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot get header of 0th section: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      shdr->sh_link = shstrtab_ndx;
+
+      (void) xelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+
+      ehdr->e_shstrndx = SHN_XINDEX;
+    }
+
+  if (ld_state.file_type != relocatable_file_type)
+    /* DSOs and executables have to define the entry point symbol.  */
+    ehdr->e_entry = find_entry_point ();
+
+  if (unlikely (xelf_update_ehdr (ld_state.outelf, ehdr) == 0))
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot update ELF header: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+
+  /* Free the data which we don't need anymore.  */
+  free (ld_state.dblindirect);
+
+
+  /* Finalize the .plt section the what belongs to them.  */
+  FINALIZE_PLT (statep, nsym, nsym_dyn);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* This is a function which must be specified in all backends.  */
+static void
+ld_generic_relocate_section (struct ld_state *statep, Elf_Scn *outscn,
+			     struct scninfo *firstp,
+			     const Elf32_Word *dblindirect)
+{
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+linker backend didn't specify function to relocate section"));
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+/* Finalize the output file.  */
+static int
+ld_generic_finalize (struct ld_state *statep)
+{
+  /* Write out the ELF file data.  */
+  if (elf_update (ld_state.outelf, ELF_C_WRITE) == -1)
+      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("while writing output file: %s"),
+	     elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* Free the resources.  */
+  if (elf_end (ld_state.outelf) != 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("while finishing output file: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  /* Get the file status of the temporary file.  */
+  struct stat temp_st;
+  if (fstat (ld_state.outfd, &temp_st) != 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("cannot stat output file"));
+
+  /* Now it's time to rename the file.  Remove an old existing file
+     first.  */
+  if (rename (ld_state.tempfname, ld_state.outfname) != 0)
+    /* Something went wrong.  */
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("cannot rename output file"));
+
+  /* Make sure the output file is really the one we created.  */
+  struct stat new_st;
+  if (stat (ld_state.outfname, &new_st) != 0
+      || new_st.st_ino != temp_st.st_ino
+      || new_st.st_dev != temp_st.st_dev)
+    {
+      /* Wow, somebody overwrote the output file, probably some intruder.  */
+      unlink (ld_state.outfname);
+      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+WARNING: temporary output file overwritten before linking finished"));
+    }
+
+  /* Close the file descriptor.  */
+  (void) close (ld_state.outfd);
+
+  /* Signal the cleanup handler that the file is correctly created.  */
+  ld_state.tempfname = NULL;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+ld_generic_special_section_number_p (struct ld_state *statep, size_t number)
+{
+  /* There are no special section numbers in the gABI.  */
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+ld_generic_section_type_p (struct ld_state *statep, GElf_Word type)
+{
+  if (type < SHT_NUM
+      /* XXX Enable the following two when implemented.  */
+      // || type == SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
+      // || type == SHT_CHECKSUM
+      /* XXX Eventually include SHT_SUNW_move, SHT_SUNW_COMDAT, and
+	 SHT_SUNW_syminfo.  */
+      || (type >= SHT_GNU_verdef && type <= SHT_GNU_versym))
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+static XElf_Xword
+ld_generic_dynamic_section_flags (struct ld_state *statep)
+{
+  /* By default the .dynamic section is writable (and is of course
+     loaded).  Few architecture differ from this.  */
+  return SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ld_generic_initialize_plt (struct ld_state *statep, Elf_Scn *scn)
+{
+  /* This cannot be implemented generally.  There should have been a
+     machine dependent implementation and we should never have arrived
+     here.  */
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("no machine specific '%s' implementation"),
+	 "initialize_plt");
+}
+
+
+static void
+ld_generic_initialize_pltrel (struct ld_state *statep, Elf_Scn *scn)
+{
+  /* This cannot be implemented generally.  There should have been a
+     machine dependent implementation and we should never have arrived
+     here.  */
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("no machine specific '%s' implementation"),
+	 "initialize_pltrel");
+}
+
+
+static void
+ld_generic_initialize_got (struct ld_state *statep, Elf_Scn *scn)
+{
+  /* This cannot be implemented generally.  There should have been a
+     machine dependent implementation and we should never have arrived
+     here.  */
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("no machine specific '%s' implementation"),
+	 "initialize_got");
+}
+
+
+static void
+ld_generic_finalize_plt (struct ld_state *statep, size_t nsym, size_t nsym_dyn)
+{
+  /* By default we assume that nothing has to be done.  */
+}
+
+
+static int
+ld_generic_rel_type (struct ld_state *statep)
+{
+  /* This cannot be implemented generally.  There should have been a
+     machine dependent implementation and we should never have arrived
+     here.  */
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("no machine specific '%s' implementation"),
+	 "rel_type");
+  /* Just to keep the compiler calm.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ld_generic_count_relocations (struct ld_state *statep, struct scninfo *scninfo)
+{
+  /* This cannot be implemented generally.  There should have been a
+     machine dependent implementation and we should never have arrived
+     here.  */
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("no machine specific '%s' implementation"),
+	 "count_relocations");
+}
+
+
+static void
+ld_generic_create_relocations (struct ld_state *statep,
+			       const Elf32_Word *dblindirect)
+{
+  /* This cannot be implemented generally.  There should have been a
+     machine dependent implementation and we should never have arrived
+     here.  */
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("no machine specific '%s' implementation"),
+	 "create_relocations");
+}
diff --git a/src/ldlex.l b/src/ldlex.l
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e30a865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ldlex.l
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+%{
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <elf.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <system.h>
+#include <ld.h>
+#include "ldscript.h"
+
+/* We sure use no threads to read the stream, so use the _unlocked
+   variants of the functions.  */
+#undef getc
+#define getc(s) getc_unlocked (s)
+#undef ferror
+#define ferror(s) ferror_unlocked (s)
+#undef fread
+#define fread(b, m, n, s) fread_unlocked (b, m, n, s)
+#undef fwrite
+#define fwrite(b, m, n, s) fwrite_unlocked (b, m, n, s)
+
+/* ECHO must be redefined since the default implementation ignores
+   the return value of fwrite_unlocked.  */
+#define ECHO do { size_t n__ __attribute__ ((unused)) \
+			   = fwrite (yytext, yyleng, 1, yyout); } while (0)
+
+/* Defined in ld.c.  */
+extern int ld_scan_version_script;
+
+#define MAX_PREPDEPTH 20
+static enum prepstate
+{
+  prep_normal,
+  skip_if,
+  skip_to_endif
+} prepstate[MAX_PREPDEPTH];
+static int prepdepth;
+
+static void eat_comment (void);
+static void eat_to_eol (bool empty);
+static int attrib_convert (int c);
+static void push_state (enum prepstate);
+static int pop_state (void);
+static int handle_ifdef (void);
+static void invalid_char (int ch);
+%}
+
+ID		[a-zA-Z0-9_.*?]+
+FILENAMECHAR1	[a-zA-Z0-9_/.\\~]
+FILENAMECHAR	[^][{}[:space:]():;]+
+HEX		0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+[kKmM]?
+OCT		0[0-7]*[kKmM]?
+DEC		[0-9]+[kKmM]?
+WHITE		[[:space:]]+
+
+%option yylineno
+%option never-interactive
+%option noyywrap
+
+%x IGNORE
+
+%%
+				if (unlikely (ld_scan_version_script))
+				  {
+				    ld_scan_version_script = -1;
+				    return kVERSION_SCRIPT;
+				  }
+
+^"#"ifdef/[[:space:]]		{ BEGIN (handle_ifdef ()); }
+^"#"else/[[:space:]\n]		{ eat_to_eol (true);
+				  push_state (skip_to_endif);
+				  BEGIN (IGNORE); }
+^"#"elifdef/[[:space:]]		{ eat_to_eol (false);
+				  push_state (skip_to_endif);
+				  BEGIN (IGNORE); }
+^"#"endif/[[:space:]\n]		{ eat_to_eol (true) ; }
+
+<IGNORE>^"#"ifdef/[[:space:]\n] { eat_to_eol (false);
+				  push_state (skip_to_endif); }
+<IGNORE>^"#"else/[[:space:]\n]	{ eat_to_eol (true);
+				  assert (prepdepth > 0);
+				  if (prepstate[prepdepth - 1] == skip_if)
+				    {
+				      /* Back to normal processing.  */
+				      assert (prepdepth == 1);
+				      BEGIN (pop_state ());
+				    }
+				}
+<IGNORE>^"#"elifdef/[[:space:]]	{ assert (prepdepth > 0);
+				  if (prepstate[prepdepth - 1] == skip_if)
+				    {
+				      /* Maybe this symbol is defined.  */
+				      pop_state ();
+				      BEGIN (handle_ifdef ());
+				    }
+				}
+<IGNORE>^"#"endif/[[:space:]\n] { eat_to_eol (true);
+				  BEGIN (pop_state ()); }
+<IGNORE>.|\n			{ /* nothing */ }
+
+
+"/*"				{ eat_comment (); }
+
+ALIGN				{ return kALIGN; }
+AS_NEEDED			{ return kAS_NEEDED; }
+ENTRY				{ return kENTRY; }
+EXCLUDE_FILE			{ return kEXCLUDE_FILE; }
+"global:"			{ return kGLOBAL; }
+GROUP				{ return kGROUP; }
+INPUT				{ return kINPUT; }
+INTERP				{ return kINTERP; }
+KEEP				{ return kKEEP; }
+"local:"			{ return kLOCAL; }
+OUTPUT_FORMAT			{ return kOUTPUT_FORMAT; }
+PAGESIZE			{ return kPAGESIZE; }
+PROVIDE				{ return kPROVIDE; }
+SEARCH_DIR			{ return kSEARCH_DIR; }
+SEGMENT				{ return kSEGMENT; }
+SIZEOF_HEADERS			{ return kSIZEOF_HEADERS; }
+SORT				{ return kSORT; }
+VERSION				{ return kVERSION; }
+
+"["([RWX]){0,3}"]"		{ int cnt = 1 ;
+				  ldlval.num = 0;
+				  while (cnt < yyleng - 1)
+				    ldlval.num |= attrib_convert (yytext[cnt++]);
+				  return kMODE; }
+
+"{"				{ return '{'; }
+"}"				{ return '}'; }
+"("				{ return '('; }
+")"				{ return ')'; }
+":"				{ return ':'; }
+";"				{ return ';'; }
+"="				{ return '='; }
+"+"				{ ldlval.op = exp_plus; return kADD_OP; }
+"-"				{ ldlval.op = exp_minus; return kADD_OP; }
+"*"				{ return '*'; }
+"/"				{ ldlval.op = exp_div; return kMUL_OP; }
+"%"				{ ldlval.op = exp_mod; return kMUL_OP; }
+"&"				{ return '&'; }
+"|"				{ return '|'; }
+
+","				{ return ','; }
+
+{HEX}|{OCT}|{DEC}		{ char *endp;
+				  ldlval.num = strtoumax (yytext, &endp, 0);
+				  if (*endp != '\0')
+				    {
+				      if (tolower (*endp) == 'k')
+					ldlval.num *= 1024;
+				      else
+					{
+					  assert (tolower (*endp) == 'm');
+					  ldlval.num *= 1024 * 1024;
+					}
+				    }
+				  return kNUM; }
+
+{ID}				{ ldlval.str = obstack_strndup (&ld_state.smem,
+								yytext, yyleng);
+				  return kID; }
+
+{FILENAMECHAR1}{FILENAMECHAR}	{ ldlval.str = obstack_strndup (&ld_state.smem,
+								yytext, yyleng);
+				  return kFILENAME; }
+
+{WHITE}				{ /* IGNORE */ }
+
+.				{ invalid_char (*yytext); }
+
+%%
+
+static void
+eat_comment (void)
+{
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int c = input ();
+
+      while (c != '*' && c != EOF)
+	c = input ();
+
+      if (c == '*')
+	{
+	  c = input ();
+	  while (c == '*')
+	    c = input ();
+	  if (c == '/')
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      if (c == EOF)
+	{
+	  /* XXX Use the setjmp buffer and signal EOF in comment */
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("EOF in comment"));
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+eat_to_eol (bool empty)
+{
+  bool warned = false;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int c = input ();
+
+      if (c == EOF)
+	break;
+      if (c == '\n')
+	{
+	  ++yylineno;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (empty && ! isspace (c) && ! warned)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("%d: garbage at end of line"), yylineno);
+	  warned = true;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static int
+attrib_convert (int c)
+{
+  if (c == 'X')
+    return PF_X;
+  if (c == 'W')
+    return PF_W;
+  assert (c == 'R');
+  return PF_R;
+}
+
+
+static void
+push_state (enum prepstate state)
+{
+  if (prepdepth >= MAX_PREPDEPTH)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("%d: conditionals nested too deep"),
+	   yylineno);
+
+  prepstate[prepdepth++] = state;
+}
+
+
+static int
+pop_state (void)
+{
+  if (prepdepth == 0)
+    error (0, 0, gettext ("%d: unexpected #endif"), yylineno);
+  else
+    --prepdepth;
+
+  return prepdepth == 0 ? INITIAL : IGNORE;
+}
+
+
+static int
+handle_ifdef (void)
+{
+  char idbuf[50];
+  char *id = idbuf;
+  size_t idlen = 0;
+  size_t idmax = sizeof (idbuf);
+  bool ignore_ws = true;
+  bool defined = false;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int c = input ();
+
+      if (isspace (c) && ignore_ws)
+	continue;
+
+      if (c != '_' && (c < 'a' || c > 'z') && (c < 'A' || c > 'Z')
+	  && (idlen == 0 || c < '0' || c > '9'))
+	{
+	  unput (c);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (idlen == idmax)
+	{
+	  char *newp = (char *) alloca (idmax *= 2);
+	  id = memcpy (newp, id, idlen);
+	}
+
+      id[idlen++] = c;
+      ignore_ws = false;
+    }
+
+  /* XXX Compare in a better way.  */
+  if (idlen == 6 && strncmp (id, "SHARED", 6) == 0)
+    defined = ld_state.file_type == dso_file_type;
+
+  if (defined)
+    result = INITIAL;
+  else
+    {
+      push_state (skip_if);
+      result = IGNORE;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+invalid_char (int ch)
+{
+  error (0, 0, (isascii (ch)
+		? gettext ("invalid character '%c' at line %d; ignored")
+		: gettext ("invalid character '\\%o' at line %d; ignored")),
+	 ch, yylineno);
+}
+
+
+// Local Variables:
+// mode: C
+// End:
diff --git a/src/ldscript.y b/src/ldscript.y
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23741b7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ldscript.y
@@ -0,0 +1,795 @@
+%{
+/* Parser for linker scripts.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <system.h>
+#include <ld.h>
+
+/* The error handler.  */
+static void yyerror (const char *s);
+
+/* Some helper functions we need to construct the data structures
+   describing information from the file.  */
+static struct expression *new_expr (int tag);
+static struct input_section_name *new_input_section_name (const char *name,
+							  bool sort_flag);
+static struct input_rule *new_input_rule (int tag);
+static struct output_rule *new_output_rule (int tag);
+static struct assignment *new_assignment (const char *variable,
+					  struct expression *expression,
+					  bool provide_flag);
+static void new_segment (int mode, struct output_rule *output_rule);
+static struct filename_list *new_filename_listelem (const char *string);
+static void add_inputfiles (struct filename_list *fnames);
+static struct id_list *new_id_listelem (const char *str);
+ static struct filename_list *mark_as_needed (struct filename_list *listp);
+static struct version *new_version (struct id_list *local,
+				    struct id_list *global);
+static struct version *merge_versions (struct version *one,
+				       struct version *two);
+static void add_versions (struct version *versions);
+
+extern int yylex (void);
+%}
+
+%union {
+  uintmax_t num;
+  enum expression_tag op;
+  char *str;
+  struct expression *expr;
+  struct input_section_name *sectionname;
+  struct filemask_section_name *filemask_section_name;
+  struct input_rule *input_rule;
+  struct output_rule *output_rule;
+  struct assignment *assignment;
+  struct filename_list *filename_list;
+  struct version *version;
+  struct id_list *id_list;
+}
+
+%token kADD_OP
+%token kALIGN
+%token kAS_NEEDED
+%token kENTRY
+%token kEXCLUDE_FILE
+%token <str> kFILENAME
+%token kGLOBAL
+%token kGROUP
+%token <str> kID
+%token kINPUT
+%token kINTERP
+%token kKEEP
+%token kLOCAL
+%token <num> kMODE
+%token kMUL_OP
+%token <num> kNUM
+%token kOUTPUT_FORMAT
+%token kPAGESIZE
+%token kPROVIDE
+%token kSEARCH_DIR
+%token kSEGMENT
+%token kSIZEOF_HEADERS
+%token kSORT
+%token kVERSION
+%token kVERSION_SCRIPT
+
+%left '|'
+%left '&'
+%left ADD_OP
+%left MUL_OP '*'
+
+%type <op> kADD_OP
+%type <op> kMUL_OP
+%type <str> filename_id
+%type <str> filename_id_star
+%type <str> exclude_opt
+%type <expr> expr
+%type <sectionname> sort_opt_name
+%type <filemask_section_name> sectionname
+%type <input_rule> inputsection
+%type <input_rule> inputsections
+%type <output_rule> outputsection
+%type <output_rule> outputsections
+%type <assignment> assignment
+%type <filename_list> filename_id_list
+%type <version> versionlist
+%type <version> version
+%type <version> version_stmt_list
+%type <version> version_stmt
+%type <id_list> filename_id_star_list
+
+%expect 16
+
+%%
+
+script_or_version:
+		  file
+		| kVERSION_SCRIPT versionlist
+		    { add_versions ($2); }
+		;
+
+file:		  file content
+		| content
+		;
+
+content:	  kENTRY '(' kID ')' ';'
+		    {
+		      if (likely (ld_state.entry == NULL))
+			ld_state.entry = $3;
+		    }
+		| kSEARCH_DIR '(' filename_id ')' ';'
+		    {
+		      ld_new_searchdir ($3);
+		    }
+		| kPAGESIZE '(' kNUM ')' ';'
+		    {
+		      if (likely (ld_state.pagesize == 0))
+			ld_state.pagesize = $3;
+		    }
+		| kINTERP '(' filename_id ')' ';'
+		    {
+		      if (likely (ld_state.interp == NULL))
+			ld_state.interp = $3;
+		    }
+		| kSEGMENT kMODE '{' outputsections '}'
+		    {
+		      new_segment ($2, $4);
+		    }
+		| kSEGMENT error '{' outputsections '}'
+		    {
+		      fputs_unlocked (gettext ("mode for segment invalid\n"),
+				      stderr);
+		      new_segment (0, $4);
+		    }
+		| kGROUP '(' filename_id_list ')'
+		    {
+		      /* First little optimization.  If there is only one
+			 file in the group don't do anything.  */
+		      if ($3 != $3->next)
+			{
+			  $3->next->group_start = 1;
+			  $3->group_end = 1;
+			}
+		      add_inputfiles ($3);
+		    }
+		| kINPUT '(' filename_id_list ')'
+		    { add_inputfiles ($3); }
+		| kAS_NEEDED '(' filename_id_list ')'
+		    { add_inputfiles (mark_as_needed ($3)); }
+		| kVERSION '{' versionlist '}'
+		    { add_versions ($3); }
+		| kOUTPUT_FORMAT '(' filename_id ')'
+		    { /* XXX TODO */ }
+		;
+
+outputsections:	  outputsections outputsection
+		    {
+		      $2->next = $1->next;
+		      $$ = $1->next = $2;
+		    }
+		| outputsection
+		    { $$ = $1; }
+		;
+
+outputsection:	  assignment ';'
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_output_rule (output_assignment);
+		      $$->val.assignment = $1;
+		    }
+		| kID '{' inputsections '}'
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_output_rule (output_section);
+		      $$->val.section.name = $1;
+		      $$->val.section.input = $3->next;
+		      if (ld_state.strip == strip_debug
+			  && ebl_debugscn_p (ld_state.ebl, $1))
+			$$->val.section.ignored = true;
+		      else
+			$$->val.section.ignored = false;
+		      $3->next = NULL;
+		    }
+		| kID ';'
+		    {
+		      /* This is a short cut for "ID { *(ID) }".  */
+		      $$ = new_output_rule (output_section);
+		      $$->val.section.name = $1;
+		      $$->val.section.input = new_input_rule (input_section);
+		      $$->val.section.input->next = NULL;
+		      $$->val.section.input->val.section =
+			(struct filemask_section_name *)
+			  obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem,
+					 sizeof (struct filemask_section_name));
+		      $$->val.section.input->val.section->filemask = NULL;
+		      $$->val.section.input->val.section->excludemask = NULL;
+		      $$->val.section.input->val.section->section_name =
+			new_input_section_name ($1, false);
+		      $$->val.section.input->val.section->keep_flag = false;
+		      if (ld_state.strip == strip_debug
+			  && ebl_debugscn_p (ld_state.ebl, $1))
+			$$->val.section.ignored = true;
+		      else
+			$$->val.section.ignored = false;
+		    }
+		;
+
+assignment:	  kID '=' expr
+		    { $$ = new_assignment ($1, $3, false); }
+		| kPROVIDE '(' kID '=' expr ')'
+		    { $$ = new_assignment ($3, $5, true); }
+		;
+
+inputsections:	  inputsections inputsection
+		    {
+		      $2->next = $1->next;
+		      $$ = $1->next = $2;
+		    }
+		| inputsection
+		    { $$ = $1; }
+		;
+
+inputsection:	  sectionname
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_input_rule (input_section);
+		      $$->val.section = $1;
+		    }
+		| kKEEP '(' sectionname ')'
+		    {
+		      $3->keep_flag = true;
+
+		      $$ = new_input_rule (input_section);
+		      $$->val.section = $3;
+		    }
+		| assignment ';'
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_input_rule (input_assignment);
+		      $$->val.assignment = $1;
+		    }
+		;
+
+sectionname:	  filename_id_star '(' exclude_opt sort_opt_name ')'
+		    {
+		      $$ = (struct filemask_section_name *)
+			obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*$$));
+		      $$->filemask = $1;
+		      $$->excludemask = $3;
+		      $$->section_name = $4;
+		      $$->keep_flag = false;
+		    }
+		;
+
+sort_opt_name:	  kID
+		    { $$ = new_input_section_name ($1, false); }
+		| kSORT '(' kID ')'
+		    { $$ = new_input_section_name ($3, true); }
+		;
+
+exclude_opt:	  kEXCLUDE_FILE '(' filename_id ')'
+		    { $$ = $3; }
+		|
+		    { $$ = NULL; }
+		;
+
+expr:		  kALIGN '(' expr ')'
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_expr (exp_align);
+		      $$->val.child = $3;
+		    }
+		| '(' expr ')'
+		    { $$ = $2; }
+		| expr '*' expr
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_expr (exp_mult);
+		      $$->val.binary.left = $1;
+		      $$->val.binary.right = $3;
+		    }
+		| expr kMUL_OP expr
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_expr ($2);
+		      $$->val.binary.left = $1;
+		      $$->val.binary.right = $3;
+		    }
+		| expr kADD_OP expr
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_expr ($2);
+		      $$->val.binary.left = $1;
+		      $$->val.binary.right = $3;
+		    }
+		| expr '&' expr
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_expr (exp_and);
+		      $$->val.binary.left = $1;
+		      $$->val.binary.right = $3;
+		    }
+		| expr '|' expr
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_expr (exp_or);
+		      $$->val.binary.left = $1;
+		      $$->val.binary.right = $3;
+		    }
+		| kNUM
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_expr (exp_num);
+		      $$->val.num = $1;
+		    }
+		| kID
+		    {
+		      $$ = new_expr (exp_id);
+		      $$->val.str = $1;
+		    }
+		| kSIZEOF_HEADERS
+		    { $$ = new_expr (exp_sizeof_headers); }
+		| kPAGESIZE
+		    { $$ = new_expr (exp_pagesize); }
+		;
+
+filename_id_list: kGROUP '(' filename_id_list ')'
+		    {
+		      /* First little optimization.  If there is only one
+			 file in the group don't do anything.  */
+		      if ($3 != $3->next)
+			{
+			  $3->next->group_start = 1;
+			  $3->group_end = 1;
+			}
+		      $$ = $3;
+		    }
+		| kAS_NEEDED '(' filename_id_list ')'
+		    { $$ = mark_as_needed ($3); }
+		| filename_id_list comma_opt filename_id
+		    {
+		      struct filename_list *newp = new_filename_listelem ($3);
+		      newp->next = $1->next;
+		      $$ = $1->next = newp;
+		    }
+		| filename_id
+		    { $$ = new_filename_listelem ($1); }
+		;
+
+comma_opt:	  ','
+		|
+		;
+
+versionlist:	  versionlist version
+		    {
+		      $2->next = $1->next;
+		      $$ = $1->next = $2;
+		    }
+		| version
+		    { $$ = $1; }
+		;
+
+version:	  '{' version_stmt_list '}' ';'
+		    {
+		      $2->versionname = "";
+		      $2->parentname = NULL;
+		      $$ = $2;
+		    }
+		| filename_id '{' version_stmt_list '}' ';'
+		    {
+		      $3->versionname = $1;
+		      $3->parentname = NULL;
+		      $$ = $3;
+		    }
+		| filename_id '{' version_stmt_list '}' filename_id ';'
+		    {
+		      $3->versionname = $1;
+		      $3->parentname = $5;
+		      $$ = $3;
+		    }
+		;
+
+version_stmt_list:
+		  version_stmt_list version_stmt
+		    { $$ = merge_versions ($1, $2); }
+		| version_stmt
+		    { $$ = $1; }
+		;
+
+version_stmt:	  kGLOBAL filename_id_star_list
+		    { $$ = new_version (NULL, $2); }
+		| kLOCAL filename_id_star_list
+		    { $$ = new_version ($2, NULL); }
+		;
+
+filename_id_star_list:
+		  filename_id_star_list filename_id_star ';'
+		    {
+		      struct id_list *newp = new_id_listelem ($2);
+		      newp->next = $1->next;
+		      $$ = $1->next = newp;
+		    }
+		| filename_id_star ';'
+		    { $$ = new_id_listelem ($1); }
+		;
+
+filename_id:	  kFILENAME
+		    { $$ = $1; }
+		| kID
+		    { $$ = $1; }
+		;
+
+filename_id_star: filename_id
+		    { $$ = $1; }
+		| '*'
+		    { $$ = NULL; }
+		;
+
+%%
+
+static void
+yyerror (const char *s)
+{
+  error (0, 0, (ld_scan_version_script
+		? gettext ("while reading version script '%s': %s at line %d")
+		: gettext ("while reading linker script '%s': %s at line %d")),
+	 ldin_fname, gettext (s), ldlineno);
+}
+
+
+static struct expression *
+new_expr (int tag)
+{
+  struct expression *newp = (struct expression *)
+    obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newp));
+
+  newp->tag = tag;
+  return newp;
+}
+
+
+static struct input_section_name *
+new_input_section_name (const char *name, bool sort_flag)
+{
+  struct input_section_name *newp = (struct input_section_name *)
+    obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newp));
+
+  newp->name = name;
+  newp->sort_flag = sort_flag;
+  return newp;
+}
+
+
+static struct input_rule *
+new_input_rule (int tag)
+{
+  struct input_rule *newp = (struct input_rule *)
+    obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newp));
+
+  newp->tag = tag;
+  newp->next = newp;
+  return newp;
+}
+
+
+static struct output_rule *
+new_output_rule (int tag)
+{
+  struct output_rule *newp = (struct output_rule *)
+    memset (obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newp)),
+	    '\0', sizeof (*newp));
+
+  newp->tag = tag;
+  newp->next = newp;
+  return newp;
+}
+
+
+static struct assignment *
+new_assignment (const char *variable, struct expression *expression,
+		bool provide_flag)
+{
+  struct assignment *newp = (struct assignment *)
+    obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newp));
+
+  newp->variable = variable;
+  newp->expression = expression;
+  newp->sym = NULL;
+  newp->provide_flag = provide_flag;
+
+  /* Insert the symbol into a hash table.  We will later have to matc*/
+  return newp;
+}
+
+
+static void
+new_segment (int mode, struct output_rule *output_rule)
+{
+  struct output_segment *newp;
+
+  newp
+    = (struct output_segment *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newp));
+  newp->mode = mode;
+  newp->next = newp;
+
+  newp->output_rules = output_rule->next;
+  output_rule->next = NULL;
+
+  /* Enqueue the output segment description.  */
+  if (ld_state.output_segments == NULL)
+    ld_state.output_segments = newp;
+  else
+    {
+      newp->next = ld_state.output_segments->next;
+      ld_state.output_segments = ld_state.output_segments->next = newp;
+    }
+
+  /* If the output file should be stripped of all symbol set the flag
+     in the structures of all output sections.  */
+  if (mode == 0 && ld_state.strip == strip_all)
+    {
+      struct output_rule *runp;
+
+      for (runp = newp->output_rules; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
+	if (runp->tag == output_section)
+	  runp->val.section.ignored = true;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static struct filename_list *
+new_filename_listelem (const char *string)
+{
+  struct filename_list *newp;
+
+  /* We use calloc and not the obstack since this object can be freed soon.  */
+  newp = (struct filename_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof (*newp));
+  newp->name = string;
+  newp->next = newp;
+  return newp;
+}
+
+
+static struct filename_list *
+mark_as_needed (struct filename_list *listp)
+{
+  struct filename_list *runp = listp;
+  while (runp != NULL)
+    {
+      runp->as_needed = true;
+      runp = runp->next;
+    }
+
+  return listp;
+}
+
+
+static void
+add_inputfiles (struct filename_list *fnames)
+{
+  assert (fnames != NULL);
+
+  if (ld_state.srcfiles == NULL)
+    ld_state.srcfiles = fnames;
+  else
+    {
+      struct filename_list *first = ld_state.srcfiles->next;
+
+      ld_state.srcfiles->next = fnames->next;
+      fnames->next = first;
+      ld_state.srcfiles->next = fnames;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static _Bool
+special_char_p (const char *str)
+{
+  while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+      if (__builtin_expect (*str == '*', 0)
+	  || __builtin_expect (*str == '?', 0)
+	  || __builtin_expect (*str == '[', 0))
+	return true;
+
+      ++str;
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+static struct id_list *
+new_id_listelem (const char *str)
+{
+  struct id_list *newp;
+
+  newp = (struct id_list *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newp));
+  if (str == NULL)
+    newp->u.id_type = id_all;
+  else if (__builtin_expect (special_char_p (str), false))
+    newp->u.id_type = id_wild;
+  else
+    newp->u.id_type = id_str;
+  newp->id = str;
+  newp->next = newp;
+
+  return newp;
+}
+
+
+static struct version *
+new_version (struct id_list *local, struct id_list *global)
+{
+  struct version *newp;
+
+  newp = (struct version *) obstack_alloc (&ld_state.smem, sizeof (*newp));
+  newp->next = newp;
+  newp->local_names = local;
+  newp->global_names = global;
+  newp->versionname = NULL;
+  newp->parentname = NULL;
+
+  return newp;
+}
+
+
+static struct version *
+merge_versions (struct version *one, struct version *two)
+{
+  assert (two->local_names == NULL || two->global_names == NULL);
+
+  if (two->local_names != NULL)
+    {
+      if (one->local_names == NULL)
+	one->local_names = two->local_names;
+      else
+	{
+	  two->local_names->next = one->local_names->next;
+	  one->local_names = one->local_names->next = two->local_names;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (one->global_names == NULL)
+	one->global_names = two->global_names;
+      else
+	{
+	  two->global_names->next = one->global_names->next;
+	  one->global_names = one->global_names->next = two->global_names;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return one;
+}
+
+
+static void
+add_id_list (const char *versionname, struct id_list *runp, _Bool local)
+{
+  struct id_list *lastp = runp;
+
+  if (runp == NULL)
+    /* Nothing to do.  */
+    return;
+
+  /* Convert into a simple single-linked list.  */
+  runp = runp->next;
+  assert (runp != NULL);
+  lastp->next = NULL;
+
+  do
+    if (runp->u.id_type == id_str)
+      {
+	struct id_list *curp;
+	struct id_list *defp;
+	unsigned long int hval = elf_hash (runp->id);
+
+	curp = runp;
+	runp = runp->next;
+
+	defp = ld_version_str_tab_find (&ld_state.version_str_tab, hval, curp);
+	if (defp != NULL)
+	  {
+	    /* There is already a version definition for this symbol.  */
+	    while (strcmp (defp->u.s.versionname, versionname) != 0)
+	      {
+		if (defp->next == NULL)
+		  {
+		    /* No version like this so far.  */
+		    defp->next = curp;
+		    curp->u.s.local = local;
+		    curp->u.s.versionname = versionname;
+		    curp->next = NULL;
+		    defp = NULL;
+		    break;
+		  }
+
+		defp = defp->next;
+	      }
+
+	    if (defp != NULL && defp->u.s.local != local)
+	      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, versionname[0] == '\0'
+		     ? gettext ("\
+symbol '%s' in declared both local and global for unnamed version")
+		     : gettext ("\
+symbol '%s' in declared both local and global for version '%s'"),
+		     runp->id, versionname);
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is the first version definition for this symbol.  */
+	    ld_version_str_tab_insert (&ld_state.version_str_tab, hval, curp);
+
+	    curp->u.s.local = local;
+	    curp->u.s.versionname = versionname;
+	    curp->next = NULL;
+	  }
+      }
+    else if (runp->u.id_type == id_all)
+      {
+	if (local)
+	  {
+	    if (ld_state.default_bind_global)
+	      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		     gettext ("default visibility set as local and global"));
+	    ld_state.default_bind_local = true;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    if (ld_state.default_bind_local)
+	      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		     gettext ("default visibility set as local and global"));
+	    ld_state.default_bind_global = true;
+	  }
+
+	runp = runp->next;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	assert (runp->u.id_type == id_wild);
+	/* XXX TBI */
+	abort ();
+      }
+  while (runp != NULL);
+}
+
+
+static void
+add_versions (struct version *versions)
+{
+  struct version *lastp = versions;
+
+  if (versions == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Convert into a simple single-linked list.  */
+  versions = versions->next;
+  assert (versions != NULL);
+  lastp->next = NULL;
+
+  do
+    {
+      struct version *oldp;
+
+      add_id_list (versions->versionname, versions->local_names, true);
+      add_id_list (versions->versionname, versions->global_names, false);
+
+      oldp = versions;
+      versions = versions->next;
+    }
+  while (versions != NULL);
+}
diff --git a/src/libld_elf_i386.map b/src/libld_elf_i386.map
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..703af6d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libld_elf_i386.map
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+ELFUTILS_1.0 {
+  global:
+    elf_i386_ld_init;
+
+  local:
+    *;
+};
diff --git a/src/nm.c b/src/nm.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b1e71a33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/nm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1282 @@
+/* Print symbol information from ELF file in human-readable form.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2000.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ar.h>
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <dwarf.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <gelf.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <libdw.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <mcheck.h>
+#include <obstack.h>
+#include <search.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdio_ext.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <system.h>
+#include "../libebl/libeblP.h"
+
+
+/* Name and version of program.  */
+static void print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state);
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *, struct argp_state *) = print_version;
+
+/* Bug report address.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address = PACKAGE_BUGREPORT;
+
+
+/* Values for the parameters which have no short form.  */
+#define OPT_DEFINED	0x100
+#define OPT_MARK_WEAK	0x101
+
+/* Definitions of arguments for argp functions.  */
+static const struct argp_option options[] =
+{
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output selection:"), 0 },
+  { "debug-syms", 'a', NULL, 0, N_("Display debugger-only symbols"), 0 },
+  { "defined-only", OPT_DEFINED, NULL, 0, N_("Display only defined symbols"),
+    0 },
+  { "dynamic", 'D', NULL, 0,
+    N_("Display dynamic symbols instead of normal symbols"), 0 },
+  { "extern-only", 'g', NULL, 0, N_("Display only external symbols"), 0 },
+  { "undefined-only", 'u', NULL, 0, N_("Display only undefined symbols"), 0 },
+  { "print-armap", 's', NULL, 0,
+    N_("Include index for symbols from archive members"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output format:"), 0 },
+  { "print-file-name", 'A', NULL, 0,
+    N_("Print name of the input file before every symbol"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'o', NULL, OPTION_HIDDEN, "Same as -A", 0 },
+  { "format", 'f', "FORMAT", 0,
+    N_("Use the output format FORMAT.  FORMAT can be `bsd', `sysv' or `posix'.  The default is `sysv'"),
+    0 },
+  { NULL, 'B', NULL, 0, N_("Same as --format=bsd"), 0 },
+  { "portability", 'P', NULL, 0, N_("Same as --format=posix"), 0 },
+  { "radix", 't', "RADIX", 0, N_("Use RADIX for printing symbol values"), 0 },
+  { "mark-weak", OPT_MARK_WEAK, NULL, 0, N_("Mark weak symbols"), 0 },
+  { "print-size", 'S', NULL, 0, N_("Print size of defined symbols"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output options:"), 0 },
+  { "numeric-sort", 'n', NULL, 0, N_("Sort symbols numerically by address"),
+    0 },
+  { "no-sort", 'p', NULL, 0, N_("Do not sort the symbols"), 0 },
+  { "reverse-sort", 'r', NULL, 0, N_("Reverse the sense of the sort"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Miscellaneous:"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Short description of program.  */
+static const char doc[] = N_("List symbols from FILEs (a.out by default).");
+
+/* Strings for arguments in help texts.  */
+static const char args_doc[] = N_("[FILE...]");
+
+/* Prototype for option handler.  */
+static error_t parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* Data structure to communicate with argp functions.  */
+static struct argp argp =
+{
+  options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+
+
+/* Print symbols in file named FNAME.  */
+static int process_file (const char *fname, bool more_than_one);
+
+/* Handle content of archive.  */
+static int handle_ar (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+		      const char *suffix);
+
+/* Handle ELF file.  */
+static int handle_elf (Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+		       const char *suffix);
+
+
+#define INTERNAL_ERROR(fname) \
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("%s: INTERNAL ERROR %d (%s-%s): %s"),      \
+	 fname, __LINE__, VERSION, __DATE__, elf_errmsg (-1))
+
+
+/* Internal representation of symbols.  */
+typedef struct GElf_SymX
+{
+  GElf_Sym sym;
+  Elf32_Word xndx;
+  char *where;
+} GElf_SymX;
+
+
+/* User-selectable options.  */
+
+/* The selected output format.  */
+static enum
+{
+  format_sysv = 0,
+  format_bsd,
+  format_posix
+} format;
+
+/* Print defined, undefined, or both?  */
+static bool hide_undefined;
+static bool hide_defined;
+
+/* Print local symbols also?  */
+static bool hide_local;
+
+/* Nonzero if full filename should precede every symbol.  */
+static bool print_file_name;
+
+/* If true print size of defined symbols in BSD format.  */
+static bool print_size;
+
+/* If true print archive index.  */
+static bool print_armap;
+
+/* If true reverse sorting.  */
+static bool reverse_sort;
+
+/* Type of the section we are printing.  */
+static GElf_Word symsec_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
+
+/* Sorting selection.  */
+static enum
+{
+  sort_name = 0,
+  sort_numeric,
+  sort_nosort
+} sort;
+
+/* Radix for printed numbers.  */
+static enum
+{
+  radix_hex = 0,
+  radix_decimal,
+  radix_octal
+} radix;
+
+/* If nonzero weak symbols are distinguished from global symbols by adding
+   a `*' after the identifying letter for the symbol class and type.  */
+static bool mark_weak;
+
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  int remaining;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  /* Make memory leak detection possible.  */
+  mtrace ();
+
+  /* We use no threads here which can interfere with handling a stream.  */
+  (void) __fsetlocking (stdin, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+  (void) __fsetlocking (stdout, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+  (void) __fsetlocking (stderr, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+  /* Set locale.  */
+  (void) setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+  /* Make sure the message catalog can be found.  */
+  (void) bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+
+  /* Initialize the message catalog.  */
+  (void) textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  /* Parse and process arguments.  */
+  (void) argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, &remaining, NULL);
+
+  /* Tell the library which version we are expecting.  */
+  (void) elf_version (EV_CURRENT);
+
+  if (remaining == argc)
+    /* The user didn't specify a name so we use a.out.  */
+    result = process_file ("a.out", false);
+  else
+    {
+      /* Process all the remaining files.  */
+      const bool more_than_one = remaining + 1 < argc;
+
+      do
+	result |= process_file (argv[remaining], more_than_one);
+      while (++remaining < argc);
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the version information.  */
+static void
+print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "nm (%s) %s\n", PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION);
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("\
+Copyright (C) %s Red Hat, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+"), "2005");
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper");
+}
+
+
+/* Handle program arguments.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt (int key, char *arg,
+	   struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'a':
+      /* XXX */
+      break;
+
+    case 'f':
+      if (strcmp (arg, "bsd") == 0)
+	format = format_bsd;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "posix") == 0)
+	format = format_posix;
+      else
+	/* Be bug compatible.  The BFD implementation also defaulted to
+	   using the SysV format if nothing else matches.  */
+	format = format_sysv;
+      break;
+
+    case 'g':
+      hide_local = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+      sort = sort_numeric;
+      break;
+
+    case 'p':
+      sort = sort_nosort;
+      break;
+
+    case 't':
+      if (strcmp (arg, "10") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "d") == 0)
+	radix = radix_decimal;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "8") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "o") == 0)
+	radix = radix_octal;
+      else
+	radix = radix_hex;
+      break;
+
+    case 'u':
+      hide_undefined = false;
+      hide_defined = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'A':
+    case 'o':
+      print_file_name = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'B':
+      format = format_bsd;
+      break;
+
+    case 'D':
+      symsec_type = SHT_DYNSYM;
+      break;
+
+    case 'P':
+      format = format_posix;
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_DEFINED:
+      hide_undefined = true;
+      hide_defined = false;
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_MARK_WEAK:
+      mark_weak = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'S':
+      print_size = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 's':
+      print_armap = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'r':
+      reverse_sort = true;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Open the file and determine the type.  */
+static int
+process_file (const char *fname, bool more_than_one)
+{
+  /* Open the file.  */
+  int fd = open (fname, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot open '%s'"), fname);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Now get the ELF descriptor.  */
+  Elf *elf = elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_READ_MMAP, NULL);
+  if (elf != NULL)
+    {
+      if (elf_kind (elf) == ELF_K_ELF)
+	{
+	  int result = handle_elf (elf, more_than_one ? "" : NULL,
+				   fname, NULL);
+
+	  if (elf_end (elf) != 0)
+	    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+	  if (close (fd) != 0)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("while close '%s'"), fname);
+
+	  return result;
+	}
+      else if (elf_kind (elf) == ELF_K_AR)
+	{
+	  int result = handle_ar (fd, elf, NULL, fname, NULL);
+
+	  if (elf_end (elf) != 0)
+	    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+	  if (close (fd) != 0)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("while close '%s'"), fname);
+
+	  return result;
+	}
+
+      /* We cannot handle this type.  Close the descriptor anyway.  */
+      if (elf_end (elf) != 0)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+    }
+
+  error (0, 0, gettext ("%s: File format not recognized"), fname);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+handle_ar (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+	   const char *suffix)
+{
+  size_t fname_len = strlen (fname) + 1;
+  size_t prefix_len = prefix != NULL ? strlen (prefix) : 0;
+  char new_prefix[prefix_len + fname_len + 2];
+  size_t suffix_len = suffix != NULL ? strlen (suffix) : 0;
+  char new_suffix[suffix_len + 2];
+  Elf *subelf;
+  Elf_Cmd cmd = ELF_C_READ_MMAP;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  char *cp = new_prefix;
+  if (prefix != NULL)
+    cp = stpcpy (cp, prefix);
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, fname);
+  stpcpy (cp, "[");
+
+  cp = new_suffix;
+  if (suffix != NULL)
+    cp = stpcpy (cp, suffix);
+  stpcpy (cp, "]");
+
+  /* First print the archive index if this is wanted.  */
+  if (print_armap)
+    {
+      Elf_Arsym *arsym = elf_getarsym (elf, NULL);
+
+      if (arsym != NULL)
+	{
+	  Elf_Arhdr *arhdr = NULL;
+	  size_t arhdr_off = 0;	/* Note: 0 is no valid offset.  */
+
+	  puts (gettext("\nArchive index:"));
+
+	  while (arsym->as_off != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (arhdr_off != arsym->as_off
+		  && (elf_rand (elf, arsym->as_off) != arsym->as_off
+		      || (subelf = elf_begin (fd, cmd, elf)) == NULL
+		      || (arhdr = elf_getarhdr (subelf)) == NULL))
+		{
+		  error (0, 0, gettext ("invalid offset %zu for symbol %s"),
+			 arsym->as_off, arsym->as_name);
+		  continue;
+		}
+
+	      printf (gettext ("%s in %s\n"), arsym->as_name, arhdr->ar_name);
+
+	      ++arsym;
+	    }
+
+	  if (elf_rand (elf, SARMAG) != SARMAG)
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0,
+		     gettext ("cannot reset archive offset to beginning"));
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Process all the files contained in the archive.  */
+  while ((subelf = elf_begin (fd, cmd, elf)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The the header for this element.  */
+      Elf_Arhdr *arhdr = elf_getarhdr (subelf);
+
+      /* Skip over the index entries.  */
+      if (strcmp (arhdr->ar_name, "/") != 0
+	  && strcmp (arhdr->ar_name, "//") != 0)
+	{
+	  if (elf_kind (subelf) == ELF_K_ELF)
+	    result |= handle_elf (subelf, new_prefix, arhdr->ar_name,
+				  new_suffix);
+	  else if (elf_kind (subelf) == ELF_K_AR)
+	    result |= handle_ar (fd, subelf, new_prefix, arhdr->ar_name,
+				 new_suffix);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, gettext ("%s%s%s: file format not recognized"),
+		     new_prefix, arhdr->ar_name, new_suffix);
+	      result = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Get next archive element.  */
+      cmd = elf_next (subelf);
+      if (elf_end (subelf) != 0)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Mapping of radix and binary class to length.  */
+static const int length_map[2][3] =
+{
+  [ELFCLASS32 - 1] =
+  {
+    [radix_hex] = 8,
+    [radix_decimal] = 10,
+    [radix_octal] = 11
+  },
+  [ELFCLASS64 - 1] =
+  {
+    [radix_hex] = 16,
+    [radix_decimal] = 20,
+    [radix_octal] = 22
+  }
+};
+
+
+struct global_name
+{
+  Dwarf_Global global;
+  const char *name;
+};
+
+
+static int
+global_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+  const Dwarf_Global *g1 = (const Dwarf_Global *) p1;
+  const Dwarf_Global *g2 = (const Dwarf_Global *) p2;
+
+  return strcmp (g1->name, g2->name);
+}
+
+
+static void *global_root;
+
+
+static int
+get_global (Dwarf *dbg __attribute__ ((unused)), Dwarf_Global *global,
+	    void *arg __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  tsearch (memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (Dwarf_Global)), global,
+		   sizeof (Dwarf_Global)),
+	   &global_root, global_compare);
+
+  return DWARF_CB_OK;
+}
+
+
+struct local_name
+{
+  const char *name;
+  const char *file;
+  Dwarf_Word lineno;
+  Dwarf_Addr lowpc;
+  Dwarf_Addr highpc;
+};
+
+
+static int
+local_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+  struct local_name *g1 = (struct local_name *) p1;
+  struct local_name *g2 = (struct local_name *) p2;
+  int result;
+
+  result = strcmp (g1->name, g2->name);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      if (g1->lowpc <= g2->lowpc && g1->highpc >= g2->highpc)
+	{
+	  /* g2 is contained in g1.  Update the data.  */
+	  g2->lowpc = g1->lowpc;
+	  g2->highpc = g1->highpc;
+	  result = 0;
+	}
+      else if (g2->lowpc <= g1->lowpc && g2->highpc >= g1->highpc)
+	{
+	  /* g1 is contained in g2.  Update the data.  */
+	  g1->lowpc = g2->lowpc;
+	  g1->highpc = g2->highpc;
+	  result = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	result = g1->lowpc < g2->lowpc ? -1 : 1;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static int
+get_var_range (Dwarf_Die *die, Dwarf_Word *lowpc, Dwarf_Word *highpc)
+{
+  Dwarf_Attribute locattr_mem;
+  Dwarf_Attribute *locattr = dwarf_attr (die, DW_AT_location, &locattr_mem);
+  if  (locattr == NULL)
+    return 1;
+
+  Dwarf_Loc *loc;
+  size_t nloc;
+  if (dwarf_getloclist (locattr, &loc, &nloc) != 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Interpret the location expressions.  */
+  // XXX For now just the simple one:
+  if (nloc == 1 && loc[0].atom == DW_OP_addr)
+    {
+      *lowpc = *highpc = loc[0].number;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+
+static void *local_root;
+
+
+static void
+get_local_names (Dwarf *dbg)
+{
+  Dwarf_Off offset = 0;
+  Dwarf_Off old_offset;
+  size_t hsize;
+
+  while (dwarf_nextcu (dbg, old_offset = offset, &offset, &hsize, NULL, NULL,
+		       NULL) == 0)
+    {
+      Dwarf_Die cudie_mem;
+      Dwarf_Die *cudie = dwarf_offdie (dbg, old_offset + hsize, &cudie_mem);
+
+      /* If we cannot get the CU DIE there is no need to go on with
+	 this CU.  */
+      if (cudie == NULL)
+	continue;
+      /* This better be a CU DIE.  */
+      if (dwarf_tag (cudie) != DW_TAG_compile_unit)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Get the line information.  */
+      Dwarf_Files *files;
+      size_t nfiles;
+      if (dwarf_getsrcfiles (cudie, &files, &nfiles) != 0)
+	continue;
+
+      Dwarf_Die die_mem;
+      Dwarf_Die *die = &die_mem;
+      if (dwarf_child (cudie, die) == 0)
+	/* Iterate over all immediate children of the CU DIE.  */
+	do
+	  {
+	    int tag = dwarf_tag (die);
+	    if (tag != DW_TAG_subprogram && tag != DW_TAG_variable)
+	      continue;
+
+	    /* We are interested in five attributes: name, decl_file,
+	       decl_line, low_pc, and high_pc.  */
+	    Dwarf_Attribute attr_mem;
+	    Dwarf_Attribute *attr = dwarf_attr (die, DW_AT_name, &attr_mem);
+	    const char *name = dwarf_formstring (attr);
+	    if (name == NULL)
+	      continue;
+
+	    Dwarf_Word fileidx;
+	    attr = dwarf_attr (die, DW_AT_decl_file, &attr_mem);
+	    if (dwarf_formudata (attr, &fileidx) != 0 || fileidx >= nfiles)
+	      continue;
+
+	    Dwarf_Word lineno;
+	    attr = dwarf_attr (die, DW_AT_decl_line, &attr_mem);
+	    if (dwarf_formudata (attr, &lineno) != 0 || lineno == 0)
+	      continue;
+
+	    Dwarf_Addr lowpc;
+	    Dwarf_Addr highpc;
+	    if (tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
+	      {
+		if (dwarf_lowpc (die, &lowpc) != 0
+		    || dwarf_highpc (die, &highpc) != 0)
+		  continue;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		if (get_var_range (die, &lowpc, &highpc) != 0)
+		  continue;
+	      }
+
+	    /* We have all the information.  Create a record.  */
+	    struct local_name *newp
+	      = (struct local_name *) xmalloc (sizeof (*newp));
+	    newp->name = name;
+	    newp->file = dwarf_filesrc (files, fileidx, NULL, NULL);
+	    newp->lineno = lineno;
+	    newp->lowpc = lowpc;
+	    newp->highpc = highpc;
+
+	    /* Since we cannot deallocate individual memory we do not test
+	       for duplicates in the tree.  This should not happen anyway.  */
+	    if (tsearch (newp, &local_root, local_compare) == NULL)
+	      error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno,
+		     gettext ("cannot create search tree"));
+	  }
+	while (dwarf_siblingof (die, die) == 0);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Show symbols in SysV format.  */
+static void
+show_symbols_sysv (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Word strndx,
+		   const char *prefix, const char *fname, const char *fullname,
+		   GElf_SymX *syms, size_t nsyms, int longest_name,
+		   int longest_where)
+{
+  size_t shnum;
+  if (elf_getshnum (ebl->elf, &shnum) < 0)
+    INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+  bool scnnames_malloced = shnum * sizeof (const char *) > 128 * 1024;
+  const char **scnnames;
+  if (scnnames_malloced)
+    scnnames = (const char **) xmalloc (sizeof (const char *) * shnum);
+  else
+    scnnames = (const char **) alloca (sizeof (const char *) * shnum);
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  size_t shstrndx;
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  /* Cache the section names.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  size_t cnt = 1;
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+
+      assert (elf_ndxscn (scn) == cnt++);
+
+      scnnames[elf_ndxscn (scn)]
+	= elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx,
+		      gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem)->sh_name);
+    }
+
+  int digits = length_map[gelf_getclass (ebl->elf) - 1][radix];
+
+  /* We always print this prolog.  */
+  if (prefix == NULL || 1)
+    printf (gettext ("\n\nSymbols from %s:\n\n"), fullname);
+  else
+    printf (gettext ("\n\nSymbols from %s[%s]:\n\n"), prefix, fname);
+
+  /* The header line.  */
+  printf (gettext ("%*s%-*s %-*s Class  Type     %-*s %*s Section\n\n"),
+	  print_file_name ? (int) strlen (fullname) + 1: 0, "",
+	  longest_name, sgettext ("sysv|Name"),
+	  /* TRANS: the "sysv|" parts makes the string unique.  */
+	  digits, sgettext ("sysv|Value"),
+	  /* TRANS: the "sysv|" parts makes the string unique.  */
+	  digits, sgettext ("sysv|Size"),
+	  /* TRANS: the "sysv|" parts makes the string unique.  */
+	  longest_where, sgettext ("sysv|Line"));
+
+  /* Which format string to use (different radix for numbers).  */
+  const char *fmtstr;
+  if (radix == radix_hex)
+    fmtstr = "%-*s|%0*" PRIx64 "|%-6s|%-8s|%*" PRIx64 "|%*s|%s\n";
+  else if (radix == radix_decimal)
+    fmtstr = "%-*s|%*" PRId64 "|%-6s|%-8s|%*" PRId64 "|%*s|%s\n";
+  else
+    fmtstr = "%-*s|%0*" PRIo64 "|%-6s|%-8s|%*" PRIo64 "|%*s|%s\n";
+
+  /* Iterate over all symbols.  */
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nsyms; ++cnt)
+    {
+      const char *symstr = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, strndx,
+				       syms[cnt].sym.st_name);
+      char symbindbuf[50];
+      char symtypebuf[50];
+      char secnamebuf[1024];
+
+      /* If we have to precede the line with the file name.  */
+      if (print_file_name)
+	{
+	  fputs_unlocked (fullname, stdout);
+	  putchar_unlocked (':');
+	}
+
+      /* Print the actual string.  */
+      printf (fmtstr,
+	      longest_name, symstr,
+	      digits, syms[cnt].sym.st_value,
+	      ebl_symbol_binding_name (ebl,
+				       GELF_ST_BIND (syms[cnt].sym.st_info),
+				       symbindbuf, sizeof (symbindbuf)),
+	      ebl_symbol_type_name (ebl, GELF_ST_TYPE (syms[cnt].sym.st_info),
+				    symtypebuf, sizeof (symtypebuf)),
+	      digits, syms[cnt].sym.st_size, longest_where, syms[cnt].where,
+	      ebl_section_name (ebl, syms[cnt].sym.st_shndx, syms[cnt].xndx,
+				secnamebuf, sizeof (secnamebuf), scnnames,
+				shnum));
+    }
+
+  if (scnnames_malloced)
+    free (scnnames);
+}
+
+
+static char
+class_type_char (GElf_Sym *sym)
+{
+  int local_p = GELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_LOCAL;
+
+  /* XXX Add support for architecture specific types and classes.  */
+  if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+    return local_p ? 'a' : 'A';
+
+  if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+    /* Undefined symbols must be global.  */
+    return 'U';
+
+  char result = "NDTSFB          "[GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)];
+
+  return local_p ? tolower (result) : result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+show_symbols_bsd (Elf *elf, GElf_Word strndx,
+		  const char *prefix, const char *fname, const char *fullname,
+		  GElf_SymX *syms, size_t nsyms)
+{
+  int digits = length_map[gelf_getclass (elf) - 1][radix];
+
+  if (prefix != NULL && ! print_file_name)
+    printf ("\n%s:\n", fname);
+
+  static const char *const fmtstrs[] =
+    {
+      [radix_hex] = "%0*" PRIx64 " %c%s %s\n",
+      [radix_decimal] = "%*" PRId64 " %c%s %s\n",
+      [radix_octal] = "%0*" PRIo64 " %c%s %s\n"
+    };
+  static const char *const sfmtstrs[] =
+    {
+      [radix_hex] = "%2$0*1$" PRIx64 " %7$0*6$" PRIx64 " %3$c%4$s %5$s\n",
+      [radix_decimal] = "%2$*1$" PRId64 " %7$*6$" PRId64 " %3$c%4$s %5$s\n",
+      [radix_octal] = "%2$0*1$" PRIo64 " %7$0*6$" PRIo64 " %3$c%4$s %5$s\n"
+    };
+
+  /* Iterate over all symbols.  */
+  for (size_t cnt = 0; cnt < nsyms; ++cnt)
+    {
+      const char *symstr = elf_strptr (elf, strndx, syms[cnt].sym.st_name);
+
+      /* Printing entries with a zero-length name makes the output
+	 not very well parseable.  Since these entries don't carry
+	 much information we leave them out.  */
+      if (symstr[0] == '\0')
+	continue;
+
+      /* If we have to precede the line with the file name.  */
+      if (print_file_name)
+	{
+	  fputs_unlocked (fullname, stdout);
+	  putchar_unlocked (':');
+	}
+
+      if (syms[cnt].sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+	printf ("%*s U%s %s\n",
+		digits, "",
+		mark_weak
+		? (GELF_ST_BIND (syms[cnt].sym.st_info) == STB_WEAK
+		   ? "*" : " ")
+		: "",
+		elf_strptr (elf, strndx, syms[cnt].sym.st_name));
+      else
+	printf (print_size ? sfmtstrs[radix] : fmtstrs[radix],
+		digits, syms[cnt].sym.st_value,
+		class_type_char (&syms[cnt].sym),
+		mark_weak
+		? (GELF_ST_BIND (syms[cnt].sym.st_info) == STB_WEAK
+		   ? "*" : " ")
+		: "",
+		elf_strptr (elf, strndx, syms[cnt].sym.st_name),
+		digits, (uint64_t) syms[cnt].sym.st_size);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+show_symbols_posix (Elf *elf, GElf_Word strndx, const char *prefix,
+		    const char *fullname, GElf_SymX *syms, size_t nsyms)
+{
+  if (prefix != NULL && ! print_file_name)
+    printf ("%s:\n", fullname);
+
+  const char *fmtstr;
+  if (radix == radix_hex)
+    fmtstr = "%s %c%s %0*" PRIx64 " %0*" PRIx64 "\n";
+  else if (radix == radix_decimal)
+    fmtstr = "%s %c%s %*" PRId64 " %*" PRId64 "\n";
+  else
+    fmtstr = "%s %c%s %0*" PRIo64 " %0*" PRIo64 "\n";
+
+  int digits = length_map[gelf_getclass (elf) - 1][radix];
+
+  /* Iterate over all symbols.  */
+  for (size_t cnt = 0; cnt < nsyms; ++cnt)
+    {
+      const char *symstr = elf_strptr (elf, strndx, syms[cnt].sym.st_name);
+
+      /* Printing entries with a zero-length name makes the output
+	 not very well parseable.  Since these entries don't carry
+	 much information we leave them out.  */
+      if (symstr[0] == '\0')
+	continue;
+
+      /* If we have to precede the line with the file name.  */
+      if (print_file_name)
+	{
+	  fputs_unlocked (fullname, stdout);
+	  putchar_unlocked (':');
+	  putchar_unlocked (' ');
+	}
+
+      printf (fmtstr,
+	      symstr,
+	      class_type_char (&syms[cnt].sym),
+	      mark_weak
+	      ? (GELF_ST_BIND (syms[cnt].sym.st_info) == STB_WEAK ? "*" : " ")
+	      : "",
+	      digits, syms[cnt].sym.st_value,
+	      digits, syms[cnt].sym.st_size);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Maximum size of memory we allocate on the stack.  */
+#define MAX_STACK_ALLOC	65536
+
+static void
+show_symbols (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr, Elf_Scn *scn, Elf_Scn *xndxscn,
+	      GElf_Shdr *shdr, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+	      const char *fullname)
+{
+  int sort_by_name (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+    {
+      GElf_SymX *s1 = (GElf_SymX *) p1;
+      GElf_SymX *s2 = (GElf_SymX *) p2;
+      int result;
+
+      result = strcmp (elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, s1->sym.st_name),
+		       elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, s2->sym.st_name));
+
+      return reverse_sort ? -result : result;
+    }
+
+  int sort_by_address (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+    {
+      GElf_SymX *s1 = (GElf_SymX *) p1;
+      GElf_SymX *s2 = (GElf_SymX *) p2;
+
+      int result = (s1->sym.st_value < s2->sym.st_value
+		    ? -1 : (s1->sym.st_value == s2->sym.st_value ? 0 : 1));
+
+      return reverse_sort ? -result : result;
+    }
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  size_t shstrndx;
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  /* The section is that large.  */
+  size_t size = shdr->sh_size;
+  /* One entry is this large.  */
+  size_t entsize = shdr->sh_entsize;
+
+  /* Consistency checks.  */
+  if (entsize != gelf_fsize (ebl->elf, ELF_T_SYM, 1, ehdr->e_version))
+    error (0, 0,
+	   gettext ("%s: entry size in section `%s' is not what we expect"),
+	   fullname, elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name));
+  else if (size % entsize != 0)
+    error (0, 0,
+	   gettext ("%s: size of section `%s' is not multiple of entry size"),
+	   fullname, elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name));
+
+  /* Compute number of entries.  Handle buggy entsize values.  */
+  size_t nentries = size / (entsize ?: 1);
+
+
+#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
+#define obstack_chunk_free free
+  struct obstack whereob;
+  obstack_init (&whereob);
+
+  /* Get a DWARF debugging descriptor.  It's no problem if this isn't
+     possible.  We just won't print any line number information.  */
+  Dwarf *dbg = NULL;
+  if (format == format_sysv)
+    {
+      dbg = dwarf_begin_elf (ebl->elf, DWARF_C_READ, NULL);
+      if (dbg != NULL)
+	{
+	  (void) dwarf_getpubnames (dbg, get_global, NULL, 0);
+
+	  get_local_names (dbg);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate the memory.
+
+     XXX We can use a dirty trick here.  Since GElf_Sym == Elf64_Sym we
+     can use the data memory instead of copying again if what we read
+     is a 64 bit file.  */
+  GElf_SymX *sym_mem;
+  if (nentries * sizeof (GElf_SymX) < MAX_STACK_ALLOC)
+    sym_mem = (GElf_SymX *) alloca (nentries * sizeof (GElf_SymX));
+  else
+    sym_mem = (GElf_SymX *) xmalloc (nentries * sizeof (GElf_SymX));
+
+  /* Get the data of the section.  */
+  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  Elf_Data *xndxdata = elf_getdata (xndxscn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL || (xndxscn != NULL && xndxdata == NULL))
+    INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+  /* Iterate over all symbols.  */
+  int longest_name = 4;
+  int longest_where = 4;
+  size_t nentries_used = 0;
+  for (size_t cnt = 0; cnt < nentries; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsymshndx (data, xndxdata, cnt,
+					&sym_mem[nentries_used].sym,
+					&sym_mem[nentries_used].xndx);
+      if (sym == NULL)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+      /* Filter out administrative symbols without a name and those
+	 deselected by ther user with command line options.  */
+      if ((hide_undefined && sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+	  || (hide_defined && sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF)
+	  || (hide_local && GELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_LOCAL))
+	continue;
+
+      sym_mem[nentries_used].where = "";
+      if (format == format_sysv)
+	{
+	  const char *symstr = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link,
+					   sym->st_name);
+
+	  longest_name = MAX ((size_t) longest_name, strlen (symstr));
+
+	  if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF
+	      && GELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL
+	      && global_root != NULL)
+	    {
+	      Dwarf_Global fake = { .name = symstr };
+	      Dwarf_Global **found = tfind (&fake, &global_root,
+					    global_compare);
+	      if (found != NULL)
+		{
+		  Dwarf_Die die_mem;
+		  Dwarf_Die *die = dwarf_offdie (dbg, (*found)->die_offset,
+						 &die_mem);
+
+		  Dwarf_Die cudie_mem;
+		  Dwarf_Die *cudie = NULL;
+
+		  Dwarf_Addr lowpc;
+		  Dwarf_Addr highpc;
+		  if (die != NULL
+		      && dwarf_lowpc (die, &lowpc) == 0
+		      && lowpc <= sym->st_value
+		      && dwarf_highpc (die, &highpc) == 0
+		      && highpc > sym->st_value)
+		    cudie = dwarf_offdie (dbg, (*found)->cu_offset,
+					  &cudie_mem);
+		  if (cudie != NULL)
+		    {
+		      Dwarf_Line *line = dwarf_getsrc_die (cudie,
+							   sym->st_value);
+		      if (line != NULL)
+			{
+			  /* We found the line.  */
+			  int lineno;
+			  (void) dwarf_lineno (line, &lineno);
+			  int n;
+			  n = obstack_printf (&whereob, "%s:%d%c",
+					      basename (dwarf_linesrc (line,
+								       NULL,
+								       NULL)),
+					      lineno, '\0');
+			  sym_mem[nentries_used].where
+			    = obstack_finish (&whereob);
+
+			  /* The return value of obstack_print included the
+			     NUL byte, so subtract one.  */
+			  if (--n > (int) longest_where)
+			    longest_where = (size_t) n;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* Try to find the symol among the local symbols.  */
+	  if (sym_mem[nentries_used].where[0] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      struct local_name fake =
+		{
+		  .name = symstr,
+		  .lowpc = sym->st_value,
+		  .highpc = sym->st_value,
+		};
+	      struct local_name **found = tfind (&fake, &local_root,
+						 local_compare);
+	      if (found != NULL)
+		{
+		  /* We found the line.  */
+		  int n = obstack_printf (&whereob, "%s:%" PRIu64 "%c",
+					  basename ((*found)->file),
+					  (*found)->lineno,
+					  '\0');
+		  sym_mem[nentries_used].where = obstack_finish (&whereob);
+
+		  /* The return value of obstack_print included the
+		     NUL byte, so subtract one.  */
+		  if (--n > (int) longest_where)
+		    longest_where = (size_t) n;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* We use this entry.  */
+      ++nentries_used;
+    }
+  /* Now we know the exact number.  */
+  nentries = nentries_used;
+
+  /* Sort the entries according to the users wishes.  */
+  if (sort == sort_name)
+    qsort (sym_mem, nentries, sizeof (GElf_SymX), sort_by_name);
+  else if (sort == sort_numeric)
+    qsort (sym_mem, nentries, sizeof (GElf_SymX), sort_by_address);
+
+  /* Finally print according to the users selection.  */
+  switch (format)
+    {
+    case format_sysv:
+      show_symbols_sysv (ebl, shdr->sh_link, prefix, fname,
+			 fullname, sym_mem, nentries, longest_name,
+			 longest_where);
+      break;
+
+    case format_bsd:
+      show_symbols_bsd (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, prefix, fname, fullname,
+			sym_mem, nentries);
+      break;
+
+    case format_posix:
+    default:
+      assert (format == format_posix);
+      show_symbols_posix (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, prefix, fullname, sym_mem,
+			  nentries);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /* Free all memory.  */
+  if (nentries * sizeof (GElf_Sym) >= MAX_STACK_ALLOC)
+    free (sym_mem);
+
+  obstack_free (&whereob, NULL);
+
+  if (dbg != NULL)
+    {
+      tdestroy (global_root, free);
+      global_root = NULL;
+
+      tdestroy (local_root, free);
+      local_root = NULL;
+
+      (void) dwarf_end (dbg);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static int
+handle_elf (Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+	    const char *suffix)
+{
+  size_t prefix_len = prefix == NULL ? 0 : strlen (prefix);
+  size_t suffix_len = suffix == NULL ? 0 : strlen (suffix);
+  size_t fname_len = strlen (fname) + 1;
+  char fullname[prefix_len + 1 + fname_len + suffix_len];
+  char *cp = fullname;
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  int any = 0;
+  int result = 0;
+  GElf_Ehdr ehdr_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *ehdr;
+  Ebl *ebl;
+
+  /* Get the backend for this object file type.  */
+  ebl = ebl_openbackend (elf);
+
+  /* We need the ELF header in a few places.  */
+  ehdr = gelf_getehdr (elf, &ehdr_mem);
+  if (ehdr == NULL)
+    INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+  /* If we are asked to print the dynamic symbol table and this is
+     executable or dynamic executable, fail.  */
+  if (symsec_type == SHT_DYNSYM
+      && ehdr->e_type != ET_EXEC && ehdr->e_type != ET_DYN)
+    {
+      /* XXX Add machine specific object file types.  */
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("%s%s%s%s: Invalid operation"),
+	     prefix ?: "", prefix ? "(" : "", fname, prefix ? ")" : "");
+      result = 1;
+      goto out;
+    }
+
+  /* Create the full name of the file.  */
+  if (prefix != NULL)
+    cp = mempcpy (cp, prefix, prefix_len);
+  cp = mempcpy (cp, fname, fname_len);
+  if (suffix != NULL)
+    memcpy (cp - 1, suffix, suffix_len + 1);
+
+  /* Find the symbol table.
+
+     XXX Can there be more than one?  Do we print all?  Currently we do.  */
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr == NULL)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+      if (shdr->sh_type == symsec_type)
+	{
+	  Elf_Scn *xndxscn = NULL;
+
+	  /* We have a symbol table.  First make sure we remember this.  */
+	  any = 1;
+
+	  /* Look for an extended section index table for this section.  */
+	  if (symsec_type == SHT_SYMTAB)
+	    {
+	      size_t scnndx = elf_ndxscn (scn);
+
+	      while ((xndxscn = elf_nextscn (elf, xndxscn)) != NULL)
+		{
+		  GElf_Shdr xndxshdr_mem;
+		  GElf_Shdr *xndxshdr = gelf_getshdr (xndxscn, &xndxshdr_mem);
+
+		  if (xndxshdr == NULL)
+		    INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+		  if (xndxshdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
+		      && xndxshdr->sh_link == scnndx)
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  show_symbols (ebl, ehdr, scn, xndxscn, shdr, prefix, fname,
+			fullname);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! any)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("%s%s%s: no symbols"),
+	     prefix ?: "", prefix ? ":" : "", fname);
+      result = 1;
+    }
+
+ out:
+  /* Close the ELF backend library descriptor.  */
+  ebl_closebackend (ebl);
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/src/none_ld.c b/src/none_ld.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb0f0fb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/none_ld.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/* Nothing here.  This is just a testimony of automake inflexibility.  */
diff --git a/src/readelf.c b/src/readelf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95532fa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/readelf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4997 @@
+/* Print information from ELF file in human-readable form.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 1999.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <dwarf.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <gelf.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <libdw.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <system.h>
+#include "../libebl/libeblP.h"
+#include "../libdw/libdwP.h"
+#include "../libdw/memory-access.h"
+
+
+/* Name and version of program.  */
+static void print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state);
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *, struct argp_state *) = print_version;
+
+/* Bug report address.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address = PACKAGE_BUGREPORT;
+
+/* Definitions of arguments for argp functions.  */
+static const struct argp_option options[] =
+{
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output selection:"), 0 },
+  { "all", 'a', NULL, 0, N_("Equivalent to: -h -l"), 0 },
+  { "dynamic", 'd', NULL, 0, N_("Display the dynamic segment"), 0 },
+  { "file-header", 'h', NULL, 0, N_("Display the ELF file header"), 0 },
+  { "histogram", 'I', NULL, 0,
+    N_("Display histogram of bucket list lengths"), 0 },
+  { "program-headers", 'l', NULL, 0, N_("Display the program headers"), 0 },
+  { "relocs", 'r', NULL, 0, N_("Display relocations"), 0 },
+  { "section-headers", 'S', NULL, 0, N_("Display the sections' header"), 0 },
+  { "symbols", 's', NULL, 0, N_("Display the symbol table"), 0 },
+  { "version-info", 'V', NULL, 0, N_("Display versioning information"), 0 },
+  { "debug-dump", 'w', "SECTION", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL,
+    N_("Display DWARF section content.  SECTION can be one of abbrev, "
+       "aranges, frame, info, loc, line, ranges, pubnames, str, or macinfo."),
+    0 },
+  { "notes", 'n', NULL, 0, N_("Display the core notes"), 0 },
+  { "arch-specific", 'A', NULL, 0,
+    N_("Display architecture specific information (if any)"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output control:"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Short description of program.  */
+static const char doc[] = N_("\
+Print information from ELF file in human-readable form.");
+
+/* Strings for arguments in help texts.  */
+static const char args_doc[] = N_("FILE...");
+
+/* Prototype for option handler.  */
+static error_t parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* Data structure to communicate with argp functions.  */
+static struct argp argp =
+{
+  options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+
+
+/* Flags set by the option controlling the output.  */
+
+/* True if dynamic segment should be printed.  */
+static bool print_dynamic_table;
+
+/* True if the file header should be printed.  */
+static bool print_file_header;
+
+/* True if the program headers should be printed.  */
+static bool print_program_header;
+
+/* True if relocations should be printed.  */
+static bool print_relocations;
+
+/* True if the section headers should be printed.  */
+static bool print_section_header;
+
+/* True if the symbol table should be printed.  */
+static bool print_symbol_table;
+
+/* True if the version information should be printed.  */
+static bool print_version_info;
+
+/* True if section groups should be printed.  */
+static bool print_section_groups;
+
+/* True if bucket list length histogram should be printed.  */
+static bool print_histogram;
+
+/* True if the architecture specific data should be printed.  */
+static bool print_arch;
+
+/* True if note section content should be printed.  */
+static bool print_notes;
+
+/* Select printing of debugging sections.  */
+static enum section_e
+{
+  section_abbrev = 1,	/* .debug_abbrev  */
+  section_aranges = 2,	/* .debug_aranges  */
+  section_frame = 4,	/* .debug_frame or .eh_frame  */
+  section_info = 8,	/* .debug_info  */
+  section_line = 16,	/* .debug_line  */
+  section_loc = 32,	/* .debug_loc  */
+  section_pubnames = 64,/* .debug_pubnames  */
+  section_str = 128,	/* .debug_str  */
+  section_macinfo = 256,/* .debug_macinfo  */
+  section_ranges = 512, /* .debug_ranges  */
+  section_all = (section_abbrev | section_aranges | section_frame
+		 | section_info | section_line | section_loc
+		 | section_pubnames | section_str | section_macinfo
+		 | section_ranges)
+} print_debug_sections;
+
+/* Number of sections in the file.  */
+static size_t shnum;
+
+
+/* Declarations of local functions.  */
+static void process_file (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix,
+			  const char *fname, bool only_one);
+static void process_elf_file (Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+			      bool only_one);
+static void print_ehdr (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr);
+static void print_shdr (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr);
+static void print_phdr (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr);
+static void print_scngrp (Ebl *ebl);
+static void print_dynamic (Ebl *ebl);
+static void print_relocs (Ebl *ebl);
+static void handle_relocs_rel (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr);
+static void handle_relocs_rela (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr);
+static void print_symtab (Ebl *ebl, int type);
+static void handle_symtab (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr);
+static void print_verinfo (Ebl *ebl);
+static void handle_verneed (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr);
+static void handle_verdef (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr);
+static void handle_versym (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn,
+			   GElf_Shdr *shdr);
+static void print_debug (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr);
+static void handle_hash (Ebl *ebl);
+static void handle_notes (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr);
+static void print_liblist (Ebl *ebl);
+
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  /* Set locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+  /* Initialize the message catalog.  */
+  textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  /* Parse and process arguments.  */
+  int remaining;
+  argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, &remaining, NULL);
+
+  /* Before we start tell the ELF library which version we are using.  */
+  elf_version (EV_CURRENT);
+
+  /* Now process all the files given at the command line.  */
+  bool only_one = remaining + 1 == argc;
+  do
+    {
+      /* Open the file.  */
+      int fd = open (argv[remaining], O_RDONLY);
+      if (fd == -1)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot open input file"));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Create an `Elf' descriptor.  */
+      Elf *elf = elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_READ_MMAP, NULL);
+      if (elf == NULL)
+	error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot generate Elf descriptor: %s\n"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+      else
+	{
+	  process_file (fd, elf, NULL, argv[remaining], only_one);
+
+	  /* Now we can close the descriptor.  */
+	  if (elf_end (elf) != 0)
+	    error (0, 0, gettext ("error while closing Elf descriptor: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+	}
+
+      close (fd);
+    }
+  while (++remaining < argc);
+
+  return error_message_count != 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Handle program arguments.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt (int key, char *arg,
+	   struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  /* True if any of the control options is set.  */
+  static bool any_control_option;
+
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'a':
+      print_file_header = true;
+      print_program_header = true;
+      print_relocations = true;
+      print_section_header = true;
+      print_symbol_table = true;
+      print_version_info = true;
+      print_dynamic_table = true;
+      print_section_groups = true;
+      print_histogram = true;
+      print_arch = true;
+      print_notes = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'A':
+      print_arch = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'd':
+      print_dynamic_table = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'g':
+      print_section_groups = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'h':
+      print_file_header = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'I':
+      print_histogram = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'l':
+      print_program_header = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'n':
+      print_notes = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'r':
+      print_relocations = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+     break;
+    case 'S':
+      print_section_header = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 's':
+      print_symbol_table = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'V':
+      print_version_info = true;
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case 'w':
+      if (arg == NULL)
+	print_debug_sections = section_all;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "abbrev") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_abbrev;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "aranges") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_aranges;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "ranges") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_ranges;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "frame") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_frame;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "info") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_info;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "loc") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_loc;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "line") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_line;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "pubnames") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_pubnames;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "str") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_str;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "macinfo") == 0)
+	print_debug_sections |= section_macinfo;
+      else
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, gettext ("Unknown DWARF debug section `%s'.\n"),
+		   arg);
+	  argp_help (&argp, stderr, ARGP_HELP_SEE,
+		     program_invocation_short_name);
+	  exit (1);
+	}
+      any_control_option = true;
+      break;
+    case ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS:
+      fputs (gettext ("Missing file name.\n"), stderr);
+      goto do_argp_help;
+    case ARGP_KEY_FINI:
+      if (! any_control_option)
+	{
+	  fputs (gettext ("No operation specified.\n"), stderr);
+	do_argp_help:
+	  argp_help (&argp, stderr, ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR,
+		     program_invocation_short_name);
+	  exit (1);
+	}
+      break;
+    default:
+      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the version information.  */
+static void
+print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "readelf (%s) %s\n", PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION);
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("\
+Copyright (C) %s Red Hat, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+"), "2005");
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper");
+}
+
+
+/* Process one file.  */
+static void
+process_file (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+	      bool only_one)
+{
+  /* We can handle two types of files: ELF files and archives.  */
+  Elf_Kind kind = elf_kind (elf);
+  struct stat64 st;
+
+  switch (kind)
+    {
+    case ELF_K_ELF:
+      /* Yes!  It's an ELF file.  */
+      process_elf_file (elf, prefix, fname, only_one);
+      break;
+
+    case ELF_K_AR:
+      {
+	Elf *subelf;
+	Elf_Cmd cmd = ELF_C_READ_MMAP;
+	size_t prefix_len = prefix == NULL ? 0 : strlen (prefix);
+	size_t fname_len = strlen (fname) + 1;
+	char new_prefix[prefix_len + 1 + fname_len];
+	char *cp = new_prefix;
+
+	/* Create the full name of the file.  */
+	if (prefix != NULL)
+	  {
+	    cp = mempcpy (cp, prefix, prefix_len);
+	    *cp++ = ':';
+	  }
+	memcpy (cp, fname, fname_len);
+
+	/* It's an archive.  We process each file in it.  */
+	while ((subelf = elf_begin (fd, cmd, elf)) != NULL)
+	  {
+	    kind = elf_kind (subelf);
+
+	    /* Call this function recursively.  */
+	    if (kind == ELF_K_ELF || kind == ELF_K_AR)
+	      {
+		Elf_Arhdr *arhdr = elf_getarhdr (subelf);
+		assert (arhdr != NULL);
+
+		process_file (fd, subelf, new_prefix, arhdr->ar_name, false);
+	      }
+
+	    /* Get next archive element.  */
+	    cmd = elf_next (subelf);
+	    if (elf_end (subelf) != 0)
+	      error (0, 0,
+		     gettext (" error while freeing sub-ELF descriptor: %s\n"),
+		     elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      if (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0)
+	error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot stat input file"));
+      else if (st.st_size == 0)
+	error (0, 0, gettext ("input file is empty"));
+      else
+	/* We cannot do anything.  */
+	error (0, 0, gettext ("\
+Not an ELF file - it has the wrong magic bytes at the start"));
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Process one file.  */
+static void
+process_elf_file (Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+		  bool only_one)
+{
+  GElf_Ehdr ehdr_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *ehdr = gelf_getehdr (elf, &ehdr_mem);
+  Ebl *ebl;
+
+  /* Print the file name.  */
+  if (!only_one)
+    {
+      if (prefix != NULL)
+	printf ("\n%s(%s):\n\n", prefix, fname);
+      else
+	printf ("\n%s:\n\n", fname);
+    }
+
+  if (ehdr == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot read ELF header: %s"), elf_errmsg (-1));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  ebl = ebl_openbackend (elf);
+  if (ebl == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot create EBL handle"));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Determine the number of sections.  */
+  if (elf_getshnum (ebl->elf, &shnum) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot determine number of sections: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+  if (print_file_header)
+    print_ehdr (ebl, ehdr);
+  if (print_section_header)
+    print_shdr (ebl, ehdr);
+  if (print_program_header)
+    print_phdr (ebl, ehdr);
+  if (print_section_groups)
+    print_scngrp (ebl);
+  if (print_dynamic_table)
+    print_dynamic (ebl);
+  if (print_relocations)
+    print_relocs (ebl);
+  if (print_histogram)
+    handle_hash (ebl);
+  if (print_symbol_table)
+    print_symtab (ebl, SHT_DYNSYM);
+  if (print_version_info)
+    print_verinfo (ebl);
+  if (print_symbol_table)
+    print_symtab (ebl, SHT_SYMTAB);
+  if (print_arch)
+    print_liblist (ebl);
+  if (print_debug_sections != 0)
+    print_debug (ebl, ehdr);
+  if (print_notes)
+    handle_notes (ebl, ehdr);
+
+  ebl_closebackend (ebl);
+}
+
+
+/* Print file type.  */
+static void
+print_file_type (unsigned short int e_type)
+{
+  if (e_type <= ET_CORE)
+    {
+      static const char *knowntypes[] =
+      {
+	N_("NONE (None)"),
+	N_("REL (Relocatable file)"),
+	N_("EXEC (Executable file)"),
+	N_("DYN (Shared object file)"),
+	N_("CORE (Core file)")
+      };
+      puts (gettext (knowntypes[e_type]));
+    }
+  else if (e_type >= ET_LOOS && e_type <= ET_HIOS)
+    printf (gettext ("OS Specific: (%x)\n"),  e_type);
+  else if (e_type >= ET_LOPROC /* && e_type <= ET_HIPROC always true */)
+    printf (gettext ("Processor Specific: (%x)\n"),  e_type);
+  else
+    puts ("???");
+}
+
+
+/* Print ELF header.  */
+static void
+print_ehdr (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr)
+{
+  char buf[512];
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  fputs_unlocked (gettext ("ELF Header:\n  Magic:  "), stdout);
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < EI_NIDENT; ++cnt)
+    printf (" %02hhx", ehdr->e_ident[cnt]);
+
+  printf (gettext ("\n  Class:                             %s\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? "ELF32"
+	  : ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64 ? "ELF64"
+	  : "\?\?\?");
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Data:                              %s\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] == ELFDATA2LSB
+	  ? "2's complement, little endian"
+	  : ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] == ELFDATA2MSB
+	  ? "2's complement, big endian" : "\?\?\?");
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Version:                           %hhd %s\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_ident[EI_VERSION],
+	  ehdr->e_ident[EI_VERSION] == EV_CURRENT ? gettext ("(current)")
+	  : "(\?\?\?)");
+
+  printf (gettext ("  OS/ABI:                            %s\n"),
+	  ebl_osabi_name (ebl, ehdr->e_ident[EI_OSABI], buf, sizeof (buf)));
+
+  printf (gettext ("  ABI Version:                       %hhd\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION]);
+
+  fputs_unlocked (gettext ("  Type:                              "), stdout);
+  print_file_type (ehdr->e_type);
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Machine:                           %s\n"), ebl->name);
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Version:                           %d %s\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_version,
+	  ehdr->e_version  == EV_CURRENT ? gettext ("(current)") : "(\?\?\?)");
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Entry point address:               %#" PRIx64 "\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_entry);
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Start of program headers:          %" PRId64 " %s\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_phoff, gettext ("(bytes into file)"));
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Start of section headers:          %" PRId64 " %s\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_shoff, gettext ("(bytes into file)"));
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Flags:                             %s\n"),
+	  ebl_machine_flag_name (ebl, ehdr->e_flags, buf, sizeof (buf)));
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Size of this header:               %" PRId16 " %s\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_ehsize, gettext ("(bytes)"));
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Size of program header entries:    %" PRId16 " %s\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_phentsize, gettext ("(bytes)"));
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Number of program headers entries: %" PRId16 "\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_phnum);
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Size of section header entries:    %" PRId16 " %s\n"),
+	  ehdr->e_shentsize, gettext ("(bytes)"));
+
+  printf (gettext ("  Number of section headers entries: %" PRId16),
+	  ehdr->e_shnum);
+  if (ehdr->e_shnum == 0)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+
+      shdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, 0), &shdr_mem);
+      if (shdr != NULL)
+	printf (gettext (" (%" PRIu32 " in [0].sh_size)"),
+		(uint32_t) shdr->sh_size);
+      else
+	fputs_unlocked (gettext (" ([0] not available)"), stdout);
+    }
+  fputc_unlocked ('\n', stdout);
+
+  if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == SHN_XINDEX)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+
+      shdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, 0), &shdr_mem);
+      if (shdr != NULL)
+	/* We managed to get the zeroth section.  */
+	snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), gettext (" (%" PRIu32 " in [0].sh_link)"),
+		  (uint32_t) shdr->sh_link);
+      else
+	{
+	  strncpy (buf, gettext (" ([0] not available)"), sizeof (buf));
+	  buf[sizeof (buf) - 1] = '\0';
+	}
+
+      printf (gettext ("  Section header string table index: XINDEX%s\n\n"),
+	      buf);
+    }
+  else
+    printf (gettext ("  Section header string table index: %" PRId16 "\n\n"),
+	    ehdr->e_shstrndx);
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+get_visibility_type (int value)
+{
+  switch (value)
+    {
+    case STV_DEFAULT:
+      return "DEFAULT";
+    case STV_INTERNAL:
+      return "INTERNAL";
+    case STV_HIDDEN:
+      return "HIDDEN";
+    case STV_PROTECTED:
+      return "PROTECTED";
+    default:
+      return "???";
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Print the section headers.  */
+static void
+print_shdr (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr)
+{
+  size_t cnt;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  if (! print_file_header)
+    printf (gettext ("\
+There are %d section headers, starting at offset %#" PRIx64 ":\n\
+\n"),
+	    ehdr->e_shnum, ehdr->e_shoff);
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  puts (gettext ("Section Headers:"));
+
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
+    puts (gettext ("[Nr] Name                 Type         Addr     Off    Size   ES Flags Lk Inf Al"));
+  else
+    puts (gettext ("[Nr] Name                 Type         Addr             Off      Size     ES Flags Lk Inf Al"));
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < shnum; ++cnt)
+    {
+      char buf[128];
+      char flagbuf[20];
+      char *cp;
+      Elf_Scn *scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, cnt);
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+
+      if (scn == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot get section: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      /* Get the section header.  */
+      shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+      if (shdr == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot get section header: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      cp = flagbuf;
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE)
+	*cp++ = 'W';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)
+	*cp++ = 'A';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
+	*cp++ = 'X';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE)
+	*cp++ = 'M';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS)
+	*cp++ = 'S';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_INFO_LINK)
+	*cp++ = 'I';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER)
+	*cp++ = 'L';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING)
+	*cp++ = 'N';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
+	*cp++ = 'G';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS)
+	*cp++ = 'T';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ORDERED)
+	*cp++ = 'O';
+      if (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
+	*cp++ = 'E';
+      *cp = '\0';
+
+      printf ("[%2zu] %-20s %-12s %0*" PRIx64 " %0*" PRIx64 " %0*" PRIx64
+	      " %2" PRId64 " %-5s %2" PRId32 " %3" PRId32
+	      " %2" PRId64 "\n",
+	      cnt,
+	      elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name)
+	      ?: "<corrupt>",
+	      ebl_section_type_name (ebl, shdr->sh_type, buf, sizeof (buf)),
+	      ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? 8 : 16, shdr->sh_addr,
+	      ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? 6 : 8, shdr->sh_offset,
+	      ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? 6 : 8, shdr->sh_size,
+	      shdr->sh_entsize, flagbuf, shdr->sh_link, shdr->sh_info,
+	      shdr->sh_addralign);
+    }
+
+  fputc_unlocked ('\n', stdout);
+}
+
+
+/* Print the program header.  */
+static void
+print_phdr (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr)
+{
+  size_t cnt;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  if (ehdr->e_phnum == 0)
+    /* No program header, this is OK in relocatable objects.  */
+    return;
+
+  puts (gettext ("Program Headers:"));
+  if (ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
+    puts (gettext ("\
+  Type           Offset   VirtAddr   PhysAddr   FileSiz  MemSiz   Flg Align"));
+  else
+    puts (gettext ("\
+  Type           Offset   VirtAddr           PhysAddr           FileSiz  MemSiz   Flg Align"));
+
+  /* Process all program headers.  */
+  bool has_relro = false;
+  GElf_Addr relro_from = 0;
+  GElf_Addr relro_to = 0;
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++cnt)
+    {
+      char buf[128];
+      GElf_Phdr mem;
+      GElf_Phdr *phdr = gelf_getphdr (ebl->elf, cnt, &mem);
+
+      /* If for some reason the header cannot be returned show this.  */
+      if (phdr == NULL)
+	{
+	  puts ("  ???");
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      printf ("  %-14s 0x%06" PRIx64 " 0x%0*" PRIx64 " 0x%0*" PRIx64
+	      " 0x%06" PRIx64 " 0x%06" PRIx64 " %c%c%c 0x%" PRIx64 "\n",
+	      ebl_segment_type_name (ebl, phdr->p_type, buf, sizeof (buf)),
+	      phdr->p_offset,
+	      ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? 8 : 16, phdr->p_vaddr,
+	      ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? 8 : 16, phdr->p_paddr,
+	      phdr->p_filesz,
+	      phdr->p_memsz,
+	      phdr->p_flags & PF_R ? 'R' : ' ',
+	      phdr->p_flags & PF_W ? 'W' : ' ',
+	      phdr->p_flags & PF_X ? 'E' : ' ',
+	      phdr->p_align);
+
+      if (phdr->p_type == PT_INTERP)
+	{
+	  /* We can show the user the name of the interpreter.  */
+	  size_t maxsize;
+	  char *filedata = elf_rawfile (ebl->elf, &maxsize);
+
+	  if (filedata != NULL && phdr->p_offset < maxsize)
+	    printf (gettext ("\t[Requesting program interpreter: %s]\n"),
+		    filedata + phdr->p_offset);
+	}
+      else if (phdr->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
+	{
+	  has_relro = true;
+	  relro_from = phdr->p_vaddr;
+	  relro_to = relro_from + phdr->p_memsz;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  puts (gettext ("\n Section to Segment mapping:\n  Segment Sections..."));
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Phdr phdr_mem;
+      GElf_Phdr *phdr = gelf_getphdr (ebl->elf, cnt, &phdr_mem);
+      size_t inner;
+
+      /* Print the segment number.  */
+      printf ("   %2.2zu     ", cnt);
+
+      /* This must not happen.  */
+      if (phdr == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot get program header: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      /* Iterate over the sections.  */
+      bool in_relro = false;
+      bool in_ro = false;
+      for (inner = 1; inner < shnum; ++inner)
+	{
+	  Elf_Scn *scn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, inner);
+	  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *shdr;
+
+	  /* It should not happen.  */
+	  if (scn == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot get section: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  /* Get the section header.  */
+	  shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+	  if (shdr == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		   gettext ("cannot get section header: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  if (shdr->sh_size > 0
+	      /* Compare allocated sections by VMA, unallocated
+		 sections by file offset.  */
+	      && (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC
+		  ? (shdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
+		     && (shdr->sh_addr + shdr->sh_size
+			 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
+		  : (shdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
+		     && (shdr->sh_offset + shdr->sh_size
+			 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz))))
+	    {
+	      if (has_relro && !in_relro
+		  && shdr->sh_addr >= relro_from
+		  && shdr->sh_addr + shdr->sh_size <= relro_to)
+		{
+		  fputs_unlocked (" [RELRO:", stdout);
+		  in_relro = true;
+		}
+	      else if (has_relro && in_relro && shdr->sh_addr >= relro_to)
+		{
+		  fputs_unlocked ("]", stdout);
+		  in_relro =  false;
+		}
+	      else if (has_relro && in_relro
+		       && shdr->sh_addr + shdr->sh_size > relro_to)
+		fputs_unlocked ("] <RELRO:", stdout);
+	      else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && (phdr->p_flags & PF_W) == 0)
+		{
+		  if (!in_ro)
+		    {
+		      fputs_unlocked (" [RO:", stdout);
+		      in_ro = true;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* Determine the segment this section is part of.  */
+		  size_t cnt2;
+		  GElf_Phdr *phdr2 = NULL;
+		  for (cnt2 = 0; cnt2 < ehdr->e_phnum; ++cnt2)
+		    {
+		      GElf_Phdr phdr2_mem;
+		      phdr2 = gelf_getphdr (ebl->elf, cnt2, &phdr2_mem);
+
+		      if (phdr2 != NULL && phdr2->p_type == PT_LOAD
+			  && shdr->sh_addr >= phdr2->p_vaddr
+			  && (shdr->sh_addr + shdr->sh_size
+			      <= phdr2->p_vaddr + phdr2->p_memsz))
+			break;
+		    }
+
+		  if (cnt2 < ehdr->e_phnum)
+		    {
+		      if ((phdr2->p_flags & PF_W) == 0 && !in_ro)
+			{
+			  fputs_unlocked (" [RO:", stdout);
+			  in_ro = true;
+			}
+		      else if ((phdr2->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 && in_ro)
+			{
+			  fputs_unlocked ("]", stdout);
+			  in_ro = false;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      printf (" %s",
+		      elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name));
+
+	      /* Signal that this sectin is only partially covered.  */
+	      if (has_relro && in_relro
+		       && shdr->sh_addr + shdr->sh_size > relro_to)
+		{
+		  fputs_unlocked (">", stdout);
+		  in_relro =  false;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      if (in_relro || in_ro)
+	fputs_unlocked ("]", stdout);
+
+      /* Finish the line.  */
+      fputc_unlocked ('\n', stdout);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_scngrp (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  Elf32_Word *grpref;
+  Elf_Scn *symscn;
+  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *symshdr;
+  Elf_Data *symdata;
+  GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+  size_t cnt;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Get the data of the section.  */
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+
+  symscn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link);
+  symshdr = gelf_getshdr (symscn, &symshdr_mem);
+  symdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+
+  if (data == NULL || data->d_size < sizeof (Elf32_Word) || symshdr == NULL
+      || symdata == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  grpref = (Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf;
+
+  printf ((grpref[0] & GRP_COMDAT)
+	  ? ngettext ("\
+\nCOMDAT section group [%2zu] '%s' with signature '%s' contains %zu entry:\n",
+		      "\
+\nCOMDAT section group [%2zu] '%s' with signature '%s' contains %zu entries:\n",
+		      data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word) - 1)
+	  : ngettext ("\
+\nSection group [%2zu] '%s' with signature '%s' contains %zu entry:\n", "\
+\nSection group [%2zu] '%s' with signature '%s' contains %zu entries:\n",
+		      data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word) - 1),
+	  elf_ndxscn (scn),
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name),
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, symshdr->sh_link,
+		      gelf_getsym (symdata, shdr->sh_info, &sym_mem)->st_name)
+	  ?: gettext ("<INVALID SYMBOL>"),
+	  data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word) - 1);
+
+  for (cnt = 1; cnt < data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word); ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr grpshdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *grpshdr;
+
+      grpshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, grpref[cnt]),
+			      &grpshdr_mem);
+
+      if (grpshdr == NULL)
+	printf (gettext ("  [%2u] <INVALID SECTION>\n"), grpref[cnt]);
+      else
+	printf ("  [%2u] %s\n",
+		grpref[cnt],
+		elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, grpshdr->sh_name)
+		?: gettext ("<INVALID SECTION>"));
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_scngrp (Ebl *ebl)
+{
+  /* Find all relocation sections and handle them.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+       /* Handle the section if it is a symbol table.  */
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr != NULL && shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
+	handle_scngrp (ebl, scn, shdr);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static const struct flags
+{
+  int mask;
+  const char *str;
+} dt_flags[] =
+  {
+    { DF_ORIGIN, "ORIGIN" },
+    { DF_SYMBOLIC, "SYMBOLIC" },
+    { DF_TEXTREL, "TEXTREL" },
+    { DF_BIND_NOW, "BIND_NOW" },
+    { DF_STATIC_TLS, "STATIC_TLS" }
+  };
+static const int ndt_flags = sizeof (dt_flags) / sizeof (dt_flags[0]);
+
+static const struct flags dt_flags_1[] =
+  {
+    { DF_1_NOW, "NOW" },
+    { DF_1_GLOBAL, "GLOBAL" },
+    { DF_1_GROUP, "GROUP" },
+    { DF_1_NODELETE, "NODELETE" },
+    { DF_1_LOADFLTR, "LOADFLTR" },
+    { DF_1_INITFIRST, "INITFIRST" },
+    { DF_1_NOOPEN, "NOOPEN" },
+    { DF_1_ORIGIN, "ORIGIN" },
+    { DF_1_DIRECT, "DIRECT" },
+    { DF_1_TRANS, "TRANS" },
+    { DF_1_INTERPOSE, "INTERPOSE" },
+    { DF_1_NODEFLIB, "NODEFLIB" },
+    { DF_1_NODUMP, "NODUMP" },
+    { DF_1_CONFALT, "CONFALT" },
+    { DF_1_ENDFILTEE, "ENDFILTEE" },
+    { DF_1_DISPRELDNE, "DISPRELDNE" },
+    { DF_1_DISPRELPND, "DISPRELPND" },
+  };
+static const int ndt_flags_1 = sizeof (dt_flags_1) / sizeof (dt_flags_1[0]);
+
+static const struct flags dt_feature_1[] =
+  {
+    { DTF_1_PARINIT, "PARINIT" },
+    { DTF_1_CONFEXP, "CONFEXP" }
+  };
+static const int ndt_feature_1 = (sizeof (dt_feature_1)
+				  / sizeof (dt_feature_1[0]));
+
+static const struct flags dt_posflag_1[] =
+  {
+    { DF_P1_LAZYLOAD, "LAZYLOAD" },
+    { DF_P1_GROUPPERM, "GROUPPERM" }
+  };
+static const int ndt_posflag_1 = (sizeof (dt_posflag_1)
+				  / sizeof (dt_posflag_1[0]));
+
+
+static void
+print_flags (int class, GElf_Xword d_val, const struct flags *flags,
+		int nflags)
+{
+  bool first = true;
+  int cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nflags; ++cnt)
+    if (d_val & flags[cnt].mask)
+      {
+	if (!first)
+	  putchar_unlocked (' ');
+	fputs_unlocked (flags[cnt].str, stdout);
+	d_val &= ~flags[cnt].mask;
+	first = false;
+      }
+
+  if (d_val != 0)
+    {
+      if (!first)
+	putchar_unlocked (' ');
+      printf ("%#0*" PRIx64, class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, d_val);
+    }
+
+  putchar_unlocked ('\n');
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_dt_flags (int class, GElf_Xword d_val)
+{
+  print_flags (class, d_val, dt_flags, ndt_flags);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_dt_flags_1 (int class, GElf_Xword d_val)
+{
+  print_flags (class, d_val, dt_flags_1, ndt_flags_1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_dt_feature_1 (int class, GElf_Xword d_val)
+{
+  print_flags (class, d_val, dt_feature_1, ndt_feature_1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_dt_posflag_1 (int class, GElf_Xword d_val)
+{
+  print_flags (class, d_val, dt_posflag_1, ndt_posflag_1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_dynamic (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  int class = gelf_getclass (ebl->elf);
+  GElf_Shdr glink;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  size_t cnt;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Get the data of the section.  */
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  printf (ngettext ("\
+\nDynamic segment contains %lu entry:\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+		    "\
+\nDynamic segment contains %lu entries:\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+		    shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize),
+	  (unsigned long int) (shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize),
+	  class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, shdr->sh_addr,
+	  shdr->sh_offset,
+	  (int) shdr->sh_link,
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx,
+		      gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link),
+				    &glink)->sh_name));
+  fputs_unlocked (gettext ("  Type              Value\n"), stdout);
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize; ++cnt)
+    {
+      char buf[64];
+      GElf_Dyn dynmem;
+      GElf_Dyn *dyn;
+
+      dyn = gelf_getdyn (data, cnt, &dynmem);
+      if (dyn == NULL)
+	break;
+
+      printf ("  %-17s ",
+	      ebl_dynamic_tag_name (ebl, dyn->d_tag, buf, sizeof (buf)));
+
+      switch (dyn->d_tag)
+	{
+	case DT_NULL:
+	case DT_DEBUG:
+	case DT_BIND_NOW:
+	case DT_TEXTREL:
+	  /* No further output.  */
+	  fputc ('\n', stdout);
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_NEEDED:
+	  printf (gettext ("Shared library: [%s]\n"),
+		  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, dyn->d_un.d_val));
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_SONAME:
+	  printf (gettext ("Library soname: [%s]\n"),
+		  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, dyn->d_un.d_val));
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_RPATH:
+	  printf (gettext ("Library rpath: [%s]\n"),
+		  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, dyn->d_un.d_val));
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_RUNPATH:
+	  printf (gettext ("Library runpath: [%s]\n"),
+		  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, dyn->d_un.d_val));
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_PLTRELSZ:
+	case DT_RELASZ:
+	case DT_STRSZ:
+	case DT_RELSZ:
+	case DT_RELAENT:
+	case DT_SYMENT:
+	case DT_RELENT:
+	case DT_PLTPADSZ:
+	case DT_MOVEENT:
+	case DT_MOVESZ:
+	case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ:
+	case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ:
+	case DT_SYMINSZ:
+	case DT_SYMINENT:
+	case DT_GNU_CONFLICTSZ:
+	case DT_GNU_LIBLISTSZ:
+	  printf (gettext ("%" PRId64 " (bytes)\n"), dyn->d_un.d_val);
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_VERDEFNUM:
+	case DT_VERNEEDNUM:
+	case DT_RELACOUNT:
+	case DT_RELCOUNT:
+	  printf ("%" PRId64 "\n", dyn->d_un.d_val);
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_PLTREL:
+	  puts (ebl_dynamic_tag_name (ebl, dyn->d_un.d_val, NULL, 0));
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_FLAGS:
+	  print_dt_flags (class, dyn->d_un.d_val);
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_FLAGS_1:
+	  print_dt_flags_1 (class, dyn->d_un.d_val);
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_FEATURE_1:
+	  print_dt_feature_1 (class, dyn->d_un.d_val);
+	  break;
+
+	case DT_POSFLAG_1:
+	  print_dt_posflag_1 (class, dyn->d_un.d_val);
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("%#0*" PRIx64 "\n",
+		  class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, dyn->d_un.d_val);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Print the dynamic segment.  */
+static void
+print_dynamic (Ebl *ebl)
+{
+  /* Find all relocation sections and handle them.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+       /* Handle the section if it is a symbol table.  */
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr != NULL && shdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNAMIC)
+	{
+	  handle_dynamic (ebl, scn, shdr);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Print relocations.  */
+static void
+print_relocs (Ebl *ebl)
+{
+  /* Find all relocation sections and handle them.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+       /* Handle the section if it is a symbol table.  */
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
+	    handle_relocs_rel (ebl, scn, shdr);
+	  else if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+	    handle_relocs_rela (ebl, scn, shdr);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Handle a relocation section.  */
+static void
+handle_relocs_rel (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  int class = gelf_getclass (ebl->elf);
+  int nentries = shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+  int cnt;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  Elf_Scn *symscn;
+  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *symshdr;
+  Elf_Data *symdata;
+  GElf_Shdr destshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *destshdr;
+  Elf_Scn *xndxscn;
+  Elf_Data *xndxdata = NULL;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Get the data of the section.  */
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Get the symbol table information.  */
+  symscn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link);
+  symshdr = gelf_getshdr (symscn, &symshdr_mem);
+  symdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+
+  /* Get the section header of the section the relocations are for.  */
+  destshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_info),
+			   &destshdr_mem);
+
+  if (symshdr == NULL || symdata == NULL || destshdr == NULL)
+    {
+      printf (gettext ("\nInvalid symbol table at offset %#0" PRIx64 "\n"),
+	      shdr->sh_offset);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Search for the optional extended section index table.  */
+  xndxscn = NULL;
+  while ((xndxscn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, xndxscn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr xndxshdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *xndxshdr;
+
+      xndxshdr = gelf_getshdr (xndxscn, &xndxshdr_mem);
+      if (xndxshdr != NULL && xndxshdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
+	  && xndxshdr->sh_link == elf_ndxscn (symscn))
+	{
+	  /* Found it.  */
+	  xndxdata = elf_getdata (xndxscn, NULL);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  if (shdr->sh_info != 0)
+    printf (ngettext ("\
+\nRelocation section [%2u] '%s' for section [%2u] '%s' at offset %#0" PRIx64 " contains %d entry:\n",
+		    "\
+\nRelocation section [%2u] '%s' for section [%2u] '%s' at offset %#0" PRIx64 " contains %d entries:\n",
+		      nentries),
+	    (unsigned int) elf_ndxscn (scn),
+	    elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name),
+	    (unsigned int) shdr->sh_info,
+	    elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, destshdr->sh_name),
+	    shdr->sh_offset,
+	    nentries);
+  else
+    /* The .rel.dyn section does not refer to a specific section but
+       instead of section index zero.  Do not try to print a section
+       name.  */
+    printf (ngettext ("\
+\nRelocation section [%2u] '%s' at offset %#0" PRIx64 " contains %d entry:\n",
+		    "\
+\nRelocation section [%2u] '%s' at offset %#0" PRIx64 " contains %d entries:\n",
+		      nentries),
+	    (unsigned int) elf_ndxscn (scn),
+	    elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name),
+	    shdr->sh_offset,
+	    nentries);
+  fputs_unlocked (class == ELFCLASS32
+		  ? gettext ("\
+  Offset      Type                 Value       Name\n")
+		  : gettext ("\
+  Offset              Type                 Value               Name\n"),
+	 stdout);
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nentries; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Rel relmem;
+      GElf_Rel *rel;
+
+      rel = gelf_getrel (data, cnt, &relmem);
+      if (rel != NULL)
+	{
+	  char buf[128];
+	  GElf_Sym symmem;
+	  GElf_Sym *sym;
+	  Elf32_Word xndx;
+
+	  sym = gelf_getsymshndx (symdata, xndxdata, GELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info),
+				  &symmem, &xndx);
+	  if (sym == NULL)
+	    printf ("  %#0*" PRIx64 "  %-20s <%s %ld>\n",
+		    class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, rel->r_offset,
+		    ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+		    /* Avoid the leading R_ which isn't carrying any
+		       information.  */
+		    ? ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
+					   buf, sizeof (buf)) + 2
+		    : gettext ("<INVALID RELOC>"),
+		    gettext ("INVALID SYMBOL"),
+		    (long int) GELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
+	  else if (GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION)
+	    printf ("  %#0*" PRIx64 "  %-20s %#0*" PRIx64 "  %s\n",
+		    class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, rel->r_offset,
+		    ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+		    /* Avoid the leading R_ which isn't carrying any
+		       information.  */
+		    ? ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
+					   buf, sizeof (buf)) + 2
+		    : gettext ("<INVALID RELOC>"),
+		    class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, sym->st_value,
+		    elf_strptr (ebl->elf, symshdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
+	  else
+	    {
+	      destshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf,
+						   sym->st_shndx == SHN_XINDEX
+						   ? xndx : sym->st_shndx),
+				       &destshdr_mem);
+
+	      if (shdr == NULL)
+		printf ("  %#0*" PRIx64 "  %-20s <%s %ld>\n",
+			class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, rel->r_offset,
+			ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+			/* Avoid the leading R_ which isn't carrying any
+			   information.  */
+			? ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
+					       buf, sizeof (buf)) + 2
+			: gettext ("<INVALID RELOC>"),
+			gettext ("INVALID SECTION"),
+			(long int) (sym->st_shndx == SHN_XINDEX
+				    ? xndx : sym->st_shndx));
+	      else
+		printf ("  %#0*" PRIx64 "  %-20s %#0*" PRIx64 "  %s\n",
+			class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, rel->r_offset,
+			ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+			/* Avoid the leading R_ which isn't carrying any
+			   information.  */
+			? ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
+					       buf, sizeof (buf)) + 2
+			: gettext ("<INVALID RELOC>"),
+			class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, sym->st_value,
+			elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, destshdr->sh_name));
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Handle a relocation section.  */
+static void
+handle_relocs_rela (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  int class = gelf_getclass (ebl->elf);
+  int nentries = shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+
+  /* Get the data of the section.  */
+  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Get the symbol table information.  */
+  Elf_Scn *symscn = elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link);
+  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *symshdr = gelf_getshdr (symscn, &symshdr_mem);
+  Elf_Data *symdata = elf_getdata (symscn, NULL);
+
+  /* Get the section header of the section the relocations are for.  */
+  GElf_Shdr destshdr_mem;
+  GElf_Shdr *destshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_info),
+				      &destshdr_mem);
+
+  if (symshdr == NULL || symdata == NULL || destshdr == NULL)
+    {
+      printf (gettext ("\nInvalid symbol table at offset %#0" PRIx64 "\n"),
+	      shdr->sh_offset);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Search for the optional extended section index table.  */
+  Elf_Data *xndxdata = NULL;
+  Elf_Scn *xndxscn = NULL;
+  while ((xndxscn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, xndxscn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr xndxshdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *xndxshdr;
+
+      xndxshdr = gelf_getshdr (xndxscn, &xndxshdr_mem);
+      if (xndxshdr != NULL && xndxshdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
+	  && xndxshdr->sh_link == elf_ndxscn (symscn))
+	{
+	  /* Found it.  */
+	  xndxdata = elf_getdata (xndxscn, NULL);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  size_t shstrndx;
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  printf (ngettext ("\
+\nRelocation section [%2zu] '%s' for section [%2u] '%s' at offset %#0" PRIx64 " contains %d entry:\n",
+		    "\
+\nRelocation section [%2zu] '%s' for section [%2u] '%s' at offset %#0" PRIx64 " contains %d entries:\n",
+		    nentries),
+	  elf_ndxscn (scn),
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name),
+	  (unsigned int) shdr->sh_info,
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, destshdr->sh_name),
+	  shdr->sh_offset,
+	  nentries);
+  fputs_unlocked (class == ELFCLASS32
+		  ? gettext ("\
+  Offset      Type            Value       Addend Name\n")
+		  : gettext ("\
+  Offset              Type            Value               Addend Name\n"),
+		  stdout);
+
+  for (int cnt = 0; cnt < nentries; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Rela relmem;
+      GElf_Rela *rel = gelf_getrela (data, cnt, &relmem);
+      if (rel != NULL)
+	{
+	  char buf[64];
+	  GElf_Sym symmem;
+	  GElf_Sym *sym;
+	  Elf32_Word xndx;
+
+	  sym = gelf_getsymshndx (symdata, xndxdata, GELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info),
+				  &symmem, &xndx);
+
+	  if (sym == NULL)
+	    printf ("  %#0*" PRIx64 "  %-15s <%s %ld>\n",
+		    class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, rel->r_offset,
+		    ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+		    /* Avoid the leading R_ which isn't carrying any
+		       information.  */
+		    ? ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
+					   buf, sizeof (buf)) + 2
+		    : gettext ("<INVALID RELOC>"),
+		    gettext ("INVALID SYMBOL"),
+		    (long int) GELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
+	  else if (GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION)
+	    printf ("\
+  %#0*" PRIx64 "  %-15s %#0*" PRIx64 "  +%5" PRId64 " %s\n",
+		    class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, rel->r_offset,
+		    ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+		    /* Avoid the leading R_ which isn't carrying any
+		       information.  */
+		    ? ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
+					   buf, sizeof (buf)) + 2
+		    : gettext ("<INVALID RELOC>"),
+		    class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, sym->st_value,
+		    rel->r_addend,
+		    elf_strptr (ebl->elf, symshdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
+	  else
+	    {
+	      destshdr = gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf,
+						   sym->st_shndx == SHN_XINDEX
+						   ? xndx : sym->st_shndx),
+				       &destshdr_mem);
+
+	      if (shdr == NULL)
+		printf ("  %#0*" PRIx64 "  %-15s <%s %ld>\n",
+			class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, rel->r_offset,
+			ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+			/* Avoid the leading R_ which isn't carrying any
+			   information.  */
+			? ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
+					       buf, sizeof (buf)) + 2
+			: gettext ("<INVALID RELOC>"),
+			gettext ("INVALID SECTION"),
+			(long int) (sym->st_shndx == SHN_XINDEX
+				    ? xndx : sym->st_shndx));
+	      else
+		printf ("\
+  %#0*" PRIx64 "  %-15s %#0*" PRIx64 "  +%5" PRId64 " %s\n",
+			class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, rel->r_offset,
+			ebl_reloc_type_check (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+			/* Avoid the leading R_ which isn't carrying any
+			   information.  */
+			? ebl_reloc_type_name (ebl, GELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
+					       buf, sizeof (buf)) + 2
+			: gettext ("<INVALID RELOC>"),
+			class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, sym->st_value,
+			rel->r_addend,
+			elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, destshdr->sh_name));
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Print the program header.  */
+static void
+print_symtab (Ebl *ebl, int type)
+{
+  /* Find the symbol table(s).  For this we have to search through the
+     section table.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Handle the section if it is a symbol table.  */
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr != NULL && shdr->sh_type == (GElf_Word) type)
+	handle_symtab (ebl, scn, shdr);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_symtab (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  Elf_Data *versym_data = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *verneed_data = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *verdef_data = NULL;
+  Elf_Data *xndx_data = NULL;
+  Elf_Scn *runscn;
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  int class = gelf_getclass (ebl->elf);
+  unsigned int nsyms;
+  unsigned int cnt;
+  Elf32_Word verneed_stridx = 0;
+  Elf32_Word verdef_stridx = 0;
+  GElf_Shdr glink;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Get the data of the section.  */
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Find out whether we have other sections we might need.  */
+  runscn = NULL;
+  while ((runscn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, runscn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr runshdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *runshdr = gelf_getshdr (runscn, &runshdr_mem);
+
+      if (runshdr != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (runshdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_versym
+	      && runshdr->sh_link == elf_ndxscn (scn))
+	    /* Bingo, found the version information.  Now get the data.  */
+	    versym_data = elf_getdata (runscn, NULL);
+	  else if (runshdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed)
+	    {
+	      /* This is the information about the needed versions.  */
+	      verneed_data = elf_getdata (runscn, NULL);
+	      verneed_stridx = runshdr->sh_link;
+	    }
+	  else if (runshdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
+	    {
+	      /* This is the information about the defined versions.  */
+	      verdef_data = elf_getdata (runscn, NULL);
+	      verdef_stridx = runshdr->sh_link;
+	    }
+	  else if (runshdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
+	      && runshdr->sh_link == elf_ndxscn (scn))
+	    /* Extended section index.  */
+	    xndx_data = elf_getdata (runscn, NULL);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  /* Now we can compute the number of entries in the section.  */
+  nsyms = data->d_size / (class == ELFCLASS32
+			  ? sizeof (Elf32_Sym) : sizeof (Elf64_Sym));
+
+  printf (ngettext ("\nSymbol table [%2u] '%s' contains %u entry:\n",
+		    "\nSymbol table [%2u] '%s' contains %u entries:\n",
+		    nsyms),
+	  (unsigned int) elf_ndxscn (scn),
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name), nsyms);
+  printf (ngettext (" %lu local symbol  String table: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+		    " %lu local symbols  String table: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+		    shdr->sh_info),
+	  (unsigned long int) shdr->sh_info,
+	  (unsigned int) shdr->sh_link,
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx,
+		      gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link),
+				    &glink)->sh_name));
+
+  fputs_unlocked (class == ELFCLASS32
+		  ? gettext ("\
+  Num:    Value   Size Type    Bind   Vis          Ndx Name\n")
+		  : gettext ("\
+  Num:            Value   Size Type    Bind   Vis          Ndx Name\n"),
+		  stdout);
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nsyms; ++cnt)
+    {
+      char typebuf[64];
+      char bindbuf[64];
+      char scnbuf[64];
+      Elf32_Word xndx;
+      GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+      GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsymshndx (data, xndx_data, cnt, &sym_mem, &xndx);
+
+      if (sym == NULL)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Determine the real section index.  */
+      if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_XINDEX)
+	xndx = sym->st_shndx;
+
+      printf (gettext ("\
+%5u: %0*" PRIx64 " %6" PRId64 " %-7s %-6s %-9s %6s %s"),
+	      cnt,
+	      class == ELFCLASS32 ? 8 : 16,
+	      sym->st_value,
+	      sym->st_size,
+	      ebl_symbol_type_name (ebl, GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info),
+				    typebuf, sizeof (typebuf)),
+	      ebl_symbol_binding_name (ebl, GELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info),
+				       bindbuf, sizeof (bindbuf)),
+	      get_visibility_type (GELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other)),
+	      ebl_section_name (ebl, sym->st_shndx, xndx, scnbuf,
+				sizeof (scnbuf), NULL, shnum),
+	      elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
+
+      if (versym_data != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Get the version information.  */
+	  GElf_Versym versym_mem;
+	  GElf_Versym *versym;
+
+	  versym = gelf_getversym (versym_data, cnt, &versym_mem);
+
+	  if (versym != NULL && ((*versym & 0x8000) != 0 || *versym > 1))
+	    {
+	      bool is_nobits = false;
+	      bool check_def = xndx != SHN_UNDEF;
+
+	      if (xndx < SHN_LORESERVE || sym->st_shndx == SHN_XINDEX)
+		{
+		  GElf_Shdr symshdr_mem;
+		  GElf_Shdr *symshdr =
+		    gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, xndx), &symshdr_mem);
+
+		  is_nobits = (symshdr != NULL
+			       && symshdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS);
+		}
+
+	      if (is_nobits || ! check_def)
+		{
+		  /* We must test both.  */
+		  GElf_Verneed verneed_mem;
+		  GElf_Verneed *verneed;
+		  GElf_Vernaux vernaux_mem;
+		  GElf_Vernaux *vernaux = NULL;
+		  size_t vn_offset = 0;
+
+		  verneed = gelf_getverneed (verneed_data, 0, &verneed_mem);
+		  while (verneed != NULL)
+		    {
+		      size_t vna_offset = vn_offset;
+
+		      vernaux = gelf_getvernaux (verneed_data,
+						 vna_offset += verneed->vn_aux,
+						 &vernaux_mem);
+		      while (vernaux != NULL
+			     && vernaux->vna_other != *versym
+			     && vernaux->vna_next != 0)
+			{
+			  /* Update the offset.  */
+			  vna_offset += vernaux->vna_next;
+
+			  vernaux = (vernaux->vna_next == 0
+				     ? NULL
+				     : gelf_getvernaux (verneed_data,
+							vna_offset,
+							&vernaux_mem));
+			}
+
+		      /* Check whether we found the version.  */
+		      if (vernaux != NULL && vernaux->vna_other == *versym)
+			/* Found it.  */
+			break;
+
+		      vn_offset += verneed->vn_next;
+		      verneed = (verneed->vn_next == 0
+				 ? NULL
+				 : gelf_getverneed (verneed_data, vn_offset,
+						    &verneed_mem));
+		    }
+
+		  if (vernaux != NULL && vernaux->vna_other == *versym)
+		    {
+		      printf ("@%s (%u)",
+			      elf_strptr (ebl->elf, verneed_stridx,
+					  vernaux->vna_name),
+			      (unsigned int) vernaux->vna_other);
+		      check_def = 0;
+		    }
+		  else if (! is_nobits)
+		    error (0, 0, gettext ("bad dynamic symbol"));
+		  else
+		    check_def = 1;
+		}
+
+	      if (check_def && *versym != 0x8001)
+		{
+		  /* We must test both.  */
+		  GElf_Verdef verdef_mem;
+		  GElf_Verdef *verdef;
+		  size_t vd_offset = 0;
+
+		  verdef = gelf_getverdef (verdef_data, 0, &verdef_mem);
+		  while (verdef != NULL)
+		    {
+		      if (verdef->vd_ndx == (*versym & 0x7fff))
+			/* Found the definition.  */
+			break;
+
+		      vd_offset += verdef->vd_next;
+		      verdef = (verdef->vd_next == 0
+				? NULL
+				: gelf_getverdef (verdef_data, vd_offset,
+						  &verdef_mem));
+		    }
+
+		  if (verdef != NULL)
+		    {
+		      GElf_Verdaux verdaux_mem;
+		      GElf_Verdaux *verdaux;
+
+		      verdaux = gelf_getverdaux (verdef_data,
+						 vd_offset + verdef->vd_aux,
+						 &verdaux_mem);
+
+		      if (verdaux != NULL)
+			printf ((*versym & 0x8000) ? "@%s" : "@@%s",
+				elf_strptr (ebl->elf, verdef_stridx,
+					    verdaux->vda_name));
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      putchar ('\n');
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Print version information.  */
+static void
+print_verinfo (Ebl *ebl)
+{
+  /* Find the version information sections.  For this we have to
+     search through the section table.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Handle the section if it is part of the versioning handling.  */
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed)
+	    handle_verneed (ebl, scn, shdr);
+	  else if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
+	    handle_verdef (ebl, scn, shdr);
+	  else if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_versym)
+	    handle_versym (ebl, scn, shdr);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+get_ver_flags (unsigned int flags)
+{
+  static char buf[32];
+  char *endp;
+
+  if (flags == 0)
+    return gettext ("none");
+
+  if (flags & VER_FLG_BASE)
+    endp = stpcpy (buf, "BASE ");
+  else
+    endp = buf;
+
+  if (flags & VER_FLG_WEAK)
+    {
+      if (endp != buf)
+        endp = stpcpy (endp, "| ");
+
+      endp = stpcpy (endp, "WEAK ");
+    }
+
+  if (flags & ~(VER_FLG_BASE | VER_FLG_WEAK))
+    {
+      strncpy (endp, gettext ("| <unknown>"), buf + sizeof (buf) - endp);
+      buf[sizeof (buf) - 1] = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return buf;
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_verneed (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  int class = gelf_getclass (ebl->elf);
+  GElf_Shdr glink;
+  int cnt;
+  unsigned int offset;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Get the data of the section.  */
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  printf (ngettext ("\
+\nVersion needs section [%2u] '%s' contains %d entry:\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+		    "\
+\nVersion needs section [%2u] '%s' contains %d entries:\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+		    shdr->sh_info),
+	  (unsigned int) elf_ndxscn (scn),
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name), shdr->sh_info,
+	  class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, shdr->sh_addr,
+	  shdr->sh_offset,
+	  (unsigned int) shdr->sh_link,
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx,
+		      gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link),
+				    &glink)->sh_name));
+
+  offset = 0;
+  for (cnt = shdr->sh_info; --cnt >= 0; )
+    {
+      GElf_Verneed needmem;
+      GElf_Verneed *need;
+      unsigned int auxoffset;
+      int cnt2;
+
+      /* Get the data at the next offset.  */
+      need = gelf_getverneed (data, offset, &needmem);
+      if (need == NULL)
+	break;
+
+      printf (gettext ("  %#06x: Version: %hu  File: %s  Cnt: %hu\n"),
+	      offset, (unsigned short int) need->vn_version,
+	      elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, need->vn_file),
+	      (unsigned short int) need->vn_cnt);
+
+      auxoffset = offset + need->vn_aux;
+      for (cnt2 = need->vn_cnt; --cnt2 >= 0; )
+	{
+	  GElf_Vernaux auxmem;
+	  GElf_Vernaux *aux;
+
+	  aux = gelf_getvernaux (data, auxoffset, &auxmem);
+	  if (aux == NULL)
+	    break;
+
+	  printf (gettext ("  %#06x: Name: %s  Flags: %s  Version: %hu\n"),
+		  auxoffset,
+		  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, aux->vna_name),
+		  get_ver_flags (aux->vna_flags),
+		  (unsigned short int) aux->vna_other);
+
+	  auxoffset += aux->vna_next;
+	}
+
+      /* Find the next offset.  */
+      offset += need->vn_next;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_verdef (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  int class = gelf_getclass (ebl->elf);
+  GElf_Shdr glink;
+  int cnt;
+  unsigned int offset;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Get the data of the section.  */
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  printf (ngettext ("\
+\nVersion definition section [%2u] '%s' contains %d entry:\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+		    "\
+\nVersion definition section [%2u] '%s' contains %d entries:\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+		    shdr->sh_info),
+	  (unsigned int) elf_ndxscn (scn),
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name),
+	  shdr->sh_info,
+	  class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, shdr->sh_addr,
+	  shdr->sh_offset,
+	  (unsigned int) shdr->sh_link,
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx,
+		      gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link),
+				    &glink)->sh_name));
+
+  offset = 0;
+  for (cnt = shdr->sh_info; --cnt >= 0; )
+    {
+      GElf_Verdef defmem;
+      GElf_Verdef *def;
+      GElf_Verdaux auxmem;
+      GElf_Verdaux *aux;
+      unsigned int auxoffset;
+      int cnt2;
+
+      /* Get the data at the next offset.  */
+      def = gelf_getverdef (data, offset, &defmem);
+      if (def == NULL)
+	break;
+
+      auxoffset = offset + def->vd_aux;
+      aux = gelf_getverdaux (data, auxoffset, &auxmem);
+      if (aux == NULL)
+	break;
+
+      printf (gettext ("\
+  %#06x: Version: %hd  Flags: %s  Index: %hd  Cnt: %hd  Name: %s\n"),
+	      offset, def->vd_version,
+	      get_ver_flags (def->vd_flags),
+	      def->vd_ndx,
+	      def->vd_cnt,
+	      elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, aux->vda_name));
+
+      auxoffset += aux->vda_next;
+      for (cnt2 = 1; cnt2 < def->vd_cnt; ++cnt2)
+	{
+	  aux = gelf_getverdaux (data, auxoffset, &auxmem);
+	  if (aux == NULL)
+	    break;
+
+	  printf (gettext ("  %#06x: Parent %d: %s\n"),
+		  auxoffset, cnt2,
+		  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, aux->vda_name));
+
+	  auxoffset += aux->vda_next;
+	}
+
+      /* Find the next offset.  */
+      offset += def->vd_next;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_versym (Ebl *ebl, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr)
+{
+  Elf_Data *data;
+  int class = gelf_getclass (ebl->elf);
+  Elf_Scn *verscn;
+  GElf_Shdr glink;
+  Elf_Scn *defscn;
+  Elf_Scn *needscn;
+  const char **vername;
+  const char **filename;
+  size_t nvername;
+  unsigned int cnt;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Get the data of the section.  */
+  data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  /* We have to find the version definition section and extract the
+     version names.  */
+  defscn = NULL;
+  needscn = NULL;
+
+  verscn = NULL;
+  while ((verscn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, verscn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr vershdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *vershdr = gelf_getshdr (verscn, &vershdr_mem);
+
+      if (vershdr != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (vershdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
+	    defscn = verscn;
+	  else if (vershdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed)
+	    needscn = verscn;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (defscn != NULL || needscn != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We have a version information (better should have).  Now get
+	 the version names.  First find the maximum version number.  */
+      nvername = 0;
+      if (defscn != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Run through the version definitions and find the highest
+	     index.  */
+	  unsigned int offset = 0;
+	  Elf_Data *defdata;
+	  GElf_Shdr defshdrmem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *defshdr;
+
+	  defdata = elf_getdata (defscn, NULL);
+	  if (defdata == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	  defshdr = gelf_getshdr (defscn, &defshdrmem);
+	  if (defshdr == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	  for (cnt = 0; cnt < defshdr->sh_info; ++cnt)
+	    {
+	      GElf_Verdef defmem;
+	      GElf_Verdef *def;
+
+	      /* Get the data at the next offset.  */
+	      def = gelf_getverdef (defdata, offset, &defmem);
+	      if (def == NULL)
+		break;
+
+	      nvername = MAX (nvername, (size_t) (def->vd_ndx & 0x7fff));
+
+	      offset += def->vd_next;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (needscn != NULL)
+	{
+	  unsigned int offset = 0;
+	  Elf_Data *needdata;
+	  GElf_Shdr needshdrmem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *needshdr;
+
+	  needdata = elf_getdata (needscn, NULL);
+	  if (needdata == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	  needshdr = gelf_getshdr (needscn, &needshdrmem);
+	  if (needshdr == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	  for (cnt = 0; cnt < needshdr->sh_info; ++cnt)
+	    {
+	      GElf_Verneed needmem;
+	      GElf_Verneed *need;
+	      unsigned int auxoffset;
+	      int cnt2;
+
+	      /* Get the data at the next offset.  */
+	      need = gelf_getverneed (needdata, offset, &needmem);
+	      if (need == NULL)
+		break;
+
+	      /* Run through the auxiliary entries.  */
+	      auxoffset = offset + need->vn_aux;
+	      for (cnt2 = need->vn_cnt; --cnt2 >= 0; )
+		{
+		  GElf_Vernaux auxmem;
+		  GElf_Vernaux *aux;
+
+		  aux = gelf_getvernaux (needdata, auxoffset, &auxmem);
+		  if (aux == NULL)
+		    break;
+
+		  nvername = MAX (nvername,
+				  (size_t) (aux->vna_other & 0x7fff));
+
+		  auxoffset += aux->vna_next;
+		}
+
+	      offset += need->vn_next;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* This is the number of versions we know about.  */
+      ++nvername;
+
+      /* Allocate the array.  */
+      vername = (const char **) alloca (nvername * sizeof (const char *));
+      filename = (const char **) alloca (nvername * sizeof (const char *));
+
+      /* Run through the data structures again and collect the strings.  */
+      if (defscn != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Run through the version definitions and find the highest
+	     index.  */
+	  unsigned int offset = 0;
+	  Elf_Data *defdata;
+	  GElf_Shdr defshdrmem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *defshdr;
+
+	  defdata = elf_getdata (defscn, NULL);
+	  if (defdata == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	  defshdr = gelf_getshdr (defscn, &defshdrmem);
+	  if (defshdr == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	  for (cnt = 0; cnt < defshdr->sh_info; ++cnt)
+	    {
+	      GElf_Verdef defmem;
+	      GElf_Verdef *def;
+	      GElf_Verdaux auxmem;
+	      GElf_Verdaux *aux;
+
+	      /* Get the data at the next offset.  */
+	      def = gelf_getverdef (defdata, offset, &defmem);
+	      if (def == NULL)
+		break;
+
+	      aux = gelf_getverdaux (defdata, offset + def->vd_aux, &auxmem);
+	      if (aux == NULL)
+		break;
+
+	      vername[def->vd_ndx & 0x7fff]
+		= elf_strptr (ebl->elf, defshdr->sh_link, aux->vda_name);
+	      filename[def->vd_ndx & 0x7fff] = NULL;
+
+	      offset += def->vd_next;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (needscn != NULL)
+	{
+	  unsigned int offset = 0;
+	  Elf_Data *needdata;
+	  GElf_Shdr needshdrmem;
+	  GElf_Shdr *needshdr;
+
+	  needdata = elf_getdata (needscn, NULL);
+	  if (needdata == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	  needshdr = gelf_getshdr (needscn, &needshdrmem);
+	  if (needshdr == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	  for (cnt = 0; cnt < needshdr->sh_info; ++cnt)
+	    {
+	      GElf_Verneed needmem;
+	      GElf_Verneed *need;
+	      unsigned int auxoffset;
+	      int cnt2;
+
+	      /* Get the data at the next offset.  */
+	      need = gelf_getverneed (needdata, offset, &needmem);
+	      if (need == NULL)
+		break;
+
+	      /* Run through the auxiliary entries.  */
+	      auxoffset = offset + need->vn_aux;
+	      for (cnt2 = need->vn_cnt; --cnt2 >= 0; )
+		{
+		  GElf_Vernaux auxmem;
+		  GElf_Vernaux *aux;
+
+		  aux = gelf_getvernaux (needdata, auxoffset, &auxmem);
+		  if (aux == NULL)
+		    break;
+
+		  vername[aux->vna_other & 0x7fff]
+		    = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, needshdr->sh_link, aux->vna_name);
+		  filename[aux->vna_other & 0x7fff]
+		    = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, needshdr->sh_link, need->vn_file);
+
+		  auxoffset += aux->vna_next;
+		}
+
+	      offset += need->vn_next;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      vername = NULL;
+      nvername = 1;
+      filename = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Print the header.  */
+  printf (ngettext ("\
+\nVersion symbols section [%2u] '%s' contains %d entry:\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'",
+		    "\
+\nVersion symbols section [%2u] '%s' contains %d entries:\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'",
+		    shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize),
+	  (unsigned int) elf_ndxscn (scn),
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name),
+	  (int) (shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize),
+	  class == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18, shdr->sh_addr,
+	  shdr->sh_offset,
+	  (unsigned int) shdr->sh_link,
+	  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx,
+		      gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link),
+				    &glink)->sh_name));
+
+  /* Now we can finally look at the actual contents of this section.  */
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Versym symmem;
+      GElf_Versym *sym;
+      ssize_t n;
+
+      if (cnt % 2 == 0)
+	printf ("\n %4d:", cnt);
+
+      sym = gelf_getversym (data, cnt, &symmem);
+      if (sym == NULL)
+	break;
+
+      switch (*sym)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  fputs_unlocked (gettext ("   0 *local*                     "),
+			  stdout);
+	  break;
+
+	case 1:
+	  fputs_unlocked (gettext ("   1 *global*                    "),
+			  stdout);
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  n = printf ("%4d%c%s",
+		      *sym & 0x7fff, *sym & 0x8000 ? 'h' : ' ',
+		      (unsigned int) (*sym & 0x7fff) < nvername
+		      ? vername[*sym & 0x7fff] : "???");
+	  if ((unsigned int) (*sym & 0x7fff) < nvername
+	      && filename[*sym & 0x7fff] != NULL)
+	    n += printf ("(%s)", filename[*sym & 0x7fff]);
+	  printf ("%*s", MAX (0, 33 - (int) n), " ");
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  putchar ('\n');
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_hash (Ebl *ebl)
+{
+  /* Find the symbol table(s).  For this we have to search through the
+     section table.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Handle the section if it is a symbol table.  */
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr != NULL && shdr->sh_type == SHT_HASH)
+	{
+	  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+	  Elf32_Word nbucket;
+	  Elf32_Word nchain;
+	  Elf32_Word *bucket;
+	  Elf32_Word *chain;
+	  uint32_t *lengths;
+	  uint32_t *counts;
+	  Elf32_Word cnt;
+	  Elf32_Word maxlength = 0;
+	  Elf32_Word nsyms = 0;
+	  uint64_t nzero_counts = 0;
+	  GElf_Shdr glink;
+
+	  if (data == NULL)
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get data for section %d: %s"),
+		     (int) elf_ndxscn (scn), elf_errmsg (-1));
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  nbucket = ((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[0];
+	  nchain = ((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[1];
+	  bucket = &((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[2];
+	  chain = &((Elf32_Word *) data->d_buf)[2 + nbucket];
+
+	  printf (ngettext ("\
+\nHistogram for bucket list length in section [%2u] '%s' (total of %d bucket):\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+			    "\
+\nHistogram for bucket list length in section [%2u] '%s' (total of %d buckets):\n Addr: %#0*" PRIx64 "  Offset: %#08" PRIx64 "  Link to section: [%2u] '%s'\n",
+			    nbucket),
+		  (unsigned int) elf_ndxscn (scn),
+		  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name),
+		  (int) nbucket,
+		  gelf_getclass (ebl->elf) == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18,
+		  shdr->sh_addr,
+		  shdr->sh_offset,
+		  (unsigned int) shdr->sh_link,
+		  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx,
+			      gelf_getshdr (elf_getscn (ebl->elf,
+							shdr->sh_link),
+					    &glink)->sh_name));
+
+	  lengths = (uint32_t *) xcalloc (nbucket, sizeof (uint32_t));
+
+	  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nbucket; ++cnt)
+	    if (bucket[cnt] != 0)
+	      {
+		Elf32_Word inner;
+
+		inner = bucket[cnt];
+		while (inner > 0 && inner < nchain)
+		  {
+		    ++nsyms;
+		    if (maxlength < ++lengths[cnt])
+		      ++maxlength;
+
+		    inner = chain[inner];
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	  counts = (uint32_t *) xcalloc (maxlength + 1, sizeof (uint32_t));
+
+	  for (cnt = 0; cnt < nbucket; ++cnt)
+	    ++counts[lengths[cnt]];
+
+	  if (nbucket > 0)
+	    {
+	      uint64_t success = 0;
+	      Elf32_Word acc;
+
+	      puts (gettext (" Length  Number  % of total  Coverage"));
+	      printf (gettext ("      0  %6" PRIu32 "      %5.1f%%\n"),
+		      counts[0], (counts[0] * 100.0) / nbucket);
+
+	      for (cnt = 1; cnt <= maxlength; ++cnt)
+		{
+		  nzero_counts += counts[cnt] * cnt;
+		  printf (gettext ("\
+%7d  %6" PRIu32 "      %5.1f%%    %5.1f%%\n"),
+			  (int) cnt,
+			  counts[cnt], (counts[cnt] * 100.0) / nbucket,
+			  (nzero_counts * 100.0) / nsyms);
+		}
+
+	      acc = 0;
+	      for (cnt = 1; cnt <= maxlength; ++cnt)
+		{
+		  acc += cnt;
+		  success += counts[cnt] * acc;
+		}
+
+	      printf (gettext ("\
+ Average number of tests:   successful lookup: %f\n\
+                          unsuccessful lookup: %f\n"),
+		      (double) success / (double) nzero_counts,
+		      (double) nzero_counts / (double) nbucket);
+	    }
+
+	  free (counts);
+	  free (lengths);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_liblist (Ebl *ebl)
+{
+  /* Find the library list sections.  For this we have to search
+     through the section table.  */
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  size_t shstrndx;
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr != NULL && shdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_LIBLIST)
+	{
+	  int nentries = shdr->sh_size / shdr->sh_entsize;
+	  printf (ngettext ("\
+\nLibrary list section [%2zu] '%s' at offset %#0" PRIx64 " contains %d entry:\n",
+			    "\
+\nLibrary list section [%2zu] '%s' at offset %#0" PRIx64 " contains %d entries:\n",
+			    nentries),
+		  elf_ndxscn (scn),
+		  elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name),
+		  shdr->sh_offset,
+		  nentries);
+
+	  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+	  if (data == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	  puts (gettext ("\
+       Library                       Time Stamp          Checksum Version Flags"));
+
+	  for (int cnt = 0; cnt < nentries; ++cnt)
+	    {
+	      GElf_Lib lib_mem;
+	      GElf_Lib *lib = gelf_getlib (data, cnt, &lib_mem);
+	      if (lib == NULL)
+		continue;
+
+	      time_t t = (time_t) lib->l_time_stamp;
+	      struct tm *tm = gmtime (&t);
+	      if (tm == NULL)
+		continue;
+
+	      printf ("  [%2d] %-29s %04u-%02u-%02uT%02u:%02u:%02u %08x %-7u %u\n",
+		      cnt, elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shdr->sh_link, lib->l_name),
+		      tm->tm_year + 1900, tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday,
+		      tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec,
+		      (unsigned int) lib->l_checksum,
+		      (unsigned int) lib->l_version,
+		      (unsigned int) lib->l_flags);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_tag_string (unsigned int tag)
+{
+  static const char *known_tags[]  =
+    {
+      [DW_TAG_array_type] = "array_type",
+      [DW_TAG_class_type] = "class_type",
+      [DW_TAG_entry_point] = "entry_point",
+      [DW_TAG_enumeration_type] = "enumeration_type",
+      [DW_TAG_formal_parameter] = "formal_parameter",
+      [DW_TAG_imported_declaration] = "imported_declaration",
+      [DW_TAG_label] = "label",
+      [DW_TAG_lexical_block] = "lexical_block",
+      [DW_TAG_member] = "member",
+      [DW_TAG_pointer_type] = "pointer_type",
+      [DW_TAG_reference_type] = "reference_type",
+      [DW_TAG_compile_unit] = "compile_unit",
+      [DW_TAG_string_type] = "string_type",
+      [DW_TAG_structure_type] = "structure_type",
+      [DW_TAG_subroutine_type] = "subroutine_type",
+      [DW_TAG_typedef] = "typedef",
+      [DW_TAG_union_type] = "union_type",
+      [DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters] = "unspecified_parameters",
+      [DW_TAG_variant] = "variant",
+      [DW_TAG_common_block] = "common_block",
+      [DW_TAG_common_inclusion] = "common_inclusion",
+      [DW_TAG_inheritance] = "inheritance",
+      [DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine] = "inlined_subroutine",
+      [DW_TAG_module] = "module",
+      [DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type] = "ptr_to_member_type",
+      [DW_TAG_set_type] = "set_type",
+      [DW_TAG_subrange_type] = "subrange_type",
+      [DW_TAG_with_stmt] = "with_stmt",
+      [DW_TAG_access_declaration] = "access_declaration",
+      [DW_TAG_base_type] = "base_type",
+      [DW_TAG_catch_block] = "catch_block",
+      [DW_TAG_const_type] = "const_type",
+      [DW_TAG_constant] = "constant",
+      [DW_TAG_enumerator] = "enumerator",
+      [DW_TAG_file_type] = "file_type",
+      [DW_TAG_friend] = "friend",
+      [DW_TAG_namelist] = "namelist",
+      [DW_TAG_namelist_item] = "namelist_item",
+      [DW_TAG_packed_type] = "packed_type",
+      [DW_TAG_subprogram] = "subprogram",
+      [DW_TAG_template_type_param] = "template_type_param",
+      [DW_TAG_template_value_param] = "template_value_param",
+      [DW_TAG_thrown_type] = "thrown_type",
+      [DW_TAG_try_block] = "try_block",
+      [DW_TAG_variant_part] = "variant_part",
+      [DW_TAG_variable] = "variable",
+      [DW_TAG_volatile_type] = "volatile_type",
+      [DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure] = "dwarf_procedure",
+      [DW_TAG_restrict_type] = "restrict_type",
+      [DW_TAG_interface_type] = "interface_type",
+      [DW_TAG_namespace] = "namespace",
+      [DW_TAG_imported_module] = "imported_module",
+      [DW_TAG_unspecified_type] = "unspecified_type",
+      [DW_TAG_partial_unit] = "partial_unit",
+      [DW_TAG_imported_unit] = "imported_unit",
+      [DW_TAG_unspecified_type] = "unspecified_type",
+      [DW_TAG_partial_unit] = "partial_unit",
+      [DW_TAG_imported_unit] = "imported_unit",
+      [DW_TAG_mutable_type] = "mutable_type",
+    };
+  const unsigned int nknown_tags = (sizeof (known_tags)
+				    / sizeof (known_tags[0]));
+  static char buf[40];
+  const char *result = NULL;
+
+  if (tag < nknown_tags)
+    result = known_tags[tag];
+
+  if (result == NULL)
+    /* There are a few known extensions.  */
+    switch (tag)
+      {
+      case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
+	result = "MIPS_loop";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_TAG_format_label:
+	result = "format_label";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_TAG_function_template:
+	result = "function_template";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_TAG_class_template:
+	result = "class_template";
+	break;
+
+      default:
+	if (tag < DW_TAG_lo_user)
+	  snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, gettext ("unknown tag %hx"), tag);
+	else
+	  snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, gettext ("unknown user tag %hx"), tag);
+	result = buf;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_attr_string (unsigned int attrnum)
+{
+  static const char *known_attrs[] =
+    {
+      [DW_AT_sibling] = "sibling",
+      [DW_AT_location] = "location",
+      [DW_AT_name] = "name",
+      [DW_AT_ordering] = "ordering",
+      [DW_AT_subscr_data] = "subscr_data",
+      [DW_AT_byte_size] = "byte_size",
+      [DW_AT_bit_offset] = "bit_offset",
+      [DW_AT_bit_size] = "bit_size",
+      [DW_AT_element_list] = "element_list",
+      [DW_AT_stmt_list] = "stmt_list",
+      [DW_AT_low_pc] = "low_pc",
+      [DW_AT_high_pc] = "high_pc",
+      [DW_AT_language] = "language",
+      [DW_AT_member] = "member",
+      [DW_AT_discr] = "discr",
+      [DW_AT_discr_value] = "discr_value",
+      [DW_AT_visibility] = "visibility",
+      [DW_AT_import] = "import",
+      [DW_AT_string_length] = "string_length",
+      [DW_AT_common_reference] = "common_reference",
+      [DW_AT_comp_dir] = "comp_dir",
+      [DW_AT_const_value] = "const_value",
+      [DW_AT_containing_type] = "containing_type",
+      [DW_AT_default_value] = "default_value",
+      [DW_AT_inline] = "inline",
+      [DW_AT_is_optional] = "is_optional",
+      [DW_AT_lower_bound] = "lower_bound",
+      [DW_AT_producer] = "producer",
+      [DW_AT_prototyped] = "prototyped",
+      [DW_AT_return_addr] = "return_addr",
+      [DW_AT_start_scope] = "start_scope",
+      [DW_AT_stride_size] = "stride_size",
+      [DW_AT_upper_bound] = "upper_bound",
+      [DW_AT_abstract_origin] = "abstract_origin",
+      [DW_AT_accessibility] = "accessibility",
+      [DW_AT_address_class] = "address_class",
+      [DW_AT_artificial] = "artificial",
+      [DW_AT_base_types] = "base_types",
+      [DW_AT_calling_convention] = "calling_convention",
+      [DW_AT_count] = "count",
+      [DW_AT_data_member_location] = "data_member_location",
+      [DW_AT_decl_column] = "decl_column",
+      [DW_AT_decl_file] = "decl_file",
+      [DW_AT_decl_line] = "decl_line",
+      [DW_AT_declaration] = "declaration",
+      [DW_AT_discr_list] = "discr_list",
+      [DW_AT_encoding] = "encoding",
+      [DW_AT_external] = "external",
+      [DW_AT_frame_base] = "frame_base",
+      [DW_AT_friend] = "friend",
+      [DW_AT_identifier_case] = "identifier_case",
+      [DW_AT_macro_info] = "macro_info",
+      [DW_AT_namelist_items] = "namelist_items",
+      [DW_AT_priority] = "priority",
+      [DW_AT_segment] = "segment",
+      [DW_AT_specification] = "specification",
+      [DW_AT_static_link] = "static_link",
+      [DW_AT_type] = "type",
+      [DW_AT_use_location] = "use_location",
+      [DW_AT_variable_parameter] = "variable_parameter",
+      [DW_AT_virtuality] = "virtuality",
+      [DW_AT_vtable_elem_location] = "vtable_elem_location",
+      [DW_AT_allocated] = "allocated",
+      [DW_AT_associated] = "associated",
+      [DW_AT_data_location] = "data_location",
+      [DW_AT_stride] = "stride",
+      [DW_AT_entry_pc] = "entry_pc",
+      [DW_AT_use_UTF8] = "use_UTF8",
+      [DW_AT_extension] = "extension",
+      [DW_AT_ranges] = "ranges",
+      [DW_AT_trampoline] = "trampoline",
+      [DW_AT_call_column] = "call_column",
+      [DW_AT_call_file] = "call_file",
+      [DW_AT_call_line] = "call_line",
+      [DW_AT_description] = "description"
+    };
+  const unsigned int nknown_attrs = (sizeof (known_attrs)
+				     / sizeof (known_attrs[0]));
+  static char buf[40];
+  const char *result = NULL;
+
+  if (attrnum < nknown_attrs)
+    result = known_attrs[attrnum];
+
+  if (result == NULL)
+    /* There are a few known extensions.  */
+    switch (attrnum)
+      {
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
+	result = "MIPS_fde";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
+	result = "MIPS_loop_begin";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
+	result = "MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
+	result = "MIPS_epilog_begin";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
+	result = "MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
+	result = "MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
+	result = "MIPS_linkage_name";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
+	result = "MIPS_stride";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
+	result = "MIPS_abstract_name";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
+	result = "MIPS_clone_origin";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
+	result = "MIPS_has_inlines";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_stride_byte:
+	result = "MIPS_stride_byte";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_stride_elem:
+	result = "MIPS_stride_elem";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_ptr_dopetype:
+	result = "MIPS_ptr_dopetype";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_allocatable_dopetype:
+	result = "MIPS_allocatable_dopetype";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_assumed_shape_dopetype:
+	result = "MIPS_assumed_shape_dopetype";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_MIPS_assumed_size:
+	result = "MIPS_assumed_size";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_sf_names:
+	result = "sf_names";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_src_info:
+	result = "src_info";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_mac_info:
+	result = "mac_info";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_src_coords:
+	result = "src_coords";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_body_begin:
+	result = "body_begin";
+	break;
+
+      case DW_AT_body_end:
+	result = "body_end";
+	break;
+
+      default:
+	if (attrnum < DW_AT_lo_user)
+	  snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, gettext ("unknown attribute %hx"),
+		    attrnum);
+	else
+	  snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, gettext ("unknown user attribute %hx"),
+		    attrnum);
+	result = buf;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_form_string (unsigned int form)
+{
+  static const char *known_forms[] =
+    {
+      [DW_FORM_addr] = "addr",
+      [DW_FORM_block2] = "block2",
+      [DW_FORM_block4] = "block4",
+      [DW_FORM_data2] = "data2",
+      [DW_FORM_data4] = "data4",
+      [DW_FORM_data8] = "data8",
+      [DW_FORM_string] = "string",
+      [DW_FORM_block] = "block",
+      [DW_FORM_block1] = "block1",
+      [DW_FORM_data1] = "data1",
+      [DW_FORM_flag] = "flag",
+      [DW_FORM_sdata] = "sdata",
+      [DW_FORM_strp] = "strp",
+      [DW_FORM_udata] = "udata",
+      [DW_FORM_ref_addr] = "ref_addr",
+      [DW_FORM_ref1] = "ref1",
+      [DW_FORM_ref2] = "ref2",
+      [DW_FORM_ref4] = "ref4",
+      [DW_FORM_ref8] = "ref8",
+      [DW_FORM_ref_udata] = "ref_udata",
+      [DW_FORM_indirect] = "indirect"
+    };
+  const unsigned int nknown_forms = (sizeof (known_forms)
+				     / sizeof (known_forms[0]));
+  static char buf[40];
+  const char *result = NULL;
+
+  if (form < nknown_forms)
+    result = known_forms[form];
+
+  if (result == NULL)
+    snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, gettext ("unknown form %" PRIx64),
+	      (uint64_t) form);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_lang_string (unsigned int lang)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_LANG_C89] = "ISO C89",
+      [DW_LANG_C] = "C",
+      [DW_LANG_Ada83] = "Ada83",
+      [DW_LANG_C_plus_plus ] = "C++",
+      [DW_LANG_Cobol74] = "Cobol74",
+      [DW_LANG_Cobol85] = "Cobol85",
+      [DW_LANG_Fortran77] = "Fortran77",
+      [DW_LANG_Fortran90] = "Fortran90",
+      [DW_LANG_Pascal83] = "Pascal83",
+      [DW_LANG_Modula2] = "Modula2",
+      [DW_LANG_Java] = "Java",
+      [DW_LANG_C99] = "ISO C99",
+      [DW_LANG_Ada95] = "Ada95",
+      [DW_LANG_Fortran95] = "Fortran95",
+      [DW_LANG_PL1] = "PL1"
+    };
+
+  if (lang < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[lang];
+  else if (lang == DW_LANG_Mips_Assembler)
+    /* This language tag is used for assembler in general.  */
+    return "Assembler";
+
+  if (lang >= DW_LANG_lo_user && lang <= DW_LANG_hi_user)
+    {
+      static char buf[30];
+      snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "lo_user+%u", lang - DW_LANG_lo_user);
+      return buf;
+    }
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_inline_string (unsigned int code)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_INL_not_inlined] = "not_inlined",
+      [DW_INL_inlined] = "inlined",
+      [DW_INL_declared_not_inlined] = "declared_not_inlined",
+      [DW_INL_declared_inlined] = "declared_inlined"
+    };
+
+  if (code < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[code];
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_encoding_string (unsigned int code)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_ATE_void] = "void",
+      [DW_ATE_address] = "address",
+      [DW_ATE_boolean] = "boolean",
+      [DW_ATE_complex_float] = "complex_float",
+      [DW_ATE_float] = "float",
+      [DW_ATE_signed] = "signed",
+      [DW_ATE_signed_char] = "signed_char",
+      [DW_ATE_unsigned] = "unsigned",
+      [DW_ATE_unsigned_char] = "unsigned_char",
+      [DW_ATE_imaginary_float] = "imaginary_float"
+    };
+
+  if (code < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[code];
+
+  if (code >= DW_ATE_lo_user && code <= DW_ATE_hi_user)
+    {
+      static char buf[30];
+      snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "lo_user+%u", code - DW_ATE_lo_user);
+      return buf;
+    }
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_access_string (unsigned int code)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_ACCESS_public] = "public",
+      [DW_ACCESS_protected] = "protected",
+      [DW_ACCESS_private] = "private"
+    };
+
+  if (code < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[code];
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_visibility_string (unsigned int code)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_VIS_local] = "local",
+      [DW_VIS_exported] = "exported",
+      [DW_VIS_qualified] = "qualified"
+    };
+
+  if (code < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[code];
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_virtuality_string (unsigned int code)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_VIRTUALITY_none] = "none",
+      [DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual] = "virtual",
+      [DW_VIRTUALITY_pure_virtual] = "pure_virtual"
+    };
+
+  if (code < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[code];
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_identifier_case_string (unsigned int code)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_ID_case_sensitive] = "sensitive",
+      [DW_ID_up_case] = "up_case",
+      [DW_ID_down_case] = "down_case",
+      [DW_ID_case_insensitive] = "insensitive"
+    };
+
+  if (code < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[code];
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_calling_convention_string (unsigned int code)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_CC_normal] = "normal",
+      [DW_CC_program] = "program",
+      [DW_CC_nocall] = "nocall",
+    };
+
+  if (code < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[code];
+
+  if (code >= DW_CC_lo_user && code <= DW_CC_hi_user)
+    {
+      static char buf[30];
+      snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "lo_user+%u", code - DW_CC_lo_user);
+      return buf;
+    }
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_ordering_string (unsigned int code)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_ORD_row_major] = "row_major",
+      [DW_ORD_col_major] = "col_major"
+    };
+
+  if (code < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[code];
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static const char *
+dwarf_discr_list_string (unsigned int code)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_DSC_label] = "label",
+      [DW_DSC_range] = "range"
+    };
+
+  if (code < sizeof (known) / sizeof (known[0]))
+    return known[code];
+
+  return "???";
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_ops (Dwarf *dbg, int indent, int indentrest,
+	   unsigned int addrsize, Dwarf_Word len, const unsigned char *data)
+{
+  static const char *known[] =
+    {
+      [DW_OP_addr] = "addr",
+      [DW_OP_deref] = "deref",
+      [DW_OP_const1u] = "const1u",
+      [DW_OP_const1s] = "const1s",
+      [DW_OP_const2u] = "const2u",
+      [DW_OP_const2s] = "const2s",
+      [DW_OP_const4u] = "const4u",
+      [DW_OP_const4s] = "const4s",
+      [DW_OP_const8u] = "const8u",
+      [DW_OP_const8s] = "const8s",
+      [DW_OP_constu] = "constu",
+      [DW_OP_consts] = "consts",
+      [DW_OP_dup] = "dup",
+      [DW_OP_drop] = "drop",
+      [DW_OP_over] = "over",
+      [DW_OP_pick] = "pick",
+      [DW_OP_swap] = "swap",
+      [DW_OP_rot] = "rot",
+      [DW_OP_xderef] = "xderef",
+      [DW_OP_abs] = "abs",
+      [DW_OP_and] = "and",
+      [DW_OP_div] = "div",
+      [DW_OP_minus] = "minus",
+      [DW_OP_mod] = "mod",
+      [DW_OP_mul] = "mul",
+      [DW_OP_neg] = "neg",
+      [DW_OP_not] = "not",
+      [DW_OP_or] = "or",
+      [DW_OP_plus] = "plus",
+      [DW_OP_plus_uconst] = "plus_uconst",
+      [DW_OP_shl] = "shl",
+      [DW_OP_shr] = "shr",
+      [DW_OP_shra] = "shra",
+      [DW_OP_xor] = "xor",
+      [DW_OP_bra] = "bra",
+      [DW_OP_eq] = "eq",
+      [DW_OP_ge] = "ge",
+      [DW_OP_gt] = "gt",
+      [DW_OP_le] = "le",
+      [DW_OP_lt] = "lt",
+      [DW_OP_ne] = "ne",
+      [DW_OP_skip] = "skip",
+      [DW_OP_lit0] = "lit0",
+      [DW_OP_lit1] = "lit1",
+      [DW_OP_lit2] = "lit2",
+      [DW_OP_lit3] = "lit3",
+      [DW_OP_lit4] = "lit4",
+      [DW_OP_lit5] = "lit5",
+      [DW_OP_lit6] = "lit6",
+      [DW_OP_lit7] = "lit7",
+      [DW_OP_lit8] = "lit8",
+      [DW_OP_lit9] = "lit9",
+      [DW_OP_lit10] = "lit10",
+      [DW_OP_lit11] = "lit11",
+      [DW_OP_lit12] = "lit12",
+      [DW_OP_lit13] = "lit13",
+      [DW_OP_lit14] = "lit14",
+      [DW_OP_lit15] = "lit15",
+      [DW_OP_lit16] = "lit16",
+      [DW_OP_lit17] = "lit17",
+      [DW_OP_lit18] = "lit18",
+      [DW_OP_lit19] = "lit19",
+      [DW_OP_lit20] = "lit20",
+      [DW_OP_lit21] = "lit21",
+      [DW_OP_lit22] = "lit22",
+      [DW_OP_lit23] = "lit23",
+      [DW_OP_lit24] = "lit24",
+      [DW_OP_lit25] = "lit25",
+      [DW_OP_lit26] = "lit26",
+      [DW_OP_lit27] = "lit27",
+      [DW_OP_lit28] = "lit28",
+      [DW_OP_lit29] = "lit29",
+      [DW_OP_lit30] = "lit30",
+      [DW_OP_lit31] = "lit31",
+      [DW_OP_reg0] = "reg0",
+      [DW_OP_reg1] = "reg1",
+      [DW_OP_reg2] = "reg2",
+      [DW_OP_reg3] = "reg3",
+      [DW_OP_reg4] = "reg4",
+      [DW_OP_reg5] = "reg5",
+      [DW_OP_reg6] = "reg6",
+      [DW_OP_reg7] = "reg7",
+      [DW_OP_reg8] = "reg8",
+      [DW_OP_reg9] = "reg9",
+      [DW_OP_reg10] = "reg10",
+      [DW_OP_reg11] = "reg11",
+      [DW_OP_reg12] = "reg12",
+      [DW_OP_reg13] = "reg13",
+      [DW_OP_reg14] = "reg14",
+      [DW_OP_reg15] = "reg15",
+      [DW_OP_reg16] = "reg16",
+      [DW_OP_reg17] = "reg17",
+      [DW_OP_reg18] = "reg18",
+      [DW_OP_reg19] = "reg19",
+      [DW_OP_reg20] = "reg20",
+      [DW_OP_reg21] = "reg21",
+      [DW_OP_reg22] = "reg22",
+      [DW_OP_reg23] = "reg23",
+      [DW_OP_reg24] = "reg24",
+      [DW_OP_reg25] = "reg25",
+      [DW_OP_reg26] = "reg26",
+      [DW_OP_reg27] = "reg27",
+      [DW_OP_reg28] = "reg28",
+      [DW_OP_reg29] = "reg29",
+      [DW_OP_reg30] = "reg30",
+      [DW_OP_reg31] = "reg31",
+      [DW_OP_breg0] = "breg0",
+      [DW_OP_breg1] = "breg1",
+      [DW_OP_breg2] = "breg2",
+      [DW_OP_breg3] = "breg3",
+      [DW_OP_breg4] = "breg4",
+      [DW_OP_breg5] = "breg5",
+      [DW_OP_breg6] = "breg6",
+      [DW_OP_breg7] = "breg7",
+      [DW_OP_breg8] = "breg8",
+      [DW_OP_breg9] = "breg9",
+      [DW_OP_breg10] = "breg10",
+      [DW_OP_breg11] = "breg11",
+      [DW_OP_breg12] = "breg12",
+      [DW_OP_breg13] = "breg13",
+      [DW_OP_breg14] = "breg14",
+      [DW_OP_breg15] = "breg15",
+      [DW_OP_breg16] = "breg16",
+      [DW_OP_breg17] = "breg17",
+      [DW_OP_breg18] = "breg18",
+      [DW_OP_breg19] = "breg19",
+      [DW_OP_breg20] = "breg20",
+      [DW_OP_breg21] = "breg21",
+      [DW_OP_breg22] = "breg22",
+      [DW_OP_breg23] = "breg23",
+      [DW_OP_breg24] = "breg24",
+      [DW_OP_breg25] = "breg25",
+      [DW_OP_breg26] = "breg26",
+      [DW_OP_breg27] = "breg27",
+      [DW_OP_breg28] = "breg28",
+      [DW_OP_breg29] = "breg29",
+      [DW_OP_breg30] = "breg30",
+      [DW_OP_breg31] = "breg31",
+      [DW_OP_regx] = "regx",
+      [DW_OP_fbreg] = "fbreg",
+      [DW_OP_bregx] = "bregx",
+      [DW_OP_piece] = "piece",
+      [DW_OP_deref_size] = "deref_size",
+      [DW_OP_xderef_size] = "xderef_size",
+      [DW_OP_nop] = "nop",
+      [DW_OP_push_object_address] = "push_object_address",
+      [DW_OP_call2] = "call2",
+      [DW_OP_call4] = "call4",
+      [DW_OP_call_ref] = "call_ref",
+    };
+
+  Dwarf_Word offset = 0;
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    {
+      size_t op = *data++;
+
+      switch (op)
+	{
+	case DW_OP_call_ref:
+	case DW_OP_addr:;
+	  /* Address operand.  */
+	  Dwarf_Word addr;
+	  if (addrsize == 4)
+	    addr = read_4ubyte_unaligned (dbg, data);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      assert (addrsize == 8);
+	      addr = read_8ubyte_unaligned (dbg, data);
+	    }
+	  data += addrsize;
+	  len -= addrsize;
+
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRIuMAX "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", (uintmax_t) addr);
+	  offset += 1 + addrsize;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_deref_size:		/* XXX Correct?  */
+	case DW_OP_xderef_size:		/* XXX Correct?  */
+	case DW_OP_pick:
+	case DW_OP_const1u:
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRIu8 "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", *((uint8_t *) data));
+	  ++data;
+	  --len;
+	  offset += 2;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_const2u:
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRIu16 "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", read_2ubyte_unaligned (dbg, data));
+	  len -= 2;
+	  data += 2;
+	  offset += 3;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_const4u:
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRIu32 "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", read_4ubyte_unaligned (dbg, data));
+	  len -= 4;
+	  data += 4;
+	  offset += 5;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_const8u:
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRIu64 "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", read_8ubyte_unaligned (dbg, data));
+	  len -= 8;
+	  data += 8;
+	  offset += 9;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_const1s:
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRId8 "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", *((int8_t *) data));
+	  ++data;
+	  --len;
+	  offset += 2;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_const2s:
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRId16 "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", read_2sbyte_unaligned (dbg, data));
+	  len -= 2;
+	  data += 2;
+	  offset += 3;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_const4s:
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRId32 "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", read_4sbyte_unaligned (dbg, data));
+	  len -= 4;
+	  data += 4;
+	  offset += 5;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_const8s:
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRId64 "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", read_8sbyte_unaligned (dbg, data));
+	  len -= 8;
+	  data += 8;
+	  offset += 9;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_piece:		/* XXX Correct?  */
+	case DW_OP_regx:
+	case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
+	case DW_OP_constu:;
+	  const unsigned char *start = data;
+	  unsigned int uleb;
+	  get_uleb128 (uleb, data);
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %u\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", uleb);
+	  len -= data - start;
+	  offset += 1 + (data - start);
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_fbreg:
+	case DW_OP_breg0 ... DW_OP_breg31:
+	case DW_OP_consts:
+	  start = data;
+	  unsigned int sleb;
+	  get_sleb128 (sleb, data);
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %d\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", sleb);
+	  len -= data - start;
+	  offset += 1 + (data - start);
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_bregx:
+	  start = data;
+	  get_uleb128 (uleb, data);
+	  get_sleb128 (sleb, data);
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %u %d\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???", uleb, sleb);
+	  len -= data - start;
+	  offset += 1 + (data - start);
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_OP_call2:
+	case DW_OP_call4:
+	case DW_OP_skip:
+	case DW_OP_bra:
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s %" PRIuMAX "\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???",
+		  (uintmax_t) (offset + read_2sbyte_unaligned (dbg, data)));
+	  len -= 2;
+	  data += 2;
+	  offset += 3;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  /* No Operand.  */
+	  printf ("%*s[%4" PRIuMAX "] %s\n",
+		  indent, "", (uintmax_t) offset,
+		  known[op] ?: "???");
+	  ++offset;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      indent = indentrest;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_debug_abbrev_section (Ebl *ebl __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			    GElf_Ehdr *ehdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			    Elf_Scn *scn __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			    GElf_Shdr *shdr, Dwarf *dbg)
+{
+  printf (gettext ("\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 ":\n"
+		   " [ Code]\n"),
+	  ".debug_abbrev", (uint64_t) shdr->sh_offset);
+
+  Dwarf_Off offset = 0;
+  while (offset < shdr->sh_size)
+    {
+      printf (gettext ("\nAbbreviation section at offset %" PRIu64 ":\n"),
+	      offset);
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  size_t length;
+	  Dwarf_Abbrev abbrev;
+
+	  int res = dwarf_offabbrev (dbg, offset, &length, &abbrev);
+	  if (res != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (res < 0)
+		{
+		  printf (gettext ("\
+ *** error while reading abbreviation: %s\n"),
+			  dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+		  return;
+		}
+
+	      /* This is the NUL byte at the end of the section.  */
+	      ++offset;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We know these calls can never fail.  */
+	  unsigned int code = dwarf_getabbrevcode (&abbrev);
+	  unsigned int tag = dwarf_getabbrevtag (&abbrev);
+	  int has_children = dwarf_abbrevhaschildren (&abbrev);
+
+	  printf (gettext (" [%5u] offset: %" PRId64
+			   ", children: %s, tag: %s\n"),
+		  code, (int64_t) offset,
+		  has_children ? gettext ("yes") : gettext ("no"),
+		  dwarf_tag_string (tag));
+
+	  size_t cnt = 0;
+	  unsigned int name;
+	  unsigned int form;
+	  Dwarf_Off enoffset;
+	  while (dwarf_getabbrevattr (&abbrev, cnt,
+				      &name, &form, &enoffset) == 0)
+	    {
+	      printf ("          attr: %s, form: %s, offset: %#" PRIx64 "\n",
+		      dwarf_attr_string (name), dwarf_form_string (form),
+		      (uint64_t) enoffset);
+
+	      ++cnt;
+	    }
+
+	  offset += length;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Print content of DWARF .debug_aranges section.  We fortunately do
+   not have to know a bit about the structure of the section, libdwarf
+   takes care of it.  */
+static void
+print_debug_aranges_section (Ebl *ebl __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			     GElf_Ehdr *ehdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			     Elf_Scn *scn __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			     GElf_Shdr *shdr, Dwarf *dbg)
+{
+  Dwarf_Aranges *aranges;
+  size_t cnt;
+  if (dwarf_getaranges (dbg, &aranges, &cnt) != 0)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get .debug_aranges content: %s"),
+	     dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  printf (ngettext ("\
+\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 " contains %zu entry:\n",
+		    "\
+\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 " contains %zu entries:\n",
+		    cnt),
+	  ".debug_aranges", (uint64_t) shdr->sh_offset, cnt);
+
+  /* Compute floor(log16(cnt)).  */
+  size_t tmp = cnt;
+  int digits = 1;
+  while (tmp >= 16)
+    {
+      ++digits;
+      tmp >>= 4;
+    }
+
+  for (size_t n = 0; n < cnt; ++n)
+    {
+      Dwarf_Arange *runp = dwarf_onearange (aranges, n);
+      if (runp == NULL)
+	{
+	  printf ("cannot get arange %zu: %s\n", n, dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      Dwarf_Addr start;
+      Dwarf_Word length;
+      Dwarf_Off offset;
+
+      if (dwarf_getarangeinfo (runp, &start, &length, &offset) != 0)
+	printf (gettext (" [%*zu] ???\n"), digits, n);
+      else
+	printf (gettext (" [%*zu] start: %0#*" PRIx64
+			 ", length: %5" PRIu64 ", CU DIE offset: %6"
+			 PRId64 "\n"),
+		digits, n, ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? 10 : 18,
+		(uint64_t) start, (uint64_t) length, (int64_t) offset);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print content of DWARF .debug_ranges section.  */
+static void
+print_debug_ranges_section (Ebl *ebl __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			    GElf_Ehdr *ehdr, Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr,
+			    Dwarf *dbg)
+{
+  Elf_Data *data = elf_rawdata (scn, NULL);
+
+  if (data == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get .debug_ranges content: %s"),
+	     elf_errmsg (-1));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  printf (gettext ("\
+\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 ":\n"),
+	  ".debug_ranges", (uint64_t) shdr->sh_offset);
+
+  size_t address_size = ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? 4 : 8;
+
+  bool first = true;
+  unsigned char *readp = data->d_buf;
+  while (readp < (unsigned char *) data->d_buf + data->d_size)
+    {
+      ptrdiff_t offset = readp - (unsigned char *) data->d_buf;
+
+      if (data->d_size - offset < address_size * 2)
+	{
+	  printf (" [%6tx]  <INVALID DATA>\n", offset);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      Dwarf_Addr begin;
+      Dwarf_Addr end;
+      if (address_size == 8)
+	{
+	  begin = read_8ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, readp);
+	  end = read_8ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, readp);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  begin = read_4ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, readp);
+	  end = read_4ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, readp);
+	  if (begin == (Dwarf_Addr) (uint32_t) -1)
+	    begin = (Dwarf_Addr) -1l;
+	}
+
+      if (begin == (Dwarf_Addr) -1l) /* Base address entry.  */
+	printf (" [%6tx]  base address %#0*" PRIxMAX "\n", offset,
+		2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) end);
+      else if (begin == 0 && end == 0) /* End of list entry.  */
+	first = true;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We have an address range entry.  */
+	  if (first)		/* First address range entry in a list.  */
+	    printf (" [%6tx]  %#0*" PRIxMAX "..%#0*" PRIxMAX "\n", offset,
+		    2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) begin,
+		    2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) end);
+	  else
+	    printf ("           %#0*" PRIxMAX "..%#0*" PRIxMAX "\n",
+		    2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) begin,
+		    2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) end);
+
+	  first = false;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_debug_frame_section (Ebl *ebl __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			   GElf_Ehdr *ehdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			   Elf_Scn *scn __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			   GElf_Shdr *shdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			   Dwarf *dbg __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+}
+
+
+struct attrcb_args
+{
+  Dwarf *dbg;
+  int level;
+  unsigned int addrsize;
+  Dwarf_Off cu_offset;
+};
+
+
+static int
+attr_callback (Dwarf_Attribute *attrp, void *arg)
+{
+  struct attrcb_args *cbargs = (struct attrcb_args *) arg;
+  const int level = cbargs->level;
+
+  unsigned int attr = dwarf_whatattr (attrp);
+  if (unlikely (attr == 0))
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get attribute code: %s"),
+	     dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+      return DWARF_CB_ABORT;
+    }
+
+  unsigned int form = dwarf_whatform (attrp);
+  if (unlikely (form == 0))
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get attribute form: %s"),
+	     dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+      return DWARF_CB_ABORT;
+    }
+
+  switch (form)
+    {
+    case DW_FORM_addr:;
+      Dwarf_Addr addr;
+      if (unlikely (dwarf_formaddr (attrp, &addr) != 0))
+	{
+	attrval_out:
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get attribute value: %s"),
+		 dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+	  return DWARF_CB_ABORT;
+	}
+      printf ("           %*s%-20s %#0*" PRIxMAX "\n",
+	      (int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr),
+	      2 + (int) (cbargs->addrsize * 2), (uintmax_t) addr);
+      break;
+
+    case DW_FORM_indirect:
+    case DW_FORM_strp:
+    case DW_FORM_string:;
+      const char *str = dwarf_formstring (attrp);
+      if (unlikely (str == NULL))
+	goto attrval_out;
+      printf ("           %*s%-20s \"%s\"\n",
+	      (int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr), str);
+      break;
+
+    case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
+    case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
+    case DW_FORM_ref8:
+    case DW_FORM_ref4:
+    case DW_FORM_ref2:
+    case DW_FORM_ref1:;
+      Dwarf_Off ref;
+      if (unlikely (dwarf_formref (attrp, &ref) != 0))
+	goto attrval_out;
+
+      printf ("           %*s%-20s [%6" PRIxMAX "]\n",
+	      (int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr),
+	      (uintmax_t) (ref + cbargs->cu_offset));
+      break;
+
+    case DW_FORM_udata:
+    case DW_FORM_sdata:
+    case DW_FORM_data8:
+    case DW_FORM_data4:
+    case DW_FORM_data2:
+    case DW_FORM_data1:;
+      Dwarf_Word num;
+      if (unlikely (dwarf_formudata (attrp, &num) != 0))
+	goto attrval_out;
+
+      const char *valuestr = NULL;
+      switch (attr)
+	{
+	case DW_AT_location:
+	case DW_AT_data_member_location:
+	case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
+	case DW_AT_string_length:
+	case DW_AT_use_location:
+	case DW_AT_frame_base:
+	case DW_AT_return_addr:
+	case DW_AT_static_link:
+	  printf ("           %*s%-20s location list [%6" PRIxMAX "]\n",
+		  (int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr),
+		  (uintmax_t) num);
+	  return DWARF_CB_OK;
+
+	case DW_AT_ranges:
+	  printf ("           %*s%-20s range list [%6" PRIxMAX "]\n",
+		  (int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr),
+		  (uintmax_t) num);
+	  return DWARF_CB_OK;
+
+	case DW_AT_language:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_lang_string (num);
+	  break;
+	case DW_AT_encoding:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_encoding_string (num);
+	  break;
+	case DW_AT_accessibility:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_access_string (num);
+	  break;
+	case DW_AT_visibility:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_visibility_string (num);
+	  break;
+	case DW_AT_virtuality:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_virtuality_string (num);
+	  break;
+	case DW_AT_identifier_case:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_identifier_case_string (num);
+	  break;
+	case DW_AT_calling_convention:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_calling_convention_string (num);
+	  break;
+	case DW_AT_inline:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_inline_string (num);
+	  break;
+	case DW_AT_ordering:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_ordering_string (num);
+	  break;
+	case DW_AT_discr_list:
+	  valuestr = dwarf_discr_list_string (num);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  /* Nothing.  */
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (valuestr == NULL)
+	printf ("           %*s%-20s %" PRIuMAX "\n",
+		(int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr),
+		(uintmax_t) num);
+      else
+	printf ("           %*s%-20s %s (%" PRIuMAX ")\n",
+		(int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr),
+		valuestr, (uintmax_t) num);
+      break;
+
+    case DW_FORM_flag:;
+      bool flag;
+      if (unlikely (dwarf_formflag (attrp, &flag) != 0))
+	goto attrval_out;
+
+      printf ("           %*s%-20s %s\n",
+	      (int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr),
+	      nl_langinfo (flag ? YESSTR : NOSTR));
+      break;
+
+    case DW_FORM_block4:
+    case DW_FORM_block2:
+    case DW_FORM_block1:
+    case DW_FORM_block:;
+      Dwarf_Block block;
+      if (unlikely (dwarf_formblock (attrp, &block) != 0))
+	goto attrval_out;
+
+      printf ("           %*s%-20s %" PRIxMAX " byte block\n",
+	      (int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr),
+	      (uintmax_t) block.length);
+
+      switch (attr)
+	{
+	case DW_AT_location:
+	case DW_AT_data_member_location:
+	case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
+	case DW_AT_string_length:
+	case DW_AT_use_location:
+	case DW_AT_frame_base:
+	case DW_AT_return_addr:
+	case DW_AT_static_link:
+	  print_ops (cbargs->dbg, 12 + level * 2, 12 + level * 2,
+		     cbargs->addrsize, block.length, block.data);
+	  break;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      printf ("           %*s%-20s [form: %d] ???\n",
+	      (int) (level * 2), "", dwarf_attr_string (attr),
+	      (int) form);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return DWARF_CB_OK;
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_debug_info_section (Ebl *ebl __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			  GElf_Ehdr *ehdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			  Elf_Scn *scn __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			  GElf_Shdr *shdr, Dwarf *dbg)
+{
+  printf (gettext ("\
+\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 ":\n [Offset]\n"),
+	  ".debug_info", (uint64_t) shdr->sh_offset);
+
+  /* If the section is empty we don't have to do anything.  */
+  if (shdr->sh_size == 0)
+    return;
+
+  int maxdies = 20;
+  Dwarf_Die *dies = (Dwarf_Die *) xmalloc (maxdies * sizeof (Dwarf_Die));
+
+  Dwarf_Off offset = 0;
+
+  /* New compilation unit.  */
+  size_t cuhl;
+  //Dwarf_Half version;
+  Dwarf_Off abbroffset;
+  uint8_t addrsize;
+  uint8_t offsize;
+  Dwarf_Off nextcu;
+ next_cu:
+  if (dwarf_nextcu (dbg, offset, &nextcu, &cuhl, &abbroffset, &addrsize,
+		    &offsize) != 0)
+    goto do_return;
+
+  printf (gettext (" Compilation unit at offset %" PRIu64 ":\n"
+		   " Version: %" PRIu16 ", Abbreviation section offset: %"
+		   PRIu64 ", Address size: %" PRIu8 ", Offset size: %" PRIu8 "\n"),
+	  (uint64_t) offset, /*version*/2, abbroffset, addrsize, offsize);
+
+
+  struct attrcb_args args;
+  args.dbg = dbg;
+  args.addrsize = addrsize;
+  args.cu_offset = offset;
+
+  offset += cuhl;
+
+  int level = 0;
+
+  if (unlikely (dwarf_offdie (dbg, offset, &dies[level]) == NULL))
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get DIE at offset %" PRIu64
+			    " in section '%s': %s"),
+	     (uint64_t) offset, ".debug_info", dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+      goto do_return;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      offset = dwarf_dieoffset (&dies[level]);
+      if (offset == ~0ul)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get DIE offset: %s"),
+		 dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+	  goto do_return;
+	}
+
+      int tag = dwarf_tag (&dies[level]);
+      if (tag == DW_TAG_invalid)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get tag of DIE at offset %" PRIu64
+				" in section '%s': %s"),
+		 (uint64_t) offset, ".debug_info", dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+	  goto do_return;
+	}
+
+#if 1
+      const char *tagstr = dwarf_tag_string (tag);
+#else
+      static const char *const lowtags[] =
+	{
+	  [DW_TAG_array_type] = "array_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_class_type] = "class_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_entry_point] = "entry_point",
+	  [DW_TAG_enumeration_type] = "enumeration_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_formal_parameter] = "formal_parameter",
+	  [DW_TAG_imported_declaration] = "imported_declaration",
+	  [DW_TAG_label] = "label",
+	  [DW_TAG_lexical_block] = "lexical_block",
+	  [DW_TAG_member] = "member",
+	  [DW_TAG_pointer_type] = "pointer_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_reference_type] = "reference_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_compile_unit] = "compile_unit",
+	  [DW_TAG_string_type] = "string_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_structure_type] = "structure_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_subroutine_type] = "subroutine_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_typedef] = "typedef",
+	  [DW_TAG_union_type] = "union_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters] = "unspecified_parameters",
+	  [DW_TAG_variant] = "variant",
+	  [DW_TAG_common_block] = "common_block",
+	  [DW_TAG_common_inclusion] = "common_inclusion",
+	  [DW_TAG_inheritance] = "inheritance",
+	  [DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine] = "inlined_subroutine",
+	  [DW_TAG_module] = "module",
+	  [DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type] = "ptr_to_member_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_set_type] = "set_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_subrange_type] = "subrange_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_with_stmt] = "with_stmt",
+	  [DW_TAG_access_declaration] = "access_declaration",
+	  [DW_TAG_base_type] = "base_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_catch_block] = "catch_block",
+	  [DW_TAG_const_type] = "const_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_constant] = "constant",
+	  [DW_TAG_enumerator] = "enumerator",
+	  [DW_TAG_file_type] = "file_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_friend] = "friend",
+	  [DW_TAG_namelist] = "namelist",
+	  [DW_TAG_namelist_item] = "namelist_item",
+	  [DW_TAG_packed_type] = "packed_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_subprogram] = "subprogram",
+	  [DW_TAG_template_type_param] = "template_type_param",
+	  [DW_TAG_template_value_param] = "template_value_param",
+	  [DW_TAG_thrown_type] = "thrown_type",
+	  [DW_TAG_try_block] = "try_block",
+	  [DW_TAG_variant_part] = "variant_part",
+	  [DW_TAG_variable] = "variable",
+	  [DW_TAG_volatile_type] = "volatile_type"
+	};
+
+      const char *tagstr;
+      switch (tag)
+	{
+	case DW_TAG_lo_user:
+	  tagstr = "lo_user";
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
+	  tagstr = "MIPS_loop";
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_TAG_format_label:
+	  tagstr = "format_label";
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_TAG_function_template:
+	  tagstr = "function_template";
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_TAG_class_template:
+	  tagstr = "class_template";
+	  break;
+	case DW_TAG_hi_user:
+	  tagstr = "hi_user";
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  if (tag < (int) (sizeof (lowtags) / sizeof (lowtags[0])))
+	    tagstr = lowtags[tag];
+	  else
+	    tagstr = "???";
+	  break;
+	}
+#endif
+
+      printf (" [%6" PRIx64 "]  %*s%s\n",
+	      (uint64_t) offset, (int) (level * 2), "", tagstr);
+
+      /* Print the attribute values.  */
+      args.level = level;
+      (void) dwarf_getattrs (&dies[level], attr_callback, &args, 0);
+
+      /* Make room for the next level's DIE.  */
+      if (level + 1 == maxdies)
+	dies = (Dwarf_Die *) xrealloc (dies,
+				       (maxdies += 10)
+				       * sizeof (Dwarf_Die));
+
+      int res = dwarf_child (&dies[level], &dies[level + 1]);
+      if (res > 0)
+	{
+	  while ((res = dwarf_siblingof (&dies[level], &dies[level])) == 1)
+	    if (level-- == 0)
+	      break;
+
+	  if (res == -1)
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get next DIE: %s\n"),
+		     dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+	      goto do_return;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (unlikely (res < 0))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get next DIE: %s"),
+		 dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+	  goto do_return;
+	}
+      else
+	++level;
+    }
+  while (level >= 0);
+
+  offset = nextcu;
+  if (offset != 0)
+     goto next_cu;
+
+ do_return:
+  free (dies);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_debug_line_section (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			  Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr, Dwarf *dbg)
+{
+  printf (gettext ("\
+\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 ":\n"),
+	  ".debug_line", (uint64_t) shdr->sh_offset);
+
+  if (shdr->sh_size == 0)
+    return;
+
+  /* There is no functionality in libdw to read the information in the
+     way it is represented here.  Hardcode the decoder.  */
+  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL || data->d_buf == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get line data section data: %s"),
+	     elf_errmsg (-1));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  const unsigned char *linep = (const unsigned char *) data->d_buf;
+  const unsigned char *lineendp;
+
+  while (linep
+	 < (lineendp = (const unsigned char *) data->d_buf + data->d_size))
+    {
+      size_t start_offset = linep - (const unsigned char *) data->d_buf;
+
+      printf (gettext ("\nTable at offset %Zu:\n"), start_offset);
+
+      Dwarf_Word unit_length = read_4ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, linep);
+      unsigned int length = 4;
+      if (unlikely (unit_length == 0xffffffff))
+	{
+	  if (unlikely (linep + 8 > lineendp))
+	    {
+	    invalid_data:
+	      error (0, 0, gettext ("invalid data in section [%zu] '%s'"),
+		     elf_ndxscn (scn), ".debug_line");
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  unit_length = read_8ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, linep);
+	  length = 8;
+	}
+
+      /* Check whether we have enough room in the section.  */
+      if (unit_length < 2 + length + 5 * 1
+	  || unlikely (linep + unit_length > lineendp))
+	goto invalid_data;
+      lineendp = linep + unit_length;
+
+      /* The next element of the header is the version identifier.  */
+      uint_fast16_t version = read_2ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, linep);
+
+      /* Next comes the header length.  */
+      Dwarf_Word header_length;
+      if (length == 4)
+	header_length = read_4ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, linep);
+      else
+	header_length = read_8ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, linep);
+      //const unsigned char *header_start = linep;
+
+      /* Next the minimum instruction length.  */
+      uint_fast8_t minimum_instr_len = *linep++;
+
+        /* Then the flag determining the default value of the is_stmt
+	   register.  */
+      uint_fast8_t default_is_stmt = *linep++;
+
+      /* Now the line base.  */
+      int_fast8_t line_base = *((const int_fast8_t *) linep);
+      ++linep;
+
+      /* And the line range.  */
+      uint_fast8_t line_range = *linep++;
+
+      /* The opcode base.  */
+      uint_fast8_t opcode_base = *linep++;
+
+      /* Print what we got so far.  */
+      printf (gettext ("\n"
+		       " Length:                     %" PRIu64 "\n"
+		       " DWARF version:              %" PRIuFAST16 "\n"
+		       " Prologue length:            %" PRIu64 "\n"
+		       " Minimum instruction length: %" PRIuFAST8 "\n"
+		       " Initial value if '%s': %" PRIuFAST8 "\n"
+		       " Line base:                  %" PRIdFAST8 "\n"
+		       " Line range:                 %" PRIuFAST8 "\n"
+		       " Opcode base:                %" PRIuFAST8 "\n"
+		       "\n"
+		       "Opcodes:\n"),
+	      (uint64_t) unit_length, version, (uint64_t) header_length,
+	      minimum_instr_len, "is_stmt", default_is_stmt, line_base,
+	      line_range, opcode_base);
+
+      if (unlikely (linep + opcode_base - 1 >= lineendp))
+	goto invalid_data;
+      int opcode_base_l10 = 1;
+      unsigned int tmp = opcode_base;
+      while (tmp > 10)
+	{
+	  tmp /= 10;
+	  ++opcode_base_l10;
+	}
+      const uint8_t *standard_opcode_lengths = linep - 1;
+      for (uint_fast8_t cnt = 1; cnt < opcode_base; ++cnt)
+	printf (ngettext ("  [%*" PRIuFAST8 "]  %hhu argument\n",
+			  "  [%*" PRIuFAST8 "]  %hhu arguments\n",
+			  (int) linep[cnt - 1]),
+		opcode_base_l10, cnt, linep[cnt - 1]);
+      linep += opcode_base - 1;
+      if (unlikely (linep >= lineendp))
+	goto invalid_data;
+
+      puts (gettext ("\nDirectory table:"));
+      while (*linep != 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned char *endp = memchr (linep, '\0', lineendp - linep);
+	  if (endp == NULL)
+	    goto invalid_data;
+
+	  printf (" %s\n", (char *) linep);
+
+	  linep = endp + 1;
+	}
+      /* Skip the final NUL byte.  */
+      ++linep;
+
+      if (unlikely (linep >= lineendp))
+	goto invalid_data;
+      puts (gettext ("\nFile name table:\n"
+		     " Entry Dir   Time      Size      Name"));
+      for (unsigned int cnt = 1; *linep != 0; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  /* First comes the file name.  */
+	  char *fname = (char *) linep;
+	  unsigned char *endp = memchr (fname, '\0', lineendp - linep);
+	  if (endp == NULL)
+	    goto invalid_data;
+	  linep = endp + 1;
+
+	  /* Then the index.  */
+	  unsigned int diridx;
+	  get_uleb128 (diridx, linep);
+
+	  /* Next comes the modification time.  */
+	  unsigned int mtime;
+	  get_uleb128 (mtime, linep);
+
+	  /* Finally the length of the file.  */
+	  unsigned int fsize;
+	  get_uleb128 (fsize, linep);
+
+	  printf (" %-5u %-5u %-9u %-9u %s\n",
+		  cnt, diridx, mtime, fsize, fname);
+	}
+      /* Skip the final NUL byte.  */
+      ++linep;
+
+      puts (gettext ("\nLine number statements:"));
+      Dwarf_Word address = 0;
+      size_t line = 1;
+      uint_fast8_t is_stmt = default_is_stmt;
+
+      /* Default address value, in case we do not find the CU.  */
+      size_t address_size
+	= elf_getident (ebl->elf, NULL)[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? 4 : 8;
+
+      /* Determine the CU this block is for.  */
+      Dwarf_Off cuoffset;
+      Dwarf_Off ncuoffset = 0;
+      size_t hsize;
+      while (dwarf_nextcu (dbg, cuoffset = ncuoffset, &ncuoffset, &hsize,
+			   NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0)
+	{
+	  Dwarf_Die cudie;
+	  if (dwarf_offdie (dbg, cuoffset + hsize, &cudie) == NULL)
+	    continue;
+	  Dwarf_Attribute stmt_list;
+	  if (dwarf_attr (&cudie, DW_AT_stmt_list, &stmt_list) == NULL)
+	    continue;
+	  Dwarf_Word lineoff;
+	  if (dwarf_formudata (&stmt_list, &lineoff) != 0)
+	    continue;
+	  if (lineoff == start_offset)
+	    {
+	      /* Found the CU.  */
+	      address_size = cudie.cu->address_size;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      while (linep < lineendp)
+	{
+	  unsigned int u128;
+	  int s128;
+
+	  /* Read the opcode.  */
+	  unsigned int opcode = *linep++;
+
+	  /* Is this a special opcode?  */
+	  if (likely (opcode >= opcode_base))
+	    {
+	      /* Yes.  Handling this is quite easy since the opcode value
+		 is computed with
+
+		 opcode = (desired line increment - line_base)
+		           + (line_range * address advance) + opcode_base
+	      */
+	      int line_increment = (line_base
+				    + (opcode - opcode_base) % line_range);
+	      unsigned int address_increment = (minimum_instr_len
+						* ((opcode - opcode_base)
+						   / line_range));
+
+	      /* Perform the increments.  */
+	      line += line_increment;
+	      address += address_increment;
+
+	      printf (gettext ("\
+ special opcode %u: address+%u = %#" PRIx64 ", line%+d = %zu\n"),
+		      opcode, address_increment, (uint64_t) address,
+		      line_increment, line);
+	    }
+	  else if (opcode == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* This an extended opcode.  */
+	      if (unlikely (linep + 2 > lineendp))
+		goto invalid_data;
+
+	      /* The length.  */
+	      unsigned int len = *linep++;
+
+	      if (unlikely (linep + len > lineendp))
+		goto invalid_data;
+
+	      /* The sub-opcode.  */
+	      opcode = *linep++;
+
+	      printf (gettext (" extended opcode %u: "), opcode);
+
+	      switch (opcode)
+		{
+		case DW_LNE_end_sequence:
+		  puts (gettext ("end of sequence"));
+
+		  /* Reset the registers we care about.  */
+		  address = 0;
+		  line = 1;
+		  is_stmt = default_is_stmt;
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNE_set_address:
+		  if (address_size == 4)
+		    address = read_4ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, linep);
+		  else
+		    address = read_8ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, linep);
+		  printf (gettext ("set address to %#" PRIx64 "\n"),
+			  (uint64_t) address);
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNE_define_file:
+		  {
+		    char *fname = (char *) linep;
+		    unsigned char *endp = memchr (linep, '\0',
+						  lineendp - linep);
+		    if (endp == NULL)
+		      goto invalid_data;
+		    linep = endp + 1;
+
+		    unsigned int diridx;
+		    get_uleb128 (diridx, linep);
+		    Dwarf_Word mtime;
+		    get_uleb128 (mtime, linep);
+		    Dwarf_Word filelength;
+		    get_uleb128 (filelength, linep);
+
+		    printf (gettext ("\
+define new file: dir=%u, mtime=%" PRIu64 ", length=%" PRIu64 ", name=%s\n"),
+			    diridx, (uint64_t) mtime, (uint64_t) filelength,
+			    fname);
+		  }
+		  break;
+
+		default:
+		  /* Unknown, ignore it.  */
+		  puts (gettext ("unknown opcode"));
+		  linep += len - 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (opcode <= DW_LNS_set_epilog_begin)
+	    {
+	      /* This is a known standard opcode.  */
+	      switch (opcode)
+		{
+		case DW_LNS_copy:
+		  /* Takes no argument.  */
+		  puts (gettext (" copy"));
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
+		  /* Takes one uleb128 parameter which is added to the
+		     address.  */
+		  get_uleb128 (u128, linep);
+		  address += minimum_instr_len * u128;
+		  printf (gettext ("\
+ advance address by %u to %#" PRIx64 "\n"),
+			  u128, (uint64_t) address);
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_advance_line:
+		  /* Takes one sleb128 parameter which is added to the
+		     line.  */
+		  get_sleb128 (s128, linep);
+		  line += s128;
+		  printf (gettext ("\
+ advance line by constant %d to %" PRId64 "\n"),
+			  s128, (int64_t) line);
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_set_file:
+		  /* Takes one uleb128 parameter which is stored in file.  */
+		  get_uleb128 (u128, linep);
+		  printf (gettext (" set file to %" PRIu64 "\n"),
+			  (uint64_t) u128);
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_set_column:
+		  /* Takes one uleb128 parameter which is stored in column.  */
+		  if (unlikely (standard_opcode_lengths[opcode] != 1))
+		    goto invalid_data;
+
+		  get_uleb128 (u128, linep);
+		  printf (gettext (" set column to %" PRIu64 "\n"),
+			  (uint64_t) u128);
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_negate_stmt:
+		  /* Takes no argument.  */
+		  is_stmt = 1 - is_stmt;
+		  printf (gettext (" set '%s' to %" PRIuFAST8 "\n"),
+			  "is_stmt", is_stmt);
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_set_basic_block:
+		  /* Takes no argument.  */
+		  puts (gettext (" set basic block flag"));
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_const_add_pc:
+		  /* Takes no argument.  */
+		  u128 = (minimum_instr_len
+			  * ((255 - opcode_base) / line_range));
+		  address += u128;
+		  printf (gettext ("\
+ advance address by constant %u to %#" PRIx64 "\n"),
+			  u128, (uint64_t) address);
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
+		  /* Takes one 16 bit parameter which is added to the
+		     address.  */
+		  if (unlikely (standard_opcode_lengths[opcode] != 1))
+		    goto invalid_data;
+
+		  u128 = read_2ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, linep);
+		  address += u128;
+		  printf (gettext ("\
+ advance address by fixed value %u to %#" PRIx64 "\n"),
+			  u128, (uint64_t) address);
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_set_prologue_end:
+		  /* Takes no argument.  */
+		  puts (gettext (" set prologue end flag"));
+		  break;
+
+		case DW_LNS_set_epilog_begin:
+		  /* Takes no argument.  */
+		  puts (gettext (" set epilogue begin flag"));
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* This is a new opcode the generator but not we know about.
+		 Read the parameters associated with it but then discard
+		 everything.  Read all the parameters for this opcode.  */
+	      printf (ngettext (" unknown opcode with %" PRIu8 " parameter:",
+				" unknown opcode with %" PRIu8 " parameters:",
+				standard_opcode_lengths[opcode]),
+		      standard_opcode_lengths[opcode]);
+	      for (int n = standard_opcode_lengths[opcode]; n > 0; --n)
+		{
+		  get_uleb128 (u128, linep);
+		  if (n != standard_opcode_lengths[opcode])
+		    putc_unlocked (',', stdout);
+		  printf (" %u", u128);
+		}
+
+	      /* Next round, ignore this opcode.  */
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* There must only be one data block.  */
+  assert (elf_getdata (scn, data) == NULL);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_debug_loc_section (Ebl *ebl __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			 GElf_Ehdr *ehdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			 Elf_Scn *scn __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			 GElf_Shdr *shdr,
+			 Dwarf *dbg __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  Elf_Data *data = elf_rawdata (scn, NULL);
+
+  if (data == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get .debug_loc content: %s"),
+	     elf_errmsg (-1));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  printf (gettext ("\
+\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 ":\n"),
+	  ".debug_loc", (uint64_t) shdr->sh_offset);
+
+  size_t address_size = ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32 ? 4 : 8;
+
+  bool first = true;
+  unsigned char *readp = data->d_buf;
+  while (readp < (unsigned char *) data->d_buf + data->d_size)
+    {
+      ptrdiff_t offset = readp - (unsigned char *) data->d_buf;
+
+      if (data->d_size - offset < address_size * 2)
+	{
+	  printf (" [%6tx]  <INVALID DATA>\n", offset);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      Dwarf_Addr begin;
+      Dwarf_Addr end;
+      if (address_size == 8)
+	{
+	  begin = read_8ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, readp);
+	  end = read_8ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, readp);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  begin = read_4ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, readp);
+	  end = read_4ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, readp);
+	  if (begin == (Dwarf_Addr) (uint32_t) -1)
+	    begin = (Dwarf_Addr) -1l;
+	}
+
+      if (begin == (Dwarf_Addr) -1l) /* Base address entry.  */
+	printf (" [%6tx]  base address %#0*" PRIxMAX "\n", offset,
+		2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) end);
+      else if (begin == 0 && end == 0) /* End of list entry.  */
+	first = true;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We have a location expression entry.  */
+	  uint_fast16_t len = read_2ubyte_unaligned_inc (dbg, readp);
+
+	  if (first)		/* First entry in a list.  */
+	    printf (" [%6tx]  %#0*" PRIxMAX "..%#0*" PRIxMAX,
+		    offset,
+		    2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) begin,
+		    2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) end);
+	  else
+	    printf ("           %#0*" PRIxMAX "..%#0*" PRIxMAX,
+		    2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) begin,
+		    2 + (int) (address_size * 2), (uintmax_t) end);
+
+	  print_ops (dbg, 1, 18 + (address_size * 4),
+		     address_size, len, readp);
+
+	  first = false;
+	  readp += len;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+struct mac_culist
+{
+  Dwarf_Die die;
+  Dwarf_Off offset;
+  Dwarf_Files *files;
+  struct mac_culist *next;
+};
+
+
+static int
+mac_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+  struct mac_culist *m1 = (struct mac_culist *) p1;
+  struct mac_culist *m2 = (struct mac_culist *) p2;
+
+  if (m1->offset < m2->offset)
+    return -1;
+  if (m1->offset > m2->offset)
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_debug_macinfo_section (Ebl *ebl __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			     GElf_Ehdr *ehdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			     Elf_Scn *scn, GElf_Shdr *shdr, Dwarf *dbg)
+{
+  printf (gettext ("\
+\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 ":\n"),
+	  ".debug_macinfo", (uint64_t) shdr->sh_offset);
+  putc_unlocked ('\n', stdout);
+
+  /* There is no function in libdw to iterate over the raw content of
+     the section but it is easy enough to do.  */
+  Elf_Data *data = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+  if (data == NULL || data->d_buf == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get macro information section data: %s"),
+	     elf_errmsg (-1));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Get the source file information for all CUs.  */
+  Dwarf_Off offset;
+  Dwarf_Off ncu = 0;
+  size_t hsize;
+  struct mac_culist *culist = NULL;
+  size_t nculist = 0;
+  while (dwarf_nextcu (dbg, offset = ncu, &ncu, &hsize, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0)
+    {
+      Dwarf_Die cudie;
+      if (dwarf_offdie (dbg, offset + hsize, &cudie) == NULL)
+	continue;
+
+      Dwarf_Attribute attr;
+      if (dwarf_attr (&cudie, DW_AT_macro_info, &attr) == NULL)
+	continue;
+
+      Dwarf_Word macoff;
+      if (dwarf_formudata (&attr, &macoff) != 0)
+	continue;
+
+      struct mac_culist *newp = (struct mac_culist *) alloca (sizeof (*newp));
+      newp->die = cudie;
+      newp->offset = macoff;
+      newp->files = NULL;
+      newp->next = culist;
+      culist = newp;
+      ++nculist;
+    }
+
+  /* Convert the list into an array for easier consumption.  */
+  struct mac_culist *cus = (struct mac_culist *) alloca ((nculist + 1)
+							 * sizeof (*cus));
+  /* Add sentinel.  */
+  cus[nculist].offset = data->d_size;
+  if (nculist > 0)
+    {
+      for (size_t cnt = nculist - 1; culist != NULL; --cnt)
+	{
+	  assert (cnt < nculist);
+	  cus[cnt] = *culist;
+	  culist = culist->next;
+	}
+
+      /* Sort the array according to the offset in the .debug_macinfo
+	 section.  Note we keep the sentinel at the end.  */
+      qsort (cus, nculist, sizeof (*cus), mac_compare);
+    }
+
+  const unsigned char *readp = (const unsigned char *) data->d_buf;
+  const unsigned char *readendp = readp + data->d_size;
+  int level = 1;
+
+  while (readp < readendp)
+    {
+      unsigned int opcode = *readp++;
+      unsigned int u128;
+      unsigned int u128_2;
+      const unsigned char *endp;
+
+      switch (opcode)
+	{
+	case DW_MACINFO_define:
+	case DW_MACINFO_undef:
+	case DW_MACINFO_vendor_ext:
+	  /*  For the first two opcodes the parameters are
+	        line, string
+	      For the latter
+	        number, string.
+	      We can treat these cases together.  */
+	  get_uleb128 (u128, readp);
+
+	  endp = memchr (readp, '\0', readendp - readp);
+	  if (endp == NULL)
+	    {
+	      printf (gettext ("\
+%*s*** non-terminated string at end of section"),
+		      level, "");
+	      return;
+	    }
+
+	  if (opcode == DW_MACINFO_define)
+	    printf ("%*s#define %s, line %u\n",
+		    level, "", (char *) readp, u128);
+	  else if (opcode == DW_MACINFO_undef)
+	    printf ("%*s#undef %s, line %u\n",
+		    level, "", (char *) readp, u128);
+	  else
+	    printf (" #vendor-ext %s, number %u\n", (char *) readp, u128);
+
+	  readp = endp + 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
+	  /* The two parameters are line and file index, in this order.  */
+	  get_uleb128 (u128, readp);
+	  get_uleb128 (u128_2, readp);
+
+	  /* Find the CU DIE for this file.  */
+	  size_t macoff = readp - (const unsigned char *) data->d_buf;
+	  const char *fname = "???";
+	  if (macoff >= cus[0].offset)
+	    {
+	      while (macoff >= cus[1].offset)
+		++cus;
+
+	      if (cus[0].files == NULL
+		&& dwarf_getsrcfiles (&cus[0].die, &cus[0].files, NULL) != 0)
+		cus[0].files = (Dwarf_Files *) -1l;
+
+	      if (cus[0].files != (Dwarf_Files *) -1l)
+		fname = (dwarf_filesrc (cus[0].files, u128_2, NULL, NULL)
+			 ?: "???");
+	    }
+
+	  printf ("%*sstart_file %u, [%u] %s\n",
+		  level, "", u128, u128_2, fname);
+	  ++level;
+	  break;
+
+	case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
+	  --level;
+	  printf ("%*send_file\n", level, "");
+	  /* Nothing more to do.  */
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  // XXX gcc seems to generate files with a trailing zero.
+	  if (opcode != 0 || readp != readendp)
+	    printf ("%*s*** invalid opcode %u\n", level, "", opcode);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Callback for printing global names.  */
+static int
+print_pubnames (Dwarf *dbg __attribute__ ((unused)), Dwarf_Global *global,
+		void *arg)
+{
+  int *np = (int *) arg;
+
+  printf (gettext (" [%5d] DIE offset: %6" PRId64
+		   ", CU DIE offset: %6" PRId64 ", name: %s\n"),
+	  (*np)++, global->die_offset, global->cu_offset, global->name);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the known exported symbols in the DWARF section '.debug_pubnames'.  */
+static void
+print_debug_pubnames_section (Ebl *ebl __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			      GElf_Ehdr *ehdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			      Elf_Scn *scn __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			      GElf_Shdr *shdr, Dwarf *dbg)
+{
+  printf (gettext ("\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 ":\n"),
+	  ".debug_pubnames", (uint64_t) shdr->sh_offset);
+
+  int n = 0;
+  (void) dwarf_getpubnames (dbg, print_pubnames, &n, 0);
+}
+
+/* Print the content of the DWARF string section '.debug_str'.  */
+static void
+print_debug_str_section (Ebl *ebl __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			 GElf_Ehdr *ehdr __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			 Elf_Scn *scn __attribute__ ((unused)),
+			 GElf_Shdr *shdr, Dwarf *dbg)
+{
+  /* Compute floor(log16(shdr->sh_size)).  */
+  GElf_Addr tmp = shdr->sh_size;
+  int digits = 1;
+  while (tmp >= 16)
+    {
+      ++digits;
+      tmp >>= 4;
+    }
+  digits = MAX (4, digits);
+
+  printf (gettext ("\nDWARF section '%s' at offset %#" PRIx64 ":\n"
+		   " %*s  String\n"),
+	  ".debug_str", (uint64_t) shdr->sh_offset,
+	  /* TRANS: the debugstr| prefix makes the string unique.  */
+	  digits + 2, sgettext ("debugstr|Offset"));
+
+  Dwarf_Off offset = 0;
+  while (offset < shdr->sh_size)
+    {
+      size_t len;
+      const char *str = dwarf_getstring (dbg, offset, &len);
+      if (str == NULL)
+	{
+	  printf (gettext (" *** error while reading strings: %s\n"),
+		  dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      printf (" [%*" PRIx64 "]  \"%s\"\n", digits, (uint64_t) offset, str);
+
+      offset += len + 1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_debug (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr)
+{
+  /* Find the version information sections.  For this we have to
+     search through the section table.  */
+  Dwarf *dbg;
+  Elf_Scn *scn;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+
+  /* Before we start the real work get a debug context descriptor.  */
+  dbg = dwarf_begin_elf (ebl->elf, DWARF_C_READ, NULL);
+  if (dbg == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot get debug context descriptor: %s"),
+	     dwarf_errmsg (-1));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (ebl->elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  scn = NULL;
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (ebl->elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Handle the section if it is part of the versioning handling.  */
+      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr != NULL || shdr->sh_type != SHT_PROGBITS)
+	{
+	  static const struct
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+	    enum section_e bitmask;
+	    void (*fp) (Ebl *, GElf_Ehdr *, Elf_Scn *, GElf_Shdr *, Dwarf *);
+	  } debug_sections[] =
+	    {
+#define NEW_SECTION(name) \
+	      { ".debug_" #name, section_##name, print_debug_##name##_section }
+	      NEW_SECTION (abbrev),
+	      NEW_SECTION (aranges),
+	      NEW_SECTION (frame),
+	      NEW_SECTION (info),
+	      NEW_SECTION (line),
+	      NEW_SECTION (loc),
+	      NEW_SECTION (pubnames),
+	      NEW_SECTION (str),
+	      NEW_SECTION (macinfo),
+	      NEW_SECTION (ranges),
+	      { ".eh_frame", section_frame, print_debug_frame_section }
+	    };
+	  const int ndebug_sections = (sizeof (debug_sections)
+				       / sizeof (debug_sections[0]));
+	  const char *name = elf_strptr (ebl->elf, shstrndx,
+					 shdr->sh_name);
+	  int n;
+
+	  for (n = 0; n < ndebug_sections; ++n)
+	    if (strcmp (name, debug_sections[n].name) == 0)
+	      {
+		if (print_debug_sections & debug_sections[n].bitmask)
+		  debug_sections[n].fp (ebl, ehdr, scn, shdr, dbg);
+		break;
+	      }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We are done with the DWARF handling.  */
+  dwarf_end (dbg);
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_notes (Ebl *ebl, GElf_Ehdr *ehdr)
+{
+  int class = gelf_getclass (ebl->elf);
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  /* We have to look through the program header to find the note
+     sections.  There can be more than one.  */
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Phdr mem;
+      GElf_Phdr *phdr = gelf_getphdr (ebl->elf, cnt, &mem);
+
+      if (phdr == NULL || phdr->p_type != PT_NOTE)
+	/* Not what we are looking for.  */
+	continue;
+
+      printf (gettext ("\
+\nNote segment of %" PRId64 " bytes at offset %#0" PRIx64 ":\n"),
+	      phdr->p_filesz, phdr->p_offset);
+
+      char *notemem = gelf_rawchunk (ebl->elf, phdr->p_offset, phdr->p_filesz);
+      if (notemem == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("cannot get content of note section: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      fputs_unlocked (gettext ("  Owner          Data size  Type\n"), stdout);
+
+
+      /* Handle the note section content.  It consists of one or more
+	 entries each of which consists of five parts:
+
+	 - a 32-bit name length
+	 - a 32-bit descriptor length
+	 - a 32-bit type field
+	 - the NUL-terminated name, length as specified in the first field
+	 - the descriptor, length as specified in the second field
+
+	 The variable sized fields are padded to 32- or 64-bits
+	 depending on whether the file is a 32- or 64-bit ELF file.
+      */
+      // XXX Which 64-bit archs need 8-byte alignment?  x86-64 does not.
+      size_t align = class == ELFCLASS32 ? 4 : 4; // XXX 8;
+#define ALIGNED_LEN(len) (((len) + align - 1) & ~(align - 1))
+
+      size_t idx = 0;
+      while (idx < phdr->p_filesz)
+	{
+	  /* XXX Handle 64-bit note section entries correctly.  */
+	  struct
+	  {
+	    uint32_t namesz;
+	    uint32_t descsz;
+	    uint32_t type;
+	    char name[0];
+	  } *noteentry = (__typeof (noteentry)) (notemem + idx);
+
+	  if (idx + 12 > phdr->p_filesz
+	      || (idx + 12 + ALIGNED_LEN (noteentry->namesz)
+		  + ALIGNED_LEN (noteentry->descsz) > phdr->p_filesz))
+	    /* This entry isn't completely contained in the note
+	       section.  Ignore it.  */
+	    break;
+
+	  char buf[100];
+	  char buf2[100];
+	  printf (gettext ("  %-13.*s  %9" PRId32 "  %s\n"),
+		  (int) noteentry->namesz, noteentry->name,
+		  noteentry->descsz,
+		  ehdr->e_type == ET_CORE
+		  ? ebl_core_note_type_name (ebl, noteentry->type,
+					     buf, sizeof (buf))
+		  : ebl_object_note_type_name (ebl, noteentry->type,
+					       buf2, sizeof (buf2)));
+
+	  /* Filter out invalid entries.  */
+	  if (memchr (noteentry->name, '\0', noteentry->namesz) != NULL
+	      /* XXX For now help broken Linux kernels.  */
+	      || 1)
+	    {
+	      if (ehdr->e_type == ET_CORE)
+		ebl_core_note (ebl, noteentry->name, noteentry->type,
+			       noteentry->descsz,
+			       &noteentry->name[ALIGNED_LEN (noteentry->namesz)]);
+	      else
+		ebl_object_note (ebl, noteentry->name, noteentry->type,
+				 noteentry->descsz,
+				 &noteentry->name[ALIGNED_LEN (noteentry->namesz)]);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Move to the next entry.  */
+	  idx += (12 + ALIGNED_LEN (noteentry->namesz)
+		  + ALIGNED_LEN (noteentry->descsz));
+	}
+
+      gelf_freechunk (ebl->elf, notemem);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/sectionhash.c b/src/sectionhash.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4641c7cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sectionhash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Section hash table implementation.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <elf-knowledge.h>
+#include <ld.h>
+
+
+/* Comparison function for sections.  */
+static int
+scnhead_compare (struct scnhead *one, struct scnhead *two)
+{
+  int result = strcmp (one->name, two->name);
+
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      result = one->type - two->type;
+
+      if (result == 0)
+	{
+	  GElf_Sxword diff = (SH_FLAGS_IMPORTANT (one->flags)
+			     - SH_FLAGS_IMPORTANT (two->flags));
+	  result = diff < 0 ? -1 : diff == 0 ? 0 : 1;
+
+	  if (result == 0)
+	    {
+	      result = one->entsize - two->entsize;
+
+	      if (result == 0)
+		{
+		  result = (one->grp_signature == NULL
+			    ? (two->grp_signature == NULL ? 0 : -1)
+			    : (two->grp_signature == NULL
+			       ? 1 : strcmp (one->grp_signature,
+					     two->grp_signature)));
+
+		  if (result == 0)
+		    result = one->kind - two->kind;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Definitions for the section hash table.  */
+#define TYPE struct scnhead *
+#define NAME ld_section_tab
+#define ITERATE 1
+#define COMPARE(a, b) scnhead_compare (a, b)
+
+#include "../lib/dynamicsizehash.c"
diff --git a/src/sectionhash.h b/src/sectionhash.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50bcb9c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sectionhash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifndef SECTIONHASH_H
+#define SECTIONHASH_H	1
+
+/* Definitions for the section hash table.  */
+#define TYPE struct scnhead *
+#define NAME ld_section_tab
+#define ITERATE 1
+#include <dynamicsizehash.h>
+
+#endif	/* sectionhash.h */
diff --git a/src/size.c b/src/size.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4dc7baf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/size.c
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
+/* Print size information from ELF file.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2000.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <gelf.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <libelf.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <mcheck.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdio_ext.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <system.h>
+
+
+/* Name and version of program.  */
+static void print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state);
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *, struct argp_state *) = print_version;
+
+/* Bug report address.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address = PACKAGE_BUGREPORT;
+
+
+/* Values for the parameters which have no short form.  */
+#define OPT_FORMAT	0x100
+#define OPT_RADIX	0x101
+
+/* Definitions of arguments for argp functions.  */
+static const struct argp_option options[] =
+{
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output format:"), 0 },
+  { "format", OPT_FORMAT, "FORMAT", 0,
+    N_("Use the output format FORMAT.  FORMAT can be `bsd' or `sysv'.  "
+       "The default is `bsd'"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'A', NULL, 0, N_("Same as `--format=sysv'"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'B', NULL, 0, N_("Same as `--format=bsd'"), 0 },
+  { "radix", OPT_RADIX, "RADIX", 0, N_("Use RADIX for printing symbol values"),
+    0},
+  { NULL, 'd', NULL, 0, N_("Same as `--radix=10'"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'o', NULL, 0, N_("Same as `--radix=8'"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'x', NULL, 0, N_("Same as `--radix=16'"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'f', NULL, 0,
+    N_("Similar to `--format=sysv' output but in one line"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output options:"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'F', NULL, 0,
+    N_("Print size and permission flags for loadable segments"), 0 },
+  { "totals", 't', NULL, 0, N_("Display the total sizes (bsd only)"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Short description of program.  */
+static const char doc[] = N_("\
+List section sizes of FILEs (a.out by default).");
+
+/* Strings for arguments in help texts.  */
+static const char args_doc[] = N_("[FILE...]");
+
+/* Prototype for option handler.  */
+static error_t parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* Data structure to communicate with argp functions.  */
+static struct argp argp =
+{
+  options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+
+
+/* Print symbols in file named FNAME.  */
+static int process_file (const char *fname);
+
+/* Handle content of archive.  */
+static int handle_ar (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname);
+
+/* Handle ELF file.  */
+static void handle_elf (Elf *elf, const char *fullname, const char *fname);
+
+/* Show total size.  */
+static void show_bsd_totals (void);
+
+#define INTERNAL_ERROR(fname) \
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("%s: INTERNAL ERROR %d (%s-%s): %s"),      \
+	 fname, __LINE__, VERSION, __DATE__, elf_errmsg (-1))
+
+
+/* User-selectable options.  */
+
+/* The selected output format.  */
+static enum
+{
+  format_bsd = 0,
+  format_sysv,
+  format_sysv_one_line,
+  format_segments
+} format;
+
+/* Radix for printed numbers.  */
+static enum
+{
+  radix_decimal = 0,
+  radix_hex,
+  radix_octal
+} radix;
+
+
+/* Mapping of radix and binary class to length.  */
+static const int length_map[2][3] =
+{
+  [ELFCLASS32 - 1] =
+  {
+    [radix_hex] = 8,
+    [radix_decimal] = 10,
+    [radix_octal] = 11
+  },
+  [ELFCLASS64 - 1] =
+  {
+    [radix_hex] = 16,
+    [radix_decimal] = 20,
+    [radix_octal] = 22
+  }
+};
+
+/* True if total sizes should be printed.  */
+static bool totals;
+/* To print the total sizes in a reasonable format remember the higest
+   "class" of ELF binaries processed.  */
+static int totals_class;
+
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  int remaining;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  /* Make memory leak detection possible.  */
+  mtrace ();
+
+  /* We use no threads here which can interfere with handling a stream.  */
+  __fsetlocking (stdin, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+  __fsetlocking (stdout, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+  __fsetlocking (stderr, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+  /* Set locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+  /* Make sure the message catalog can be found.  */
+  bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+
+  /* Initialize the message catalog.  */
+  textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  /* Parse and process arguments.  */
+  argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, &remaining, NULL);
+
+
+  /* Tell the library which version we are expecting.  */
+  elf_version (EV_CURRENT);
+
+  if (remaining == argc)
+    /* The user didn't specify a name so we use a.out.  */
+    result = process_file ("a.out");
+  else
+    /* Process all the remaining files.  */
+    do
+      result |= process_file (argv[remaining]);
+    while (++remaining < argc);
+
+  /* Print the total sizes but only if the output format is BSD and at
+     least one file has been correctly read (i.e., we recognized the
+     class).  */
+  if (totals && format == format_bsd && totals_class != 0)
+    show_bsd_totals ();
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the version information.  */
+static void
+print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "size (%s) %s\n", PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION);
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("\
+Copyright (C) %s Red Hat, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+"), "2005");
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper");
+}
+
+
+/* Handle program arguments.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt (int key, char *arg,
+	   struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'd':
+      radix = radix_decimal;
+      break;
+
+    case 'f':
+      format = format_sysv_one_line;
+      break;
+
+    case 'o':
+      radix = radix_octal;
+      break;
+
+    case 'x':
+      radix = radix_hex;
+      break;
+
+    case 'A':
+      format = format_sysv;
+      break;
+
+    case 'B':
+      format = format_bsd;
+      break;
+
+    case 'F':
+      format = format_segments;
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_FORMAT:
+      if (strcmp (arg, "bsd") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "berkeley") == 0)
+	format = format_bsd;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "sysv") == 0)
+	format = format_sysv;
+      else
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("Invalid format: %s"), arg);
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_RADIX:
+      if (strcmp (arg, "x") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "16") == 0)
+	radix = radix_hex;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "d") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "10") == 0)
+	radix = radix_decimal;
+      else if (strcmp (arg, "o") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "8") == 0)
+	radix = radix_octal;
+      else
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("Invalid radix: %s"), arg);
+      break;
+
+    case 't':
+      totals = true;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+process_file (const char *fname)
+{
+  /* Open the file and determine the type.  */
+  int fd;
+  Elf *elf;
+
+  /* Open the file.  */
+  fd = open (fname, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot open '%s"), fname);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Now get the ELF descriptor.  */
+  elf = elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_READ_MMAP, NULL);
+  if (elf != NULL)
+    {
+      if (elf_kind (elf) == ELF_K_ELF)
+	{
+	  handle_elf (elf, NULL, fname);
+
+	  if (elf_end (elf) != 0)
+	    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+	  if (close (fd) != 0)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("while close '%s'"), fname);
+
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      else
+	return handle_ar (fd, elf, NULL, fname);
+
+      /* We cannot handle this type.  Close the descriptor anyway.  */
+      if (elf_end (elf) != 0)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+    }
+
+  error (0, 0, gettext ("%s: file format not recognized"), fname);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the BSD-style header.  This is done exactly once.  */
+static void
+print_header (Elf *elf)
+{
+  static int done;
+
+  if (! done)
+    {
+      int ddigits = length_map[gelf_getclass (elf) - 1][radix_decimal];
+      int xdigits = length_map[gelf_getclass (elf) - 1][radix_hex];
+
+      printf ("%*s %*s %*s %*s %*s %s\n",
+	      ddigits - 2, sgettext ("bsd|text"),
+	      ddigits - 2, sgettext ("bsd|data"),
+	      ddigits - 2, sgettext ("bsd|bss"),
+	      ddigits - 2, sgettext ("bsd|dec"),
+	      xdigits - 2, sgettext ("bsd|hex"),
+	      sgettext ("bsd|filename"));
+
+      done = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static int
+handle_ar (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname)
+{
+  Elf *subelf;
+  Elf_Cmd cmd = ELF_C_READ_MMAP;
+  size_t prefix_len = prefix == NULL ? 0 : strlen (prefix);
+  size_t fname_len = strlen (fname) + 1;
+  char new_prefix[prefix_len + 1 + fname_len];
+  int result = 0;
+  char *cp = new_prefix;
+
+  /* Create the full name of the file.  */
+  if (prefix != NULL)
+    {
+      cp = mempcpy (cp, prefix, prefix_len);
+      *cp++ = ':';
+    }
+  memcpy (cp, fname, fname_len);
+
+  /* Process all the files contained in the archive.  */
+  while ((subelf = elf_begin (fd, cmd, elf)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The the header for this element.  */
+      Elf_Arhdr *arhdr = elf_getarhdr (subelf);
+
+      if (elf_kind (subelf) == ELF_K_ELF)
+	handle_elf (subelf, new_prefix, arhdr->ar_name);
+      else if (elf_kind (subelf) == ELF_K_AR)
+	result |= handle_ar (fd, subelf, new_prefix, arhdr->ar_name);
+      /* else signal error??? */
+
+      /* Get next archive element.  */
+      cmd = elf_next (subelf);
+      if (elf_end (subelf) != 0)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+    }
+
+  if (elf_end (elf) != 0)
+    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+  if (close (fd) != 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("while closing `%s'"), fname);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Show sizes in SysV format.  */
+static void
+show_sysv (Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+	   const char *fullname)
+{
+  size_t shstrndx;
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  int maxlen = 10;
+  int digits = length_map[gelf_getclass (elf) - 1][radix];
+  const char *fmtstr;
+  GElf_Off total = 0;
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  /* First round over the sections: determine the longest section name.  */
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr == NULL)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+      /* Ignore all sections which are not used at runtime.  */
+      if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
+	maxlen = MAX (maxlen,
+		      (int) strlen (elf_strptr (elf, shstrndx,
+						shdr->sh_name)));
+    }
+
+  fputs_unlocked (fname, stdout);
+  if (prefix != NULL)
+    printf (gettext (" (ex %s)"), prefix);
+  printf (":\n%-*s %*s %*s\n",
+	  maxlen, sgettext ("sysv|section"),
+	  digits - 2, sgettext ("sysv|size"),
+	  digits, sgettext ("sysv|addr"));
+
+  if (radix == radix_hex)
+    fmtstr = "%-*s %*" PRIx64 " %*" PRIx64 "\n";
+  else if (radix == radix_decimal)
+    fmtstr = "%-*s %*" PRId64 " %*" PRId64 "\n";
+  else
+    fmtstr = "%-*s %*" PRIo64 " %*" PRIo64 "\n";
+
+  /* Iterate over all sections.  */
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      /* Ignore all sections which are not used at runtime.  */
+      if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  printf (fmtstr,
+		  maxlen, elf_strptr (elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name),
+		  digits - 2, shdr->sh_size,
+		  digits, shdr->sh_addr);
+
+	  total += shdr->sh_size;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (radix == radix_hex)
+    printf ("%-*s %*" PRIx64 "\n\n\n", maxlen, sgettext ("sysv|Total"),
+	    digits - 2, total);
+  else if (radix == radix_decimal)
+    printf ("%-*s %*" PRId64 "\n\n\n", maxlen, sgettext ("sysv|Total"),
+	    digits - 2, total);
+  else
+    printf ("%-*s %*" PRIo64 "\n\n\n", maxlen, sgettext ("sysv|Total"),
+	    digits - 2, total);
+}
+
+
+/* Show sizes in SysV format in one line.  */
+static void
+show_sysv_one_line (Elf *elf)
+{
+  size_t shstrndx;
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  const char *fmtstr;
+  GElf_Off total = 0;
+  int first = 1;
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (elf_getshstrndx (elf, &shstrndx) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  if (radix == radix_hex)
+    fmtstr = "%" PRIx64 "(%s)";
+  else if (radix == radix_decimal)
+    fmtstr = "%" PRId64 "(%s)";
+  else
+    fmtstr = "%" PRIo64 "(%s)";
+
+  /* Iterate over all sections.  */
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      /* Ignore all sections which are not used at runtime.  */
+      if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      if (! first)
+	fputs_unlocked (" + ", stdout);
+      first = 0;
+
+      printf (fmtstr, shdr->sh_size,
+	      elf_strptr (elf, shstrndx, shdr->sh_name));
+
+      total += shdr->sh_size;
+    }
+
+  if (radix == radix_hex)
+    printf (" = %#" PRIx64 "\n", total);
+  else if (radix == radix_decimal)
+    printf (" = %" PRId64 "\n", total);
+  else
+    printf (" = %" PRIo64 "\n", total);
+}
+
+
+/* Variables to add up the sizes of all files.  */
+static uintmax_t total_textsize;
+static uintmax_t total_datasize;
+static uintmax_t total_bsssize;
+
+
+/* Show sizes in BSD format.  */
+static void
+show_bsd (Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+	  const char *fullname)
+{
+  Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+  GElf_Off textsize = 0;
+  GElf_Off datasize = 0;
+  GElf_Off bsssize = 0;
+  int ddigits = length_map[gelf_getclass (elf) - 1][radix_decimal];
+  int xdigits = length_map[gelf_getclass (elf) - 1][radix_hex];
+
+  /* Iterate over all sections.  */
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+
+      if (shdr == NULL)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+      /* Ignore all sections which are not marked as loaded.  */
+      if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      if ((shdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
+	textsize += shdr->sh_size;
+      else if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
+	bsssize += shdr->sh_size;
+      else
+	datasize += shdr->sh_size;
+    }
+
+  printf ("%*" PRId64 " %*" PRId64 " %*" PRId64 " %*" PRId64 " %*"
+	  PRIx64 " %s",
+	  ddigits - 2, textsize,
+	  ddigits - 2, datasize,
+	  ddigits - 2, bsssize,
+	  ddigits - 2, textsize + datasize + bsssize,
+	  xdigits - 2, textsize + datasize + bsssize,
+	  fname);
+  if (prefix != NULL)
+    printf (gettext (" (ex %s)"), prefix);
+  fputs_unlocked ("\n", stdout);
+
+  total_textsize += textsize;
+  total_datasize += datasize;
+  total_bsssize += bsssize;
+
+  totals_class = MAX (totals_class, gelf_getclass (elf));
+}
+
+
+/* Show total size.  */
+static void
+show_bsd_totals (void)
+{
+  int ddigits = length_map[totals_class - 1][radix_decimal];
+  int xdigits = length_map[totals_class - 1][radix_hex];
+
+  printf ("%*" PRIuMAX " %*" PRIuMAX " %*" PRIuMAX " %*" PRIuMAX " %*"
+	  PRIxMAX " %s",
+	  ddigits - 2, total_textsize,
+	  ddigits - 2, total_datasize,
+	  ddigits - 2, total_bsssize,
+	  ddigits - 2, total_textsize + total_datasize + total_bsssize,
+	  xdigits - 2, total_textsize + total_datasize + total_bsssize,
+	  gettext ("(TOTALS)\n"));
+}
+
+
+/* Show size and permission of loadable segments.  */
+static void
+show_segments (Elf *elf, const char *fullname)
+{
+  GElf_Ehdr ehdr_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *ehdr;
+  size_t cnt;
+  GElf_Off total = 0;
+  int first = 1;
+
+  ehdr = gelf_getehdr (elf, &ehdr_mem);
+  if (ehdr == NULL)
+    INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++cnt)
+    {
+      GElf_Phdr phdr_mem;
+      GElf_Phdr *phdr;
+
+      phdr = gelf_getphdr (elf, cnt, &phdr_mem);
+      if (phdr == NULL)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fullname);
+
+      if (phdr->p_type != PT_LOAD)
+	/* Only load segments.  */
+	continue;
+
+      if (! first)
+	fputs_unlocked (" + ", stdout);
+      first = 0;
+
+      printf (radix == radix_hex ? "%" PRIx64 "(%c%c%c)"
+	      : (radix == radix_decimal ? "%" PRId64 "(%c%c%c)"
+		 : "%" PRIo64 "(%c%c%c)"),
+	      phdr->p_memsz,
+	      (phdr->p_flags & PF_R) == 0 ? '-' : 'r',
+	      (phdr->p_flags & PF_W) == 0 ? '-' : 'w',
+	      (phdr->p_flags & PF_X) == 0 ? '-' : 'x');
+
+      total += phdr->p_memsz;
+    }
+
+  if (radix == radix_hex)
+    printf (" = %#" PRIx64 "\n", total);
+  else if (radix == radix_decimal)
+    printf (" = %" PRId64 "\n", total);
+  else
+    printf (" = %" PRIo64 "\n", total);
+}
+
+
+static void
+handle_elf (Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname)
+{
+  size_t prefix_len = prefix == NULL ? 0 : strlen (prefix);
+  size_t fname_len = strlen (fname) + 1;
+  char fullname[prefix_len + 1 + fname_len];
+  char *cp = fullname;
+
+  /* Create the full name of the file.  */
+  if (prefix != NULL)
+    {
+      cp = mempcpy (cp, prefix, prefix_len);
+      *cp++ = ':';
+    }
+  memcpy (cp, fname, fname_len);
+
+  if (format == format_sysv)
+    show_sysv (elf, prefix, fname, fullname);
+  else if (format == format_sysv_one_line)
+    show_sysv_one_line (elf);
+  else if (format == format_segments)
+    show_segments (elf, fullname);
+  else
+    {
+      print_header (elf);
+
+      show_bsd (elf, prefix, fname, fullname);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/strip.c b/src/strip.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..214513c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/strip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1750 @@
+/* Discard section not used at runtime from object files.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2000.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#include <endian.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <gelf.h>
+#include <libelf.h>
+#include <libintl.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <mcheck.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdio_ext.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <elf-knowledge.h>
+#include <libebl.h>
+#include <system.h>
+
+
+/* Name and version of program.  */
+static void print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state);
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *, struct argp_state *) = print_version;
+
+/* Bug report address.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address = PACKAGE_BUGREPORT;
+
+
+/* Values for the parameters which have no short form.  */
+#define OPT_REMOVE_COMMENT	0x100
+#define OPT_PERMISSIVE		0x101
+
+
+/* Definitions of arguments for argp functions.  */
+static const struct argp_option options[] =
+{
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output selection:"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'o', "FILE", 0, N_("Place stripped output into FILE"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'f', "FILE", 0, N_("Extract the removed sections into FILE"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 'F', "FILE", 0, N_("Embed name FILE instead of -f argument"), 0 },
+
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, N_("Output options:"), 0 },
+  { "strip-debug", 'g', NULL, 0, N_("Remove all debugging symbols"), 0 },
+  { "preserve-dates", 'p', NULL, 0,
+    N_("Copy modified/access timestamps to the output"), 0 },
+  { "remove-comment", OPT_REMOVE_COMMENT, NULL, 0,
+    N_("Remove .comment section"), 0 },
+  { "permissive", OPT_PERMISSIVE, NULL, 0,
+    N_("Relax a few rules to handle slightly broken ELF files"), 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Short description of program.  */
+static const char doc[] = N_("Discard symbols from object files.");
+
+/* Strings for arguments in help texts.  */
+static const char args_doc[] = N_("[FILE...]");
+
+/* Prototype for option handler.  */
+static error_t parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* Data structure to communicate with argp functions.  */
+static struct argp argp =
+{
+  options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc, NULL, NULL, NULL
+};
+
+
+/* Print symbols in file named FNAME.  */
+static int process_file (const char *fname);
+
+/* Handle one ELF file.  */
+static int handle_elf (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix,
+		       const char *fname, mode_t mode, struct timeval tvp[2]);
+
+/* Handle all files contained in the archive.  */
+static int handle_ar (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+		      struct timeval tvp[2]);
+
+#define INTERNAL_ERROR(fname) \
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("%s: INTERNAL ERROR %d (%s-%s): %s"),      \
+	 fname, __LINE__, VERSION, __DATE__, elf_errmsg (-1))
+
+
+/* Name of the output file.  */
+static const char *output_fname;
+
+/* Name of the debug output file.  */
+static const char *debug_fname;
+
+/* Name to pretend the debug output file has.  */
+static const char *debug_fname_embed;
+
+/* If true output files shall have same date as the input file.  */
+static bool preserve_dates;
+
+/* If true .comment sections will be removed.  */
+static bool remove_comment;
+
+/* If true remove all debug sections.  */
+static bool remove_debug;
+
+/* If true relax some ELF rules for input files.  */
+static bool permissive;
+
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  int remaining;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  /* Make memory leak detection possible.  */
+  mtrace ();
+
+  /* We use no threads here which can interfere with handling a stream.  */
+  __fsetlocking (stdin, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+  __fsetlocking (stdout, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+  __fsetlocking (stderr, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+  /* Set locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+
+  /* Make sure the message catalog can be found.  */
+  bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+
+  /* Initialize the message catalog.  */
+  textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  /* Parse and process arguments.  */
+  if (argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, &remaining, NULL) != 0)
+    return EXIT_FAILURE;
+
+  /* Tell the library which version we are expecting.  */
+  elf_version (EV_CURRENT);
+
+  if (remaining == argc)
+    /* The user didn't specify a name so we use a.out.  */
+    result = process_file ("a.out");
+  else
+    {
+      /* If we have seen the '-o' or '-f' option there must be exactly one
+	 input file.  */
+      if ((output_fname != NULL || debug_fname != NULL)
+	  && remaining + 1 < argc)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("\
+Only one input file allowed together with '-o' and '-f'"));
+
+      /* Process all the remaining files.  */
+      do
+	result |= process_file (argv[remaining]);
+      while (++remaining < argc);
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Print the version information.  */
+static void
+print_version (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "strip (%s) %s\n", PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION);
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("\
+Copyright (C) %s Red Hat, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+"), "2005");
+  fprintf (stream, gettext ("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper");
+}
+
+
+/* Handle program arguments.  */
+static error_t
+parse_opt (int key, char *arg,
+	   struct argp_state *state __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'f':
+      if (debug_fname != NULL)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("-f option specified twice"));
+	  return EINVAL;
+	}
+      debug_fname = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 'F':
+      if (debug_fname_embed != NULL)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("-F option specified twice"));
+	  return EINVAL;
+	}
+      debug_fname_embed = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 'o':
+      if (output_fname != NULL)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("-o option specified twice"));
+	  return EINVAL;
+	}
+      output_fname = arg;
+      break;
+
+    case 'p':
+      preserve_dates = true;
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_REMOVE_COMMENT:
+      remove_comment = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'g':
+      remove_debug = true;
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_PERMISSIVE:
+      permissive = true;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+process_file (const char *fname)
+{
+  /* If we have to preserve the modify and access timestamps get them
+     now.  We cannot use fstat() after opening the file since the open
+     would change the access time.  */
+  struct stat64 pre_st;
+  struct timeval tv[2];
+ again:
+  if (preserve_dates)
+    {
+      if (stat64 (fname, &pre_st) != 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot stat input file \"%s\""), fname);
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have to preserve the timestamp, we need it in the
+	 format utimes() understands.  */
+      TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL (&tv[0], &pre_st.st_atim);
+      TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL (&tv[1], &pre_st.st_mtim);
+    }
+
+  /* Open the file.  */
+  int fd = open (fname, O_RDWR);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, gettext ("while opening \"%s\""), fname);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* We always use fstat() even if we called stat() before.  This is
+     done to make sure the information returned by stat() is for the
+     same file.  */
+  struct stat64 st;
+  if (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot stat input file \"%s\""), fname);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  /* Paranoid mode on.  */
+  if (preserve_dates
+      && (st.st_ino != pre_st.st_ino || st.st_dev != pre_st.st_dev))
+    {
+      /* We detected a race.  Try again.  */
+      close (fd);
+      goto again;
+    }
+
+  /* Now get the ELF descriptor.  */
+  Elf *elf = elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_RDWR, NULL);
+  int result;
+  switch (elf_kind (elf))
+    {
+    case ELF_K_ELF:
+      result = handle_elf (fd, elf, NULL, fname, st.st_mode & ACCESSPERMS,
+			   preserve_dates ? tv : NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case ELF_K_AR:
+      /* It is not possible to strip the content of an archive direct
+	 the output to a specific file.  */
+      if (unlikely (output_fname != NULL))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("%s: cannot use -o when stripping archive"),
+		 fname);
+	  result = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	result = handle_ar (fd, elf, NULL, fname, preserve_dates ? tv : NULL);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("%s: File format not recognized"), fname);
+      result = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (unlikely (elf_end (elf) != 0))
+    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+  close (fd);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Maximum size of array allocated on stack.  */
+#define MAX_STACK_ALLOC	(400 * 1024)
+
+static int
+handle_elf (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+	    mode_t mode, struct timeval tvp[2])
+{
+  size_t prefix_len = prefix == NULL ? 0 : strlen (prefix);
+  size_t fname_len = strlen (fname) + 1;
+  char *fullname = alloca (prefix_len + 1 + fname_len);
+  char *cp = fullname;
+  Elf *newelf;
+  Elf *debugelf = NULL;
+  char *tmp_debug_fname = NULL;
+  int result = 0;
+  GElf_Ehdr ehdr_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *ehdr;
+  size_t shstrndx;
+  size_t shnum;
+  struct shdr_info
+  {
+    Elf_Scn *scn;
+    GElf_Shdr shdr;
+    Elf_Data *data;
+    const char *name;
+    Elf32_Word idx;		/* Index in new file.  */
+    Elf32_Word old_sh_link;	/* Original value of shdr.sh_link.  */
+    Elf32_Word symtab_idx;
+    Elf32_Word version_idx;
+    Elf32_Word group_idx;
+    Elf32_Word group_cnt;
+    Elf_Scn *newscn;
+    struct Ebl_Strent *se;
+    Elf32_Word *newsymidx;
+  } *shdr_info = NULL;
+  Elf_Scn *scn;
+  size_t cnt;
+  size_t idx;
+  bool changes;
+  GElf_Ehdr newehdr_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *newehdr;
+  GElf_Ehdr debugehdr_mem;
+  GElf_Ehdr *debugehdr;
+  struct Ebl_Strtab *shst = NULL;
+  Elf_Data debuglink_crc_data;
+  bool any_symtab_changes = false;
+  Elf_Data *shstrtab_data = NULL;
+
+  /* Create the full name of the file.  */
+  if (prefix != NULL)
+    {
+      cp = mempcpy (cp, prefix, prefix_len);
+      *cp++ = ':';
+    }
+  memcpy (cp, fname, fname_len);
+
+  /* If we are not replacing the input file open a new file here.  */
+  if (output_fname != NULL)
+    {
+      fd = open (output_fname, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, mode);
+      if (unlikely (fd == -1))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot open '%s'"), output_fname);
+	  return 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  int debug_fd = -1;
+
+  /* Get the EBL handling.  The -g option is currently the only reason
+     we need EBL so dont open the backend unless necessary.  */
+  Ebl *ebl = NULL;
+  if (remove_debug)
+    {
+      ebl = ebl_openbackend (elf);
+      if (ebl == NULL)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot open EBL backend"));
+	  result = 1;
+	  goto fail;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Open the additional file the debug information will be stored in.  */
+  if (debug_fname != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Create a temporary file name.  We do not want to overwrite
+	 the debug file if the file would not contain any
+	 information.  */
+      size_t debug_fname_len = strlen (debug_fname);
+      tmp_debug_fname = (char *) alloca (debug_fname_len + sizeof (".XXXXXX"));
+      strcpy (mempcpy (tmp_debug_fname, debug_fname, debug_fname_len),
+	      ".XXXXXX");
+
+      debug_fd = mkstemp (tmp_debug_fname);
+      if (unlikely (debug_fd == -1))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, gettext ("cannot open '%s'"), debug_fname);
+	  result = 1;
+	  goto fail;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Get the information from the old file.  */
+  ehdr = gelf_getehdr (elf, &ehdr_mem);
+  if (ehdr == NULL)
+    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+  /* Get the section header string table index.  */
+  if (unlikely (elf_getshstrndx (elf, &shstrndx) < 0))
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("cannot get section header string table index"));
+
+  /* We now create a new ELF descriptor for the same file.  We
+     construct it almost exactly in the same way with some information
+     dropped.  */
+  if (output_fname != NULL)
+    newelf = elf_begin (fd, ELF_C_WRITE_MMAP, NULL);
+  else
+    newelf = elf_clone (elf, ELF_C_EMPTY);
+
+  if (unlikely (gelf_newehdr (newelf, gelf_getclass (elf)) == 0)
+      || (ehdr->e_type != ET_REL
+	  && unlikely (gelf_newphdr (newelf, ehdr->e_phnum) == 0)))
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot create new file '%s': %s"),
+	     output_fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+      goto fail;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy over the old program header if needed.  */
+  if (ehdr->e_type != ET_REL)
+    for (cnt = 0; cnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++cnt)
+      {
+	GElf_Phdr phdr_mem;
+	GElf_Phdr *phdr;
+
+	phdr = gelf_getphdr (elf, cnt, &phdr_mem);
+	if (phdr == NULL
+	    || unlikely (gelf_update_phdr (newelf, cnt, phdr) == 0))
+	  INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+      }
+
+  if (debug_fname != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Also create an ELF descriptor for the debug file */
+      debugelf = elf_begin (debug_fd, ELF_C_WRITE_MMAP, NULL);
+      if (unlikely (gelf_newehdr (debugelf, gelf_getclass (elf)) == 0)
+	  || (ehdr->e_type != ET_REL
+	      && unlikely (gelf_newphdr (debugelf, ehdr->e_phnum) == 0)))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot create new file '%s': %s"),
+		 debug_fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  goto fail_close;
+	}
+
+      /* Copy over the old program header if needed.  */
+      if (ehdr->e_type != ET_REL)
+	for (cnt = 0; cnt < ehdr->e_phnum; ++cnt)
+	  {
+	    GElf_Phdr phdr_mem;
+	    GElf_Phdr *phdr;
+
+	    phdr = gelf_getphdr (elf, cnt, &phdr_mem);
+	    if (phdr == NULL
+		|| unlikely (gelf_update_phdr (debugelf, cnt, phdr) == 0))
+	      INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+	  }
+    }
+
+  /* Number of sections.  */
+  if (unlikely (elf_getshnum (elf, &shnum) < 0))
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("cannot determine number of sections: %s"),
+	     elf_errmsg (-1));
+      goto fail_close;
+    }
+
+  /* Storage for section information.  We leave room for two more
+     entries since we unconditionally create a section header string
+     table.  Maybe some weird tool created an ELF file without one.
+     The other one is used for the debug link section.  */
+  if ((shnum + 2) * sizeof (struct shdr_info) > MAX_STACK_ALLOC)
+    shdr_info = (struct shdr_info *) xcalloc (shnum + 2,
+					      sizeof (struct shdr_info));
+  else
+    {
+      shdr_info = (struct shdr_info *) alloca ((shnum + 2)
+					       * sizeof (struct shdr_info));
+      memset (shdr_info, '\0', (shnum + 2) * sizeof (struct shdr_info));
+    }
+
+  /* Prepare section information data structure.  */
+  scn = NULL;
+  cnt = 1;
+  while ((scn = elf_nextscn (elf, scn)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* This should always be true (i.e., there should not be any
+	 holes in the numbering).  */
+      assert (elf_ndxscn (scn) == cnt);
+
+      shdr_info[cnt].scn = scn;
+
+      /* Get the header.  */
+      if (gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_info[cnt].shdr) == NULL)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+      /* Get the name of the section.  */
+      shdr_info[cnt].name = elf_strptr (elf, shstrndx,
+					shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_name);
+      if (shdr_info[cnt].name == NULL)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("illformed file '%s'"), fname);
+	  goto fail_close;
+	}
+
+      /* Mark them as present but not yet investigated.  */
+      shdr_info[cnt].idx = 1;
+
+      /* Remember the shdr.sh_link value.  */
+      shdr_info[cnt].old_sh_link = shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link;
+
+      /* Sections in files other than relocatable object files which
+	 are not loaded can be freely moved by us.  In relocatable
+	 object files everything can be moved.  */
+      if (ehdr->e_type == ET_REL
+	  || (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
+	shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_offset = 0;
+
+      /* If this is an extended section index table store an
+	 appropriate reference.  */
+      if (unlikely (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX))
+	{
+	  assert (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link].symtab_idx == 0);
+	  shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link].symtab_idx = cnt;
+	}
+      else if (unlikely (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP))
+	{
+	  Elf32_Word *grpref;
+	  size_t inner;
+
+	  /* Cross-reference the sections contained in the section
+	     group.  */
+	  shdr_info[cnt].data = elf_getdata (shdr_info[cnt].scn, NULL);
+	  if (shdr_info[cnt].data == NULL)
+	    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+	  /* XXX Fix for unaligned access.  */
+	  grpref = (Elf32_Word *) shdr_info[cnt].data->d_buf;
+	  for (inner = 1;
+	       inner < shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+	       ++inner)
+	    shdr_info[grpref[inner]].group_idx = cnt;
+
+	  if (inner == 1 || (inner == 2 && (grpref[0] & GRP_COMDAT) == 0))
+	    /* If the section group contains only one element and this
+	       is n COMDAT section we can drop it right away.  */
+	    shdr_info[cnt].idx = 0;
+	  else
+	    shdr_info[cnt].group_cnt = inner - 1;
+	}
+      else if (unlikely (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_GNU_versym))
+	{
+	  assert (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link].version_idx == 0);
+	  shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link].version_idx = cnt;
+	}
+
+      /* If this section is part of a group make sure it is not
+	 discarded right away.  */
+      if ((shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
+	{
+	  assert (shdr_info[cnt].group_idx != 0);
+
+	  if (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].group_idx].idx == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* The section group section will be removed.  */
+	      shdr_info[cnt].group_idx = 0;
+	      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_flags &= ~SHF_GROUP;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Increment the counter.  */
+      ++cnt;
+    }
+
+  /* Now determine which sections can go away.  The general rule is that
+     all sections which are not used at runtime are stripped out.  But
+     there are a few exceptions:
+
+     - special sections named ".comment" and ".note" are kept
+     - OS or architecture specific sections are kept since we might not
+       know how to handle them
+     - if a section is referred to from a section which is not removed
+       in the sh_link or sh_info element it cannot be removed either
+  */
+  for (cnt = 1; cnt < shnum; ++cnt)
+    /* Check whether the section can be removed.  */
+    if (ebl_section_strip_p (ebl, ehdr, &shdr_info[cnt].shdr,
+			     shdr_info[cnt].name, remove_comment,
+			     remove_debug))
+      {
+	/* For now assume this section will be removed.  */
+	shdr_info[cnt].idx = 0;
+
+	idx = shdr_info[cnt].group_idx;
+	while (idx != 0)
+	  {
+	    /* If the references section group is a normal section
+	       group and has one element remaining, or if it is an
+	       empty COMDAT section group it is removed.  */
+	    bool is_comdat;
+
+	    /* The section group data is already loaded.  */
+	    assert (shdr_info[idx].data != NULL);
+
+	    is_comdat = (((Elf32_Word *) shdr_info[idx].data->d_buf)[0]
+			 & GRP_COMDAT) != 0;
+
+	    --shdr_info[idx].group_cnt;
+	    if ((!is_comdat && shdr_info[idx].group_cnt == 1)
+		|| (is_comdat && shdr_info[idx].group_cnt == 0))
+	      {
+		shdr_info[idx].idx = 0;
+		/* Continue recursively.  */
+		idx = shdr_info[idx].group_idx;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      break;
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* Mark the SHT_NULL section as handled.  */
+  shdr_info[0].idx = 2;
+
+
+  /* Handle exceptions: section groups and cross-references.  We might
+     have to repeat this a few times since the resetting of the flag
+     might propagate.  */
+  do
+    {
+      changes = false;
+
+      for (cnt = 1; cnt < shnum; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (shdr_info[cnt].idx == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* If a relocation section is marked as being removed make
+		 sure the section it is relocating is removed, too.  */
+	      if ((shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
+		   || shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+		  && shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info].idx != 0)
+		shdr_info[cnt].idx = 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (shdr_info[cnt].idx == 1)
+	    {
+	      /* The content of symbol tables we don't remove must not
+		 reference any section which we do remove.  Otherwise
+		 we cannot remove the section.  */
+	      if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
+		  || shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB)
+		{
+		  Elf_Data *symdata;
+		  Elf_Data *xndxdata;
+		  size_t elsize;
+
+		  /* Make sure the data is loaded.  */
+		  if (shdr_info[cnt].data == NULL)
+		    {
+		      shdr_info[cnt].data
+			= elf_getdata (shdr_info[cnt].scn, NULL);
+		      if (shdr_info[cnt].data == NULL)
+			INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+		    }
+		  symdata = shdr_info[cnt].data;
+
+		  /* If there is an extended section index table load it
+		     as well.  */
+		  if (shdr_info[cnt].symtab_idx != 0
+		      && shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].symtab_idx].data == NULL)
+		    {
+		      assert (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB);
+
+		      shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].symtab_idx].data
+			= elf_getdata (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].symtab_idx].scn,
+				       NULL);
+		      if (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].symtab_idx].data == NULL)
+			INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+		    }
+		  xndxdata = shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].symtab_idx].data;
+
+		  /* Go through all symbols and make sure the section they
+		     reference is not removed.  */
+		  elsize = gelf_fsize (elf, ELF_T_SYM, 1, ehdr->e_version);
+
+		  for (size_t inner = 0;
+		       inner < shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size / elsize;
+		       ++inner)
+		    {
+		      GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+		      Elf32_Word xndx;
+		      GElf_Sym *sym;
+		      size_t scnidx;
+
+		      sym = gelf_getsymshndx (symdata, xndxdata, inner,
+					      &sym_mem, &xndx);
+		      if (sym == NULL)
+			INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+		      scnidx = sym->st_shndx;
+		      if (scnidx == SHN_UNDEF || scnidx >= shnum
+			  || (scnidx >= SHN_LORESERVE
+			      && scnidx <= SHN_HIRESERVE
+			      && scnidx != SHN_XINDEX)
+			  /* Don't count in the section symbols.  */
+			  || GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+			/* This is no section index, leave it alone.  */
+			continue;
+		      else if (scnidx == SHN_XINDEX)
+			scnidx = xndx;
+
+		      if (shdr_info[scnidx].idx == 0)
+			{
+			  /* Mark this section as used.  */
+			  shdr_info[scnidx].idx = 1;
+			  changes |= scnidx < cnt;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      /* Cross referencing happens:
+		 - for the cases the ELF specification says.  That are
+		   + SHT_DYNAMIC in sh_link to string table
+		   + SHT_HASH in sh_link to symbol table
+		   + SHT_REL and SHT_RELA in sh_link to symbol table
+		   + SHT_SYMTAB and SHT_DYNSYM in sh_link to string table
+		   + SHT_GROUP in sh_link to symbol table
+		   + SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX in sh_link to symbol table
+		   Other (OS or architecture-specific) sections might as
+		   well use this field so we process it unconditionally.
+		 - references inside section groups
+		 - specially marked references in sh_info if the SHF_INFO_LINK
+		 flag is set
+	      */
+
+	      if (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link].idx == 0)
+		{
+		  shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link].idx = 1;
+		  changes |= shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link < cnt;
+		}
+
+	      /* Handle references through sh_info.  */
+	      if (SH_INFO_LINK_P (&shdr_info[cnt].shdr)
+		  && shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info].idx == 0)
+		{
+		  shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info].idx = 1;
+		  changes |= shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info < cnt;
+		}
+
+	      /* Mark the section as investigated.  */
+	      shdr_info[cnt].idx = 2;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  while (changes);
+
+  /* Copy the removed sections to the debug output file.
+     The ones that are not removed in the stripped file are SHT_NOBITS.  */
+  if (debug_fname != NULL)
+    {
+      for (cnt = 1; cnt < shnum; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  Elf_Data *debugdata;
+	  GElf_Shdr debugshdr;
+	  bool discard_section;
+
+	  scn = elf_newscn (debugelf);
+	  if (scn == NULL)
+	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		   gettext ("while generating output file: %s"),
+		   elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	  discard_section = shdr_info[cnt].idx > 0 && cnt != ehdr->e_shstrndx;
+
+	  /* Set the section header in the new file.  */
+	  debugshdr = shdr_info[cnt].shdr;
+	  if (discard_section)
+	    debugshdr.sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
+
+	  if (unlikely (gelf_update_shdr (scn, &debugshdr)) == 0)
+	    /* There cannot be any overflows.  */
+	    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+	  /* Get the data from the old file if necessary. */
+	  if (shdr_info[cnt].data == NULL)
+	    {
+	      shdr_info[cnt].data = elf_getdata (shdr_info[cnt].scn, NULL);
+	      if (shdr_info[cnt].data == NULL)
+		INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Set the data.  This is done by copying from the old file.  */
+	  debugdata = elf_newdata (scn);
+	  if (debugdata == NULL)
+	    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+	  /* Copy the structure.  This data may be modified in place
+	     before we write out the file.  */
+	  *debugdata = *shdr_info[cnt].data;
+	  if (discard_section)
+	    debugdata->d_buf = NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* Finish the ELF header.  Fill in the fields not handled by
+	 libelf from the old file.  */
+      debugehdr = gelf_getehdr (debugelf, &debugehdr_mem);
+      if (debugehdr == NULL)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+      memcpy (debugehdr->e_ident, ehdr->e_ident, EI_NIDENT);
+      debugehdr->e_type = ehdr->e_type;
+      debugehdr->e_machine = ehdr->e_machine;
+      debugehdr->e_version = ehdr->e_version;
+      debugehdr->e_entry = ehdr->e_entry;
+      debugehdr->e_flags = ehdr->e_flags;
+      debugehdr->e_shstrndx = ehdr->e_shstrndx;
+
+      if (unlikely (gelf_update_ehdr (debugelf, debugehdr)) == 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("%s: error while creating ELF header: %s"),
+		 debug_fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  result = 1;
+	  goto fail_close;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Mark the section header string table as unused, we will create
+     a new one.  */
+  shdr_info[shstrndx].idx = 0;
+
+  /* We need a string table for the section headers.  */
+  shst = ebl_strtabinit (true);
+  if (shst == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("while preparing output for '%s'"),
+	   output_fname ?: fname);
+
+  /* Assign new section numbers.  */
+  shdr_info[0].idx = 0;
+  for (cnt = idx = 1; cnt < shnum; ++cnt)
+    if (shdr_info[cnt].idx > 0)
+      {
+	shdr_info[cnt].idx = idx++;
+
+	/* Create a new section.  */
+	shdr_info[cnt].newscn = elf_newscn (newelf);
+	if (shdr_info[cnt].newscn == NULL)
+	  error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("while generating output file: %s"),
+		 elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+	assert (elf_ndxscn (shdr_info[cnt].newscn) == shdr_info[cnt].idx);
+
+	/* Add this name to the section header string table.  */
+	shdr_info[cnt].se = ebl_strtabadd (shst, shdr_info[cnt].name, 0);
+      }
+
+  /* Test whether we are doing anything at all.  */
+  if (cnt == idx)
+    /* Nope, all removable sections are already gone.  */
+    goto fail_close;
+
+  /* Create the reference to the file with the debug info.  */
+  if (debug_fname != NULL)
+    {
+      char *debug_basename;
+      off_t crc_offset;
+
+      /* Add the section header string table section name.  */
+      shdr_info[cnt].se = ebl_strtabadd (shst, ".gnu_debuglink", 15);
+      shdr_info[cnt].idx = idx++;
+
+      /* Create the section header.  */
+      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_flags = 0;
+      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_addr = 0;
+      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link = SHN_UNDEF;
+      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info = SHN_UNDEF;
+      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_entsize = 0;
+      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_addralign = 4;
+      /* We set the offset to zero here.  Before we write the ELF file the
+	 field must have the correct value.  This is done in the final
+	 loop over all section.  Then we have all the information needed.  */
+      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_offset = 0;
+
+      /* Create the section.  */
+      shdr_info[cnt].newscn = elf_newscn (newelf);
+      if (shdr_info[cnt].newscn == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       gettext ("while create section header section: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+      assert (elf_ndxscn (shdr_info[cnt].newscn) == shdr_info[cnt].idx);
+
+      shdr_info[cnt].data = elf_newdata (shdr_info[cnt].newscn);
+      if (shdr_info[cnt].data == NULL)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, gettext ("cannot allocate section data: %s"),
+	       elf_errmsg (-1));
+
+      debug_basename = basename (debug_fname_embed ?: debug_fname);
+      crc_offset = strlen (debug_basename) + 1;
+      /* Align to 4 byte boundary */
+      crc_offset = ((crc_offset - 1) & ~3) + 4;
+
+      shdr_info[cnt].data->d_align = 4;
+      shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_size = shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size
+	= crc_offset + 4;
+      shdr_info[cnt].data->d_buf = xcalloc (1, shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size);
+
+      strcpy (shdr_info[cnt].data->d_buf, debug_basename);
+
+      /* Cache this Elf_Data describing the CRC32 word in the section.
+	 We'll fill this in when we have written the debug file.  */
+      debuglink_crc_data = *shdr_info[cnt].data;
+      debuglink_crc_data.d_buf = ((char *) debuglink_crc_data.d_buf
+				  + crc_offset);
+      debuglink_crc_data.d_size = 4;
+
+      /* One more section done.  */
+      ++cnt;
+    }
+
+  /* Index of the section header table in the shdr_info array.  */
+  size_t shdridx = cnt;
+
+  /* Add the section header string table section name.  */
+  shdr_info[cnt].se = ebl_strtabadd (shst, ".shstrtab", 10);
+  shdr_info[cnt].idx = idx;
+
+  /* Create the section header.  */
+  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_flags = 0;
+  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_addr = 0;
+  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link = SHN_UNDEF;
+  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info = SHN_UNDEF;
+  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_entsize = 0;
+  /* We set the offset to zero here.  Before we write the ELF file the
+     field must have the correct value.  This is done in the final
+     loop over all section.  Then we have all the information needed.  */
+  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_offset = 0;
+  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_addralign = 1;
+
+  /* Create the section.  */
+  shdr_info[cnt].newscn = elf_newscn (newelf);
+  if (shdr_info[cnt].newscn == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("while create section header section: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+  assert (elf_ndxscn (shdr_info[cnt].newscn) == idx);
+
+  /* Finalize the string table and fill in the correct indices in the
+     section headers.  */
+  shstrtab_data = elf_newdata (shdr_info[cnt].newscn);
+  if (shstrtab_data == NULL)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   gettext ("while create section header string table: %s"),
+	   elf_errmsg (-1));
+  ebl_strtabfinalize (shst, shstrtab_data);
+
+  /* We have to set the section size.  */
+  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_size = shstrtab_data->d_size;
+
+  /* Update the section information.  */
+  GElf_Off lastoffset = 0;
+  for (cnt = 1; cnt <= shdridx; ++cnt)
+    if (shdr_info[cnt].idx > 0)
+      {
+	Elf_Data *newdata;
+
+	scn = elf_getscn (newelf, shdr_info[cnt].idx);
+	assert (scn != NULL);
+
+	/* Update the name.  */
+	shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_name = ebl_strtaboffset (shdr_info[cnt].se);
+
+	/* Update the section header from the input file.  Some fields
+	   might be section indeces which now have to be adjusted.  */
+	if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link != 0)
+	  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link =
+	    shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_link].idx;
+
+	if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
+	  {
+	    assert (shdr_info[cnt].data != NULL);
+
+	    Elf32_Word *grpref = (Elf32_Word *) shdr_info[cnt].data->d_buf;
+	    for (size_t inner = 0;
+		 inner < shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+		 ++inner)
+	      grpref[inner] = shdr_info[grpref[inner]].idx;
+	  }
+
+	/* Handle the SHT_REL, SHT_RELA, and SHF_INFO_LINK flag.  */
+	if (SH_INFO_LINK_P (&shdr_info[cnt].shdr))
+	  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info =
+	    shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info].idx;
+
+	/* Get the data from the old file if necessary.  We already
+           created the data for the section header string table.  */
+	if (cnt < shnum)
+	  {
+	    if (shdr_info[cnt].data == NULL)
+	      {
+		shdr_info[cnt].data = elf_getdata (shdr_info[cnt].scn, NULL);
+		if (shdr_info[cnt].data == NULL)
+		  INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+	      }
+
+	    /* Set the data.  This is done by copying from the old file.  */
+	    newdata = elf_newdata (scn);
+	    if (newdata == NULL)
+	      INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+	    /* Copy the structure.  */
+	    *newdata = *shdr_info[cnt].data;
+
+	    /* We know the size.  */
+	    shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_size = shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size;
+
+	    /* We have to adjust symtol tables.  The st_shndx member might
+	       have to be updated.  */
+	    if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
+		|| shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB)
+	      {
+		Elf_Data *versiondata = NULL;
+		Elf_Data *shndxdata = NULL;
+
+		size_t elsize = gelf_fsize (elf, ELF_T_SYM, 1,
+					    ehdr->e_version);
+
+		if (shdr_info[cnt].symtab_idx != 0)
+		  {
+		    assert (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX);
+		    /* This section has extended section information.
+		       We have to modify that information, too.  */
+		    shndxdata = elf_getdata (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].symtab_idx].scn,
+					     NULL);
+
+		    assert ((versiondata->d_size / sizeof (Elf32_Word))
+			    >= shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size / elsize);
+		  }
+
+		if (shdr_info[cnt].version_idx != 0)
+		  {
+		    assert (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM);
+		    /* This section has associated version
+		       information.  We have to modify that
+		       information, too.  */
+		    versiondata = elf_getdata (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].version_idx].scn,
+					       NULL);
+
+		    assert ((versiondata->d_size / sizeof (GElf_Versym))
+			    >= shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size / elsize);
+		  }
+
+		shdr_info[cnt].newsymidx
+		  = (Elf32_Word *) xcalloc (shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size
+					    / elsize, sizeof (Elf32_Word));
+
+		bool last_was_local = true;
+		size_t destidx;
+		size_t inner;
+		for (destidx = inner = 1;
+		     inner < shdr_info[cnt].data->d_size / elsize;
+		     ++inner)
+		  {
+		    Elf32_Word sec;
+		    GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+		    Elf32_Word xshndx;
+		    GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsymshndx (shdr_info[cnt].data,
+						      shndxdata, inner,
+						      &sym_mem, &xshndx);
+		    if (sym == NULL)
+		      INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+		    if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF
+			|| (sym->st_shndx >= shnum
+			    && sym->st_shndx != SHN_XINDEX))
+		      {
+			/* This is no section index, leave it alone
+			   unless it is moved.  */
+			if (destidx != inner
+			    && gelf_update_symshndx (shdr_info[cnt].data,
+						     shndxdata,
+						     destidx, sym,
+						     xshndx) == 0)
+			  INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+			shdr_info[cnt].newsymidx[inner] = destidx++;
+
+			if (last_was_local
+			    && GELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL)
+			  {
+			    last_was_local = false;
+			    shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info = destidx - 1;
+			  }
+
+			continue;
+		      }
+
+		    /* Get the full section index, if necessary from the
+		       XINDEX table.  */
+		    if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_XINDEX)
+		      sec = shdr_info[sym->st_shndx].idx;
+		    else
+		      {
+			assert (shndxdata != NULL);
+
+			sec = shdr_info[xshndx].idx;
+		      }
+
+		    if (sec != 0)
+		      {
+			GElf_Section nshndx;
+			Elf32_Word nxshndx;
+
+			if (sec < SHN_LORESERVE)
+			  {
+			    nshndx = sec;
+			    nxshndx = 0;
+			  }
+			else
+			  {
+			    nshndx = SHN_XINDEX;
+			    nxshndx = sec;
+			  }
+
+			assert (sec < SHN_LORESERVE || shndxdata != NULL);
+
+			if ((inner != destidx || nshndx != sym->st_shndx
+			     || (shndxdata != NULL && nxshndx != xshndx))
+			    && (sym->st_shndx = nshndx,
+				gelf_update_symshndx (shdr_info[cnt].data,
+						      shndxdata,
+						      destidx, sym,
+						      nxshndx) == 0))
+			  INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+			shdr_info[cnt].newsymidx[inner] = destidx++;
+
+			if (last_was_local
+			    && GELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL)
+			  {
+			    last_was_local = false;
+			    shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_info = destidx - 1;
+			  }
+		      }
+		    else
+		      /* This is a section symbol for a section which has
+			 been removed.  */
+		      assert (GELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION);
+		  }
+
+		if (destidx != inner)
+		  {
+		    /* The size of the symbol table changed.  */
+		    shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_size = newdata->d_size
+		      = destidx * elsize;
+		    any_symtab_changes = true;
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    /* The symbol table didn't really change.  */
+		    free (shdr_info[cnt].newsymidx);
+		    shdr_info[cnt].newsymidx = NULL;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	/* If we have to, compute the offset of the section.  */
+	if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_offset == 0)
+	  shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_offset
+	    = ((lastoffset + shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_addralign - 1)
+	       & ~((GElf_Off) (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_addralign - 1)));
+
+	/* Set the section header in the new file.  */
+	if (unlikely (gelf_update_shdr (scn, &shdr_info[cnt].shdr) == 0))
+	  /* There cannot be any overflows.  */
+	  INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+	/* Remember the last section written so far.  */
+	GElf_Off filesz = (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
+			   ? shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_size : 0);
+	if (lastoffset < shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_offset + filesz)
+	  lastoffset = shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_offset + filesz;
+      }
+
+  /* Adjust symbol references if symbol tables changed.  */
+  if (any_symtab_changes)
+    {
+      /* Find all relocation sections which use this
+	 symbol table.  */
+      for (cnt = 1; cnt <= shdridx; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (shdr_info[cnt].idx == 0 && debug_fname == NULL)
+	    /* Ignore sections which are discarded.  When we are saving a
+	       relocation section in a separate debug file, we must fix up
+	       the symbol table references.  */
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
+	      || shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+	    {
+	      /* If the symbol table hasn't changed, do not do anything.  */
+	      if (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].old_sh_link].newsymidx == NULL)
+		continue;
+
+	      Elf32_Word *newsymidx
+		= shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].old_sh_link].newsymidx;
+	      Elf_Data *d = elf_getdata (shdr_info[cnt].idx == 0
+					 ? elf_getscn (debugelf, cnt)
+					 : elf_getscn (newelf,
+						       shdr_info[cnt].idx),
+					 NULL);
+	      assert (d != NULL);
+	      size_t nrels = (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_size
+			      / shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_entsize);
+
+	      if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
+		for (size_t relidx = 0; relidx < nrels; ++relidx)
+		  {
+		    GElf_Rel rel_mem;
+		    if (gelf_getrel (d, relidx, &rel_mem) == NULL)
+		      INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+		    size_t symidx = GELF_R_SYM (rel_mem.r_info);
+		    if (newsymidx[symidx] != symidx)
+		      {
+			rel_mem.r_info
+			  = GELF_R_INFO (newsymidx[symidx],
+					 GELF_R_TYPE (rel_mem.r_info));
+
+			if (gelf_update_rel (d, relidx, &rel_mem) == 0)
+			  INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+		      }
+		  }
+	      else
+		for (size_t relidx = 0; relidx < nrels; ++relidx)
+		  {
+		    GElf_Rela rel_mem;
+		    if (gelf_getrela (d, relidx, &rel_mem) == NULL)
+		      INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+		    size_t symidx = GELF_R_SYM (rel_mem.r_info);
+		    if (newsymidx[symidx] != symidx)
+		      {
+			rel_mem.r_info
+			  = GELF_R_INFO (newsymidx[symidx],
+					 GELF_R_TYPE (rel_mem.r_info));
+
+			if (gelf_update_rela (d, relidx, &rel_mem) == 0)
+			  INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+		      }
+		  }
+	    }
+	  else if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_HASH)
+	    {
+	      /* We have to recompute the hash table.  */
+	      Elf32_Word symtabidx = shdr_info[cnt].old_sh_link;
+
+	      /* We do not have to do anything if the symbol table was
+		 not changed.  */
+	      if (shdr_info[symtabidx].newsymidx == NULL)
+		continue;
+
+	      assert (shdr_info[cnt].idx > 0);
+
+	      /* The hash section in the new file.  */
+	      scn = elf_getscn (newelf, shdr_info[cnt].idx);
+
+	      /* The symbol table data.  */
+	      Elf_Data *symd = elf_getdata (elf_getscn (newelf,
+							shdr_info[symtabidx].idx),
+					    NULL);
+	      assert (symd != NULL);
+
+	      /* The hash table data.  */
+	      Elf_Data *hashd = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+	      assert (hashd != NULL);
+
+	      if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf32_Word))
+		{
+		  /* Sane arches first.  */
+		  Elf32_Word *bucket = (Elf32_Word *) hashd->d_buf;
+
+		  size_t strshndx = shdr_info[symtabidx].old_sh_link;
+		  size_t elsize = gelf_fsize (elf, ELF_T_SYM, 1,
+					      ehdr->e_version);
+
+		  /* Adjust the nchain value.  The symbol table size
+		     changed.  We keep the same size for the bucket array.  */
+		  bucket[1] = symd->d_size / elsize;
+		  Elf32_Word nbucket = bucket[0];
+		  bucket += 2;
+		  Elf32_Word *chain = bucket + nbucket;
+
+		  /* New size of the section.  */
+		  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+		  GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+		  shdr->sh_size = hashd->d_size
+		    = (2 + symd->d_size / elsize + nbucket)
+		      * sizeof (Elf32_Word);
+		  (void) gelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+
+		  /* Clear the arrays.  */
+		  memset (bucket, '\0',
+			  (symd->d_size / elsize + nbucket)
+			  * sizeof (Elf32_Word));
+
+		  for (size_t inner = shdr_info[symtabidx].shdr.sh_info;
+		       inner < symd->d_size / elsize; ++inner)
+		    {
+		      GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+		      GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsym (symd, inner, &sym_mem);
+		      assert (sym != NULL);
+
+		      const char *name = elf_strptr (elf, strshndx,
+						     sym->st_name);
+		      assert (name != NULL);
+		      size_t hidx = elf_hash (name) % nbucket;
+
+		      if (bucket[hidx] == 0)
+			bucket[hidx] = inner;
+		      else
+			{
+			  hidx = bucket[hidx];
+
+			  while (chain[hidx] != 0)
+			    hidx = chain[hidx];
+
+			  chain[hidx] = inner;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* Alpha and S390 64-bit use 64-bit SHT_HASH entries.  */
+		  assert (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_entsize
+			  == sizeof (Elf64_Xword));
+
+		  Elf64_Xword *bucket = (Elf64_Xword *) hashd->d_buf;
+
+		  size_t strshndx = shdr_info[symtabidx].old_sh_link;
+		  size_t elsize = gelf_fsize (elf, ELF_T_SYM, 1,
+					      ehdr->e_version);
+
+		  /* Adjust the nchain value.  The symbol table size
+		     changed.  We keep the same size for the bucket array.  */
+		  bucket[1] = symd->d_size / elsize;
+		  Elf64_Xword nbucket = bucket[0];
+		  bucket += 2;
+		  Elf64_Xword *chain = bucket + nbucket;
+
+		  /* New size of the section.  */
+		  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+		  GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+		  shdr->sh_size = hashd->d_size
+		    = (2 + symd->d_size / elsize + nbucket)
+		      * sizeof (Elf64_Xword);
+		  (void) gelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+
+		  /* Clear the arrays.  */
+		  memset (bucket, '\0',
+			  (symd->d_size / elsize + nbucket)
+			  * sizeof (Elf64_Xword));
+
+		  for (size_t inner = shdr_info[symtabidx].shdr.sh_info;
+		       inner < symd->d_size / elsize; ++inner)
+		    {
+		      GElf_Sym sym_mem;
+		      GElf_Sym *sym = gelf_getsym (symd, inner, &sym_mem);
+		      assert (sym != NULL);
+
+		      const char *name = elf_strptr (elf, strshndx,
+						     sym->st_name);
+		      assert (name != NULL);
+		      size_t hidx = elf_hash (name) % nbucket;
+
+		      if (bucket[hidx] == 0)
+			bucket[hidx] = inner;
+		      else
+			{
+			  hidx = bucket[hidx];
+
+			  while (chain[hidx] != 0)
+			    hidx = chain[hidx];
+
+			  chain[hidx] = inner;
+			}
+		    }
+	        }
+	    }
+	  else if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_GNU_versym)
+	    {
+	      /* If the symbol table changed we have to adjust the
+		 entries.  */
+	      Elf32_Word symtabidx = shdr_info[cnt].old_sh_link;
+
+	      /* We do not have to do anything if the symbol table was
+		 not changed.  */
+	      if (shdr_info[symtabidx].newsymidx == NULL)
+		continue;
+
+	      assert (shdr_info[cnt].idx > 0);
+
+	      /* The symbol version section in the new file.  */
+	      scn = elf_getscn (newelf, shdr_info[cnt].idx);
+
+	      /* The symbol table data.  */
+	      Elf_Data *symd = elf_getdata (elf_getscn (newelf,
+							shdr_info[symtabidx].idx),
+					    NULL);
+	      assert (symd != NULL);
+
+	      /* The version symbol data.  */
+	      Elf_Data *verd = elf_getdata (scn, NULL);
+	      assert (verd != NULL);
+
+	      /* The symbol version array.  */
+	      GElf_Half *verstab = (GElf_Half *) verd->d_buf;
+
+	      /* New indices of the symbols.  */
+	      Elf32_Word *newsymidx = shdr_info[symtabidx].newsymidx;
+
+	      /* Walk through the list and */
+	      size_t elsize = gelf_fsize (elf, verd->d_type, 1,
+					  ehdr->e_version);
+	      for (size_t inner = 1; inner < verd->d_size / elsize; ++inner)
+		if (newsymidx[inner] != 0)
+		  /* Overwriting the same array works since the
+		     reordering can only move entries to lower indices
+		     in the array.  */
+		  verstab[newsymidx[inner]] = verstab[inner];
+
+	      /* New size of the section.  */
+	      GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+	      GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+	      shdr->sh_size = verd->d_size
+		= gelf_fsize (newelf, verd->d_type,
+			      symd->d_size / gelf_fsize (elf, symd->d_type, 1,
+							 ehdr->e_version),
+			      ehdr->e_version);
+	      (void) gelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+	    }
+	  else if (shdr_info[cnt].shdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
+	    {
+	      /* Check whether the associated symbol table changed.  */
+	      if (shdr_info[shdr_info[cnt].old_sh_link].newsymidx != NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Yes the symbol table changed.  Update the section
+		     header of the section group.  */
+		  scn = elf_getscn (newelf, shdr_info[cnt].idx);
+		  GElf_Shdr shdr_mem;
+		  GElf_Shdr *shdr = gelf_getshdr (scn, &shdr_mem);
+		  assert (shdr != NULL);
+
+		  size_t stabidx = shdr_info[cnt].old_sh_link;
+		  shdr->sh_info = shdr_info[stabidx].newsymidx[shdr->sh_info];
+
+		  (void) gelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now that we have done all adjustments to the data,
+     we can actually write out the debug file.  */
+  if (debug_fname != NULL)
+    {
+      uint32_t debug_crc;
+      Elf_Data debug_crc_data =
+	{
+	  .d_type = ELF_T_WORD,
+	  .d_buf = &debug_crc,
+	  .d_size = sizeof (debug_crc),
+	  .d_version = EV_CURRENT
+	};
+
+      /* Finally write the file.  */
+      if (unlikely (elf_update (debugelf, ELF_C_WRITE)) == -1)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, gettext ("while writing '%s': %s"),
+		 debug_fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+	  result = 1;
+	  goto fail_close;
+	}
+
+      /* Create the real output file.  First rename, then change the
+	 mode.  */
+      if (rename (tmp_debug_fname, debug_fname) != 0
+	  || fchmod (debug_fd, mode) != 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, gettext ("while creating '%s'"), debug_fname);
+	  result = 1;
+	  goto fail_close;
+	}
+
+      /* The temporary file does not exist anymore.  */
+      tmp_debug_fname = NULL;
+
+      /* Compute the checksum which we will add to the executable.  */
+      if (crc32_file (debug_fd, &debug_crc) != 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno,
+		 gettext ("while computing checksum for debug information"));
+	  unlink (debug_fname);
+	  result = 1;
+	  goto fail_close;
+	}
+
+      /* Store it in the debuglink section data.  */
+      if (unlikely (gelf_xlatetof (newelf, &debuglink_crc_data,
+				   &debug_crc_data, ehdr->e_ident[EI_DATA])
+		    != &debuglink_crc_data))
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+    }
+
+  /* Finally finish the ELF header.  Fill in the fields not handled by
+     libelf from the old file.  */
+  newehdr = gelf_getehdr (newelf, &newehdr_mem);
+  if (newehdr == NULL)
+    INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+  memcpy (newehdr->e_ident, ehdr->e_ident, EI_NIDENT);
+  newehdr->e_type = ehdr->e_type;
+  newehdr->e_machine = ehdr->e_machine;
+  newehdr->e_version = ehdr->e_version;
+  newehdr->e_entry = ehdr->e_entry;
+  newehdr->e_flags = ehdr->e_flags;
+  newehdr->e_phoff = ehdr->e_phoff;
+  /* We need to position the section header table.  */
+  const size_t offsize = gelf_fsize (elf, ELF_T_OFF, 1, EV_CURRENT);
+  newehdr->e_shoff = ((shdr_info[shdridx].shdr.sh_offset
+		       + shdr_info[shdridx].shdr.sh_size + offsize - 1)
+		      & ~((GElf_Off) (offsize - 1)));
+  newehdr->e_shentsize = gelf_fsize (elf, ELF_T_SHDR, 1, EV_CURRENT);
+
+  /* The new section header string table index.  */
+  if (likely (idx < SHN_HIRESERVE) && likely (idx != SHN_XINDEX))
+    newehdr->e_shstrndx = idx;
+  else
+    {
+      /* The index does not fit in the ELF header field.  */
+      shdr_info[0].scn = elf_getscn (elf, 0);
+
+      if (gelf_getshdr (shdr_info[0].scn, &shdr_info[0].shdr) == NULL)
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+
+      shdr_info[0].shdr.sh_link = idx;
+      (void) gelf_update_shdr (shdr_info[0].scn, &shdr_info[0].shdr);
+
+      newehdr->e_shstrndx = SHN_XINDEX;
+    }
+
+  if (gelf_update_ehdr (newelf, newehdr) == 0)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("%s: error while creating ELF header: %s"),
+	     fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* We have everything from the old file.  */
+  if (elf_cntl (elf, ELF_C_FDDONE) != 0)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("%s: error while reading the file: %s"),
+	     fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* The ELF library better follows our layout when this is not a
+     relocatable object file.  */
+  elf_flagelf (newelf, ELF_C_SET,
+	       (ehdr->e_type != ET_REL ? ELF_F_LAYOUT : 0)
+	       | (permissive ? ELF_F_PERMISSIVE : 0));
+
+  /* Finally write the file.  */
+  if (elf_update (newelf, ELF_C_WRITE) == -1)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("while writing '%s': %s"),
+	     fname, elf_errmsg (-1));
+      result = 1;
+    }
+
+ fail_close:
+  if (shdr_info != NULL)
+    {
+      /* For some sections we might have created an table to map symbol
+	 table indices.  */
+      if (any_symtab_changes)
+	for (cnt = 1; cnt <= shdridx; ++cnt)
+	  free (shdr_info[cnt].newsymidx);
+
+      /* Free the memory.  */
+      if ((shnum + 2) * sizeof (struct shdr_info) > MAX_STACK_ALLOC)
+	free (shdr_info);
+    }
+
+  /* Free other resources.  */
+  if (shstrtab_data != NULL)
+    free (shstrtab_data->d_buf);
+  if (shst != NULL)
+    ebl_strtabfree (shst);
+
+  /* That was it.  Close the descriptors.  */
+  if (elf_end (newelf) != 0)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("error while finishing '%s': %s"), fname,
+	     elf_errmsg (-1));
+      result = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (debugelf != NULL && elf_end (debugelf) != 0)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, gettext ("error while finishing '%s': %s"), debug_fname,
+	     elf_errmsg (-1));
+      result = 1;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  /* Close the EBL backend.  */
+  if (ebl != NULL)
+    ebl_closebackend (ebl);
+
+  /* Close debug file descriptor, if opened */
+  if (debug_fd >= 0)
+    {
+      if (tmp_debug_fname != NULL)
+	unlink (tmp_debug_fname);
+      close (debug_fd);
+    }
+
+  /* If requested, preserve the timestamp.  */
+  if (tvp != NULL)
+    {
+      if (futimes (fd, tvp) != 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, gettext ("\
+cannot set access and modification date of '%s'"),
+		 output_fname ?: fname);
+	  result = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Close the file descriptor if we created a new file.  */
+  if (output_fname != NULL)
+    close (fd);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static int
+handle_ar (int fd, Elf *elf, const char *prefix, const char *fname,
+	   struct timeval tvp[2])
+{
+  size_t prefix_len = prefix == NULL ? 0 : strlen (prefix);
+  size_t fname_len = strlen (fname) + 1;
+  char new_prefix[prefix_len + 1 + fname_len];
+  char *cp = new_prefix;
+
+  /* Create the full name of the file.  */
+  if (prefix != NULL)
+    {
+      cp = mempcpy (cp, prefix, prefix_len);
+      *cp++ = ':';
+    }
+  memcpy (cp, fname, fname_len);
+
+
+  /* Process all the files contained in the archive.  */
+  Elf *subelf;
+  Elf_Cmd cmd = ELF_C_RDWR;
+  int result = 0;
+  while ((subelf = elf_begin (fd, cmd, elf)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The the header for this element.  */
+      Elf_Arhdr *arhdr = elf_getarhdr (subelf);
+
+      if (elf_kind (subelf) == ELF_K_ELF)
+	result |= handle_elf (fd, subelf, new_prefix, arhdr->ar_name, 0, NULL);
+      else if (elf_kind (subelf) == ELF_K_AR)
+	result |= handle_ar (fd, subelf, new_prefix, arhdr->ar_name, NULL);
+
+      /* Get next archive element.  */
+      cmd = elf_next (subelf);
+      if (unlikely (elf_end (subelf) != 0))
+	INTERNAL_ERROR (fname);
+    }
+
+  if (tvp != NULL)
+    {
+      if (unlikely (futimes (fd, tvp) != 0))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, gettext ("\
+cannot set access and modification date of '%s'"), fname);
+	  result = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (unlikely (close (fd) != 0))
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, gettext ("while closing '%s'"), fname);
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/src/symbolhash.c b/src/symbolhash.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da2ae6f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/symbolhash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Symbol hash table implementation.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <ld.h>
+
+/* Definitions for the symbol hash table.  */
+#define TYPE struct symbol *
+#define NAME ld_symbol_tab
+#define ITERATE 1
+#define COMPARE(a, b) strcmp ((a)->name, (b)->name)
+
+#include "../lib/dynamicsizehash.c"
diff --git a/src/symbolhash.h b/src/symbolhash.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8798c2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/symbolhash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifndef SYMBOLHASH_H
+#define SYMBOLHASH_H	1
+
+/* Definitions for the symbol hash table.  */
+#define TYPE struct symbol *
+#define NAME ld_symbol_tab
+#define ITERATE 1
+#define COMPARE(a, b) strcmp ((a)->name, (b)->name)
+#include <dynamicsizehash.h>
+
+#endif	/* symbolhash.h */
diff --git a/src/unaligned.h b/src/unaligned.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..524b35c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/unaligned.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* Unaligned memory access functionality.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifndef _UNALIGNED_H
+#define _UNALIGNED_H	1
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#include <endian.h>
+
+
+#ifndef UNALIGNED_ACCESS_CLASS
+# error "UNALIGNED_ACCESS_CLASS must be defined"
+#endif
+
+
+/* Macros to convert from the host byte order to that of the object file.  */
+#if UNALIGNED_ACCESS_CLASS == BYTE_ORDER
+# define target_bswap_16(n) (n)
+# define target_bswap_32(n) (n)
+# define target_bswap_64(n) (n)
+#else
+# define target_bswap_16(n) bswap_16 (n)
+# define target_bswap_32(n) bswap_32 (n)
+# define target_bswap_64(n) bswap_64 (n)
+#endif
+
+
+union u_2ubyte_unaligned
+{
+  uint16_t u;
+  char c[2];
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+union u_4ubyte_unaligned
+{
+  uint32_t u;
+  char c[4];
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+union u_8ubyte_unaligned
+{
+  uint64_t u;
+  char c[8];
+} __attribute__((packed));
+
+
+/* Macros to store value at unaligned address.  */
+#define store_2ubyte_unaligned(ptr, value) \
+  (void) (((union u_2ubyte_unaligned *) (ptr))->u = target_bswap_16 (value))
+#define store_4ubyte_unaligned(ptr, value) \
+  (void) (((union u_4ubyte_unaligned *) (ptr))->u = target_bswap_32 (value))
+#define store_8ubyte_unaligned(ptr, value) \
+  (void) (((union u_8ubyte_unaligned *) (ptr))->u = target_bswap_64 (value))
+
+
+/* Macros to add value to unaligned address.  This is a bit more
+   complicated since the value must be read from memory and eventually
+   converted twice.  */
+#if UNALIGNED_ACCESS_CLASS == BYTE_ORDER
+# define add_2ubyte_unaligned(ptr, value) \
+  (void) (((union u_2ubyte_unaligned *) (ptr))->u += value)
+# define add_4ubyte_unaligned(ptr, value) \
+  (void) (((union u_4ubyte_unaligned *) (ptr))->u += value)
+# define add_8ubyte_unaligned(ptr, value) \
+  (void) (((union u_8ubyte_unaligned *) (ptr))->u += value)
+#else
+# define add_2ubyte_unaligned(ptr, value) \
+  do {									      \
+    union u_2ubyte_unaligned *_ptr = (ptr);				      \
+    uint16_t _val = bswap_16 (_ptr->u) + (value);			      \
+    _ptr->u = bswap_16 (_val);						      \
+  } while (0)
+# define add_4ubyte_unaligned(ptr, value) \
+  do {									      \
+    union u_4ubyte_unaligned *_ptr = (ptr);				      \
+    uint32_t _val = bswap_32 (_ptr->u) + (value);			      \
+    _ptr->u = bswap_32 (_val);						      \
+  } while (0)
+# define add_8ubyte_unaligned(ptr, value) \
+  do {									      \
+    union u_8ubyte_unaligned *_ptr = (ptr);				      \
+    uint64_t _val = bswap_64 (_ptr->u) + (value);			      \
+    _ptr->u = bswap_64 (_val);						      \
+  } while (0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* unaligned.h */
diff --git a/src/versionhash.c b/src/versionhash.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79b2e105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/versionhash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Version symbol hash table implementation.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <ld.h>
+
+/* Definitions for the symbol hash table.  */
+#define TYPE struct id_list *
+#define NAME ld_version_str_tab
+#define COMPARE(a, b) strcmp ((a)->id, (b)->id)
+
+#include "../lib/dynamicsizehash.c"
diff --git a/src/versionhash.h b/src/versionhash.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..243aeeb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/versionhash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2001.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifndef VERSIONHASH_H
+#define VERSIONHASH_H	1
+
+/* Definitions for the symbol hash table.  */
+#define TYPE struct id_list *
+#define NAME ld_version_str_tab
+#include <dynamicsizehash.h>
+
+#endif	/* versionhash.h */
diff --git a/src/xelf.h b/src/xelf.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab36e002
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/xelf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/* Macros to enable writing native and generic ELF access code.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Red Hat, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2003.
+
+   This program is Open Source software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the Open Software License version 1.0 as
+   published by the Open Source Initiative.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the Open Software License along
+   with this program; if not, you may obtain a copy of the Open Software
+   License version 1.0 from http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl.php or
+   by writing the Open Source Initiative c/o Lawrence Rosen, Esq.,
+   3001 King Ranch Road, Ukiah, CA 95482.   */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <libebl.h>
+
+
+/* By default the linker is handling all architectures.  But it can
+   be configured to be a native-only linker.  */
+#if NATIVE_ELF == 32
+/* 32-bit only.  */
+# define XElf_Ehdr Elf32_Ehdr
+# define XElf_Shdr Elf32_Shdr
+# define XElf_Off Elf32_Off
+# define XElf_Addr Elf32_Addr
+# define XElf_Half Elf32_Half
+# define XElf_Word Elf32_Word
+# define XElf_Xword Elf32_Word
+# define XElf_Sxword Elf32_Sword
+# define XElf_Versym Elf32_Versym
+# define XElf_Sym Elf32_Sym
+# define XElf_Rel Elf32_Rel
+# define XElf_Rela Elf32_Rela
+
+# define XElf_Ehdr_vardef(name) Elf32_Ehdr *name
+# define xelf_getehdr(elf, name) name = elf32_getehdr (elf)
+# define xelf_getehdr_copy(elf, name, copy) \
+  (copy) = *(name = elf32_getehdr (elf))
+# define xelf_newehdr(elf, klass) elf32_newehdr (elf)
+# define xelf_update_ehdr(elf, ehdr) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (elf), (void) (ehdr), 1)
+
+# define xelf_getclass(elf) ELFCLASS32
+
+# define XElf_Phdr_vardef(name) Elf32_Phdr *name
+# define xelf_newphdr(elf, n) elf32_newphdr (elf, n)
+# define xelf_getphdr(elf, idx, name) name = elf32_getphdr (elf) + idx
+# define xelf_getphdr_ptr(elf, idx, name) name = elf32_getphdr (elf) + idx
+# define xelf_update_phdr(elf, idx, phdr) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (elf), (void) (idx), (void) (phdr), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Shdr_vardef(name) Elf32_Shdr *name
+# define xelf_getshdr(scn, name) name = elf32_getshdr (scn)
+# define xelf_getshdr_copy(scn, name, copy) \
+  (copy) = *(name = elf32_getshdr (scn))
+# define xelf_update_shdr(scn, shdr) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (scn), (void) (shdr), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Sym_vardef(name) Elf32_Sym *name
+# define xelf_getsym(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf32_Sym *) (data)->d_buf)[idx]
+# define xelf_getsym_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf32_Sym *) (data)->d_buf)[idx]
+# define xelf_getsymshndx(data, ndxdata, idx, name1, name2) \
+  (name1 = &((Elf32_Sym *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]);			      \
+  name2 = (unlikely ((ndxdata) != NULL)					      \
+	   ? ((Elf32_Word *) ((ndxdata)->d_buf))[idx] : 0)
+# define xelf_update_sym(data, idx, sym) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (data), (void) (idx), (void) (sym), 1)
+# define xelf_update_symshndx(data, ndxdata, idx, name1, name2, datachanged) \
+  if (datachanged)							      \
+    ((Elf32_Sym *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx] = *name1;			      \
+  if (unlikely (ndxdata != NULL))					      \
+    ((Elf32_Word *) ((ndxdata)->d_buf))[idx] = name2
+
+# define XElf_Versym_vardef(name) Elf32_Versym name
+# define xelf_getversym_copy(data, idx, name) \
+  (name = ((Elf32_Versym *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx], &name)
+
+# define XElf_Dyn_vardef(name) Elf32_Dyn *name
+# define xelf_getdyn(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf32_Dyn *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_getdyn_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf32_Dyn *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_update_dyn(data, idx, name) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (data), (void) (idx), (void) (name), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Rel_vardef(name) Elf32_Rel *name
+# define xelf_getrel(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf32_Rel *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_getrel_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf32_Rel *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_update_rel(data, idx, name) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (data), (void) (idx), (void) (name), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Rela_vardef(name) Elf32_Rela *name
+# define xelf_getrela(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf32_Rela *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_getrela_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf32_Rela *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_update_rela(data, idx, name) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (data), (void) (idx), (void) (name), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Verdef_vardef(name) Elf32_Verdef *name
+# define xelf_getverdef(data, offset, name) \
+  name = ((Elf32_Verdef *) ((char *) ((data)->d_buf) + (offset)))
+
+# define XElf_Verdaux_vardef(name) Elf32_Verdaux *name
+# define xelf_getverdaux(data, offset, name) \
+  name = ((Elf32_Verdaux *) ((char *) ((data)->d_buf) + (offset)))
+
+# define XELF_ST_TYPE(info) ELF32_ST_TYPE (info)
+# define XELF_ST_BIND(info) ELF32_ST_BIND (info)
+# define XELF_ST_INFO(bind, type) ELF32_ST_INFO (bind, type)
+# define XELF_ST_VISIBILITY(info) ELF32_ST_VISIBILITY (info)
+
+# define XELF_R_SYM(info) ELF32_R_SYM (info)
+# define XELF_R_TYPE(info) ELF32_R_TYPE (info)
+# define XELF_R_INFO(sym, type) ELF32_R_INFO (sym, type)
+
+# define xelf_fsize(elf, type, cnt) \
+  (__builtin_constant_p (type)						      \
+   ? ({ size_t fsize;							      \
+        switch (type)							      \
+	  {								      \
+	  case ELF_T_BYTE: fsize = 1; break;				      \
+	  case ELF_T_ADDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Addr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_DYN: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Dyn); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_EHDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Ehdr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_HALF: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Half); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_OFF: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Off); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_PHDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Phdr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_RELA: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Rela); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_REL: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Rel); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_SHDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Shdr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_SWORD: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Sword); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_SYM: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Sym); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_WORD: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Word); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_XWORD: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Xword); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_SXWORD: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Sxword); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_VDEF: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Verdef); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_VDAUX: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Verdaux); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_VNEED: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Verneed); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_VNAUX: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Vernaux); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_NHDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Nhdr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_SYMINFO: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Syminfo); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_MOVE: fsize = sizeof (Elf32_Move); break;		      \
+          default: fsize = 0; break;					      \
+	  }								      \
+        fsize * (cnt); })						      \
+   : gelf_fsize (elf, type, cnt, EV_CURRENT))
+#elif NATIVE_ELF == 64
+/* 64-bit only.  */
+# define XElf_Ehdr Elf64_Ehdr
+# define XElf_Shdr Elf64_Shdr
+# define XElf_Addr Elf64_Addr
+# define XElf_Half Elf64_Half
+# define XElf_Off Elf64_Off
+# define XElf_Word Elf64_Word
+# define XElf_Xword Elf64_Xword
+# define XElf_Sxword Elf64_Sxword
+# define XElf_Versym Elf64_Versym
+# define XElf_Sym Elf64_Sym
+# define XElf_Rel Elf64_Rel
+# define XElf_Rela Elf64_Rela
+
+# define XElf_Ehdr_vardef(name) Elf64_Ehdr *name
+# define xelf_getehdr(elf, name) name = elf64_getehdr (elf)
+# define xelf_getehdr_copy(elf, name, copy) \
+  (copy) = *(name = elf64_getehdr (elf))
+# define xelf_newehdr(elf, klass) elf64_newehdr (elf)
+# define xelf_update_ehdr(elf, ehdr) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (elf), (void) (ehdr), 1)
+
+# define xelf_getclass(elf) ELFCLASS32
+
+# define XElf_Phdr_vardef(name) Elf64_Phdr *name
+# define xelf_newphdr(elf, n) elf64_newphdr (elf, n)
+# define xelf_getphdr(elf, idx, name) name = elf64_getphdr (elf) + idx
+# define xelf_getphdr_ptr(elf, idx, name) name = elf64_getphdr (elf) + idx
+# define xelf_update_phdr(elf, idx, phdr) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (elf), (void) (idx), (void) (phdr), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Shdr_vardef(name) Elf64_Shdr *name
+# define xelf_getshdr(scn, name) name = elf64_getshdr (scn)
+# define xelf_getshdr_copy(scn, name, copy) \
+  (copy) = *(name = elf64_getshdr (scn))
+# define xelf_update_shdr(scn, shdr) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (scn), (void) (shdr), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Sym_vardef(name) Elf64_Sym *name
+# define xelf_getsym(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf64_Sym *) (data)->d_buf)[idx]
+# define xelf_getsym_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf64_Sym *) (data)->d_buf)[idx]
+# define xelf_getsymshndx(data, ndxdata, idx, name1, name2) \
+  (name1 = &((Elf64_Sym *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]);			      \
+  name2 = (unlikely ((ndxdata) != NULL)					      \
+	   ? ((Elf32_Word *) ((ndxdata)->d_buf))[idx] : 0)
+# define xelf_update_sym(data, idx, sym) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (data), (void) (idx), (void) (sym), 1)
+# define xelf_update_symshndx(data, ndxdata, idx, name1, name2, datachanged) \
+  if (datachanged)							      \
+    ((Elf64_Sym *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx] = *name1;			      \
+  if (ndxdata != NULL)							      \
+    (((Elf32_Word *) ((ndxdata)->d_buf))[idx] = name2)
+
+# define XElf_Versym_vardef(name) Elf64_Versym name
+# define xelf_getversym_copy(data, idx, name) \
+  (name = ((Elf64_Versym *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx], (&name))
+
+# define XElf_Dyn_vardef(name) Elf64_Dyn *name
+# define xelf_getdyn(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf64_Dyn *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_getdyn_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf64_Dyn *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_update_dyn(data, idx, name) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (data), (void) (idx), (void) (name), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Rel_vardef(name) Elf64_Rel *name
+# define xelf_getrel(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf64_Rel *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_getrel_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf64_Rel *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_update_rel(data, idx, name) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (data), (void) (idx), (void) (name), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Rela_vardef(name) Elf64_Rela *name
+# define xelf_getrela(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf64_Rela *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_getrela_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &((Elf64_Rela *) ((data)->d_buf))[idx]
+# define xelf_update_rela(data, idx, name) \
+  /* nothing */ ((void) (data), (void) (idx), (void) (name), 1)
+
+# define XElf_Verdef_vardef(name) Elf64_Verdef *name
+# define xelf_getverdef(data, offset, name) \
+  name = ((Elf64_Verdef *) ((char *) ((data)->d_buf) + (offset)))
+
+# define XElf_Verdaux_vardef(name) Elf64_Verdaux *name
+# define xelf_getverdaux(data, offset, name) \
+  name = ((Elf64_Verdaux *) ((char *) ((data)->d_buf) + (offset)))
+
+# define XELF_ST_TYPE(info) ELF64_ST_TYPE (info)
+# define XELF_ST_BIND(info) ELF64_ST_BIND (info)
+# define XELF_ST_INFO(bind, type) ELF64_ST_INFO (bind, type)
+# define XELF_ST_VISIBILITY(info) ELF64_ST_VISIBILITY (info)
+
+# define XELF_R_SYM(info) ELF64_R_SYM (info)
+# define XELF_R_TYPE(info) ELF64_R_TYPE (info)
+# define XELF_R_INFO(sym, type) ELF64_R_INFO (sym, type)
+
+# define xelf_fsize(elf, type, cnt) \
+  (__builtin_constant_p (type)						      \
+   ? ({ size_t fsize;							      \
+        switch (type)							      \
+	  {								      \
+	  case ELF_T_BYTE: fsize = 1; break;				      \
+	  case ELF_T_ADDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Addr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_DYN: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Dyn); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_EHDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Ehdr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_HALF: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Half); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_OFF: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Off); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_PHDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Phdr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_RELA: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Rela); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_REL: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Rel); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_SHDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Shdr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_SWORD: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Sword); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_SYM: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Sym); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_WORD: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Word); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_XWORD: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Xword); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_SXWORD: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Sxword); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_VDEF: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Verdef); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_VDAUX: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Verdaux); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_VNEED: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Verneed); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_VNAUX: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Vernaux); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_NHDR: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Nhdr); break;		      \
+	  case ELF_T_SYMINFO: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Syminfo); break;	      \
+	  case ELF_T_MOVE: fsize = sizeof (Elf64_Move); break;		      \
+          default: fsize = 0; break;					      \
+	  }								      \
+        fsize * (cnt); })						      \
+   : gelf_fsize (elf, type, cnt, EV_CURRENT))
+#else
+# include <gelf.h>
+
+/* Generic linker.  */
+# define XElf_Ehdr GElf_Ehdr
+# define XElf_Shdr GElf_Shdr
+# define XElf_Addr GElf_Addr
+# define XElf_Half GElf_Half
+# define XElf_Off GElf_Off
+# define XElf_Word GElf_Word
+# define XElf_Xword GElf_Xword
+# define XElf_Sxword GElf_Sxword
+# define XElf_Versym GElf_Versym
+# define XElf_Sym GElf_Sym
+# define XElf_Rel GElf_Rel
+# define XElf_Rela GElf_Rela
+
+# define XElf_Ehdr_vardef(name) GElf_Ehdr name##_mem; GElf_Ehdr *name
+# define xelf_getehdr(elf, name) name = gelf_getehdr (elf, &name##_mem)
+# define xelf_getehdr_copy(elf, name, copy) \
+  name = gelf_getehdr (elf, &(copy))
+# define xelf_newehdr(elf, klass) gelf_newehdr (elf, klass)
+# define xelf_update_ehdr(elf, ehdr) gelf_update_ehdr (elf, ehdr)
+
+# define xelf_getclass(elf) gelf_getclass (elf)
+
+# define XElf_Phdr_vardef(name) GElf_Phdr name##_mem; GElf_Phdr *name
+# define xelf_newphdr(elf, n) gelf_newphdr (elf, n)
+# define xelf_getphdr(elf, idx, name) \
+  name = gelf_getphdr (elf, idx, &name##_mem)
+# define xelf_getphdr_ptr(elf, idx, name) \
+  name = &name##_mem
+# define xelf_update_phdr(elf, idx, phdr) \
+  gelf_update_phdr (elf, idx, phdr)
+
+# define XElf_Shdr_vardef(name) GElf_Shdr name##_mem; GElf_Shdr *name
+# define xelf_getshdr(scn, name) name = gelf_getshdr (scn, &name##_mem)
+# define xelf_getshdr_copy(scn, name, copy) \
+  name = gelf_getshdr (scn, &(copy))
+# define xelf_update_shdr(scn, shdr) gelf_update_shdr (scn, shdr)
+
+# define XElf_Sym_vardef(name) GElf_Sym name##_mem; GElf_Sym *name
+# define xelf_getsym(data, idx, name) \
+  name = gelf_getsym (data, idx, &name##_mem)
+# define xelf_getsym_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &name##_mem
+# define xelf_getsymshndx(data, ndxdata, idx, name1, name2) \
+  name1 = gelf_getsymshndx (data, ndxdata, idx, &name1##_mem, &(name2))
+# define xelf_update_sym(data, idx, sym) gelf_update_sym (data, idx, sym)
+# define xelf_update_symshndx(data, ndxdata, idx, name1, name2, datachanged) \
+  gelf_update_symshndx (data, ndxdata, idx, name1, name2)
+
+# define XElf_Versym_vardef(name) GElf_Versym name
+# define xelf_getversym_copy(data, idx, name) \
+  gelf_getversym (data, idx, &name)
+
+# define XElf_Dyn_vardef(name) GElf_Dyn name##_mem; GElf_Dyn *name
+# define xelf_getdyn(data, idx, name) \
+  name = gelf_getdyn (data, idx, &name##_mem)
+# define xelf_getdyn_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &name##_mem
+# define xelf_update_dyn(data, idx, name) \
+  gelf_update_dyn (data, idx, name)
+
+# define XElf_Rel_vardef(name) GElf_Rel name##_mem; GElf_Rel *name
+# define xelf_getrel(data, idx, name) \
+  name = gelf_getrel (data, idx, &name##_mem)
+# define xelf_getrel_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &name##_mem
+# define xelf_update_rel(data, idx, name) \
+  gelf_update_rel (data, idx, name)
+
+# define XElf_Rela_vardef(name) GElf_Rela name##_mem; GElf_Rela *name
+# define xelf_getrela(data, idx, name) \
+  name = gelf_getrela (data, idx, &name##_mem)
+# define xelf_getrela_ptr(data, idx, name) \
+  name = &name##_mem
+# define xelf_update_rela(data, idx, name) \
+  gelf_update_rela (data, idx, name)
+
+# define XElf_Verdef_vardef(name) GElf_Verdef name##_mem; GElf_Verdef *name
+# define xelf_getverdef(data, offset, name) \
+  name = gelf_getverdef (data, offset, &name##_mem)
+
+# define XElf_Verdaux_vardef(name) GElf_Verdaux name##_mem; GElf_Verdaux *name
+# define xelf_getverdaux(data, offset, name) \
+  name = gelf_getverdaux (data, offset, &name##_mem)
+
+# define XELF_ST_TYPE(info) GELF_ST_TYPE (info)
+# define XELF_ST_BIND(info) GELF_ST_BIND (info)
+# define XELF_ST_INFO(bind, type) GELF_ST_INFO (bind, type)
+# define XELF_ST_VISIBILITY(info) GELF_ST_VISIBILITY (info)
+
+# define XELF_R_SYM(info) GELF_R_SYM (info)
+# define XELF_R_TYPE(info) GELF_R_TYPE (info)
+# define XELF_R_INFO(sym, type) GELF_R_INFO (sym, type)
+
+# define xelf_fsize(elf, type, cnt) \
+  gelf_fsize (elf, type, cnt, EV_CURRENT)
+#endif
diff --git a/src/ylwrap b/src/ylwrap
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8abf827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ylwrap
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations.
+# Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <[email protected]>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Usage:
+#     ylwrap INPUT [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- PROGRAM [ARGS]...
+# * INPUT is the input file
+# * OUTPUT is file PROG generates
+# * DESIRED is file we actually want
+# * PROGRAM is program to run
+# * ARGS are passed to PROG
+# Any number of OUTPUT,DESIRED pairs may be used.
+
+# The input.
+input="$1"
+shift
+case "$input" in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+    # Absolute path; do nothing.
+    ;;
+ *)
+    # Relative path.  Make it absolute.
+    input="`pwd`/$input"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+pairlist=
+while test "$#" -ne 0; do
+   if test "$1" = "--"; then
+      shift
+      break
+   fi
+   pairlist="$pairlist $1"
+   shift
+done
+
+# The program to run.
+prog="$1"
+shift
+# Make any relative path in $prog absolute.
+case "$prog" in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;;
+ *[\\/]*) prog="`pwd`/$prog" ;;
+esac
+
+# FIXME: add hostname here for parallel makes that run commands on
+# other machines.  But that might take us over the 14-char limit.
+dirname=ylwrap$$
+trap "cd `pwd`; rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15
+mkdir $dirname || exit 1
+
+cd $dirname
+
+$prog ${1+"$@"} "$input"
+status=$?
+
+if test $status -eq 0; then
+   set X $pairlist
+   shift
+   first=yes
+   # Since DOS filename conventions don't allow two dots,
+   # the DOS version of Bison writes out y_tab.c instead of y.tab.c
+   # and y_tab.h instead of y.tab.h. Test to see if this is the case.
+   y_tab_nodot="no"
+   if test -f y_tab.c || test -f y_tab.h; then
+      y_tab_nodot="yes"
+   fi
+
+   # The directory holding the input.
+   input_dir=`echo "$input" | sed -e 's,\([\\/]\)[^\\/]*$,\1,'`
+   # Quote $INPUT_DIR so we can use it in a regexp.
+   # FIXME: really we should care about more than `.' and `\'.
+   input_rx=`echo "$input_dir" | sed 's,\\\\,\\\\\\\\,g;s,\\.,\\\\.,g'`
+
+   while test "$#" -ne 0; do
+      from="$1"
+      # Handle y_tab.c and y_tab.h output by DOS
+      if test $y_tab_nodot = "yes"; then
+	 if test $from = "y.tab.c"; then
+	    from="y_tab.c"
+	 else
+	    if test $from = "y.tab.h"; then
+	       from="y_tab.h"
+	    fi
+	 fi
+      fi
+      if test -f "$from"; then
+         # If $2 is an absolute path name, then just use that,
+         # otherwise prepend `../'.
+         case "$2" in
+	   [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) target="$2";;
+	   *) target="../$2";;
+	 esac
+
+	 # Edit out `#line' or `#' directives.
+	 #
+	 # We don't want the resulting debug information to point at
+	 # an absolute srcdir; it is better for it to just mention the
+	 # .y file with no path.
+	 #
+	 # We want to use the real output file name, not yy.lex.c for
+	 # instance.
+	 #
+	 # We want the include guards to be adjusted too.
+	 FROM=`echo "$from" | sed \
+                 -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'\
+                 -e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g'`
+	 TARGET=`echo "$2" | sed \
+                 -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'\
+                 -e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g'`
+         sed "/^#/{s,$input_rx,,;s,$from,$2,;s,$FORM,$TO,;}" "$from" >"$target" ||
+            status=$?
+      else
+	 # A missing file is only an error for the first file.  This
+	 # is a blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d".  If -d
+	 # is not specified, we don't want an error when the header
+	 # file is "missing".
+	 if test $first = yes; then
+	    status=1
+	 fi
+      fi
+      shift
+      shift
+      first=no
+   done
+else
+   status=$?
+fi
+
+# Remove the directory.
+cd ..
+rm -rf $dirname
+
+exit $status